Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Science (Leuven)

CQ Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Science (Leuven)

Opleiding

The exchange courses programme contains courses designed specifically for Erasmus exchanges. Regular bachelor and master courses are open to incoming Erasmus students as well. The exchange courses programme cannot be registered for as such and does not lead to a degree.

Toelatingsvoorwaarden

Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Science (Leuven)onderwijsaanbod.kuleuven.be/2024/opleidingen/e/SC_51801801.htm#activetab=voorwaarden

Educational quality of the study programme

Here you can find an overview of the results of the COBRA internal quality assurance method.

Educational quality at study programme level

Blueprint

Educational quality at university level

  • Consult the documents on educational quality available at university level.

More information?

SC Courses for Exchange Students Faculty of Science (Leuven)

programma

Make sure you meet the general prerequisites, plus any additional requirements listed in the course description. Master/Graduate courses in which a major is mentioned as a requirement, the recommendation is that one should have taken several courses in that field.

Proficiency in English is required for all courses. Be aware that your level of English must be advanced (level B2 for bachelor courses and C1 for master courses). You must be able to understand, speak, read and write both general and academic English fluently.

This course list is subject to changes without prior notice.

Please make sure you select the correct campus and check in which semester the course is taught:
First term = Autumn
Second term = Spring
Both terms = course is taught during both semesters, so can only be selected by students who stay for a whole academic year.

Maximum two courses and only after approval of the Faculty of Science exchange coordinator can be followed by other faculties.

printECTS33.xsl

ECTS Housing and the City (B-KUL-G00A2A)

4 ECTS English 41 First termFirst term
Aalbers Manuel

Aims

  • To acquire knowledge of the different ways in which geography or place play an important role in contemporary societies, in particular in cities and their built environment.
  • To acquire knowledge of the different actors involved in urban/housing policies and housing markets.
  • Develop analytical and critical understanding of the complex interactions between globalisation, social change and the built environment.
  • Develop analytical and critical understanding of the various socio-economic and political differences in the production, consumption and meaning of housing and the built environment through the evaluation of international cases.
  • Develop awareness and knowledge of how urban geography and housing studies have used insights of and provided insights to socio-economic geography and the social sciences more widely defined.

Previous knowledge

Basic knowledge in either social and economic geography, in urban planning, or in another social science.

Identical courses

G0S30A: Housing and the city
G0S37A: Housing

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Housing and the City: Lectures/Seminars (B-KUL-G00A2a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 41 First termFirst term
Aalbers Manuel

Content

Housing and urban systems have emerged in each city and society reflecting variegated dwelling practices and spatial relations as well as variegated historical processes. Housing and urban systems thus provide a particular lens into societies and social change. This course addresses the built environment as a fundamental socio-economic dimension. The course begins by considering the socio-economic and political importance of the built environment and goes on to elaborate how housing and urban systems have interacted with processes of international convergence and divergence. We pay attention to the different actors involved in both urban/housing policies and different housing market segments (i.e. the owner-occupied, private rented and social rented markets). We discuss the following topics: political economy and other approaches in urban/housing studies; ideology, welfare and urban/housing policies; housing tenure, financialization and non-market housing; gentrification, uneven development and neighbourhood/urban change; urban neoliberalism and entrepreneurialism; and finally, comparative urban and housing studies. The growing commodification of housing markets and urban space have helped reconfigure the field of urban/housing studies within the social sciences in recent decades and have reemphasised the importance of the built environment in understanding both cities and societies, including an appreciation of the differences between cities and countries.

Course material

Book chapters, papers and videos provided on Toledo.

Format: more information

  • 11 lectures/seminars of 3 hours each, with preparation in the form of readings and videos
  • 1 one-day field trip or other interactive and participative activity

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Housing and the City (B-KUL-G20A0a)

Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours

Explanation

Per session, the different readings and videos will be studied in advance by all students. During the classroom sessions you will discuss difficulties with and reflections on the content of the readings and videos with your peers and with the lecturer.

Participation in seminars is obligatory. Non-participation will exclude the student from having her/his paper marked. In case the absence is legalised (e.g. medical proof), the lecturer needs to be contacted as soon as possible.

All students will be scheduled to write 3 critical summaries of / reflections on the readings and videos of 3 selected weeks. Students will engage with the readings/videos for those classes and relate those to other readings and classes and prepare statements to be discussed with the other students and the lecturer. We will use additional methods to facilitate student participation and discussion. The 3 summaries count for 25% each (75%) while class/activity participation make up 25% of the exam result.

Information about retaking exams

Students who fail one activities will receive a new individual assignment. But students who have not handed in more than one assignment in time or have missed more than one session without a valid reason, will not have the opportunity to retake the exam (i.e. the activity).

ECTS Gravitational Waves (B-KUL-G00J3A)

6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
Li Tjonnie

Aims

Students are introduced to the field of gravitational waves, including theory, sources and detection. In particular, the physics of gravitational waves, the astrophysical sources of gravitational waves, gravitational-wave detectors and data analysis are discussed in detail.

Previous knowledge

The student is assumed to have working knowledge of general relativity. Moreover, the student masters the standard tools of linear algebra and calculus, including partial differential equations. Prior knowledge of astrophysics, statistics and optics is useful but not essential.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Gravitational Waves (B-KUL-G00J3a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
Li Tjonnie

Content

• Brief review of General Relativity

• Theory of Gravitational Waves

• Generation of Gravitational Waves

• Sources of Gravitational Waves

• Gravitational-wave Detectors

• Gravitaitonal-wave Data Analysis

Course material

• Gravitational-Wave Physics and Astronomy: An Introduction to Theory, Experiment and Data iAnalysis; Jolien D. E. Creighton & Warren G. Anderson; Wiley

• Gravitational Waves (Vol I & II); Michele Maggiore; Oxford University Press

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Gravitational Waves (B-KUL-G20J3a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material, List of formulas, Calculator, Computer, Reference work

Explanation

The final project consist of an extended assignment done and presented alone or in groups.

Information about retaking exams

The points from the take-home tasks, if any, will be transferred to the second exam period. Only the regular examination can be repeated.

ECTS Frontiers in Ecology, Evolution and Biodiversity Conservation (B-KUL-G0A00A)

3 ECTS English 13 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Wenseleers Tom

Aims

The PhD has a sound insight in the basic principles of the science of evolution. He masters the relevant knowledge of complementary science fields, deals critically with the international scientific literature and handles a new complex problem independently. He makes use of advanced knowledge in theories and models, concepts and processes to work with complex information. The PhD communicates in English as well written as orally the findings from the literature. He puts his knowledge in a socio-ethical context and interprets it. He is aware of the latest international developments and methods.

 

Previous knowledge

Master in Biological Sciences or equivalent

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Frontiers in Ecology, Evolution and Conservation (B-KUL-G0A00a)

3 ECTS : Practical 13 Second termSecond term
Wenseleers Tom

Content

The latest developments in evolutionary biology are discussed in seminar format.

Course material

Scientific papers provided by the speakers

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Frontiers in Ecology, Evolution and Biodiversity Conservation (B-KUL-G2A00a)

Type : Exam outside of the normal examination period
Description of evaluation : Written

Explanation

Scoring: pass/fail

ECTS Advanced Nonparametric Statistics and Smoothing (B-KUL-G0A23A)

6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Gijbels Irène

Aims

This course presents to the students an overview of  recent nonparametric techniques in statistical analysis and the use of these techniques in a variety of disciplines. The discussed techniques form the basis of  modern nonparametric or so-called smoothing procedures. The idea of this course is to get the students acquainted with the fundamentals, basic properties and use of  the most important recent nonparametric techniques. One of these techniques will be explored in more detail.  A second aim is to get students acquainted to research questions in this domain. As such the students will be exposed to get insights in the usefulness of nonparametric techniques and to formulate questions related to these.

Previous knowledge

Students have good knowledge about the basic principles of Probability Theory and Statistics, and are acquainted with these principles. They are familiar with, among others: concepts of r.v. and r. Vector and their basic characteristics (joint, marginal and conditional distrubutions and expectations), estimators and their properties (bias, variance, consistency, ...), (exact and asymptotic) distribution of an estimator or random quantity, (asymptotic) normality, law of large numbers and central limit theorem and the use of these results, maximum likelihood methods. Furthermore, they have the necessary mathematical knowledge about, among others, functions and their properties, limits and series, differentials and integrals, Taylor expansion, function spaces.
Beginning conditions: Students have had a solid course in probability theory and statistics and have as well had a basic analysis course which has covered the topics mentioned above.

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Advanced Nonparametric Statistics and Smoothing (B-KUL-G0A23a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
Gijbels Irène

Content

The course will treat fundamentals, basic properties and use of modern nonparametric techniques:
Kernel estimators, local polynomial estimators, penalized likelihood techniques, spline approximations and spline smoothing, orthogonal series and wavelet techniques, among others.
These so-called smoothing techniques are applied in a variety of application areas in medicine (e.g. in nonparametric estimation of the hazard or survival function), in engineering (kernel estimators, neural networks, classification and pattern recognition, unsupervised learning, image analysis,...), in econometrics and economics (e.g. nonparametric estimation of a trend or volatility, moving averages), in social sciences (e.g. non- and semiparametric models to describe heterogeneity).
 
A table of content for the course can read as follows:
1. overview of nonparametric methods for estimating a density: kernel estimation methods, nearest-neighbour methods, maximum-likelihood-based methods, orthogonal series method, wavelets, ...
2. kernel estimators of densities: basic properties (bias, variance, mean squared error), asymptotic properties, asymptotic normality, rates of convergence (and their meaning/interpretation), selection of smoothing parameters (via cross-validation, plug-in, bootstrap or resampling procedures, ...).
3. nonparametric estimation of a regression function: the  cases of fixed and random design, homoscedasticity and heteroscedasticity, Nadaraya-Watson estimator, Gasser-Müller estimator, weighted least-squares methods, local polynomial fitting, splines, P-splines, wavelets, ... The impact and choices of parameters in each of these techniques will be discussed.
4. nonparametric estimation of hazard functions and applications (e.g. in survival analysis).
5. multivariate regression models: additive modelling and backfitting algorithms, dimension reduction techniques.
6. nonparametric smoothing and deconvolution problems (e.g. measurement errors).
7. nonparametric estimation of boundaries and frontiers with applications in image analysis and econometrics (for example).
8. modelling dependencies and nonparametric techniques, for example, use of nonparametric techniques in time series context.
9. other applications of nonparametric techniques: classification techniques, neural networks, statistical learning and data mining, modelling dependencies, ....
 
Parts 1---3 are basic items and will  be treated each year.  A further selection of minimal 2 items from items 4—9 will be made and this selection can possibly alter from year to year.

Format: more information

The contents of the three basic items will be presented to the students. A selection  from the set Items 4---9 will be covered.
Since this course is preparing the students to a research-oriented direction, it is also required that the students get acquainted to the literature in this domain.  As such each student will be asked to give a presentation (seminar) during the semester. The topic of this presentation must be linked to the use of nonparametric methods (discussed in the course) in an specific problem or area of application. The topic, possibly proposed by the student, has to be discussed and approuved by the instructor. 
Students will also be asked to use available statistical software on modern nonparametric techniques (software available as packages of statistical software, e.g. R) to get acquainted with the discussed methods.  A possibility is to do this as part of the presentation.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Advanced Nonparametric Statistics and Smoothing (B-KUL-G2A23a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period

ECTS Longitudinal Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0A35A)

6 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Verbeke Geert (coordinator) |  Molenberghs Geert |  Verbeke Geert

Aims

The student has a broad understanding of concepts and methodology of longitudinal data (continuous and non-continuous) and incomplete data, and is able to apply it to real problems. 

Previous knowledge

The student has a fundamental knowledge of statistical inference and statistical modelling.
 
Prerequisites:
- Basic concepts of statistical modelling
- Linear models
- Generalised linear models
- Mixed and multilevel models

Identical courses

G0Y57A: Longitudinale data analyse

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Longitudinal Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0A35a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Molenberghs Geert |  Verbeke Geert

Content

This course studies advanced modern methods for the analysis of repeated measures and longitudinal data. Emphasis is on linear mixed models, generalised linear mixed models, generalised estimating equations and missing data. The course covers not only model building and fitting, but also exploratory data analysis, graphical methods. 

Format: more information

The student will attend the theoretical classes and will apply the methodology in a number of homeworks where real data will be analysed with various methods and statistical models. A report will be prepared and orally defended.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Longitudinal Data Analysis (B-KUL-G2A35a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period

Explanation

There are three homework assignments. Working groups of four students will be formed that
stay the same for all assignments.

The deadlines will be the first presentation session for the first
assignment, the second presentation session for the second assignment, and the exam date for
the third assignment. At the first two presentation sessions, each student will present part of the
results of the assignments (two students during the first session, two other students during the
second session). The third assignment will be presented individually by each student at the exam.
This way, each student will present twice, for no longer than 5 minutes each time. Once at
one of the presentation sessions, once at the exam. At both occasions, the presentations will be
followed by some questions from the instructors.

One report per assignment has to be handed in per group.

The assignment will be graded (presentation and report). The results will be taken into account
for the final grade.

In the final score, an equal weight is given to the reports and presentations on one hand, and the questions on the other hand.

Submission of all reports in time is a necessary condition to take part in the exam. In case any of the deadlines is not met, the score for this course will be NA.

ECTS Optimization and Numerical Methods (B-KUL-G0A63B)

4 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Molenberghs Geert (coordinator) |  Molenberghs Geert |  Tuerlinckx Francis

Aims

Numerical problems are frequently encountered by statisticians. Prominently, the estimation of the parameters of a statistical model requires the solution of an optimization problem. In a few simple cases, closed-form solutions exist but for many probability models the optimal parameter estimates have to be determined by means of an iterative algorithm. The goal of this course is threefold. First, we want to offer the readers an overview of some frequently used optimization algorithms in (applied) statistics. Second, we want to provide a framework for understanding the connections among several optimization algorithms as well as between optimization and aspects of statistical inference. Third, although very common, optimization is not the only numerical problem and therefore some important related topics such as numerical differentiation and integration will be covered. Students will learn to apply the theoretical concepts in R.

Previous knowledge

Participants should have a basic knowledge of the principles of statistical inference. This includes some familiarity with the concept of a likelihood function and likelihood-based inference for linear, binomial, multinomial, and logistic regression models. Readers should also have a basic understanding of matrix algebra. A working knowledge of the basic elements of univariate calculus is also a prerequisite, including (the concepts of continuity of a function, derivative and integration). Students should also have a basic knowledge of R.

Identical courses

G0Y58A: Optimalisatie en numerieke methoden

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Optimization and Numerical Methods (B-KUL-G0A63a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Molenberghs Geert |  Tuerlinckx Francis

Content

The course is given in an intensive course format, where students prepare question and answer and exercise sessions via web lectures made available through the electronic learning platform Toledo. Afterwards, a follow up session is planned to ensure ample opportunity for question and answer.
First, we start with the presentation of a few motivating examples from statistics that require the optimization of an objective function and/or the approximation of an integral that is analytically not solvable. Examples that will be considered include (not exhaustive): univariate normal model, linear normal regression, the estimation of a proportion, logistic regression, the analysis of contingency tables, a model with gamma-distributed observations, a finite mixture of normals, a mixed model for paired observations, a generalized linear mixed model, a contingency table with incomplete data, bivariate continuous data with missing observations.
Second, we will offer some basic tools from multivariate calculus (gradient, Hessian, Taylor series expansion) and from statistics (exponential family).We will define the optimization problem in a formal way and study the necessary and sufficient conditions for its solution. 
Third, it will be shown that in some cases the optimal parameter estimates can be found directly but in other cases an iterative algorithm is needed. 
Fourth, some basic methods for iteration-based function optimization will be explained. We start by illustrating methods for the optimization of functions of one variable (bisection, regula falsi, Newton’s method) and then we turn to the optimization of functions of more than one variable. Several frequently used algorithms for multivariate function optimization in a statistical context are presented (e.g., Newton-Raphson, quasi-Newton, steepest descent, downhill simplex, iterative proportional fitting) which differ from each other in the amount of information they use about the surface of the objective function. An alternative to Newton-Raphson that is popular among statisticians, Fisher scoring, will also be studied. The mechanics, advantages and disadvantages of the proposed methods will be illustrated. Because analytical differentiation is not always feasible, we show how numerical differentiation works.
Fifth, the course provides an introduction to the field of constrained optimization. The straightforward, but not always applicable, technique of reparameterization will be discussed. An introduction to the theory of Lagrange multipliers will be offered. The connection with shrinkage problems will be made.
Sixth, we discuss the relationship between the maximization of the (log)likelihood and statistical inference: asymptotic properties of the MLE, estimates of precision, and testing problems.
Seventh, the course covers in detail models that contain an integral that has to be evaluated (linear and generalized linear mixed models). In some cases the integral can be solved analytically but in other cases it has to be approximated numerically. An overview of techniques for numerical integration (e.g., Gaussian quadrature, adaptive Gaussian quadrature, Monte Carlo integration, quasi-Monte Carlo integration) will be given. 
Eighth, we will introduce the expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm which can be applied for incomplete-data problems (where the incompleteness can be genuine or conceptual) to obtain maximum likelihood estimates. By applying the EM algorithm, traditionally difficult estimation problems can become fairly straightforward. The general theory of the EM algorithm will be covered and it will be shown how precision estimates can be obtained from it and how its rate of convergence can be improved upon. A general class of optimization methods, to which the EM algorithm belongs, will be introduced.

*

The estimation of the parameters of a statistical model requires the solution of an optimization problem. In a few simple cases, closed-form solutions exist but for many probability models the optimal parameter estimates have to be determined by means of an iterative algorithm. The goal of this course is threefold. First, we want to offer the participants an overview of some frequently used optimization algorithms in (applied) statistics. Second, we want to provide a framework for understanding the connections among several opmization algorithms as well as between optimization and aspects of statistical inference. Third, some important related topics such as numerical differentiation and integration will be covered.
 
In the first part of the course, we start with the presentation of a few motivating examples from statistics that require the optimization of an objective function. Next, we will define the optimization problem in a formal and abstract way and study the necessary and sufficient conditions for its solution. We also discuss some basic tools for tackling optimization problems from multivariate calculus (gradient, Hessian, Taylor series expansion) and from statistics (exponential family). Then it will be shown that in some cases the optimal parameter estimates can be found directly but in other cases an iterative algorithm is needed.
 
In the second part of the course we will explain some basic methods for iteration-based function optimization. We start by illustrating methods for the optimization of functions of one variable and then we turn to the optimization of functions of more than one variable. Several algorithms are presented (Newton-Raphson, quasi-Newton, conjugate gradient, steepest descent, downhill simplex) which differ from each other in the amount of information they use about the surface of the objective function. The advantages and disadvantages of these methods will be illustrated. Because analytical differentiation is not always feasible, we show how numerical differentiation works. An introduction to the field of constrained optimization will be covered too.
 
In a third part we will apply some of the basic algorithms to the important problem of finding maximum likelihood estimates. In this context, an alternative technique, known as Fisher scoring, is available and its use will be illustrated. Next, we discuss the relationship between the maximization of the (log-)likelihood and statistical inference: asymptotical properties of the MLE, estimates of precision, and testing problems. We also consider the iterative proportional fitting algorithm that can be used in multivariate categorical regression settings. In addition, constrained optimization problems and methods to solve them are discussed.
 
In the fourth part of the course, we present some optimization problems which contain an integral that has to be evaluated (linear and generalized linear mixed models). In some cases the integral can be solved analytically but in other cases it has to be approximated numerically. An overview of techniques for numerical integration will be given.
  
In the fifth part, we will introduce the expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm which can be applied for incomplete-data problems (where the incompleteness can be genuine or conceptual) to obtain maximum likelihood estimates. By applying the EM algorithm, traditionally difficult estimation problems can become fairly straightforward. The general theory of the EM algorithm will be covered and it will be shown how precision estimates can be obtained from it and how its rate of convergence can be improved upon.

Format: more information

The student will attend the theoretical classes and will apply the methodology in a number of homeworks where real data will be analysed with various methods and statistical models. A report will be prepared and orally defended.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Optimization and Numerical Methods (B-KUL-G2A63b)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral

Explanation

The evaluation takes the form of a paper, submitted prior to the oral exam. In the oral exam, the students presents the results of the paper, followed by Q&A, about the paper as well as about general understanding of the course. Submission of all reports in time is a necessary condition to take part in the exam. In case any of the deadlines is not met, the score for this course will be NA.

ECTS Algebraic Geometry I (B-KUL-G0A80A)

6 ECTS English 35 First termFirst term
Budur Nero

Aims

The course offers an introduction to the classical geometry of solution sets of systems of polynomial equations in several variables (affine and projective varieties). We will explain and illustrate some of the fundamental interactions between algebra and geometry using techniques from algebra and topology.

By the end of the course, the student should have a thorough understanding of the basic objects and techniques in classical algebraic geometry. The student should be able to translate geometric problems into algebraic terms and vice versa, apply algebraic methods to analyze the local and global structure of algebraic varieties.

Previous knowledge

The student needs a good knowledge of algebraic structures as treated in Algebra I (G0N88A). Helpful would be some basic geometry as treated in Meetkunde I (G0N31B) and Meetkunde II (G0N92B).

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Algebraic Geometry I (B-KUL-G0A80a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Budur Nero

Content

- Basic Concepts from algebra and topology: finitely generated algebras, dimension theory of rings and topological spaces, Zariski topology, relation with quotients and localization, algebraic versus topological dimension, basic examples.

- Affine varieties: algebraic sets, morphisms of algebraic sets, Hilbert's Nullstellensatz, dimension of an affine variety.

- Quasi-projective varieties: raded rings, projective, quasi-projective and quasi-affine varieties, morphisms and regular functions, rational maps, blowing-ups, the local ring of a variety at a point, singular and regular points.

- Intersection theory in projective spaces: Bézout theorem and generalizations, Bertini theorem.

Course material

Course notes + Toledo

Format: more information

Lectures with assignments during the lecture.

Algebraic Geometry I: Exercises (B-KUL-G0A81a)

1 ECTS : Practical 9 First termFirst term
Budur Nero

Content

- Basic Concepts from algebra and topology: finitely generated algebras, dimension theory of rings and topological spaces, Zariski topology, relation with quotients and localization, algebraic versus topological dimension, basic examples.

- Affine varieties: algebraic sets, morphisms of algebraic sets, Hilbert's Nullstellensatz, dimension of an affine variety.

- Quasi-projective varieties: graded rings, projective, quasi-projective and quasi-affine varieties, morphisms and regular functions, rational maps, blowing-ups, the local ring of a variety at a point, singular and regular points.

- Intersection theory in projective spaces: Bézout theorem and generalizations, Bertini theorem.

Course material

Course notes + Toledo

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Algebraic Geometry I (B-KUL-G2A80a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Take-Home
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

There will be one take-home exam during the semester.

The final exam is also take-home and consists either of classical exam questions or of submission of a short expository paper on a topic of own choice related to the course and agreed upon by the instructor. This paper has to contain, beside some clear introductory theory, non-trivial explicit examples, agreed upon by the instructor, worked out to illustrate the theory.

 

In order to pass, the student must obtain at least the score 10/20. The take-home exam during the semester will count 5 points, the final exam will count 15 points. If the student has failed to pass, for the second-chance examination no points will be carried forward from the take-home exam or the final exam. The student will be given the chance to pass the course via, again, a package consisting of a new take-home exam and a new final exam, with the same format and score share.

 

ECTS Commutative Algebra (B-KUL-G0A82A)

6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
N. |  Blanco Guillem (substitute)

Aims

The course offers an introduction to basic notions and results in commutative algebra, being essentially the study of commutative rings and modules over them.
By the end of the course, the student should have a thorough understanding of basic notions, results and techniques in commutative algebra, as well as a basic knowledge of category theory.  He/she should have enough algebraic background for courses in algebraic geometry, algebraic number theory, homological algebra and higher level commutative algebra.

Previous knowledge

The student needs a good kowledge of linear algebra, as treated for example in the course "Lineaire Algebra" (B-KUL-G0N27A) and of the theory of algebraic structures (groups, rings) as treated for example in "Algebra I (B-KUL-G0N88B)".

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Commutative Algebra (B-KUL-G0A82a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
N. |  Blanco Guillem (substitute)

Content

- Modules over general rings
- Free modules, projective and injective modules, torsion
- Noetherian rings and modules
- Modules over Principal Ideal Domains and applications in advanced linear algebra
- Rings and modules of fractions, localizations
- Tensor product
- Exact sequences
- Introduction to categories and functors

Commutative Algebra: Exercises (B-KUL-G0A83a)

1 ECTS : Practical 10 First termFirst term
N. |  Blanco Guillem (substitute)

Content

See G0A82a.

Format: more information

Throughout the semester, there will be several take home assignments, for which you will have to hand in an individual report.
Each of these will consist of one or two broad exercises and will be marked.
 

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Commutative Algebra (B-KUL-G2A82a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

Throughout the semester, there will be several take home assignments, for which you will have to hand in an individual report. Each of these will consist of one or two broad exercises and will be marked.  This results in a mark H for the homework assignments out of 20 points.
The actual exam will consist of theory and exercises. You can use all the material from the course and the exercise sessions during the exam. At least one exam question will build on the material which appeared in the take home assignments. This results in a mark E for the exam out of 20 points.
Your final score will be max{E, (3E + H)/4}.

ECTS Algebraic Topology (B-KUL-G0A84A)

6 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term
Dekimpe Karel

Aims

The basic idea of algebraic topology is the following: it is possible to establish a correspondence between certain topological spaces and certain algebraic structures (often groups) in such a way that when there is a topological connection between between two spaces (i.e. a continuous map), then there is also an algebraic connection (i.e. a morphism) between the associated algebraic structures.
In some cases it is possible to translate topological problems into algebraic problems and to solve the latter ones.
The aim of this course is to illustrate this basic idea, by introducing some of these algebraic invariants.

After following this course
- the student  unterstands how these algebraic invariants are constructed and understand the main properties (also the proofs) of them,
- the student is able to compute these invariants and apply them to solve some some topological problems

 

Previous knowledge

The student should have a basic knowledge of some of the most important topological concepts (like topological spaces and continuous maps, open and closed sets and compact spaces). It is useful if the student has followed a course on point set topology. However, it is also possible to follow this course, with only some basic background in topology (e.g. knowledge of metric topology), provided a more general course in topology is followed simultaneously with this course.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Algebraic Topology (B-KUL-G0A84a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Dekimpe Karel

Content

In this course, we treat two basic algebraic invariants of a topological space and show some applications.

The fundamental group of a topological space.
• Homotopy and the definition of the fundamental group
• Retractions and deformation retracts
• Applications to fixed points (Brouwer fixed point theorem)
• The Seifert – van Kampen Theorem
• Borsuk – Ulam Theorem
• Covering spaces and the connection with the fundamental group:
  - lifting of paths and maps
  - equivalence of covering spaces
  - covering transformations and group actions

The singular homology groups of a topological space
• definition of the singular homology groups Hn(X) of a space
• meaning of H0(X) and H1(X)
• induced morphisms
• The Mayer – Vietoris exact sequence in homology
• Applications towards spheres (degree of a map, vector fields on spheres)

Course material

Study cost: 1-10 euros (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

For part I on the fundamental group, the book Topology of James R. Munkres (Pearson Education International) is used. Copies of this book are available through the students association

Part II on singular homology a text is made available via Toledo and copies can aslo be obtained through the students association

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Algebraic Topology (B-KUL-G2A84a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

The exam is an open book exam.

 

ECTS Group Theory (B-KUL-G0A85A)

6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
Dekimpe Karel

Aims

This course offers a deepening knowledge of the theory of discrete groups, in particular the nilpotent, solvable en polycyclic groups. Also an introduction to homological algebra is provided.
By introducing these concepts, properties and many examples, the students learn how to reason within the language of groups and homological algebra and their intuition gets stimulated.

Previous knowledge

The student needs a good kowledge of linear algebra, as treated for example in the course "G0N27A lineaire algebra" and of the theory of algebraic structures (groups, rings) as treated for example in "G0N88A Algebra I"

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Group Theory (B-KUL-G0A85a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Dekimpe Karel

Content

Introduction to representation theory of finite groups:

- Definition and examples
- Irreducible representations and complete reducibility
- Lemma of Schur
- Characters: definition and properties


Nilpotent, Solvable and Polycyclic Groups

• Nilpotent groups:
- Upper and lower central sequence
- Definition of nilpotent group and examples
- Finite nilpotent groups
- Finitely generated (torsion free) nilpotent groupsSolvable groups

• Polycyclic and polycyclic-by-finite groups:
- Definition of poly-P and P-by-Q groups
- Nilpotent groups are polycyclic
- Hirsch length
- The max-condition
- Fitting subgroup


An introduction to homological algebra

• Homological algebra
- Exact sequences
- (Co)chain complexes and their (co)homology
- Ext and Tor

• Application: an introduction to the cohomology of groups
- Extn and the definition of the cohomology of groups.
- Fixed points and the zeroth cohomology group
- Semi-direct product and the first cohomology group
Example: the group of isometries of an Euclidian space
- Group extensions and the second cohomology group,
with an application to crystallographic groups.

Course material

Study cost: 1-10 euros (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

Course notes are available via the students association 

Group Theory: Exercises (B-KUL-G0R67a)

1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
Dekimpe Karel

Content

See G0A85a.

Course material

Study cost: Not applicable (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

Course notes + Toledo

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Group Theory (B-KUL-G2A85a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written

Explanation

The exam is an open book exam.

 

ECTS Algebraic Number Theory (B-KUL-G0A99A)

6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
Nicaise Johannes

Aims

This course introduces the basic concepts of algebraic number theory, which were developed at the turn of the nineteenth century in order to attack certain diophantine problems (i.e. to find the sets of integer or rational solutions to certain polynomial equations). The most celebrated success of this theory is Kummer's proof of Fermat's Last Theorem for regular exponents. Kummer's proof serves as a red line throughout the course, although various other types of diophantine problems are addressed:

  • A classification of all prime numbers p that can be written as x2 + ny2 (for certain given values of n).
  • Lagrange's theorem that every positive integer can be written as a sum of four squares.
  • ...

Next, algebraic number theory has paved the road for many new branches of mathematics (such as class field theory, and even modern algebraic geometry) that surpass the original diophantine motivation by far. A secondary aim is to lift some tips of the veil here.

By the end of the course, the student should be able to attack various kinds of diophantine problems using the techniques of algebraic number theory. He / she should have a thorough understanding of the underlying theory, and of its range of applicability (e.g. why does Kummer's proof fail for non-regular exponents?).

Previous knowledge

Knowledge of algebra, as for example provided in the courses Algebra I (G0N88B) and Algebra II (G0P53A), is necessary. Students taking Algebra II and Algebraic Number Theory in the same semester will have to read on Galois Theory in the course notes of Algebra II before it is treated in class.

Basic knowledge of number theory, as for example provided in the course Number Theory (G0P61B), is recommended.

Knowledge of commutative algebra, as for example provided in the course Commutative Algebra (G0A82A), can be helpful, but is not essential.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Algebraic Number Theory (B-KUL-G0A99a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
Nicaise Johannes

Content

- Cultural background: history of Fermat's Last Theorem, Fermat's proof of the case n = 4, Lamé's erroneous proof

- Update on commutative algebra: norms, traces, discriminants, Dedekind domains, unique ideal factorization, class groups and class numbers

- Number fields and rings of integers: quadratic numbers fields, integral bases, ramification indices and degrees, norms of ideals

- Geometric representation: Minkowski's lemma + applications, geometric representations, logarithmic representations 

- Finiteness theorems: finiteness of the class number, Dirichlet's unit theorem, Dedekind's theorem on ramification, Hermite's theorem 

- Connections with Galois theory: Frobenius elements, decomposition and intertia groups, Chebotarev's density theorem (without proof) + applications

- Cyclotomic fields: cyclotomic polynomials, primes in arithmetic progressions, Fermat's Last Theorem for regular exponents 

Course material

Course notes + Toledo.

Algebraic Number Theory: Exercises (B-KUL-G0B02a)

1 ECTS : Practical 10 Second termSecond term
Nicaise Johannes

Content

See G0A99a.

Course material

Exercise sets + Toledo.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Algebraic Number Theory (B-KUL-G2A99a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

ECTS Functional Analysis (B-KUL-G0B03A)

6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
N. |  Christensen Johannes (substitute)

Aims

Functional analysis is the branch of mathematics dealing with vector spaces equipped with certain topologies and linear maps between them. It is a very important part of modern analysis. This course is a master level introduction to this area of mathematics.

Historically, the field of functional analysis arose from the study of spaces of functions, which still serve as motivating examples. The course includes an introduction to spectral theory for Hilbert space operators. The abstract results on topological vector spaces, Banach spaces and Hilbert spaces will be illustrated with examples and applications coming from different areas of mathematics. Apart from being an important area of theoretical mathematics, functional analysis provides mathematical background for e.g. theoretical physics, partial differential equations and optimization, but these topics will not be covered in the course.

After following this course, the student

  • is able to independently give proofs of results related to the course material,
  • is able to apply the course material in different areas of mathematics,
  • is able to learn himself/herself a new concept in functional analysis,
  • is able to study advanced texts in functional analysis.

Previous knowledge

The student should be familiar with advanced and rigorous analysis (as covered, for example, in Analyse II
(B-KUL-G0N86B)), including Lebesgue integration for functions of one and several variables and the notion of Hilbert space. Prior knowledge on abstract measure theory is not necessary. Students should be familiar with general topology. The course Topologie 
(B-KUL-G0P55B) definitely suffices.

 

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Functional Analysis (B-KUL-G0B03a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
N. |  Christensen Johannes (substitute)

Content

Hilbert spaces and Banach spaces

  • Reminders on Hilbert spaces, orthogonal projections and orthonormal bases
  • Definitions, examples and basic properties of Banach spaces
     

Baire category and its consequences

  • Baire category theorem
  • Boundedness and continuity of linear maps
  • Open mapping theorem
  • Closed graph theorem
  • Principle of uniform boundedness


Bounded operators on a Hilbert space

  • Hermitian adjoint
  • Compact operators
  • Invertible operators, spectrum of an operator
  • Spectral theory of compact selfadjoint operators
  • Spectral theory of arbitrary selfadjoint operators


Weak topologies and locally convex vector spaces

  • Dual Banach space
  • Hahn-Banach extension theorem
  • Topological vector spaces, seminormed spaces
  • Weak topologies
  • Hahn-Banach separation theorem
  • Banach-Alaoglu theorem
  • Krein-Milman theorem
  • Markov-Kakutani fixed point theorem


Amenability of groups

  • Invariant means on groups
  • Examples and counterexamples to amenability
  • Various characterizations of amenability
  • Abelian groups are amenable

Course material

Lecture notes.
Book: G.K. Pedersen, Analysis Now. Graduate Texts in Mathematics, Volume 118. Corrected second printing. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1995.

Format: more information

There will be a two-hour lecture each week, in which new concepts will be introduced and several results will be proved. Additionally, there will be an exercise session each week, in which the students further develop the topics of the course and apply the material in different situations.

Functional Analysis: Exercises (B-KUL-G0B04a)

1 ECTS : Practical 10 First termFirst term
N. |  Christensen Johannes (substitute)

Content

Exercises and problem assignments related to the different topics of the course.

 

Course material

Lecture notes.
Book: G.K. Pedersen, Analysis Now. Graduate Texts in Mathematics, Volume 118. Corrected second printing. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1995.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Functional Analysis (B-KUL-G2B03a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Take-Home
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

Detailed information will be provided via Toledo.

Information about retaking exams

For the second exam opportunity the grades on the take-home assignments are transferred. There is no possibility to have a new take-home assignment.

 

 

ECTS Riemann Surfaces (B-KUL-G0B05A)

6 ECTS English 32 Second termSecond term
Kuijlaars Arno

Aims

A Riemann surface is a surface on which one can do complex analysis. The study of Riemann surfaces combines techniques from analysis, differential geometry and algebra.

After following this course, the student is familiar with the notion of a Riemann surface, and its connection with algebraic curves. The student is able to learn a new topic  by himself and give an exposition about it.

Previous knowledge

Good knowledge of complex analysis in one variable as treated for example in Complexe Analyse (G0O03A).

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Riemann Surfaces (B-KUL-G0B05a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
Kuijlaars Arno

Content

Basic theory of Riemann surfaces.
(1) Definitions and examples of Riemann surfaces.
(2) Functions on a Riemann surface. Local and global properties.
(3) Integration on a Riemann surface. Holomorphic and meromorphic 1-forms. Residue theorem. Surface integrals and Stokes theorem.
(4) Divisors and meromorphic functions.
(5) Jacobi variety and Abel's theorem.
(6) Riemann-Roch theorem.

Introduction to one advanced topic. Possible topics are:
(7) Jacobi inversion theorem.
(8) Theta functions.
(9) Sheaves and Cech cohomology.

Course material

- Recommended literature: Wilhelm Schlag, A Course in Complex Analysis and Riemann Surfaces, American Mathematical Society, 2014
- Course notes
- Toledo

Riemann Surfaces: Exercises (B-KUL-G0B06a)

1 ECTS : Practical 6 Second termSecond term
Kuijlaars Arno

Content

Basic theory of Riemann surfaces.
(1) Definitions and examples of Riemann surfaces.
(2) Functions on a Riemann surface. Local and global properties.
(3) Integration on a Riemann surface. Holomorphic and meromorphic 1-forms. Residue theorem. Surface integrals and Stokes theorem.
(4) Divisors and meromorphic functions.
(5) Jacobi variety and Abel's theorem.
(6) Riemann-Roch theorem.

Introduction to one advanced topic. Possible topics are:
(7) Jacobi inversion theorem.
(8) Theta functions.
(9) Sheaves and Cech cohomology.

Course material

- Recommended literature: Rick Miranda, Algebraic Curves and Riemann Surfaces, Graduate Studies in Mathematics, Vol 5., American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1995.
- Course notes
- Toledo

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Riemann Surfaces (B-KUL-G2B05a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

ECTS Operator Algebras (B-KUL-G0B07A)

6 ECTS English 40 Second termSecond term
Szabo Gabor

Aims

After following this course, the student

(1) knows the notion of spectrum in several contexts; in simple cases, he/she can compute the spectrum,

(2) has acquired insight in the elementary theory of operator algebras, in particular C*-algebras and von Neumann algebras,

(3) can deal with functions of operators,

(4) can illustrate the various concepts and results treated in this course with relevant examples,

(5) has gained intuition about linear mappings between infinite-dimensional Hilbert spaces and is able to verify intuitive conjectures by giving either rigorous proofs or counterexamples,

(6) is able to explore some problems, examples, applications or extensions related to the course, independently using the literature.

Previous knowledge

The student should be fully familiar with (rigorous) analysis and linear algebra on bachelor level. More specifically, concepts as norm, scalar product, Hilbert space, analytic function, matrices, linear mapping, eigenvalues, ... should be very well understood. Basic knowledge of topology is needed. The course G0P55A Topologie amply provides that basic knowledge. But notions from (metric) topology, for example treated in bachelor courses G0N30A Analyse I and G0N86A Analyse II, can suffice initially, provided the student has the maturity to brush up his/her knowledge of topology independently. Previous knowledge of some measure theory is definitely useful. A course such as G0P63B Probability and Measure certainly gives sufficient measure theoretical background. But one can also manage with the basic measure theoretical notions and results as treated in the bachelor course G0N86A Analyse II. It is strongly recommended to have followed G0B03A Functional Analysis. Indeed, some fundamental theorems of Functional Analysis are invoked at times. Whoever hasn't studied the relevant concepts and results will have to acquire independently the insight to understand and use them at least at the level of a "black box".

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Operator Algebras: Exercises (B-KUL-G00J6a)

2 ECTS : Practical 20 Second termSecond term
Szabo Gabor

Content

see G0B07a

Format: more information

Discussion

Weekly exercise sessions integrated with the lectures, in which the students further develop the topics of the course and apply the material in different situations.

Operator Algebras (B-KUL-G0B07a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
Szabo Gabor

Content

Below a general overview of possible themes and subjects is described. According to the specific background and interests of the students, emphasis can be modulated and possibly extra topics or applications might be covered.

 

Spectral theory in Banach algebras

  • Banach algebras: definition, examples, basic properties
  • The spectrum of an element in a unital Banach algebra: definition, examples, general properties of the spectrum, spectral radius

Gelfand's theory of commutative Banach algebras and C*-algebras

  • The Gelfand transform for commutative Banach algebras
  • C*-algebras: definition, examples, special elements (unitary, self-adjoint, normal) and their spectrum
  • The continuous functional calculus for normal elements in a C*-algebra
  • Gelfand-Naimark theorem

C*-algebras

  • Positivity for elements and functionals
  • Non-unital C*-algebras; approximate units
  • Universal C*-algebras from generators and relations
  • States and representations; GNS construction
  • Pure states and irreducible representations
  • Construction and study of special C*-algebras (e.g. group C*-algebra, irrational rotation algebra)
  • Inductive limits

von Neumann algebras

  • the weak, s−weak, strong and s−strong topologies on the bounded operators on a Hilbert space
  • Defintion of von Neumann algebras, elementary examples
  • Bicommutant theorem
  • Kaplansky density theorem
  • enveloping von Neumann algebras
  • Borel functional calculus
  • Construction and study of special examples (e.g. group von Neumann algebra)

Course material

Concise lecture notes are provided by the lecturer. Those notes have to be elaborated by the student using the literature.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Operator Algebras (B-KUL-G2B07a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

ECTS Differential Geometry (B-KUL-G0B08A)

6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
Zambon Marco

Aims

This course provides the fundamental notions of differential geometry, and presents some applications related to topology and group theory. The central notion is the one of differentiable manifold, that is, the general notion of "space" in modern differential geometry. The students learn how to work at the infinitesimal level (tangent spaces) as well as globally, and learn how to use coordinates to study the geometry locally. They get acquainted with vector fields and differential forms, and learn to operate with them. They compute certain invariants (de Rham cohomology), thereby learning to appreciate the interplay between geometry and topology. They learn about symmetries, both in the form of Lie group actions and foliations.

Previous knowledge

  • Analysis: real functions of several variables, inverse function theorem, implicit function theorem, basics of integration
  • Linear Algebra: vector spaces, (bi)linear maps, dual vector spaces,…
  • Elementary knowledge of Euclidean geometry: knowledge of the theory of curves and surfaces in Euclidean space is useful
  • Elementary knowledge of topology: metric topology on Euclidean space, continuous mappings, homeomorphisms, compactness,...

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Differential Geometry (B-KUL-G0B08a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Zambon Marco

Content

  • Differentiable manifolds
  • Tangent vectors and vector fields
  • Bundles
  • Differential forms and integration
  • The exterior derivative and Stokes' theorem
  • de Rham cohomology
  • Lie groups
  • Foliations

Course material

1. Tu, Loring. An introduction to  Manifolds. Universitext, 2010 (Second edition).
2. Lee, John. Introduction to Smooth Manifolds, Springer Graduate Texts in Mathematics 218 (Second edition).

 

 

 

Language of instruction: more information

The course will be taught in English

Differential Geometry: Exercises (B-KUL-G0B09a)

1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
Zambon Marco

Content

The exercise sessions will be devoted to solving and discussing problems proposed by the instructor. The students will be asked to work on certain problems before the exercise session.

See G0B08a for more details.

 

Course material

See G0B08a

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Differential Geometry (B-KUL-G2B08a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

There will be Take Home Tasks along the course, each consisting of exercises/problems related to certain parts of the course. The student will write solutions (in English) of the Take Home Tasks, and the solutions will be graded. For the solutions it is allowed to use notes of the lecture and of the exercise sessions, and the portion of the recommended literature corresponding to the material treated in class. Students are allowed to discuss the problems with each other, but are supposed to write up their solutions individually. Solutions that are literally copied from peers will not be tolerated and every reference that is used should be quoted.

30% of the final grade will be based on the take home tasks, and 70% on the final exam. In particular, a student who does not take the final exam can obtain at most 6/20 as grade for the course.

The final grade is meant to reflect  to what extent the student assimilated the basic notions of differential geometry, and is  able to work with them and apply them in concrete situations.

ECTS Riemannian Geometry (B-KUL-G0B10A)

6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
Vrancken Luc

Aims

 Riemannian geometry and introduction to the study of submanifolds

Previous knowledge

Mandatory: analysis of functions of multiple variables, in particular the inverse and implicit function theorems, as treated for instance in 'Analyse II' (G0N86A),
Recommended: elementary notions of the study of surfaces or differentiable manifolds, as treated for instance in 'Meetkunde II' (G0N92A) or 'Differential Geometry' (G0B10A).

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Riemannian Geometry (B-KUL-G0B10a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
Vrancken Luc

Content


 
Riemannian and pseudo-Riemannian geometry
- metrics,
- connection theory (Levi-Cevita),
- geodesics and complete spaces
- curvature theory (Riemann-Christoffel tensor, sectional curvature, Ricci-curvature, scalar curvature),
- tensors
- Jacobi vector fields.
 
Global and local isometries
- space forms,
- symmetric spaces.

Immersions (and introduction to submanifold theory)

Submersions (and the Riemannian structure of the complex projective space)
 
Selected topics of differential geometry
classification of real space forms, Hadamard's theorem and variational calculus on Riemannian manifolds
 
 

Course material

  • Wolfgang Kühnel : Differential Geometry : Curves - Surfaces - Manifolds, Student Mathematical Library, volume 16. American Mathematical Society, 2002
  • M.P. do Carmo, Riemannian Geometry, Birkhäuser, 1992
  • Barrett O'Neill, Semi-Riemannian geometry. With applications to relativity, Academic press (1983)

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Riemannian Geometry (B-KUL-G2B10a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

The exam is written and consists of several exercises.

ECTS Symplectic Geometry (B-KUL-G0B11A)

6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
Zambon Marco

Aims

The aim of the course is to give a introduction to the field of symplectic geometry. Symplectic geometry arose as the mathematical framework to  describe classical mechanics, and nowaways is a rich subject which bears connections with other fields, including Riemannian geometry, complex geometry, and  Lie group theory. A symplectic structure is given by a suitable differential form. In many ways it behaves differently from Riemannian geometry: symplectic manifolds have no local invariants such as curvature, hence the global geometry is more interesting than the local one, and there are topological obstructions to the existence of symplectic structures on given manifold. Further, Lie algebras play a fundamental role in the study of symplectic geometry.The students will get familiarized with all the above mentioned features of symplectic geometry.

The course will have an emphasis on  symmetries - i.e. group actions - in symplectic geometry. They are described by so-called moment maps, which possess surprisingly nice global geometric properties that  the students will learn both at the conceptual level and studying examples.

Previous knowledge

Some basic knowledge of differential geometry, in particular the notion of differential manifold and tangent bundle, as well as the notion of Lie group, is required. Familiarity with differential forms is recommended.

 

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Symplectic Geometry (B-KUL-G0B11a)

6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
Zambon Marco

Content

PART 1:

  • Symplectic linear algebra.
  • Symplectic manifolds. The physical motivation of symplectic geometry: classical mechanics.
  • Lagrangian submanifolds, coisotropic submanifolds. Normal form theorems: Darboux's, Weinstein's and Gotay's theorems.


PART 2:

  • Lie algebra cohomology and representations.
  • Hamiltonian actions and moment maps. Existence and uniqueness theorems.
  • The Marsden-Weinstein symplectic reduction theorem. The convexity theorem of Atiyah and Guillemin-Sternberg.

Course material

  •  Ana Cannas da Silva, "Lectures on symplectic geometry", Springer Verlag. Available at http://www.math.ethz.ch/~acannas/Papers/lsg.pdf
  •  Eckhart Meinrenken, "Symplectic geometry", lecture notes available from http://www.math.toronto.edu/mein/teaching/lectures.html

Language of instruction: more information

The course will be held in English

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Symplectic Geometry (B-KUL-G2B11a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

There will be Take Home Tasks during the course, each consisting of exercises/problems related to certain parts of the course. The student will write solutions (in English) of the Take Home Tasks, and the solutions will be graded. For the solutions it is allowed to use notes of the lecture and of the exercise sessions, and the portion of the recommended literature corresponding to the material treated in class. Students are allowed to discuss the problems with each other, but are supposed to write their solutions individually. Solutions that are literally copied from peers will not be tolerated and every reference that is used should be quoted.

30% of the final grade will be based on the take home tasks, and 70% on the final exam (January exam or September exam). 
In particular, a student who does not take the final exam can obtain at most 6/20 as grade for the course. 

The final grade is meant to reflect  to what extent the student assimilated the basic notions of symplectic geometry, and is  able to work with them and apply them in concrete situations.

ECTS Advanced Statistical Methods (B-KUL-G0B13A)

6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Van Aelst Stefan

Aims

This course aims at acquiring knowledge and insight in concepts of advanced statistical inference. In the course theoretical foundations of the methods will be treated, their statistical properties will be studied and practical aspects for data analysis will be discussed (including the use of statistical software such as R).

Upon completion of this course the student

  • Understands the definitions, the theoretical properties and the proofs that were given for the studied methodologies
  • Is able to apply the general concepts and methodology to particular situations (e.g. investigate a new general concept for a particular estimator)   
  • Is able to practically apply the methods and techniques in R and can understand and interpret the output to draw the correct conclusions
  • Can adapt and apply the general statistical methodology in the course to statistical frameworks and models not explicitly studied in the course
  • Is able to understand a scientific article (or chapter from a scientific book) that uses methodology similar to what is studied in the course; can explain the most important results (in group); is able to implement and illustrate part of the studied methodology and/or application in the article with R (in group)

Previous knowledge

Students should have followed  (or should follow simultaneously) courses with the same scope as "Statistical Inference and Data Analysis” from the bachelor of Mathematics or “Fundamental Concepts of Statistics” for the master of Statistics (Leuven) or "Wiskundige statistiek" from the bachelor of Mathematics (Kortrijk).

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Advanced Statistical Methods (B-KUL-G0B13a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Van Aelst Stefan

Content

The goal of this course is to introduce concepts and statistical procedures for advanced contemporary data-analysis. Classical statistical techniques such as maximum likelihood and least squares estimation make strong assumptions that need to be satisfied by the data. However, in practical applications these assumptions are often violated. Modern statistical procedures aim to relax these stringent assumptions to obtain more reliable statistical inference. Moreover, standard statistical models are unrealistic or too restrictive for many of the complex types of data encountered in practice, such that more advanced models are needed to fit these data. :  In this course modern statistical methods and procedures are introduced, such as advanced resampling techniques (based on bootstrap or subsampling), robust statistical inference, methods for high-dimensional  data (screening, sparsity) and functional data, for instance. The practical use of these methods will be discussed as well.

Course material

Course notes

Advanced Statistical Methods: Exercises (B-KUL-G0B14a)

1 ECTS : Practical 6 First termFirst term
Van Aelst Stefan

Content

During the exercise and computer sessions the material exposed during the lectures will be further illustrated and used in various contexts, and the application of the methods to real data will be discussed.

Course material

Course notes and datasets

Advanced Statistical Methods: Project (B-KUL-G0B15a)

1 ECTS : Assignment 7 First termFirst term
Van Aelst Stefan

Content

A project will be made in small groups (usually 2 or 3 students). In the project the students explain and illustrate a statistical method or procedure based on a scientific article or book chapter.

Course material

Course notes, scientific article or book chapter.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Advanced Statistical Methods (B-KUL-G2B13a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Oral
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

A project will be made in small groups (usually 2 or 3 students). The evalation of the project takes place in the last week(s) of the semester and involves an oral presentation if permitted by the circumstances.

The written exam consists of open questions and is closed book. 

Project part and exam each count for 50% of the total course mark.

 

 

Information about retaking exams

For the second chance exam, the total score for the course mark consists of 50% project work, and 50 % open questions during the exam. This modality is the same for first and second exam chances.

Students that passed  the project work at the first exam chance can keep their score on this part for the second chance evaluation. Students that failed  the project work at the first exam chance will get a new project assignment for the second exam chance.

 

 

ECTS Robust Statistics (B-KUL-G0B16A)

6 ECTS English 43 Second termSecond term
Hubert Mia (coordinator) |  Hubert Mia |  Van Aelst Stefan

Aims

The course offers an introduction to the field of robust statistics, which comprises the study of statistical methods that are more resistant to outlying observations than classical methods. It introduces the most basic robust methods such as M-estimators and trimmed estimators in several statistical models. Their main properties (such as breakdown value and influence function) are discussed, as well as their computation. Students are also introduced to recent scientific papers and research results.

By the end of the course, the student
- should have acquired knowledge and insight in the most important robust statistical methods for univariate and multivariate models, such as location, scale, covariance, regression, and principal components.
- should be able to apply those methods to real data, using statistical software such as R or Matlab, and to interpret the results.
- should be able to present their findings in a written report.

Previous knowledge

The student should be familiar with
- basic statistical methods (confidence intervals, hypothesis tests)
- notions of mathematical statistics (maximum likelihood, efficiency, ranks)
- notions of multivariate statistical methods (location and covariance estimation, multiple regression analysis, principal component analysis).
Moreover it is recommended that the student is familiar with the freeware statistical package R and/or Matlab.

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Robust Statistics (B-KUL-G0B16a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
Hubert Mia |  Van Aelst Stefan

Content

The goal of robust statistics is to develop and study techniques for data analysis that are resistant to outlying observations, and are also able to detect these outliers.

In this course we introduce notions of robustness such as the breakdown value and the influence function. We study several robust estimators of univariate location and scale, multivariate location and covariance, linear regression, and principal component analysis.

Course material

Course text and slides.

 

Format: more information

The course consists of lectures and some computer sessions in which the methods will be applied to real data.

Robust Statistics: Exercises (B-KUL-G0B17a)

1 ECTS : Practical 10 Second termSecond term
Hubert Mia

Content

In computer sessions, robust methods will be applied to real data sets and the results will be interpreted. Some properties of the estimators will be verified empirically, for instance by Monte Carlo simulation.

Format: more information

The exercises will take place in computer classes.

Robust Statistics: Project (B-KUL-G0B18a)

1 ECTS : Assignment 7 Second termSecond term
Van Aelst Stefan

Content

The students make a project in which they study the behavior and/or performance of certain robust methods on real and simulated data sets.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Robust Statistics (B-KUL-G2B16a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Take-Home
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

The evaluation consists of a project and an examination. The specific form of the exam and the grading will be explained in class and on Toledo.

Information about retaking exams

If you received a passing mark for the project, this score can be retained.

ECTS Waves and Instabilities (B-KUL-G0B26A)

6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
Van Doorsselaere Tom

Aims

The student comes into contact with the mathematical description of waves and instabilities. Examples from various domains are studied. Analytical and asymptotic methods are emphasized. The student understands the importance of resonant and non-linear behaviour in diverse dynamical systems. He/she is able to analyse resonant and/or non-linear behaviour using analytical and asymptotic techniques. The student can recognize waves and instabilities in various continuous systems and can determine solutions analytically or asymptotically.

Previous knowledge

Mathematical modelling with differential equations and a basic knowledge of fluid dynamics. Prior knowledge of plasma dynamics (G0P71B Introduction to Plasma Dynamics) is handy but not indispensable.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Waves and Instabilities (B-KUL-G0B26a)

5 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
Van Doorsselaere Tom

Content

1. Linear waves and instabilities in fluids
-      Recapitulation: surface and internal gravity waves, Rayleigh-Taylor instability, classic Kelvin-Helmholtz instability, acoustic waves
-      Hyperbolic waves, dispersive and anisotropic waves
-      Linear surface water waves generated by a moving source
-      Linear shallow water theory: reflection, amplification, refraction
-      Thermal instability: the Bénard problem
-      Waves and instability of continuously stratified parallel flows: Rayleigh’s equation, Taylor-Goldstein equation, Orr-Sommerfeld equation.
-      Critical layer behaviour
-      Transient growth due to non-normality
 
2. Nonlinear waves in fluids
-   Traffic waves: advection equation, kinematic waves, advectiondiffusion equation, Burgers equation, Cole-Hopf transformation
-   One-dimensional gas dynamics (characteristics and Riemann invariants)
-   Shallow water theory (characteristics and Riemann invariants)
-   Multi-valued solutions
-   Shock waves in 1-D gas dynamics (Rankine-Hugoniot conditions)
-   Shocks in shallow water (Rankine-Hugoniot conditions, hydraulic jumps and bores)
-   2-D steady shocks (flow past a wedge)
-   Nonlinearity versus dispersion: KdV equation
 
3. Linear MHD waves in plasmas
-   Recapitulation (Alfvén waves and slow and fast magnetosonic waves in uniform plasmas of infinite extent in ideal MHD)
-   Damping of Alfvén waves in resistive uniform plasmas
-   MHD waves of uniform cylindrical plasmas
-   Nonuniformity and resonant waves
-   Equilibrium flows and resonant overstabilities

Waves and Instabilities: Exercises (B-KUL-G0B27a)

1 ECTS : Assignment 10 Second termSecond term
Van Doorsselaere Tom

Content

1. Linear waves and instabilities in fluids
-      Recapitulation: surface and internal gravity waves, Rayleigh-Taylor instability, classic Kelvin-Helmholtz instability, acoustic waves
-      Hyperbolic waves, dispersive and anisotropic waves
-      Linear surface water waves generated by a moving source
-      Linear shallow water theory: reflection, amplification, refraction
-      Thermal instability: the Bénard problem
-      Waves and instability of continuously stratified parallel flows: Rayleigh’s equation, Taylor-Goldstein equation, Orr-Sommerfeld equation.
-      Critical layer behaviour
-      Transient growth due to non-normality
 
2. Nonlinear waves in fluids
-   Traffic waves: advection equation, kinematic waves, advectiondiffusion equation, Burgers equation, Cole-Hopf transformation
-   One-dimensional gas dynamics (characteristics and Riemann invariants)
-   Shallow water theory (characteristics and Riemann invariants)
-   Multi-valued solutions
-   Shock waves in 1-D gas dynamics (Rankine-Hugoniot conditions)
-   Shocks in shallow water (Rankine-Hugoniot conditions, hydraulic jumps and bores)
-   2-D steady shocks (flow past a wedge)
-   Nonlinearity versus dispersion: KdV equation
 
3. Linear MHD waves in plasmas
-   Recapitulation (Alfvén waves and slow and fast magnetosonic waves in uniform plasmas of infinite extent in ideal MHD)
-   Damping of Alfvén waves in resistive uniform plasmas
-   MHD waves of uniform cylindrical plasmas
-   Nonuniformity and resonant waves
-   Equilibrium flows and resonant overstabilities

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Waves and Instabilities (B-KUL-G2B26a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

An oral exam is organised where open questions are discussed. Part of the score is also earned during the year in a permanent evaluation system. 

ECTS Plasma Physics of the Sun (B-KUL-G0B28A)

6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Aims

The students are being introduced to a few concrete applications of the plasma-astrophysics in the most nearby star: the sun.  The students learn that the sun plays a key-roll in our insight in the physics of starts and other astrophyisical and laboratorium plasma.  Magnetohydrodynamics as a mathematical model will be used to describe magnetical appearances in the outer layers of the sun and in the atmosphere of the sun.   The students are presented with the possibility to apply a number of mathematical techniques in particular situations: eg; solve normal and partial hyperbolic differential equations, solve non-linear elliptic  differential equations, complexe analysis, disruption analysis, …

Previous knowledge

Vector calculations and calculus of real functions, differential equations, liquid dynamics.  Previous knowledge of complexe analysis, plasma dynamics, waves and instabilities comes in handy, but is not required.

Prerequisites:
differential equations, mathematical introduction into fluid dynamics

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Plasma Physics of the Sun (B-KUL-G0B28a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Content

1. General description: the Sun, observations in different wavelengths, Sunspots, the solar cycle, the solar magnetic field, the coronal

heating problem, actives regions, solar flares, coronal loops, the solar wind, coronal mass ejections, space weather.

2. Elements of plasma physics: motion of charged particles, gyration, the E×B drift, the ∇B drift, gravitational drift, magnetic mirrors.

3. Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD): one-fluid and two-fluid MHD, Hall MHD, the plasma β, the Alfvén Mach number, magnetic flux tubes,

conservation of magnetic flux, the frozen-in theorem, quasi neutrality in plasmas, magnetic pressure and tension, conductivity in a plasma,

the displacement current, field aligned currents, MHD waves, shocks and discontinuities, Alfvén and fast waves, the Rankine-Hugoniot

relations.

4. Coronal and solar wind plasma: macroscopic or fluid models (the Parker model, the Weber-Davis model, force free magnetic field models,

magnetic field reconstruction techniques), microscopic or kinetic models (collisional, collisionless, homogeneous or inhomogeneous).

 

5. Kinetic modeling: particle velocity distributions, observations, Vlasov-Boltzman formalism of plasma waves, wave-particle interaction, anisotropic

Distributions (temperature anisotropy in the solar wind, beams in the fast wind, counterstreams in coronal mass ejections and shocks).

 

6. Spectral theory: motivation for collisionless and collision-poor plasma models, plasma waves and characteristics (collisionless dissipation, Landau, cyclotron,

high and low-frequency waves, MHD waves), instabilities and enhanced fluctuations in plasmas with free energy: kinetic anisotropy,  inhomogeneities, etc.

applications in the corona, solar wind and planetary magnetospheres.

Plasma Physics of the Sun: Assignments (B-KUL-G0B29a)

2 ECTS : Assignment 13 First termFirst term
Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Content

Two assignments are given during the semester. The subjects of these assignments depends and can vary form coronale heating, over sunspots to coronal seismology.

Course material

Recent papers on solar physics are provided, depending on the assignment.

Format: more information

Two assignments are given during the semester. A report has to be handed in for both of these. Each report is marked on 4 points, i.e. 20% of the total end score.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Plasma Physics of the Sun (B-KUL-G2B28a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Oral
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Reference work, Course material

Explanation

Closed book exam with about 5-open questions about the treated material.

The reports of the two tasks that are given during the semester are marked on 4 points each. The weigth of the exam thus amounts to 12 points.

In case of a re-sitis the points on the report are transferred. So it is not possible to make new tasks in that case.

 

ECTS Computational Methods for Astrophysical Applications (B-KUL-G0B30A)

6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
Keppens Rony (coordinator) |  Keppens Rony |  Sundqvist Jon

Aims

The course starts with an introduction to common spatial and temporal discretization techniques to numerically solve sets of partial differential equations. Further on, the course treats various state-of-the-art numerical methods used in astrophysical computations. This encompasses basic shock-capturing schemes as employed in modern Computational Fluid Dynamics, common approaches for handling Radiative Transfer, and concrete gas dynamical applications with astrophysical counterparts. The main aim is to give insight in the advantages and disadvantages of the employed numerical techniques. The course will illustrate their typical use with examples which concentrate on stellar out-flows where the role and numerical treatment of radiative losses will be illustrated, but also touch on studies from solar physics, stellar atmospheres, astrophysical accretion disks and jets, pulsar winds, planetary nebulae, interacting stellar winds, supernovae . . . . The students will experiment with existing and/or self-written software, and gain hands-on insight in algorithms, their convergence rates, time step limitations, stability, .... The students will in the end be able to apply some of the schemes to selected test problems.

Previous knowledge

No other previous knowlegde is needed than that allowing to attend master level courses.  More specifically, students should have a basic knowledge of calculus, differential equations and general physics, as is provided in any bachelor programme in mathematics or physics.

Although there is no specific requirement on prior knowledge, it is certainly worthwhile to combine this master course with one of Plasma Physics of the Sun, Introduction to Plasma Dynamics, Space Weather, Radiative Processes, Waves and Instabilities, Stellar Atmospheres. A related, more analytically oriented, Bachelor course is ‘Mathematical introduction to Fluid Dynamics’.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Computational Methods for Astrophysical Applications (B-KUL-G0B30a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
Keppens Rony |  Sundqvist Jon

Content

The course is organized in modules. The basic modules consist of lectures combined with (home assignment and group)  worksessions, and will cover:
 
1. Introduction
a. Developing numerical codes
   – Computer code development, programming techniques, code maintenance, optimization
   – Concepts of verification, validation, sensitivity analysis, error and uncertainty quantification
 b. Spatial and temporal discretization techniques.
   – Spatial discretizations: Basic concepts for discrete representations. Finite difference, finite element, and spectral methods. An application: solving a Sturm-Liouville model problem and handling boundary conditions (eigenoscillations of a planar stellar atmosphere).
   – Temporal discretizations: Explicit versus implicit time integration strategies. Semi-discretization, predictor-corrector and Runge-Kutta schemes.
 
2. Towards computational gas dynamics.
• The advection equation and handling discontinuous solutions numerically. Stability, diffusion, dispersion, and order of accuracy, demonstrated with linear advection problems. Extension to linear hyperbolic systems and solution of the Riemann problem. Nonlinear scalar equations and shocks: solving Burgers equation. Non-conservative versus conservative schemes.
• Isothermal hydrodynamics and basic stellar wind models. Governing equations, Rankine-Hugoniot conditions, Prandtl-Meyer shock relation. Rarefactions, integral curves and Riemann invariants. Application to transonic stellar winds: Parker solar wind solution, isothermal rotating transonic winds, shocked accretion flows.
 
3. Compressible gas dynamics and multi-dimensional applications.
• The Euler equations and finite volume methods. Conservative form, Rankine-Hugoniot shock relations, exact solution of the Riemann problem, Riemann invariants. Basic shock-capturing discretization methods: finite volume methods and the TVDLF algorithm.
Possible advanced topic: Roe solver. Godunov scheme for Euler equations, Approximate Riemann solver, Roe scheme, numerical tests.
• Extensions to multi-dimensional algorithms and example multi-dimensional stellar wind models. Example 2D Euler simulations, emphasizing stellar wind models for various evolutionary phases, for cool to massive stars. Extension to interacting wind models using optically thin radiative losses. Attention to failures of modern schemes that still plague 1D and multi-D Euler simulations.
 
4. Numerical radiative transfer.
• Basic radiative transfer. The governing equations of radiative transfer and the rate equations. Discretization, treatment of angle dependence (with angle quadrature), handling of frequencies and optical depths.
• Specific numerical treatments. Feautrier method, Lambda iteration, Multi-level iteration. Application to stellar winds which are dust or radiative driven.
 
5. Intro to Computational Magneto-Hydro-Dynamics.
• Introduction: the MHD model. Applicability, use in astrophysical context.
• Transmagnetosonic stellar winds and 1D MHD simulations. Weber-Davis MHD wind model, numerical simulations for solar and stellar rotating, magnetized winds, consequences for stellar rotational evolution. MHD shocks, Riemann problem tests.
 
A final module can be chosen depending on the interest of the students, linking to current research trends.

Course material

The lecture sheets are made available through Toledo. Additional course notes are provided online as well. Reference books are (students will not be required to purchase these, no book covers all topics):

  • Numerical Methods in astrophysics, Taylor & Francis 2007, Bodenheimer et al.
  • Advanced Magnetohydrodynamics, Cambridge University Press 2010, Goedbloed, Keppens, Poedts

Format: more information

Next to the lectures, students will either individually or in pair work out computerassignments, directly related to the topics covered. This will encompass both self-coding for a relevant toy problem and using advanced state-of-the-art software in a modern application. Part of these will be organized in joint computerclass sessions.

Computational Methods for Astrophysical Applications: Computerlab (B-KUL-G0B31a)

2 ECTS : Assignment 13 First termFirst term
Keppens Rony |  Sundqvist Jon

Content

Using a combination of self-written and available software to solve selected astrophysical toy problems numerically. The idea is to gain insight in method limitations, as well as get acquainted with its inherent possibilities.

In a first part, the students will be asked to program their own solver.

In a second part, the students perform selected hydrodynamic simulations, and learn how to interpret and visualize their computational data.

Course material

During the second assigment, we make use of opensource modern computational codes, specifically the MPI-AMRVAC code, widely used in astrophysical applications.

Format: more information

Assignments will be formulated and presented in teams, and we foresee access to supercomputer platforms.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Computational Methods for Astrophysical Applications (B-KUL-G2B30a)

Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Participation during contact hours, Take-Home
Learning material : Course material, Computer

Explanation

Permanent assessment, working out project assignments. At least one project will be handed in as a written report, along with the self-written computercode. The team assignment lets the students perform modern computational research, to be reported in a team presentation.

Information about retaking exams

The second exam will be formulated as an extensive take-home computerassignment, where the student ultimately reports on the numerical strategy, (astro)physical application and makes contact with relevant modern literature.

ECTS Space Weather (B-KUL-G0B32A)

6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina (coordinator) |  De Keyser Johan |  Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Aims

  • To provide an overview of the current observational data and known effects of the space weather;
  • To provide insight in the basic physics of the solar drivers of space weather;
  • To provide an overview of the current state of the art modeling and forecasting activities for some aspects of space
  • weather, e.g. CME initiation and IP CME evolution, gradual SPE events, etc.
  • To explore the effects of space weather on humans and on technology in space and on the ground.

*

To provide hands on experience on space weather predictions and on aspects of space science.

Previous knowledge

Basic knowledge of physics and mathematics

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Space Weather Sciences (B-KUL-G0B32a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
De Keyser Johan |  Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Content

Introduction and motivation
 
    * Definition of space weather
    * Space weather effects
    * Space weather components
    * Predictions and forecasts
 
A tour of the Solar System
 
    * Sun
    * Solar corona
    * Interplanetary space
    * Planetary magnetosphere
 
The Earth Environment
 
    * Magnetosphere
    * Magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling
    * Magnetosphere-thermosphere coupling
 
Solar energetic particles
 
    * Generation of high-energy particles in space weather events
    * Transport of high-energy particles in the solar system
    * Radiation belts
 
Models of space weather
 
    * fluid modeling
    * kinetic effects
 
Following a typical space weather storm
 
    * Coronal Mass Ejections (CME): initiation
    * CME: Inter−planetary evolution
    * Impact on the Earth environement
    * Geo−effectivity of magnetic storms
    * Ground and space based solar observations
    * Radio observations
    * In situ measurements (e.g. ACE, CLUSTER)
    * Unsolved problems
 
Resources and Forecast
 
    * Web-based services from NOAA and ESA
    * Simulation: NASA's community coordinated modeling center (CCMC)
    * Soteria and the SSA.
 
 

Course material

G. Lapenta, Lecture notes.

A. Hanslmeier, The Sun and Space Weather (Springer, 2008)
M. Kallenrode, Space Physics (Springer, 2004)

Format: more information

Lessons from the teaching team, including distinguished experts from space agencies and industry.

Is also included in other courses

G0B32B : Space Weather

Space Weather Projects (B-KUL-G0B38a)

2 ECTS : Practical 13 Second termSecond term
De Keyser Johan |  Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Content

Introduction and motivation
 
The students use online web site and computer codes to build experience on space weather. For example:
 
* Use of the CCMC web site to simulate space weather
 
* Study of the astrophysics of the Sun and of the Solar System
 
* Computer simulation of spacecrafts immersed in the environment near the Earth
 
*  Space weather between the Earth and the Moon
 
* A trip to Mars: consequences of radiation and particles

Course material

A. Hanslmeier, The Sun and Space Weather (Springer, 2008)
M. Kallenrode, Space Physics (Springer, 2004)

Format: more information

Student projects guided by experts in the field.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Space Weather (B-KUL-G2B32a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral, Practical exam
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

The exam is composed of differnt parts:

oral presentation on the project: 30%
report on the project: 40%
practical work done at  home and due before the exam: 30%

 

ECTS Space Weather (B-KUL-G0B32B)

4 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina (coordinator) |  De Keyser Johan |  Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Aims

− To provide an overview of the current observational data and known effects of the space weather;
− To provide insight in the basic physics of the solar drivers of space weather;
− To provide an overview of the current state−of−the−art modeling and forecasting activities for some aspects of space
weather, e.g. CME initiation and IP CME evolution, gradual SPE events, etc.
− To explore the effects of space weather on humans and on technology in space and on the ground.

Previous knowledge

Basic knowledge of physics and mathematics

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Space Weather Sciences (B-KUL-G0B32a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
De Keyser Johan |  Magdalenić Zhukov Jasmina

Content

Introduction and motivation
 
    * Definition of space weather
    * Space weather effects
    * Space weather components
    * Predictions and forecasts
 
A tour of the Solar System
 
    * Sun
    * Solar corona
    * Interplanetary space
    * Planetary magnetosphere
 
The Earth Environment
 
    * Magnetosphere
    * Magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling
    * Magnetosphere-thermosphere coupling
 
Solar energetic particles
 
    * Generation of high-energy particles in space weather events
    * Transport of high-energy particles in the solar system
    * Radiation belts
 
Models of space weather
 
    * fluid modeling
    * kinetic effects
 
Following a typical space weather storm
 
    * Coronal Mass Ejections (CME): initiation
    * CME: Inter−planetary evolution
    * Impact on the Earth environement
    * Geo−effectivity of magnetic storms
    * Ground and space based solar observations
    * Radio observations
    * In situ measurements (e.g. ACE, CLUSTER)
    * Unsolved problems
 
Resources and Forecast
 
    * Web-based services from NOAA and ESA
    * Simulation: NASA's community coordinated modeling center (CCMC)
    * Soteria and the SSA.
 
 

Course material

G. Lapenta, Lecture notes.

A. Hanslmeier, The Sun and Space Weather (Springer, 2008)
M. Kallenrode, Space Physics (Springer, 2004)

Format: more information

Lessons from the teaching team, including distinguished experts from space agencies and industry.

Is also included in other courses

G0B32A : Space Weather

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Space Weather (B-KUL-G2B32b)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral

Explanation

The exam is composed of differnt parts.

For 4SP:

oral presentation on the reading choice: 30%
report on the reading choice: 30%
written (final written test; multiple choice quiz), possibility to replace this with homework  due during the class period (in April): 40 %

ECTS Geology and Society (B-KUL-G0B40A)

3 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Muchez Philippe (coordinator) |  Borst Anouk |  Degryse Patrick |  Elsen Jan |  Muchez Philippe |  Namur Olivier |  Sintubin Manuel |  Speijer Robert |  Weltje Gert Jan |  N. |  Vellekoop Johan (substitute)  |  Less More

Aims

In the current society, in which humanity is confronted with different problems concerning the natural environment, it is imperative that the geologists as scientists do not only focus on their technical expertise, but also contribute to the societal debate. The majority of the general public and most of our public officials and decision makers (in government and industry) does not really understand the nature of our planet and the interconnectedness of all processes. Therefore, geologists should be able to develop scientifically-sound argumentations with respect to problems related to their discipline, and to express these arguments and points of view in a clear and understandable manner. Geologists also need to be able to participate in the preparatory work with respect to policymaking (government, industry …). Finally, scientists should be able to translate their research and expertise in a popular manner through media and other means of science outreach.

This course aims at confronting the student with a number of problems related to the earth sciences that are relevant to society in the 21st Century. By means of a number of case studies it will be examined how geologists can make a relevant and potentially decisive contribution in the societal debate. The students write several reports and collaborate with their fellow students and researchers.

The objectives of this course are

  • learning to work in a professional team;
  • learning to communicate with expert(s);
  • learning to make a scientifically-sound synthesis of the pros and cons with respect to an earth-science related societal problem;
  • learning to prepare a preparative note for policymakers, based on which decisions can be made and/or public statements can be made;
  • learning to participate to the societal debate by taking an argued and balanced point of view.

Previous knowledge

Basic knowledge of the different disciplines in geology.

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Geology and Society (B-KUL-G0B40a)

3 ECTS : Assignment 26 First termFirst term
Borst Anouk |  Degryse Patrick |  Elsen Jan |  Muchez Philippe |  Namur Olivier |  Sintubin Manuel |  Speijer Robert |  Weltje Gert Jan |  N. |  Vellekoop Johan (substitute)  |  Less More

Content

The course is organized as an authentic task, simulating a 'real world' setting, in which the students are part of a working group, preparing a note for policymakers in the context of a decision-making process, summarizing the take-away messages in a press release, and participating in a societal debate. Each working group is assigned a particular societal problem, which is colosely related to earth sciences (e.g. raw materials, energy, circular economy, climate, geohazards, nuclear waste, environment, water, ...).

Format: more information

The course is built around the activities of working groups, to which each student is assigned. Each working group is responsible for the organisation of their activities (e.g. meetings, individual assignments, inviting experts, ...). The activities of the working group are systematically recorded in meeting reports.

In the first half of the semester, Q&A sessions are organised on a weekly basis. During these sessions the working group interacts with the lecturer/expert that is assisting the working group. These Q&A sessions are finalized by an intermediate debate with the lecturer/expert. This first part of the course is concluded with the submission of the first draft of the different documents (note for policymakers, science outreach document, press release). Subsequently, the lecturer/expert will provide the necessary feedback to these documents.

In the second half of the semester, the working group finalizes the documents, based on the feedback of the lecturer/expert. After submitting the final documents, each working group is assigned the documents of an other working group for a critical review. After receiving the assessment report(s) of the other working group(s), each working group formulates a reply to the review(s).

The course is concluded with a public debate, during which the working groups present their note for policymakers, and defends their point of view. To this public debate all members of the Geology Division are invited.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Geology and Society (B-KUL-G2B40a)

Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment

Explanation

The evaluation of this course is three-fold: (1) an evaluation on the level of the working group of the deliverables by the lecturer/expert, who guides the working group (in consultation with the other lecturers of the teaching team); (2) an evaluation on the level of the working group by the responsible lecturers of the final debate and presentation; and (3) a peer-assessment within the working group that will result in a differentiation of the individual quotations; this peer-assessment concerns an evaluation of the individual work of each team member by the other team members based on a number of criteria.

The deliverables on the level of each working group consists of (1) a preparatory note for policymakers, (2) a science outreach document / press release, (3) an assessment report, (4) a reply to the assessment report, (5) presentations, (6) meeting reports, (7) entries in the group blog, and (8) activities during the Q&A sessions. The criteria on which this evaluation is based are: (1) content of documents; (2) structure of documents; (3) layout of documents; (4) quality of discussions during the debate; (5) quality of Q&A sessions; and (6) group athmosphere.

The finald debate and presentation is evaluated by the responsible lecturers based on the following criteria: (1) content of the presentation during the debate; (2) structure of the presentation during the debate; and (3) layout of the presentation during the debate.

The evaluation of the deliverables counts for 16 points and the evaluation of the final debate and presentation counts for 4 points in the final score of 20 points on the level of the working group. The final individual score will result of a peer-assessment within the working group; the peer-assessment may lead to a differentiation of maximum plus or minus 4 points.

 

 

Information about retaking exams

In case of an individual failure, there is no second attempt for evaluation possible during the January examination period.

There is no evaluation possible in the September examination period.

ECTS Micropaleontology and Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction (B-KUL-G0B48A)

6 ECTS English 50 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Speijer Robert

Aims

Obtaining insight and knowledge into concepts, methods, techniques and applications of micropaleontology and the role of this in a broader context of geological studies. By means of case studies on Paleozoic to Recent sediments and microfossil associations, the systematics, utility and fields of application of the various microfossil groups is demonstrated. The students receive a broad overview of the various methods and microfossilgroups that are widely used in both in academic reseach and in the oil and gas industry.The insights are acquired on the basis of the focal points of the research groups in Leuven and Ghent. The students particularly learn to choose and apply the appropiate scientific methods for analysing or reconstructing complex geological questions and conditions (paleoenvironments). Particular focus is the translation from detailed observations into processes and changes in time and space and reporting these.  

Previous knowledge

Basic knowledge of sedimentary geology and paleontology (at Bachelor level).

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Micropaleontology and Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction (B-KUL-G0B48a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
Speijer Robert

Content

History of micropaleontology and its position in the context of the natural sciences.
Overview of the systematics, biology, ecology, and taphonomy of the main microfossil groups, such as calcareous nannofossils, foraminifera, radiolarians, diatoms, charophytes, dinoflagellates, chitinozoans, acritarchs, pollen and spores.
Detailed study of the most important Paleozoic to Recent microfossil groups, including the biology of their modern representatives, taphonomic aspects, preparation- and research techniques, and their stratigraphic and paleoecologic importance.An important part of the course is designed on the basis of practical case studies on calcareous and organic microfossils, such as calcareous nannofossils, foraminifera, radiolarians, diatoms, charophytes, dinoflagellates, chitinozoans, acritarchs, pollen and spores.

Course material

Armstrong, H.A. en Brasier, M.D. 2005. Microfossils, 2nd ed. 296 pp. ISBN-13-0-632-05279-0 (Paperback)

Slides

Format: more information

An important part consists of classical lectures. Critical reflection and active participation is expected from the students.

Micropaleontology and Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction: Practical Courses (B-KUL-G0B49a)

3 ECTS : Practical 30 First termFirst term
Speijer Robert

Content

History of micropaleontology and its position in the context of the natural sciences.
Overview of the systematics, biology, ecology, and taphonomy of the main microfossil groups, such as calcareous nannofossils, foraminifera, radiolarians, diatoms, charophytes, dinoflagellates, chitinozoans, acritarchs, pollen and spores.
Detailed study of the most important Paleozoic to Recent microfossil groups, including the biology of their modern representatives, taphonomic aspects, preparation- and research techniques, and their stratigraphic and paleoecologic importance.An important part of the course is designed on the basis of practical case studies on calcareous and organic microfossils, such as calcareous nannofossils, foraminifera, radiolarians, diatoms, charophytes, dinoflagellates, chitinozoans, acritarchs, pollen and spores.

Course material

Microfossil material and slides

Handouts

Format: more information

The practicals are designed around a number of case studies, in which the various fossil groups are employed in widely ranging geological problems. The students are supposed to carry out these exercises independently and to report and incidentally present the results.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Micropaleontology and Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction (B-KUL-G2B48a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Participation during contact hours
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : None

Explanation

Evaluation is based in part on written reports of the tasks and through a general writtten examnination.

ECTS Applied Mineralogy (B-KUL-G0B59A)

6 ECTS English 55 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Elsen Jan (coordinator) |  Elsen Jan |  Snellings Ruben

Aims

- To obtain insight in the presence, the physico-chemical characteristics, the applications and the process mineralogy of some important industrial minerals and rocks.
- To acquire advanced quantification methods and to apply these methods on complex mineral mixes including clay minerals.

Previous knowledge

A good knowledge of mineralogy

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Applied Mineralogy (B-KUL-G0B59a)

3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
Elsen Jan |  Snellings Ruben

Content

The mineralogy, genesis, occurrence and the physico-chemical characteristics of the following industrial minerals and rocks used in the construction sector are treated: clay and clay minerals,  lime(stone), cement/concrete, aggregates, building stone,… together with their applications, the process mineralogy and the factors that determine the quality of the resources and the end-products.

 

Format: more information

Completing assignments

Applied Mineralogy: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0B60a)

2.7 ECTS : Practical 27 First termFirst term
Elsen Jan |  Snellings Ruben

Content

The mineralogy, genesis, occurrence and the physico-chemical characteristics of the following industrial minerals and rocks used in the construction sector are treated: clay and clay minerals,  lime(stone), cement/concrete, aggregates, building stone,… together with their applications, the process mineralogy and the factors that determine the quality of the resources and the end-products.

 

Course material

Didactic software concerning identification en quantification of industrial minerals
Articles and literature concerning identification en quantification of industrial minerals

Format: more information

Completing an assignment under supervision.

Applied Mineralogy: Excursion (B-KUL-G0U00a)

0.3 ECTS : Field trip 8 First termFirst term
Elsen Jan |  Snellings Ruben

Content

The mineralogy, genesis, occurrence and the physico-chemical characteristics of the following industrial minerals and rocks used in the construction sector are treated: clay and clay minerals,  lime(stone), cement/concrete, aggregates, building stone,… together with their applications, the process mineralogy and the factors that determine the quality of the resources and the end-products.

*

The excursion illustrates the content of the Applied Mineralogy course by visiting industrial activities linked to the use or the application of industrial minerals/resources.

Format: more information

Excursion - one day

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Applied Mineralogy (B-KUL-G2B59a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Oral
Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
Learning material : None

ECTS Structural Equations (B-KUL-G0B65A)

4 ECTS English 16 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Meuleman Bart

Aims

Structural equation modelling (SEM) is a widely used technique for analysing multivariate data in the social and behavioural sciences. The module aims to develop students’ capacity to conduct independent scientific research using SEM for analysis of cross-sectional, longitudinal, multiple-group, and multilevel data. Further, the module aims to expand students’ theoretical and practical understanding of the models and methods of SEM so that they may assist scientific research teams and decision makers to interpret the results of the analyses of real-world (e.g., governmental, academic, commercial) data from large-scale sample surveys and other real-world data sources.

Previous knowledge

Knowledge of basic statistical methods
 
Beginning conditions: Basic statistical concepts. Regression analysis and ANOVA. Multivariate data analysis

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Structural Equations (B-KUL-G0B65a)

2 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
Meuleman Bart

Content

The module introduces the logic and the statistical theory of structural equation modeling. The emphasis is on the practical use of models and methods as research tools in the social and behavioral sciences. The module covers modern statistical aspects of regression models, exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis, and general structural equation models with or without latent variables for single and multiple groups and for continuous and ordinal variables. Advanced topics include second-order factor analysis, mean and covariance structures, analysis of multilevel data, simulation and bootstrapping. 
The module also covers the estimation of such models for normal, non-normal, and ordinal variables. This includes maximum likelihood, robust maximum likelihood, and various least-squares methods.

*

Path analysis
Measurement Models
Confirmatory Factor analysis
Models with structural and measurement components
Mean structures and latent growth models
Muliple sample structural equation models

Format: more information

This course module is offered in block teaching. More concretely, the lectures are concentrated in 4-5 weeks in which 1-4 lectures a week could be scheduled. 

Is also included in other courses

G0B65B : Structural Equations

Deepening: Structural Equations (B-KUL-G0T87a)

2 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
Meuleman Bart

Content

The module introduces the logic and the statistical theory of structural equation modeling. The emphasis is on the practical use of models and methods as research tools in the social and behavioral sciences. The module covers modern statistical aspects of regression models, exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis, and general structural equation models with or without latent variables for single and multiple groups and for continuous and ordinal variables. Advanced topics include second-order factor analysis, mean and covariance structures, non-linear relationships, analysis of multilevel data, simulation and bootstrapping. 
The module also covers the estimation of such models for normal, non-normal, and ordinal variables. This includes maximum likelihood, robust maximum likelihood, and various least-squares methods.

 

Format: more information

This course module is offered in block teaching. More concretely, the lectures are concentrated in 4-5 weeks in which 1-4 lectures a week could be scheduled. 

Is also included in other courses

G0B65B : Structural Equations

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Structural Equations (B-KUL-G2B65a)

Type : Exam during the examination period

ECTS Statistical Analysis of Reliability and Survival Data (B-KUL-G0B67A)

4 ECTS English 15 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Van Keilegom Ingrid

Aims

The student knows the basic concepts, models and methodologies of reliability and survival analysis. He/She is able to apply them to real data problems. 

Previous knowledge

The student knows the basics of statistical inference, statistical modelling, and statistical software packages like R.


Beginning conditions:
Basic concepts of statistical modelling
Linear models

Identical courses

G0B67B: Statistical Analysis of Reliability and Survival Data

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Statistical Analysis of Reliability and Survival Data (B-KUL-G0B67a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 15 Second termSecond term
Van Keilegom Ingrid

Content

The course starts with explaining the concepts of left and right censoring and truncation, and with introducing the concepts of survival function, cumulative hazard function, hazard rate and mean residual life function.  Next, the Kaplan-Meier estimator will be derived and its various properties will be studied (Greenwood formula of the variance, confidence intervals, quantiles, redistribution-to-the-right principle,…).   The course also discusses (weighted) log-rank tests for the comparison of two or multiple survival functions.   In the second part of the course two common classes of regression models will be discussed.  The first one is the semi-parametric Cox proportional hazards model, which will be studied in much detail (partial likelihood, handling of ties, testing procedures, variable selection, stratification, time-varying covariates, diagnostic plots,…).  The second class of models is the parametric accelerated failure time model.

Course material

Course notes will be made available to the students at the start of the course.

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Statistical Analysis of Reliability and Survival Data (B-KUL-G2B67a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation
Learning material : Course material

Explanation

The exam consists of two parts:

  • A written exam based on the course material
  • A project, in which the methods seen in this course are applied on some real data

Projects that are not submitted on time or that are not submitted at all, will result in a NA score for the final grade.

Information about retaking exams

Same as for first exam.

ECTS Experimental Design (B-KUL-G0B68A)

4 ECTS English 25 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Goos Peter |  Strouwen Arno (substitute)

Aims

This course deals with modern methods for setting up highly informative experiments. More specifically, it provides an in-depth treatment of the optimal experimental design approach, which is extremely flexible and can handle all kinds of practical constraints that may occur in the planning phase of an experiment. During the course, the students learn how to use the JMP software, which is state of the art for the optimal design of experiments. The focus is on factorial experiments, i.e., experiments studying multiple treatment factors.

Previous knowledge

Students should have good knowledge about linear algebra (simple matrix operations, inverses), the basic principles of probability and statistics, and about the basics of regression and analysis of variance (or about linear models in general). They should be familiar with the concepts of confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, p-values, power calculations, the fitting of simple linear models and the interpretation of fitting diagnostics. 
 
Prerequisites: Students should have had an introductory statistics course and a course covering the basics of regression and analysis of variance. The course “Linear Models: Regression Analysis and Analysis of Variance” is sufficient as a prerequisite (although other course(s) may also be sufficient).

Identical courses

G0B68B: Experimental Design

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Experimental Design (B-KUL-G0B68a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 25 Second termSecond term
Goos Peter |  Strouwen Arno (substitute)

Content

This course discusses the design of factorial experiments. Initially, the focus is on completely randomised experimental designs. Next, the focus shifts to experimental designs involving a restricted randomisation. First, the concept of blocking is discussed. Next, split-plot and strip-plot designs are studied.

The emphasis in the course is on the optimal design of experiments. In optimal design of experiments, the experimental design is tailored to the problem at hand (unlike classical experimental design, where inflexible, standard designs are chosen from catalogs). The course builds on concepts from regression and analysis of variance, such as fixed and random effects, power calculations, variance inflation factors, multicollinearity, confidence intervals, prediction and lack-of-fit tests.

Every topic in the course is introduced and illustrated by means of a case study from industry. The case studies are realistic in the sense that they involve quantitative and qualitative experimental factors, experimenters have to deal with limited budgets and difficulties to randomise, and forbidden combinations of factor levels. In each of the case studies, the goal is to enhance to performance of a process or a product. The areas of application are the food industry, the pharmaceutical sector, and the metal and chemical industries, among others.

The statistical software package used is JMP.

Course material

The textbook used is "Optimal design of experiments: A case study approach", co-authored by Peter Goos and Bradley Jones. A hard-copy of the textbook can be brought to the exam (photocopies, prints and e-books are not allowed at the exam).

Format: more information

The students are expected to master the concepts and understand the properties of and the differences between the different optimal experimental designs by studying the material from the lectures and the textbook. By means of an assignment and two PC sessions, the students get the opportunity to familiarise themselves with the JMP software required to plan experiments optimally.The assignment also requires the students to conduct a virtual experiment, so they can put the acquired knowledge into practice.

Is also included in other courses

G0B68B : Experimental Design

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Experimental Design (B-KUL-G2B68a)

Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
Type of questions : Open questions
Learning material : Course material, Calculator

Explanation

The exam in June counts for 15 of the 20 points for the course. The assignment counts for 5 of the 20 points in June. A hard copy of the book "Optimal Design of Experiments: A Case Study Approach" can be brought to the exam (photocopies and prints of e-versions of the book are not allowed).

The details and consequences for students who do not submit the assignment (or do not submit the assignment in time) can be found on Toledo.

Information about retaking exams

The exam in August/September counts for 20 points. The score for the assignment is not carried over to August/September. A hard copy of the book "Optimal Design of Experiments: A Case Study Approach" can be brought to the exam (photocopies and prints of e-versions of the book are not allowed).

ECTS Concepts of Clinical Trials (B-KUL-G0B69A)

4 ECTS English 13 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Beckers François (coordinator) |  Beckers François |  N.

Aims

The students will learn the key concepts of clinical trials in drug development from early to late stage post-marketing studies, understanding the importance of the different elements and types of study designs. The students will also get insight on how clinical trials are run in practice in the regulatory framework from the targeted product profile to the actual submission for marketing authorization. Specific statistical concept that need to be dealt with will be addressed in the course (multiplicity, bias, dropouts, interim analyses, subgroup analyses, probability of success, etc.)

Previous knowledge

The student knows the fundamentals of descriptive statistics and statistical inference (e.g.: hypothesis testing, Type I error, power, …) together with basic concepts of statistical modelling, generalized linear models and survival analysis.

The student is able to use at least one statistical programing language (e.g.: SAS, R, Python, Matlab,…), knowing the basics and able to learn by examples.

Identical courses

G0B69B: Concepts of Clinical Trials

Is included in these courses of study

Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

Concepts of Clinical Trials (B-KUL-G0B69a)

4 ECTS : Lecture 13 Second termSecond term
Beckers François |  N.

Content

In the first part of the course, the general context surrounding the value and use of clinical trials in drug development is being covered: What are clinical trials and why they are run? What is a Clinical Development Plan and Target Product Profile? What are the key steps from protocol to study report, actors and documents in clinical trials? What is the regulatory framework?
In the second part of the course, the main statistical concepts in clinical trials are addressed, notably: study designs, objectives-endpoints-decision criteria (hypothesis setting and sample size), multiplicity and possible source of bias. All these concepts are illustrated through various concrete examples.
In the third part of the course, some more advanced topics are treated with practical applications in clinical trials like survival analysis, Bayesian methods including probability of success to support decision making, adaptive and enrichment designs.

The course has mainly a non-technical character.

Format: more information

Course material (slides and homeworks)will be made available to the students electronically in Toledo and use as a basis during the course where additional examples will be provided.
The course aim at being interactive, prompting questions from the students.

Is also included in other courses

G0B69B : Concepts of Clinical Trials

Evaluatieactiviteiten

Evaluation: Concepts of Clinical Trials (B-KUL-G2B69a)

Type : Exam during the examination period
Type of questions : Open questions

Explanation

Type : Homeworks outside the normal examination period and Exam during the normal examination period
Description of evaluation : Written and/or Oral
Type of questions : Open questions

After each class session, students will be given a home work on the covered topics. These homeworks are corrected with feedback returned to the students individually.  
At the end of the semester a written and/or oral exam is also taking place on campus to assess proper understanding and mastering of the course concepts. The exam is closed book.
The homeworks and the exam will account for 50% each in the final evaluation. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.

Information about retaking exams

Only the exam will be used for the final evaluation.
The exam will however cover the whole course content including the scope and content of the homeworks. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.

ECTS Chemometrics (B-KUL-G0B70A)

4 ECTS English 15 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
Saeys Wouter

Aims

The goal of the course is to make the students familiar with the use of statistical concepts in analytical chemistry applications. Several examples will be discussed. At the same time, the number of tools at their disposal is increased.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of basic concepts of statistics and linear algebra is required.

    Identical courses

    G0B70B: Chemometrics

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Chemometrics (B-KUL-G0B70a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 First termFirst term
    Saeys Wouter

    Content

    Chemometrics encompasses all mathematical and statistical techniques for the analysis of chemical data. In the first part of this course it will be explained how basic principles (taught in other modules) can be used in chemometrical practice. In the second part more advanced methods will be introduced. These include techniques for multiway data analysis and pure component analysis. Throughout the course, concepts will be illustrated by means of examples from analytical chemistry, process monitoring, environmental studies, food analysis, pharmaceutical and clinical chemistry, etc.

    The following aspects of chemometrics will be handled in this course:

    • Classical modelling concepts for quantitative calibration: Classical Least Squares (CLS), Inverse Least Squares (ILS), Multivariate Linear Regression (MLR), Principle Component Regression (PCR) and Partial Least Squares Regression (PLSR).
    • Necessary steps for the creation and succesful deployment of calibrations; Selection of calibration standards and assesment of the reliability of the models: (Test set validation vs. Cross-validation, model statistics). Special attention will be given to the methods for the selection of the number of principle components or latent variables in the projection methods.
    • Methods for data pre-processing and linearization with special attention for the phenomena of light scattering and instrument drift and the methods to deal with these phenomena: derivatives, standard normal variate (SNV), multiplicative signal correction (MSC) and extended multiplicative signal correction (EMSC), external parameter orthogonalization (EPO), generalized least squares weighting (GLSW).
    • Variable selection in a chemometric context and some commonly used methods for this such as VIP scores, jack-knifing, uninformative variable elimination, interval PLS and Genetic Algorithm PLS.
    • Qualitative analysis in a chemometric context: clustering, discrimination and classification (LDA/QDA, SIMCA, kNN, PLSDA, SVM)
    • Nonlinear multivariate calibration/classification methods (kernel PLS, SVR).
    • Pure component identification (EFA, EWFA, MCR, O-PLS) with applications on mixture and batch reaction data
    • Multi-way methods (MPCA, PARAFAC, N-PLS)

    After each chapter, a take home assignment will be given involving application of the taught methods to a given dataset. 

    Course material

    -H. Martens, T. Naes. "Multivariate calibration", Wiley: Chichester; 1989.
    -T. Naes, T. Isaksson, A.M.C. Davies, T. Fearn. "A user-friendly guide to multivariate calibration and classification", IMPublications: Chichester, UK; 2002.
    - D.L. Massart, B.G.M. Vandeginste, L.M.C. Buyens, S. De Jong, P.J. Lewi, J. Smeyers-Verbeke, “Handbook of Chemometrics and Qualimetrics”, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1997.

    Format: more information

    Starting from the examples discussed in the course, the student applies the theory to a number of manageable cases and summarizes the results in a report.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0B70B : Chemometrics

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Chemometrics (B-KUL-G2B70a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Take-Home

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of a number of take home assignments. The reports on the different take homes will be discussed at the oral exam.

    Timely submission of all take home assignments is mandatory.
    Late submission must be reported to the lecturer as soon as possible and no later than before the designated submission date. Additionally, students must provide a valid proof for the lateness. In the case of justified lateness, students must submit the make-up assignment as communicated by the teacher.

    Students who fail to report their lateness (timely) or fail to provide a valid proof or fail to comply with the make-up modalities will be excluded from the examination. The respective OLA and OPO will be considered as "not completed" (NA)

    ECTS Sampling Theory (B-KUL-G0B72A)

    4 ECTS English 15 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Molenberghs Geert

    Aims

    A thorough understanding of the methodology of (survey) sampling theory; being able to apply the theory on real life situations.

    Previous knowledge

    Intimate knowledge of basic concepts of descriptive and inductive statistics.
     
    Beginning conditions: Basic course in descriptive and inductive statistics (bachelor level)

    Identical courses

    G0B72B: Sampling Theory

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Sampling Theory (B-KUL-G0B72a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 Second termSecond term
    Molenberghs Geert

    Content

    Different methods for selecting a (survey) sample from an existing population will be considered.  Problems arising in the sampling designs will be discussed. The focus will be on the concepts rather than on the formulas. Nevertheless, attention will be paid at the estimation of the population parameters of interests.

    Format: more information

    - Cognitive assimilation of theoretical concepts
    - Solving problems/exercises
    - Applying the theory on real life situations

    Is also included in other courses

    G0B72B : Sampling Theory

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Sampling Theory (B-KUL-G2B72a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral

    Explanation

    Students prepare a paper during the semester and can defend it orally on the exam. Submission of all reports in time is a necessary condition to take part in the exam. In case any of the deadlines is not met, the score for this course will be NA.

    ECTS Epidemiology (B-KUL-G0B73A)

    4 ECTS English 15 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Nawrot Tim

    Aims

    The student should be able to understand the statistical methodology used in epidemiological studies. Further, the student should be able to analyze the data of cohort and case-control studies, using a variety of regression models.

    Previous knowledge

    The student knows the basics of statistical inference, and statistical modelling.
     
    Beginning conditions:
    Basic concepts of statistical modelling
    Linear modelsGeneralized linear models

    Identical courses

    G0B73B: Epidemiology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Epidemiology (B-KUL-G0B73a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 First termFirst term
    Nawrot Tim

    Content

    First part of the course
    The elementary concepts such as probability model, likelihood and conditional probability will be reviewed. Epidemiological concepts such as: rates, Lexis diagrams, risk and odds ratio will be introduced and illustrated. The two most important epidemiological designs: the cohort, case-control and nested case-control study will be examined in detail. Also, the aspects of confounder, effect-modifier, matching, stratification, association versus causation will be treated.
     
    Second part of the course
    Regression models typical for epidemiological studies will be treated: Poisson and logistic regression, conditional logistic regression, Cox regression and related regression models to these.

    Format: more information

    The student will attend the theoretical classes and will apply the methodology on real date. Further the student will be asked to critically read an epidemiological paper. A report will be prepared and orally defended.  Course notes can be used. 

    Is also included in other courses

    G0B73B : Epidemiology

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Epidemiology (B-KUL-G2B73a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written

    Explanation

    The theoretical concepts such as causality, study design and attributable risk calculations are evaluated by their application to  real research data and/or examples from the epidemiological literature.  The exam is written preparation and oral defense.

    ECTS Concepts of Bayesian Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0B74A)

    4 ECTS English 15 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Faes Christel

    Aims

    This course will give a broad introduction to basic concepts of Bayesian analysis. Posterior summary measures, predictive distributions and Bayesian hypothesis tests will be contrasted with the frequentist approach. Simulation methods such as Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) enable the Bayesian analysis. An introduction to algorithms like Gibbs sampling and Metropolis-Hastings will be explained and illustrated. Various medical case studies will be considered.

    The student should be able to analyse relatively simple problems in a Bayesian way using OpenBugs, Nimble or JAGS software. The emphasis in this course is on theoretical background of basic concepts and practical data analysis.

    Previous knowledge

    The student knows the basics of statistical inference, and statistical modelling.
     
    Beginning conditions:
    Basic concepts of statistical modelling
    Linear models
    Generalized linear models

    Identical courses

    G0B74B: Concepts of Bayesian Data Analysis

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Concepts of Bayesian Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0B74a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 Second termSecond term
    Faes Christel

    Content

    This course will give a broad introduction to basic concepts of Bayesian analysis. Posterior summary measures, predictive distributions and Bayesian hypothesis tests will be contrasted with the frequentist approach. Simulation methods such as Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) enable the Bayesian analysis . An introduction to algorithms like Gibbs sampling and Metropolis-Hastings will be explained and illustrated. Various medical case studies will be considered.

    The student should be able to analyse relatively simple problems in a Bayesian way using OpenBugs software. The emphasis in this course is on practical data analysis, but the basic concepts of the theoretical background will also be given.

    Format: more information

    The lectures will be given in a mixed video and live format and non-mandatory exercises and quizzes will be available to the students to practice in preparation of the final exam. One mandatory homework will be given during the semester and will count for the final score. This homework is a group project; group composition will be discussed during the lectures.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0B74B : Concepts of Bayesian Data Analysis

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Concepts of Bayesian Data Analysis (B-KUL-G2B74a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written

    Explanation

    The final examination is a multiple choice, open book, exam.  The written exam will include questions on (1) general understanding, interpretation of some result, and checking a theoretical result (similar as in exercises) and software-related questions.  The homework will count for 30% of the final mark. The written exam will count for the remaining 70%. Second chance exam will be organized similar to first chance.

    ECTS Meta Analysis (B-KUL-G0B75A)

    4 ECTS English 15 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Den Noortgate Wim

    Aims

    Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to read and critically analyse a meta-analytic report, has insight in the strengths and limitations of meta-analysis, and can independently conduct a meta-analysis, this is:
    - formulate a meta-analytic research question or hypothesis,
    - conduct a systematic literature search,
    - extract and code the relevant data,
    - calculate effect sizes based on the reported study outcomes,
    - choose and apply the appropriate statistical models and techniques to analyse the effect sizes, and
    - interpret and report the results of the meta-analysis.

    Previous knowledge

    A basic knowledge of descriptive statistics, statistical inference (hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, …) and linear regression analysis.

    Beginning conditions: Students should have followed an introductory course in statistics, including descriptive statistics, the basics of statistical inference (hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, …) and linear regression analysis.

    Identical courses

    G0B75B: Meta Analysis

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Systematic Reviews (B-KUL-G0S74a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 6 Second termSecond term
    Van Den Noortgate Wim

    Content

    1. Introduction:
    - History and use of systematic reviews
    - The Cochrane and Campbell Collaboration
    - The stages of systematic reviews
    - Comparison with narrative reviews, vote-counting methods and combining p-values
    - Limitations and impact of systematic reviews

    2. Conducting systematic reviews:
    - preparing a protocol
    - retrieving studies
    - coding study characteristics
    - reporting results of systematic reviews

    Course material

    Slides
    List of recommended and optional literature

    Is also included in other courses

    G0B75B : Meta Analysis

    Meta Analysis (B-KUL-G0B75a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 9 Second termSecond term
    Van Den Noortgate Wim

    Content

    1. Conducting a statistical meta-analysis:
    - Effect size measures: definition, use and comparability
    - Combining effect sizes compared with narrative reviews, vote-counting methods and combining p-values
    - Assessing between-study heterogeneity
    - Fixed, random and mixed effects models for integrating study outcomes
    - Assessing and accounting for publication bias and study quality
    - Sensitivity analyses

    2. Specific applications and extensions:
    - Assessing and accounting for study quality
    - Meta-analysis of individual patient data
    - Meta-analysis of epidemiological and other observational studies
    - Bayesian methods in meta-analysis
    - Meta-analysis of multiple and correlated outcome measures
    - Cumulative meta-analysis

    Course material

    Slides
    List of recommended and optional literature

    Language of instruction: more information

    English, because international students are also able to take a part of the course.

     

    Format: more information

    Students are expected to participate actively during the course, conduct a meta-analysis in an individually chosen research domain, and report the meta-analysis in a paper.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0B75B : Meta Analysis

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Meta Analysis (B-KUL-G2B75a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The total score is based on a paper (10/20) and the oral exam (10/20). Students who have to redo the exam in August/September can prepare a paper with a new topic, or improve the paper they prepared before. The details and consequences for students who do not submit the paper (or do not submit this in time) can be found on Toledo.

    ECTS Concepts of Multilevel, Longitudinal and Mixed Models (B-KUL-G0B76A)

    4 ECTS English 15 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Verbeke Geert

    Aims

    The student recognizes clustered data and knows that statistical analysis should account for the clustered nature. The student knows how to formulate, fit and interpret basic mixed or multilevel models for the analysis of clustered data, repeated measures, or longitudinal data.

    Previous knowledge

    The student knows the basics of statistical inference, and statistical modelling.
     
    Beginning conditions:
    Basic concepts of statistical modelling
    Linear models
    Generalized linear models

    Identical courses

    G0B76B: Concepts of Multilevel, Longitudinal and Mixed Models

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Concepts of Multilevel, Longitudinal and Mixed Models (B-KUL-G0B76a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 Second termSecond term
    Verbeke Geert

    Content

    Starting from ANOVA models with random factor levels, the concepts of mixed models is introduced and the basics about inference in random-effects models will be explained. Afterwards, the mixed ANOVA models is extended to general linear mixed models for continuous data. Finally, extensions to models for binary or count data will be briefly discussed. Omitting all theoretical details, sufficient background will be given such that practising statisticians can apply mixed models in a variety of contexts, know how to use up-to-date software, and are able to correctly interpret generated outputs. Many applications, taken from various disciplines, will be discussed. Practical sessions are based on the SAS procedures MIXED and NLMIXED.

    Format: more information

    The student will attend the theoretical classes and will apply the methodology in a number of homeworks where real data will be analysed with various methods and statistical models. A report will be prepared and orally defended.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Concepts of Multilevel, Longitudinal and Mixed Models (B-KUL-G2B76a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral

    Explanation

    The exam is team work during which a report will be prepared, to be submitted at least one week prior to the oral exam. At the oral exam, students will defend their project orally, based on questions for clarification about techniques used, statements made, conclusions drawn in the report.

    Project: 8pt, Oral defense: 12pt
    The project is counted for the full 8 points on the condition that at least 6/12 is obtained for the oral part. In case the score for the oral part is less than 6/12, the score for the report is
    reduced to at most 4/8. In case the score for the oral part is less than 3/12, the score for the report is reduced to at most 2/8. This is to encourage active participation in the team work.

    Timely submission of the report is a necessary condition to take part in the exam. In case the deadline has not been met, the score for this course will be NA.

    ECTS Atmospheric Modelling (B-KUL-G0B78A)

    6 ECTS English 54 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Lipzig Nicole

    Aims

    Atmospheric models are used for numerical weather prediction. In addition are atmospheric models an important component of the ‘state-of-the-art’ climate models, which are used to gain insight in palaeoclimatology, present-day climatology and for climate projections for the future. At the end of the course the students should be able to:
    - Describe and explain how atmospheric models work
    - Describe and explain the physical processes that are taken into account in atmospheric models
    - Analyse and interpret observed and modelled phenomena, based on the underlying theory of how the atmosphere behaves and how atmospheric models work
    - Derive physical laws from the basis equations that were discussed during the lectures
    - Predict how the atmosphere will behave in certain situations, based on the theory discussed during the lectures
    - Present a scientific paper in a clear way including a critical reflection on the paper
    - Contribute to a discussion on scientific papers and – based on arguments given during this discussion – evaluate the value of the paper
    - Synthesize information and identify relationships between the theoretical framework and the current scientific debate (from the literature)
    - Apply theory and formulas in exercises
    - Process, visualize and analyse model output
    - Develop a computer model which simulates the advection of a wave using different numerical techniques

    Previous knowledge

    This course starts from a basic knowledge of programming in Matlab, as covered by the course Geographical Research Methods 3: Numerical Modelling. In addition, the course starts from a basic knowledge of meteorological processes as covered by the course Weer- en klimaatkunde KU Leuven or Klimatologie en oceanografie VUB. Alternatively, the following chapters of the textbook Meteorlogy Today - C.D. Ahrens can be taken as starting point for this course:

    - Chapter 1: The earth and its atmosphere
    - Chapter 2: Energy: warming the earth and the atmosphere
    - Chapter 5: Atmospheric moisture
    - Chapter 6: Condensation: Dew, fog and clouds
    - Chapter 7: Stability and cloud development
    - Chapter 8: Precipitation
    - Chapter 9: The atmosphere in motion: air pressure, forces and wind
    - Chapter 11: Wind: global systems
    - Chapter 13: Midlatitude cyclones

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Atmospheric Modelling: Lectures (B-KUL-G0B78a)

    4.5 ECTS : Lecture 33 First termFirst term
    Van Lipzig Nicole

    Content

    Introduction in modeling the climate system and the role of the atmosphere
    Processes, resolution and parametrizations
    Weather forecasting versus climate models
    Climate models
    Numerical weather prediction
    Nowcasting
    Atmospheric dynamics
    Extratropical cyclones
    Horizontal equation of motion
    Geostrophic and thermal wind
    Basic equations for the conservations of mass, heat, momentum, water, gasses and aerosols
    The primitive equations: a simplification of the basic equations
    Numerical discretisation: Finite difference method, truncation errors and consistency, convergence and stability criteria
    Cloud and precipitation processes
    Nucleation of wate vapor condensation
    Microstructures of warm clouds
    Cloud liquid water content and entrainment
    Growth of cloud droplets in warm clouds
    Parametrisation of clouds and precipitation
    Inferred, simple and complex cloud schemes
    Convertive parametrisations
    Parametrisation of clouds and precipitation in the ARPS (Advanced Regional Prediction System) model
    Evaluating clouds and precipitation from atmospheric models
    Verification: traditional skill scores, “fuzzy”verification scores, object-oriented verification scores
    Evaluating climatologies
    Long-term evaluation
    Regime dependent evaluation
    Case studies

    Course material

    -         Wallace, John M. and Peter V. Hobbs, 2006. Atmospheric Science, Volume 92, Second Edition: An Introductory Survey, Academic Press; 2 edition, 506pp, ISBN: 978-0127329512.
    -         Meteorology Education and Training (MetEd): http://www.meted.ucar.edu/
    -         COSMO parametrization of clouds and precipitation: COSMO homepage: http://www.cosmo-model.org/
    -         Scientific papers
    -         Powerpoint presentations
    -         Toledo website

    Format: more information

    In about 36 hours it is discussed how atmospheric models work and what are the physical processes that are taken into account in atmospheric models. Both dynamical and physical concepts of atmospheric models are covered by the course. For the dynamical part, the theory of atmospheric dynamics is discussed it is explained how primitive equations are discretised and programmed. For the physical part of the atmospheric model, we focus on the processes of cloud and precipitation formation. The learning activities consist of interpretation of information given by the lecturer, in which active participation of the student is required by questions and tasks. Each students will also present a (part of) a scientific paper including a critical reflection on the paper. After that, a discussion on scientific papers will take place with the entire group of students. It is expected that all students read the paper before the lecture and prepare questions and reflections on the paper. Take home assignments are given in which the students apply the physical and empirical laws in order to 1. – predict the evolution of the atmospheric system in a certain situation and 2. – simplify the equations to make them suitable to solve specific problems. It is expected that the students perform these take home assignments and that they read the course material related to the session before the next session. Time is reserved to answer questions on the take home assignments and on the course material.

    Atmospheric Modelling: Practical Work (B-KUL-G0B79a)

    1.5 ECTS : Practical 21 First termFirst term
    Van Lipzig Nicole

    Content

    Introduction in modeling the climate system and the role of the atmosphere
    Processes, resolution and parametrizations
    Weather forecasting versus climate models
    Climate models
    Numerical weather prediction
    Nowcasting
    Atmospheric dynamics
    Extratropical cyclones
    Horizontal equation of motion
    Geostrophic and thermal wind
    Basic equations for the conservations of mass, heat, momentum, water, gasses and aerosols
    The primitive equations: a simplification of the basic equations
    Numerical discretisation: Finite difference method, truncation errors and consistency, convergence and stability criteria
    Cloud and precipitation processes
    Nucleation of wate vapor condensation
    Microstructures of warm clouds
    Cloud liquid water content and entrainment
    Growth of cloud droplets in warm clouds
    Parametrisation of clouds and precipitation
    Inferred, simple and complex cloud schemes
    Convertive parametrisations
    Parametrisation of clouds and precipitation in the ARPS (Advanced Regional Prediction System) model
    Evaluating clouds and precipitation from atmospheric models
    Verification: traditional skill scores, “fuzzy”verification scores, object-oriented verification scores
    Evaluating climatologies
    Long-term evaluation
    Regime dependent evaluation
    Case studies

    Course material

    (See G0B79a Atmospheric Modelling)

    Format: more information

    Three projects are performed by the students using matlab, high-performance computing, linux, netcdf and cdo:

    Project 1: Introduction (4 contact hours): Introduction to HPC (linux environment, commands); Working with GCM output (netcdf and visualisation in matlab / idrisi; cdo)

    Project2: Numerics (4 contact hours + 5 hours working independently). Develop a simple computer model in MATLAB which simulates the advection of a wave using different numerical techniques.

    Project3: COSMO modeling (8 contact hours + 9 hours working independently: Setup of COSMO model run, model configuration and start of the runs. Analyse COSMO model run, comparison between sensitivity and control run, interpretation. Evaluation of COSMO run using measurements.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Atmospheric Modelling (B-KUL-G2B78a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Reference work

    Explanation

    The exam will consist of five parts:
    -         A written examination (open book) [weight is 50% of the total score]. The exam will take place during the examination period. It will be tested whether the students have reached the goals that were set at the beginning of the course (see above).The student will need a miminum score of 9 out of 20 for this part of the examination to pass for the entire course. If the score on this part of the examination is lower than 9 out of 20, this score will be the final score of the entire course.
    -         A written examination [weight is 20% of the total score] will be taking place during the examination period. During this exam, students need to show that they are able to apply theory and formulas in exercises.
    -         A presentation of a (part of) a scientific paper including a critical reflection on the paper. [weight is 10% of the total score]
    -         An evaluation of the report of project 2 (described above) [weight is 10% of the total score]. The deadline for handing in the report can be found on Toledo.
    -         An evaluation of the report of project 3 (described above) [weight is 10% of the total score]. The deadline for handing in the report can be found on Toledo.
    Note that two deadlines are set for handing in project reports. When reports are handed in too late, 1 point per week per report will be substracted from the total final score of 20 points.

    Information about retaking exams

    The score that was obtained for the report of project 2 and 3 and the presentation (described above) [weight is 10%+10%+10% of the total score] will be retained even if these reports or presentation were insufficient or not handed in (in this case the score will be 0 out of 20). The written examinations will be re-taken during the August exam period, using the same weights as during the first exam period. The score of the practicum reports and presentation cannot be carried over to the next academic year and needs to be re-done and handed in even if you passed for the practicum or the presentation during the previous academic year.

    ECTS Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (B-KUL-G0B82A)

    6 ECTS English 50 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Namur Olivier

    Aims

    In-depth study of petrology, in order to achieve sufficient knowledge and skills for starting a master’s project in magmatic and/or metamorphic petrology. This course introduces a variety of modern quantitative methods and traditional petrologic tools useful for studying metamorphic and/or igneous petrogenesis.

    The overall focus of the lecture aspect of the course is on learning quantitative approaches to constraining petrologic processes. Improving communication skills will also be an important goal, achieved via presentation, discussion, and evaluation of current research papers. Lab assignments involve application of modern quantitative methods and traditional petrologic and/or petrographic methods (e.g., petrographic microscopy).

    Previous knowledge

    Undergraduate courses in petrology and geochemistry. Basic theoretical and practical skills regarding the study of minerals and rocks with the petrographic microscope. Differential and integral calculus.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (B-KUL-G0B82a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Namur Olivier

    Content

    Topics may include the following:

    1. What can we learn from chemistry (thermodynamics)?
    (a) Fundamental laws of thermodynamics.
    (b) Equilibrium.
    (c) Dealing with solids versus fluids.
    (d) Thermodynamics of solutions.
    (e) Phase equilibria

    2. What can we learn from physics (transport phenomena)?
    (a) Conservation laws for mass, momentum, and energy.
    (b) Scaling the conservation equations.

    3. Quantitative models and modeling techniques applicable to hard-rock petrology.

    4. Application of quantitative techniques in combination with traditional petrologic data to problems of current interest.
    (a) Identifying equilibrium and disequilibrium in the field and in thin section.
    (b) Formulating an evolutionary hypothesis based on observations.
    (c) Hypothesis testing through modeling.

    5. Project: identifying problems of societal interest relevant to igneous and/or metamorphic petrogenesis, performing a class presentation.

    Format: more information

    Lectures & reading assignments (individual or group library research)

    Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0B83a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 30 First termFirst term
    Namur Olivier

    Content

    (1) Advanced topics of petrographical microscopy :
    - Identification of equilibrium and disequilibrium in thin section and in hand sample.
    (2) Thermodynamic and/or transport modeling of igneous and/or metamorphic processes and conditions.

    Format: more information

    Practical exercises of microscopy and modeling exercises (individual and group assignments).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (B-KUL-G2B82a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Presentation, Participation during contact hours, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Calculator, None

    Explanation

    The final exam will be of closed-book, written form.   Questions may be of long answer, short answer, or multiple choice form.

    ECTS Biology and Society (B-KUL-G0B97A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Arckens Lut (coordinator) |  Arckens Lut |  Govers Sander

    Aims

    Students are familiarized with a variety of current topics in biological research.  They learn to get acquainted with new research topics and will be capable of taking position and to defend their views on the subject towards other researchers and students. They will be encouraged to actively participate in debate sessions as to acquire the communicative skills needed in their professional life. Students will also attend contact moments at which guest speakers from the biotech industry or from other professional environments will share their job experiences and career development plans. Students will be capable of placing contemporary biological research and the professional role(s) played by biologists in a broader scientific and societal context, including the field of education.

    Previous knowledge

    Previous knowledge as required for starting the Master Thesis. 

    Order of Enrolment

    90

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biology and Society (B-KUL-G0B97a)

    6 ECTS : Practical 52 Both termsBoth terms
    Arckens Lut |  Govers Sander

    Content

    1) The student has to attend 8 seminars in order to learn to interpret biological research in a broader scientific and societal context. A short list of  seminars will be posted by the educational team as examples, based on which the students have to actively screen for other relevant seminars.
     
    2) The student has to attend minimum 1 OPINNO module, to facilate contacts with important players from the industrial biotechnological sector. 

    3) The student will actively participate in 4 (out of 6) debate sessions, which will concentrate on 2 to 3 scientific papers. Students have to read these papers prior to the debate session and look up extra relevant information: this preparation is necessary to facilitate the discussions within small student groups, which are followed by a concluding general discussion session in which each small group of students needs to be capable of defending its opinion on the subject or predefined parts of the subject covered by the papers.

    4) The student has to participate in a job-info event organized by PDL  

    5) The students have to form small groups, and each of the groups has to independently organize a site visit to a company, active in the biology field.

     

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biology and Society (B-KUL-G2B97a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Explanation

    Students have to attend all obligatory parts of this course.

    ECTS Molecular Interactions between Fungi and their Hosts (B-KUL-G0B98A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    Van Dijck Patrick

    Aims

    Students acquire detailled knowledge of the interactions which exist between micro-organisms and their host. Research of the past few years has lead to important insights in the battle between pathogens and their host. On the one hand, students will acquire knowledge of mechanisms which micro-organisms possess in order to infect their host. On the other hand, students gain insight in the molecular and immunological reactions of plants and animals on these micro-organisms. Students gain insight into the mechanisms which can lead to advantage or disadvantage for the micro-organism or in symbiosis. Students also get acquainted with the biotechnological applications, both for the development of resistent plants as well as on the development of new antimycotics.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have successfully obtained a bachelor in sciences or in applied biosciences

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Molecular Interactions between Fungi and their Hosts (B-KUL-G0B98a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Van Dijck Patrick

    Content

     

    1 Plant-fungal interactions
    1.1: Introduction: distinction between fungi and plants with discussion of the different classes of fungi
    1.2: Properties of fungi that allow them to infect and colonize plants.
    The different steps in the infection and colonization process will be discussed: recognition, mechanical or chemical methods that allow the fungi to penetrate plants and the mechanisms to withstand or circumvent the defense mechanisms of plants. The main signal transduction pathways involved in these processes will be discussed. Distinction between compatible and incompatible interactions are discussed, as well as the production of specific toxins by necrotrophic fungi.
    1.3: Defence mechanisms of plants against fungal infections
    Plants have primary (existing) and secundary (or pathogen-induced) defense systems. These mechanisms will be discussed in detail (existing: strong cell wall, toxic products; pathogen-induced defense mechanisms:production of phytoalexins, cell wall modifications, pathogen related proteins, PRP). Related to this, we will also discuss the origin and function of elicitors.
    The different signal transduction pathways that are activated in the plant upon contact with fungal cells will also be described. This also includes the mechanism of systemic acquired resistance (SAR).
    1.4: Resistance and specificity. In this chapter, race-specific resistance and specificity will be discussed. A case study (interaction between Cladosporum fulvum and tomato) is used to indicate the strong specificity between pathogen and plant race.
    1.5: Symbiosis. Apart from pathogenic interactions we will also discuss symbiosis between fungi and plants with a focus on the molecular mechanisms that provide benefit for both species.

     
    2. human-fungus interactions
    2.1: In the first part, the various types of pathogens and their life cycle are discussed. A distinction will be made between opportunistic pathogens such as Candida spp, Cryptococcus neoformans, Aspergillus spp, Penicillium marneffei, Fusarium spp and primary pathogens such as Histoplasma capsulatum, Coccidioides immitis, Blastomyces dermatitidis and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis. The different types of mycoses will also be discussed
    2.2: The second part will look at the different virulence factors that are present in these fungi. The main focus is on Candida albicans. Yyeast-hyphal transition, the production of enzymes, the adhesion mechanism, the phenotypic switching, the formation of biofilms and other virulence factors will be discussed.
    2.3: In addition to Candida albicans we will also describe the most important virulence factors of the other human fungal pathogens.
    2.4: The role of the host immune system to prevent fungal infections is very important and our current understanding of the battle between commensal fungi and the host will be discussed.  The different fungal pathogens have developed immune evasion strategies and these will be described.
    2.5: The various classes of anti-fungal drugs will be discussed as well as the most common resistance mechanisms that fungi develop to against these drugs.

     

    Course material

    Slides are available on Toledo

    recent papers will be provided via Toledo

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Molecular Interactions between Fungi and their Hosts (B-KUL-G2B98a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The students are given a number of open questions about the content of the course. There is one big question for which the student must solve a research question using the acquired knowledge (from this course or other courses) .  A student passes when the final score is at least 10/20

    ECTS State-of-the-art Research Methods in Biology (B-KUL-G0C99B)

    3 ECTS English 10 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Moons Lieve (coordinator) |  Arckens Lut |  Moons Lieve

    Aims

    Students become familiarized with a variety of new methods applied in contemporary biological research. They follow seminars and take part in the subsequent discussions in an interactive manner. Students get acquainted with the latest technological developments in biology, biochemistry and biotechnology. Students acquire the necessary information to judge the applicability of the methods in a biological research context.

    Previous knowledge

    This course is included in the PhD student program of the Arenberg doctoral School but can also be followed by students of the doctoral school Biomedical Sciences or the doctoral school for the Humanities and Social Sciences. There is no specific previous knowledge.

    Prerequisites: This course can only be followed by PhD students with a Master’s degree in Sciences, Biomedical Sciences, Social Sciences or equivalent.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    State-of-the-art Research Methods in Biology (B-KUL-G0C99a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 10 Second termSecond term
    Arckens Lut |  Moons Lieve

    Content

    Guest speakers, post−docs and senior PhD students will share their knowledge and hands on experience with a given methodology. The course comprises 5 seminars of 2 hours.

    Course material

    For each seminar:
    - Introducing publication, enabling to facilitate interactive discussion after presentation
    - Pdf file of powerpoint presentation supplied by the speakers

    Format: more information

    All seminars end with a question round and a discussion in which all students are encouraged to participate.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: State-of-the-art Research Methods in Biology (B-KUL-G2C99b)

    Type : Exam outside of the normal examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Reference work

    Explanation

    The exam consists of making a report at the end of the seminar series. Each participant chooses one method/technology of interest and writes a short research project in which he/she presents how the planned research would benefit from applying the method of choice. The report should be written in a grant proposal format and should not exceed 3 pages, references included.
    Scoring: Pass or fail
    Please note that in order to qualify for the exam, attendance of at least 4 of the 5 seminars is required. The goal remains to follow all seminars !

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Atmospheric Chemistry (B-KUL-G0D01A)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term
    Loreau Jérôme

    Aims

    Students should be familiar with the key concepts in atmospheric chemistry and should be able to carry out simple calculations needed in the field, and should have gained an appreciation of the challenges in the area. Students should understand the way the field relies on advanced analytical chemistry including remote sensing techniques, on laboratory measurements of key properties for atmospherically important molecules, and on (computer) models of complex atmospheric processes. The students should have a good knowledge of the key features of tropospheric and stratospheric chemistry, including anthropogenic aspects.

    Previous knowledge

    This course may be followed by anyone who has completed courses on physical chemistry to Bachelor in Chemistry level (or equivalent).

    Identical courses

    H02I4A: Atmosfeerchemie
    G0I24A: Reactive Systems

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Atmospheric Chemistry (B-KUL-G0D01a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Loreau Jérôme

    Content

    The course will include lectures covering the following topics:

    •           General chemical and physical properties of the atmosphere

    •           Chemical analysis of the atmosphere: sampling, spectroscopy, remote sensing, satellite methods

    •           Chemical transport within the atmosphere

    •           Heat transport through the atmospheric system, including the greenhouse effect

    •           Stratospheric chemistry including standard chemistry of ozone and ozone depletion

    •           Tropospheric chemistry including the effect of pollutants (NOx, ozone, hydrocarbons)

    •           Models of the atmosphere

    •           Chemical kinetics concepts for atmospheric chemistry

    Course material

    Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics, Seinfeld & Pandis, Wiley, 3rd edition 2016.

     Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry, Jacob, Princeton U. Press, 1999 (free pdf online at the author’s page, http://acmg.seas.harvard.edu/people/faculty/djj/book/.

     Atmospheric Chemistry, Holloway & Payne, Royal Soc. Chem. Press, 2010, also in the library.

     PDF files with the detailed content of lectures will be made available through Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Atmospheric Chemistry (B-KUL-G2D01a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    Students will have several questions: one will be a problem, aimed at calculating a rate or a concentration based on relevant input, another will involve recall of a key set of concepts, another will involve discussion of atmospheric properties.

    Each question will have an assigned mark with the overall mark obtained as the sum of individual marks.

    ECTS Emerging Synthetic Methodologies (B-KUL-G0D03A)

    3 ECTS English 18 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Dehaen Wim (coordinator) |  De Borggraeve Wim |  Dehaen Wim |  Van der Eycken Erik |  N. |  De Azambuja Francisco (substitute)  |  Less More

    Aims

    The student has knowledge of a number of emerging developments in the field of organic synthesis and knows about the scope and limitations of these novel methodologies.

    The student is able to critically process literature on an assigned topic from the field and is able to present a seminar on this topic to peers. The student is able to actively participate in the seminars presented by peers.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has advanced knowledge of organic synthesis as taught in Advanced organic chemistry.

    This course can only be taken in the same year as the Master's Thesis. 

    Order of Enrolment

    66

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Emerging Synthetic Methodologies: Seminar (B-KUL-G0D03a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    De Borggraeve Wim |  Dehaen Wim |  Van der Eycken Erik |  N. |  De Azambuja Francisco (substitute)

    Content

    The classes will consist of a number of seminars presented by the students to their peers and the didactical team on assigned subjects related to one of the emerging synthetic methodologies. Additionally, an number of seminars will be delivered by members of the didactical team and/or guest speakers. Active participation by the students in the seminars, asking questions and providing answers.

     

    Course material

    Own slides and selected review papers on new synthetic methodologies.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Emerging Synthetic Methodologies (B-KUL-G2D03a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Presentation, Participation during contact hours

    Explanation

    Permanent evaluation during seminars presented by the students to their peers and the didactical team on assigned subjects related to one of the emerging methodologies. Grading of both student presenter and peer audience will be based on participation in the seminars, quality of the presented work and answers to questions asked. 80% of the marks will be based on the seminar given by the student, 20% on participation in other seminars. The final mark is the sum of these parts. Detailed evaluation criteria will be communicated via Toledo.

    Information about retaking exams

    Oral examination with written preparation  about all the topics that have been presented during the lectures.

    ECTS Chemical Metallurgy (B-KUL-G0D04A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Binnemans Koen

    Aims

    The main objective of this course is to provide students with general basic knowledge about different aspects, problems and applications of chemical metallurgy and to provide them with an in-depth knowledge of leaching, solvent extraction and ion exchange. The principles of solvometallurgy are introduced.

     

    Aim 1: The students can explain and apply the principles of metal ion solvation and complexation in concentrated solutions. The students are familiar with the concepts of activity and activity coefficient. They can calculate complex equilibria; they can construct and interpret speciation and phase stability diagrams. The students can determine the conditions for removal of metals from solution by selective precipitation.

     

    Aim 2: The students understand the theory of solvent extraction. They can explain the different types of extractants, diluents and modifiers, the different equipment used in industrial solvent extraction, and the application of solvent extraction in extractive metallurgy.

     

    Aim 3: The students understand the theory of ion exchange. They can explain the different types of ion exchange resins, ion exchange membranes, different column elution protocols, the application of ion exchange in extractive metallurgy, and the use of ion exchange in (waste) water treatment. The students can explain the advantages and disadvantages of solvent extraction versus ion exchange.

     

    Aim 4: The students understand the major flow sheets in extractive metallurgy of different non-ferrous metals, and in particular those of copper and zinc. The student can explain hydrometallurgical unit operations.

     

    Aim 5: The students can explain the extractive metallurgy of rare earths in all its aspects, have knowledge of the processing of different types of rare-earth ores, preparation of concentrates, separation of mixtures of rare earths, and transformation of rare-earth oxides in rare-earth metals.

     

    Aim 6: The students understand the chemistry of processing of spent nuclear fuel in all its aspects, have knowledge of the PUREX process and advanced separation processes for removal of minor actinides (TRUEX, DIAMEX, SANEX, GANEX, TALSPEAK,...).

     

    Aim 7: The students understand the principles of solvometallurgy (solvent leaching, nonaqueous solvent extraction, nonaqueous ion exchange); they are able to make a comparison between solvometallurgy and hydrometallurgy.

    Previous knowledge

    Students are familiar with basic knowledge of chemistry and physics.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Chemical Metallurgy: Lectures (B-KUL-G0D04a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Binnemans Koen

    Content

    Chemical fundamentals of hydrometallurgy

    •           Ions in solution and their solvation

    •           Activity in concentrated solutions and activity coefficients

    •           Complex equilibria

    •           Speciation and phase diagrams

    •           Solubility products and selective precipitation

     

    Leaching

    •           Basic features of leaching

    •           Leaching with acid-base reactions

    •           Oxidative leaching

    •           Leaching operations

     

    Solvent extraction

    •           Solvent extraction theory

    •           Extractants

    •           Diluents and modifiers

    •           Equipment for solvent extraction

    •           Solvent extraction practice

    •           Applications of solvent extraction in extractive metallurgy

     

    Ion exchange

    •           Ion exchange theory

    •           Ion exchange resins

    •           Ion exchange membranes

    •           Ion exchange practice

    •           Applications of ion exchange in extractive metallurgy

     

    Process flow sheets in extractive metallurgy

    •           Copper

    •           Zinc

    •           Cobalt/nickel

    •           Platinum-group metals

    •           Rare earths

    •           Uranium

    •           Lithium

     

    Processing of spent nuclear fuel

    •           Principles of the nuclear fuel cycle

    •           PUREX process

    •           Advanced separation processes in the nuclear fuel cycle (TRUEX, DIAMEX, SANEX, GANEX, TALSPEAK, ..)

     

    Solvometallurgy

    •           Concept of solvometallurgy

    •           Solvometallurgical unit processes: solvent leaching, nonaqueous solvent extraction, nonaqueous ion exchange

    •           Examples of solvometallurgical processes

    •           Solvometallurgy at KU Leuven

    Course material

    Course materials are available on Toledo.

    Lecture notes + slides

    Recommended reading (review papers) are provided as pdf-files.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Chemical Metallurgy (B-KUL-G2D04a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Report, Presentation
    Type of questions : Closed questions, Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    Permanent evaluation: During the academic year, the student gives a 15-minute presentation about a pre-agreed (small) part of the course. After that, questions will be asked by the teacher and the fellow students for 10 minutes. The assessment takes into account the content and form of the presentation, the answers to the questions, and whether or not the student has looked up additional information outside the course text. The permanent evaluation counts for 10/20 to the total exam result.
    Final exam: The student receives a copy of a paper published in an international scientific journal and a number of questions about this paper that need to be answered. The answers are explained during the oral exam. The final exam counts for 10/20 to the total exam result.

    Information about retaking exams

    The second trial is similar to the first trial, but with the difference that the student is offered the opportunity to give a new presentation, but without questions asked by fellow students.

    ECTS Light and Matter (B-KUL-G0D05A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Verbiest Thierry (coordinator) |  Escudero Masa Daniel |  Verbiest Thierry

    Aims

    The course provides a thorough discussion of the use optical spectroscopy to study physical processes in molecules, of the properties of excited states and of excited processes. This will give the students the necessary theoretical background to understand and analyze spectroscopic measurements, which they will encounter during their research assignments.

    The students can explain the linear and non-linear interactions occurring between UV-, visible and near-IR electromagnetic radiation and molecules both in a formalism of the transition dipole and the Lorentz model. They understand and can interpret the different optical responses. They can discriminate the different types of excited states and recognize their properties. They can relate excited state properties and decay channels to molecular structure. They can derive the expression governing excited state kinetics and evaluate their validity. They can discriminate the different types of electron and excitation transfer and relate them to spectroscopic properties. They can analyze experimental data of stationary and fast spectroscopy and relate them to excited state properties, excitation and electron transfer and excited state complex formation. They can evaluate most current techniques of stationary and fast spectroscopy. They can recognize exciton formation and predict the spectroscopic properties of molecular aggregates. They can interpret and construct correlation diagrams for simple photochemical reactions.

    The students can apply the insight gained in the theoretical part of the course to understand synthetic and/or biological systems where light is converted into chemical or electrical energy or vice versa (OLED's, solar cells, molecular beacons, systems for information recording, xerographic or lithographic applications). For these systems they can relate photophysical and photochemical properties to their supra- and nanomolecular structure. The students can interpret spectroscopic measurements and apply this information to clarify molecular structure and properties.

    They can summarize and explain and present a recent research paper on these systems and answer critical questions regarding this paper.

    At the generic level the students are able to understand and critically judge the content and quality of scientific literature related to optical spectroscopy, photophysics and photochemistry. The students can find recent research articles on a given topic, study the specific topic in great depth for themselves, indicate the essentials and present these as course material for their fellow students.

    Previous knowledge

    The students know the principles and concepts of optical spectroscopy at a level corresponding to G0119A Spectroscopic measurement techniques.

    Thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of chemistry, and physics (electrostatics, physical concepts of electromagnetic radiation) at the bachelor of chemistry level. 

    Identical courses

    G0I12C: Photophysics and Photochemistry of Molecular Materials

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Light and Matter (B-KUL-G0D05a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Escudero Masa Daniel |  Verbiest Thierry

    Content

    Chapter I

    Electromagnetic radiation

    Linear interaction with matter: the Lorentz approach

    Maxwell equations

    Tensors and symmetry

     

    Chapter II

    2nd and 3rd order nonlinear interactions

    Green functions

    Second harmonic generation spectroscopy

    Sum frequency generation spectroscopy

    Multiphoton absorption and emission

     

    Chapter III

    Optical rotatory dispersion and (vibrational) circular dichroism

    Magneto-optic spectroscopy

     

    Chapter IV

    Factors determining the transition dipole, spin-orbit coupling and vibronic interactions

    Excited states in molecular systems: singlets and triplets, localized and charge transfer states

     

    Chapter V

    Energy, bond lengths, acidity and dipole moments of excited states

    Formal kinetics of monomolecular decay processes and exciton annihilation.

    Fluorescence and phosphorescence.

    Delayed fluorescence

    Thermal decay processes of excited states , Fermi Golden Rule

    Major experimental techniques of stationary and fast spectroscopy for evaluation of kinetics and spectroscopy of excited states

     

    Chapter VI

    Formal kinetics of quenching

    Quenching by excitation transfer (Förster and Dexter)

    Quenching by electron transfer

    Quenching by excited state complex formation

    Quenching by heavy atoms and paramagnetic effects

     

    Chapter VII

    Adiabatic electron transfer

    Non-adiabatic electron transfer

    Solvent reorganization

    Distance dependence of electron transfer (superexchange)

     

    Chapter VIII

    Exciton Interaction in Dimers

    Exciton Interaction in large 1- and 2-dimensional aggregates

    Mixed dimers

     

    Chapter IX

    Introduction to concerted reactions, correlation diagramma, conical intersections, pericyclic minima

    Woodward-Hoffmann rules

    Cis trans isomerization

    Fragmentation

    Hydrogen abstraction

    Cyclo-addition

    Course material

    Slides (with voice over), copies of parts of books (available on toledo  or as hard copy), partially course notes

    Format: more information

    Presentations will be given by the students towards the end of the semester. The students can select from a topic list provided by the docent.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Light and Matter (B-KUL-G2D05a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Presentation, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    At the end of each lecture or section of the course, the students get a number of take home problems. They are expected to deliver their solutions as a final report end of December. For each problem, if solved completely, points will be given, otherwise no points are given for this problem. Then the points are simply added. The number of points per problem can depend upon the complexity of the problem.

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Oral examination with written preparation. The exam will be an open book exam where the use of calculator and course material as well as of other books will be allowed. The points for each question will simply be added. The number of points per question can depend upon the complexity of the problem. Part of the exam will be discussion of a paper provided by the docent.

    ECTS Introduction to Cartography (B-KUL-G0D10A)

    3 ECTS English 33 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Rompaey Anton

    Aims

    - Teach students to present geographic data with appropriate methods using charts and (thematic) maps.
    - Learn to select visualization methods as a function of the available data and the research questions.
    - Teach to apply these visualization methods adequately as information generating communication tools.
    - Learn to use the necessary software to build and manage information tables and digital (spatial) databases.

    Previous knowledge

    No specific preliminaries.

    Identical courses

    G0O99A: Cartografie

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Introduction to Cartography: Lectures 1 (B-KUL-G0D11a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 6 First termFirst term
    Van Rompaey Anton

    Introduction to Cartography: Lectures 2 (B-KUL-G0D12a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 7 First termFirst term
    Van Rompaey Anton

    Introduction to Cartography: Exercises (B-KUL-G0D13a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 20 First termFirst term
    Van Rompaey Anton

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Introduction to Cartography (B-KUL-G2D10a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    During the exam (16/20), knowledge of the subject matter of the lectures and the exercises are evaluated. Students are also asked to make an exercise on PC. A report  should also be submitted for the exercises (4/20). If students do not participate in the exercises, the exam is considered not taken.

     

    ECTS Algebraic Geometry II (B-KUL-G0D17A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Nicaise Johannes

    Aims

    The course builds on the knowledge accumulated in a course on classical algebraic geometry to introduce modern techniques in algebraic geometry. The course deepens the understanding of the fundamental relations between algebra, geometry, and number theory. The course focuses on the geometry of solution sets of systems of polynomial equations in several variables from the modern point of view of schemes and cohomology of schemes.

     

    By the end of the course, the student should have a thorough understanding of the basic objects and techniques in modern algebraic geometry. The student should be able to translate geometric and arithmetic problems into algebraic terms and vice versa and apply algebraic methods to analyze the local and global structure of algebraic varieties and schemes.

    Previous knowledge

    The student needs a good knowledge of classical algebraic geometry as treated in Algebraic Geometry I (G0A80A) and  commutative algebra as in Commutative Algebra (G0A82A).

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Algebraic Geometry II (B-KUL-G0D17a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Nicaise Johannes

    Content

    - Schemes: spectrum of a ring, sheaves, schemes and their relation with classical varieties, local and global properties of schemes.

    - Coherent sheaves: locally free sheaves, vector bundles, divisors,  projective morphisms, differentials.

    - Cohomology: derived functors, Cech cohomology, Serre Duality, Grothendieck-Riemann-Roch theorem, Semicontinuity theorem.

    - Curves and Surfaces: basic classification results in complex and arithmetic algebraic geometry.

    - The Weil Conjectures: zta functions of varieties, Deligne’s theorem.

    Course material

    Course notes + Toledo

    Algebraic Geometry II: Exercises (B-KUL-G0D18a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 10 Second termSecond term
    Nicaise Johannes

    Content

    - Schemes: spectrum of a ring, sheaves, schemes and their relation with classical varieties, local and global properties of schemes.

    - Coherent sheaves: locally free sheaves, vector bundles, divisors,  projective morphisms, differentials.

    - Cohomology: derived functors, Cech cohomology, Serre Duality, Grothendieck-Riemann-Roch theorem, Semicontinuity theorem.

    - Curves and Surfaces: basic classification results in complex and arithmetic algebraic geometry.

    - The Weil Conjectures: zeta functions of varieties, Deligne’s theorem.

    Course material

    Course notes + Toledo

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Algebraic Geometry II (B-KUL-G2D17a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Take-Home
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    There will be two take-home exams during the semester.

    The final exam is also take-home and consists either of classical exam questions or of submission of a short expository paper on a topic of own choice related to the course and agreed upon by the instructor. This paper has to contain, beside some clear introductory theory, non-trivial explicit examples, agreed upon by the instructor, worked out to illustrate the theory.

     

    In order to pass, the student must obtain at least the score 10/20. The take-home exams during the semester will count 5 points each, the final exam will count 10 points. If the student has failed to pass, for the second-chance examination no points will be carried forward from any of the take-home exams or the final exam. The student will be given the chance to pass the course via, again, a package consisting of two new take-home exams and a new final exam, with the same format and score share.

     

    ECTS Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0D29A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Vogt Tatjana (coordinator) |  Binnemans Koen |  Vogt Tatjana

    Aims

    Attention: this course is not taught in academic year 2020-2021.

    This course provides a comprehensive introduction to various characterisation methods that are applied to inorganic chemical systems. This course examines the characterisation of molecular structures in solution by different experimental techniques. These techniques include: NMR and EPR spectroscopy, UV-VIS-NIR absorption spectroscopy, luminescence spectroscopy, (magnetic) circular dichroism, infrared and Raman spectroscopy, X-ray absorption spectroscopy (EXAFS and XANES), small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS), magnetic susceptibility measurements, electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) and isothermal microcalorimetry. It is shown how speciation studies can be performed by using a combination of experimental techniques. Speciation studies give information on the composition (stoichiometry) and structure of metal complexes in solution: the number and type of ligands coordinated to the metal ion, the molecular mass (and the degree of oligomerisation) and the symmetry of the coordination polyhedron of the metal ion (symmetry of the first coordination sphere).  These experimental techniques also provide information on the electronic and magnetic properties of the molecules. It is illustrated how the experimental techniques can be used for investigating the mechanism of solvent extraction processes, structure of metal sites in metalloproteins and the interaction between metal complexes and biomolecules. This course complements courses on analytical chemistry where the emphasis is qualitative and quantitative analysis (what elements are present and what are their concentrations?).

    Aim 1: The students can explain the physical principles of the different measurement techniques that are covered by the course. They have insight in the operational principles of the apparatus and instruments.

    Aim 2: The students understand the possibilities and limitations of the different experimental techniques. They understand why a combination of different experimental techniques is required for speciation studies.

    Aim 3: The students can interpret different types of spectra and measurement data.

    Aim 4: The students can combine the different pieces of experimental data to give a description of the speciation of metal complexes in solution.

    Aim 5:  The students understand how knowledge of the speciation of the metal complexes in the two phases of solvent extraction systems can be used for the elucidation of the extraction mechanism.

    Aim 6: The students understand how the different experimental techniques can be used to probe the structure of metal sites in metalloproteins and interaction between metal complexes and biomolecules.

    Previous knowledge

    Students are familiar with basic knowledge of chemistry and physics.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry: Lectures (B-KUL-G0D29a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Binnemans Koen |  Vogt Tatjana

    Content

    Working principles and applicability of experimental techniques

    • Multinuclear NMR spectroscopy
    • Electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR)
    • Infrared and Raman spectroscopy
    • UV-VIS-NIR absorption spectroscopy
    • Luminescence spectroscopy
    • Circular dichroism (CD) and magnetic circular dichroism (MCD)
    • Magnetic susceptibility measurements
    • X-ray absorption spectroscopy (EXAFS and XANES)
    • Small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS)
    • Electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry (ESI-MS)
    • Isothermal microcalorimetry
       

    Combination of experimental techniques in solution studies

    • Integrated approach to the use of different experimental techniques
    • Selected examples of speciation studies in solution
    • Elucidation of extraction mechanisms in solvent extraction
    • Selected examples of studies of interactions between metal complexes and biomolecules

    Course material

    Course materials are available on Toledo.
    Lecture notes + slides
    Recommended reading (review papers) are provided as pdf-files.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Physical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G2D29a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    Closed book exam during the examination period.

    Each question will be assigned a fixed number of marks with the overall mark simply obtained by summing them up. The student passes the exam if the sum is 10 or more /20.

    ECTS Complex Inorganic and Hybrid Materials (B-KUL-G0D30A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Cleuvenbergen Stijn (coordinator) |  Escudero Masa Daniel |  N. |  Van Cleuvenbergen Stijn (substitute) |  Debroye Elke (substitute)

    Aims

    The students can interprete the different representations of the 3 dimensional structure of complex inorganic and hybrid materials with potential for catalysis and energy conversion and storage such as perovskites, complex chalcogenides (CIS), metal organic frameworks, zeolites.
    They understand the different models to describe their electronic band structure (e.g. tight binding, nearly free electron model & Bloch functions) and they can predict how the latter is influenced by the composition and morphology.
    They can evaluate the merits and limits of different methods for the determination of structure and morphology) (X-Ray, TEM, SEM, SPM).
    They understand the solution based chemical methods (reaction mechanisms, physical phenomena) to prepare those materials with the proper morphology and surface structure and can predict how changing reaction conditions can modify their composition (doping), morphology (dimensionality, size and shape, density of defects, porosity, crystalline or amorphous) and surface coverage.
    They can connect composition and morphology to the band structure and to optical (direct and indirect band gap transitions, Wannier excitons), electrical (carrier density and mobility, oxidation and reduction) and magnetic properties (where relevant).
    They can connect composition and morphology to their catalytic properties (where relevant).
    For the different types of materials they understand and can evaluate practical application for energy conversion, storage and catalysis.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic quantum chemistry, free electron model, basic knowledge of material chemistry, advanced knowledge of inorganic chemistry, basic knowledge of XRD and related methods, basic knowledge of spectroscopy.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Complex Inorganic and Hybrid Materials: Lectures (B-KUL-G0D30a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Escudero Masa Daniel |  N. |  Van Cleuvenbergen Stijn (substitute) |  Debroye Elke (substitute)

    Content

    The course focusses on the understanding of solution based methods to prepare these structures and on the links between reaction conditions, morphology, electronic structure, and electro-optical and catalytic properties rather than their applications

    1          Electronic structure, electrical and optical properties of inorganic solids
    -           Nearly Free Electron Model and Bloch functions
    -           Tight Binding Approximation
    -           Surface states and defects
    -           Effective mass of charge carriers
    -           Direct and indirect band gap transitions
    -           Free carriers and excitons, exciton radius
    -           Consequences of confinement
    -           Carrier mobility
    -           Crystalline versus amorphous materials
    -           Superconductivity

    2          Crystallization
    -           Kinetics and thermodynamics of crystallization (nucleation, growth, Ostwald ripening)
    -           Tuning of morphology by surface binding additives
    -           Tuning the defect density

    3          Point defects and non-stoichiometry
    -           Defect types
    -           Origin  of intrinsic crystalline defects
    -           Point defects
    -           Non-stoichiometry
    -           Extended defects

    4          Structure, synthesis and opto-electrical properties of small noble metal clusters

    5          Structure, synthesis and opto-electrical properties of perovskites

    6          Structure, synthesis and opto-electrical properties of complex sulfides (CIS and related materials for solar energy conversion)

    7          Structure, synthesis and electrical properties of complex oxides for energy storage devices ergy storage devices

    8          Structure, synthesis and electrical and magnetic properties of high temperature superconductors

    9          Structure, synthesis and opto-electrical and catalytic properties of metal organic frameworks

    10        Structure, synthesis and catalytic properties of zeolites

    Course material

    Course slides (with voice over) and selected papers, copies of parts of books made available on Toledo or as hard copy.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Complex Inorganic and Hybrid Materials (B-KUL-G2D30a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    At the end of each lecture or section of the course the students get a number of take home problems. They are expected to deliver their solutions beginning of June. For each problem all or part of the assigned points can be given. Then the points are simply added to arrive at a final score. The number of points per problem can depend upon the complexity of the problem.

    Plagiarism will be reported to the proper authorities

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Oral examination with written preparation.
    The exam will be an open book exam where the use of calculator and course material as well as other books will be allowed. use of a labtop, tablet and similarr items is not allowed
    The points for each question will simply be added.

    ECTS Kwantum- en computationele chemie (B-KUL-G0D72A)

    6 studiepunten Engels, Nederlands 48 Beide semestersBeide semesters Uitgesloten voor examencontract
    Harvey Jeremy (coördinator) |  Harvey Jeremy |  Loreau Jérôme

    Doelstellingen

    De studenten:

    • Hebben een solide basiskennis van de principes van kwantummechanica, en begrijpen waarom ze in de chemie belangrijk zijn.
    • Beschikken over relevante kennis van de toepassing van kwantummechanica aan het voorspellen van chemische eigenschappen zoals moleculaire structuur, thermodynamica, en reactiviteit
    • Begrijpen de benaderingen die gebruikt moeten worden om de wetten van de kwantummechanica, in het bijzonder de tijdsonafhankelijke Schrödingervergelijking, aan atomen en moleculen te kunnen toepassen.
    • Beheersen de basis-concepten zoals kwantisering, kwantumgetallen, Pauli-principe, golffunctie, elektronisch potentiaaloppervlak, moleculaire orbitalen, elektron correlatie.
    • Hebben kennis van de belangrijkste (i.e. in het hedendaags onderzoek meest gebruikte) computationele technieken in de chemie zoals Hartree-Fock theorie, densiteitsfunctionaaltheorie, moleculaire mechanica.
    • Kunnen hun theoretische kennis gebruiken om kwantumchemische berekeningen uit te voeren, en de resultaten te analyseren.
    • Hebben de vaardigheden en het inzicht om onder gepaste begeleiding een chemische probleem te formuleren en om gepaste computationele methoden voor te stellen voor de oplossing van de probleem.

    Begintermen

    De cursus gaat uit van een basiskennis chemie, wiskunde en fysica. De studenten moeten kennis hebben van:
    • Chemie: beschrijvende voorstellingen van de elektronenstructuur van atomen en moleculen (i.e. atoomstructuur en de opbouw van het periodiek systeem, chemische binding in moleculen)
    • Wiskunde: bepaalde en onbepaalde integralen, afgeleiden van functies van een en meerdere variabelen, basisprincipes van lineaire algebra (vectoren, matrices en determinanten), complexe getallen
    • Fysica: klassieke Newton mechanica, mechanische golven, Coulombkrachten, basisprincipes van elektromagnetisme

    Identieke opleidingsonderdelen

    G0O40B: Kwantum- en computationele chemie

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Quantum and Computational Chemistry: Laboratory Sessions (B-KUL-G0D72a)

    1.4 studiepunten : Practicum 24 Beide semestersBeide semesters
    Harvey Jeremy |  Loreau Jérôme

    Inhoud

    Het doel van dit practicum is enerzijds het verwerven van basiservaring met kwantumchemische software en het gebruik van een grafische interface met deze software, en anderzijds het  verwerven van extra begrip in de inhoud van het hoorcollege door middel van praktische oefeningen. Deze oefeningen omvatten de volgende items:

    • Chemische interpretatie van de data die resulteren uit een kwantumchemische berekening.
    • Tekenen van atomaire en moleculaire orbitalen.
    • Herkennen van moleculaire symmetrie en werken met karaktertabellen.
    • Berekenen van stationaire punten op een elektronisch potentiaaloppervlak.
    • Analyse van deze stationaire punten door middel van een frequentie-analyse.
    • Berekening van een elektronisch aangeslagen toestand.
    • Illustratie van het begrip elektroncorrelatie.
    • Ontwerpen van zelfstandige mini-projecten, en uitvoeren met hulp van assistenten.

     

    Tijdens het 2e sem kunnen de studenten hun kennis van computationele chemie verdiepen naarmate de benodigde voorkennis in wiskunde II ter beschikking komt

    Studiemateriaal

    • Handleiding
    • Kwantumchemisch software met grafische interface, aangeboden via de PC-klassen van LUDIT

    Kwantum- en computationele chemie (B-KUL-G0O40a)

    4.6 studiepunten : College 24 Eerste semesterEerste semester
    Harvey Jeremy

    Inhoud

    De lessen zijn gestructureerd in drie delen:

    In een eerste deel worden de fundamenten van de kwantummechanica aangebracht en geïllustreerd voor atomaire één-elektronsystemen. De volgende items komen hierbij aan bod:

    • De basis van de kwantummechanica en de tijdsonafhankelijke Schrödingervergelijking
    • Atomaire orbitalen: oplossing van de Schrödingervergelijking voor atomen met één elektron
    • De kwantumgetallen: orbitaaldraaiimpuls
    •  Elektron spin en het Pauli principe

     

    In een tweede deel komen een aantal fundamentele principes aan bod die gebruikt worden bij het construeren van benaderende oplossingen van de Schrödingervergelijking voor meer-elektronensystemen:

    • De Born-Oppenheimer approximatie
    • De orbitaalbenadering: Pauli-principe en de constructie van Slaterdeterminanten
    • Het variatietheorema
    • Matrixformulering van de Schrödingervergelijking
    • De LCAO-MO benadering in moleculen
    • (Tijdsonafhankelijke) perturbatietheorie voor niet-ontaarde systemen
    • De kwantumgetallen: connectie met draaiimpuls in atomen,  symmetrie in moleculen.

     

    In een derde deel wordt een beschrijvend overzicht gegeven van de belangrijkste computationele methoden en de wijze waarop deze toegepast worden in hedendaagse computersoftware. De klemtoon ligt hierbij op praktische toepassingen eerder dan op de rigoureuze afleiding van het mathematische formalisme van de verschillende methoden. Deze praktische toepassingen zullen verder ook uitgebreid aan bod komen tijdens de oefensessies horende bij deze cursus.

    • De SCF-LCAO-MO methode
    • Basis sets
    • Elektron correlatie: CI, MP2, Coupled-cluster
    • Densiteitsfunctionaaltheorie, semi-empirische methoden
    • Berekening van moleculaire eigenschappen (structuur, vibratiefrekwenties, dipoolmoment, atomaire ladingen)
    • Moleculaire mechanica

    Studiemateriaal

    - cursustekst
    - slides via Toledo

    Komt ook voor in andere opleidingsonderdelen

    G0O40B : Kwantum- en computationele chemie

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Kwantum- en computationele chemie (B-KUL-G2D72a)

    Type : Partiële of permanente evaluatie met examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Schriftelijk, Verslag
    Vraagvormen : Open vragen
    Leermateriaal : Formularium, Rekenmachine

    Toelichting

    • Het examen over het hoorcollege en de inhoud van de praktische oefeningen (G0D72a) gaat door tijdens de examenperiode (gesloten boek), zijnde de junizittijd
    • Praktische evaluatie voor het begrip van en de vaardigheid in het omgaan met de kwantumchemische software. De beoordeling van het practicum gebeurt via permanente evaluatie (aanwezigheid, inzet, kritische houding), en via verslagen voor geselecteerde praktijkoefeningen, in het bijzonder voor de mini-projecten. Enkele verslagen worden gekwoteerd en terugbezorgd aan de studenten, die hierdoor feedback krijgen en hun vorderingen (ook qua verslaggeving) kunnen inschatten.
    • De kwotering van het practicum telt voor 25% mee in de totale eindscore.
    • Studenten die niet deelnamen aan het practicum mogen geen examen over het hoorcollege afleggen.

     

    Toelichting bij herkansen

    Voor wat betreft het examen over het hoorcollege + de inhoud van het practicum is de modaliteit van de tweede kans gelijk aan de eerste. Het practicum (met verslagen en examen) kan echter voor deze tweede kans niet opnieuw gedaan worden. De punten hiervoor worden dus overgenomen uit de eerste kans.

    ECTS Molecular Cell Biology (B-KUL-G0F75A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Masschelein Joleen (coordinator) |  Franssens Vanessa |  Masschelein Joleen

    Aims

    This course aims to provide thorough insights into the structure, function and biogenesis of cell organelles. The students will learn about the structure and function of biomembranes, and will become familiar with various mechanisms of transmembrane transport. They will understand how membrane lipids are synthesized on a molecular level and how proteins are translocated across the membranes of several different cell organelles. In addition, they will acquire insights into cellular transport processes, such as vesicular traffic, secretion and endocytosis. Aside from the theoretical components of this course, the students will also develop practical skills related to these topics.

    Previous knowledge

    The students should have basic knowledge of cell biology, in particular of the structure and function of the different organelles. They should also have basic knowledge of biochemistry, such as the mechanisms of action of enzymes, G-proteins, signal transduction cascades, membrane carriers and metabolic pathways, molecular biology, such as molecular mechanisms involved in the regulation of gene expression and protein synthesis, and of molecular genetics, such as mutations, hereditary diseases and gene interactions. For the practical course the students should know elementary experimental techniques, like pipetting, centrifugation, sterile work, etc. Study materials to bring the background knowledge to the required level: SMITH C.A. and WOOD E.J., Cell Biology, 2nd ed. (1996). Chapman and Hall GUNNING B.E.S. and STEER M.W., Plant cell biology. Structure and function, (1996) Jones and Bartlett Publishers ALBERTS et al., Essential cell biology. An introduction to the molecular biology of the cell. (1998) Garland Publishing LODISH D.H. and BALTIMORE D., Molecular cell biology, 4th ed (2000) Freeman
       
    Beginning conditions:
    Cell Biology and Biochemistry (G0N04A)
    Microbiology (G0N16A)
    Geneticics (G0N12A)
    Molecular Biology (G0O53A)
    or equivalent courses.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Molecular Cell Biology (B-KUL-G0F75a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Masschelein Joleen

    Content

    The following subjects are treated at an advanced level:
    * Structure of biological membranes: membrane proteins, membrane lipids, membrane fluidity, solubilisation and reconstruction of membrane proteins, interactions with the cytoskeleton, cell junctions.
    * Membrane transport: passive transport, facilitated diffusion, ion channels, active transport, membrane potential, Ca2+-transport, proton pumps, cotransport, control of intracellular pH, transport in prokaryotic cells, group translocation, osmosis and water transport, phagocytosis, pinocytosis, receptor-mediated endocytosis, uptake of viruses and toxins.
    * Mitochondria: permeability properties of the double membrane, ATP synthase, shuttle systems, electron transport and heat production.
    * Biosynthesis of membrane lipids and proteins: cellular secretion pathway, sorting and glycosylation in Golgi-vesicles, signal sequences and intracellular targetting, membrane recycling.
    * Organelle biogenesis: nucleus, chloroplast and mitochondria, import of proteins in cell organelles, mitochondrial and chloroplast DNA and cytoplasmic heredity.
    * Microtubules and cellular movements: structure and properties of microtubules, microtubuli-associated proteins, microtubuli-organising centra, transport via microtubuli, structure and movement of cilia and flagella, structure and properties of basal bodies and centrioles, role of microtubuli in mitosis.
       
    Practical exercises on membrane isolation and characterization, cell organelle isolation and characterization, determination of membrane transport and membrane potential, specific enzyme activity.

    Course material

    'Molecular Cell Biology' by H. Lodish et al.
    W.H. Freeman and Co, 2008, Sixth Edition

    Molecular Cell Biology: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0F76a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Franssens Vanessa |  Masschelein Joleen

    Content

    Practical exercises on membrane isolation and characterization, cell organelle isolation and characterization, determination of membrane transport and membrane potential, specific enzyme activity.

    Course material

    A practical course guide is provided.

    Format: more information

    Practical sessions in small groups.
    Participation in the practical course is required for admission to the exam.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Molecular Cell Biology (B-KUL-G2F75a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written

    Explanation

    Participation in the practical course is an essential requirement for admission to the exam.

    ECTS Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology of Microorganisms (B-KUL-G0F77A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Masschelein Joleen (coordinator) |  Govers Sander |  Masschelein Joleen |  Van Dijck Patrick

    Aims

    This course aims to provide insight into the latest developments in microbial genetics and biotechnology, as well as in the recent progress in fundamental and applied research on bacteria and yeast. In addition, it aims to make the students familiar with the many industrial applications (medical, industrial, ecological) of microorganisms and their derived products.

    Previous knowledge

    The students should have advanced knowledge of biochemistry, microbiology, cell biology, molecular biology and molecular genetics.
       
    Beginning conditions:
    Celbiologie and biochemie (G0N04A)
    Microbiologie (G0N16A)
    Genetica (G0N12A)
    Moleculaire biologie (G0O53A)
    or equivalent courses.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology of Microorganisms (B-KUL-G0F77a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Govers Sander |  Masschelein Joleen |  Van Dijck Patrick

    Content

    In this course, the latest insights and developments in microbial biotechnology and genetics will be highlighted in the context of various industrial, medical, ecological and fundamental research applications of microorganisms.

    The first part of the course will discuss the design and use of engineered bacteria as live therapeutic agents, as biosensors and -reporters, and as production platforms for industrially important natural products and valuable enzymes.

    In the second part of the course, bacterial pathogens and communities and their potential for biotechnological applications will be covered. Additionally, the intricate internal organization of bacterial cells will be explored.

    Lastly, the pioneering role of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae in the elucidation of various eukaryotic cellular processes will be highlighted and illustrated with examples. Fundamental research on nutrient sensing and signalling in yeast will be discussed, as well as the development of superior industrial yeast strains for various applications. The course will also address the use of fungi as cellular production factories in biotechnological processes.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology of Microorganisms (B-KUL-G2F77a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment

    Explanation

    During the academic year, students will carry out a group assignment, which will be submitted on Toledo. Subsequently, the students will present their work. Evaluation will be based on the assignment report, the presentation and on peer assessment. In addition, a written exam will be organized during the examination period. 

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Written exam

    ECTS Diversity of the Vascular Plants (B-KUL-G0F83A)

    6 ECTS English 60 Second termSecond term
    Janssens Steven

    Aims

    The student understands how knowledge is acquired in the field of plant systematics. The student is able to describe the morphology of a flowering plant scientifically. The student knows the most recent phylogenetic classification of flowering plants. The student is able to position flowering plants in their respective families (this for 100 families) based on observation of characters. The student understands the general economical importance of flowering plants.

     

     

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of diversity of plants.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Diversity of the Vascular Plants (B-KUL-G0F83a)

    4.1 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Janssens Steven

    Content

    In this advanced course, the systematics and phylogeny of vascular plants are studied at the family level. The emphasis is mainly on the main synapomorphies of the major evolutionary lineages of flowering plants and on the understanding of the evolution of the diagnostic features. Besides the evolutionary reconstruction and interpretation of the characteristics used (morphological and molecular characteristics), much attention is also paid to the geographical distribution of the treated taxa.
    Because flowering plants make up for more than 95% of all land plants, we discuss in detail 100 angiosperm families with their diagnostic characteristics, geographical distribution and examples of economic crops. In these families the global biodiversity is discussed (so much attention to tropical families) from the phylogenetic framework of the APG II classification. All model plants in flowering plants are also situated and discussed in detail.

    Diversity of the Vascular Plants: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0F84a)

    0.8 ECTS : Practical 13 Second termSecond term
    Janssens Steven

    Content

    In this advanced course, the systematics and phylogeny of vascular plants are studied at the family level. The emphasis is mainly on the main synapomorphies of the major evolutionary lineages of flowering plants and on the understanding of the evolution of the diagnostic features. Besides the evolution reconstruction and interpretation of the characteristics used (morphological and molecular characteristics), much attention is also paid to the geographical distribution of the treated taxa.
    Because flowering plants make up for more than 95% of all land plants, we discuss in detail 100 angiosperm families with their diagnostic characteristics, geographical distribution and examples of economic crops. In these families the global biodiversity is discussed (so much attention to tropical families) from the phylogenetic framework of the APG II classification. All model plants in flowering plants are also situated and discussed in detail.

    *

    The practicum is given integrated with the lecture, and is always connected to it. During the practicum, students get the opportunity to really get started with the plants that were discussed in class: observing diagnostic characteristics, dissection of flowers, practicing names ... The lecturer providesr living material from local taxa and tropical representatives. We also take a guided tour in the Botanical Garden of Leuven.

    Course material

    living plant material
    loupe, binocular, dissection material

    Diversity of the Vascular Plants: Exercises (B-KUL-G0F85a)

    0.8 ECTS : Practical 13 Second termSecond term
    Janssens Steven

    Content

    In this advanced course, the systematics and phylogeny of vascular plants are studied at the family level. The emphasis is mainly on the main synapomorphies of the major evolutionary lineages of flowering plants and on the understanding of the evolution of the diagnostic features. Besides the evolution reconstruction and interpretation of the characteristics used (morphological and molecular characteristics), much attention is also paid to the geographical distribution of the treated taxa.
    Because flowering plants make up for more than 95% of all land plants, we discuss in detail 100 angiosperm families with their diagnostic characteristics, geographical distribution and examples of economic crops. In these families the global biodiversity is discussed (so much attention to tropical families) from the phylogenetic framework of the APG II classification. All model plants in flowering plants are also situated and discussed in detail.

    *

    The counseling hours of the seminars are used for working on assignments by the students, for example making a scientific poster about an angiosperm family.

    Diversity of the Vascular Plants: Excursion (B-KUL-G0F86a)

    0.3 ECTS : Field trip 8 Second termSecond term
    Janssens Steven

    Content

    In this advanced course, the systematics and phylogeny of vascular plants are studied at the family level. The emphasis is mainly on the main synapomorphies of the major evolutionary lineages of flowering plants and on the understanding of the evolution of the diagnostic features. Besides the evolution reconstruction and interpretation of the characteristics used (morphological and molecular characteristics), much attention is also paid to the geographical distribution of the treated taxa.
    Because flowering plants make up for more than 95% of all land plants, we discuss in detail 100 angiosperm families with their diagnostic characteristics, geographical distribution and examples of economic crops. In these families the global biodiversity is discussed (so much attention to tropical families) from the phylogenetic framework of the APG II classification. All model plants in flowering plants are also situated and discussed in detail.

    *We go on a one day excursion to a botanical garden and/or scientific institution at home or abroad. The objective is to get in direct contact with researchers and botanical collections as a keystone for systematic research. The aim is to ensure the widest possible range of aspects in modern systematic research: exploration and describing new taxa, botanical illustrations, (historical) collections, social services and public relations, facilities for specialized morphological and molecular evidence, etc.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Diversity of the Vascular Plants (B-KUL-G2F83a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The student passes if the final score (sum of 25% plant description, 25% theoretical exam and 50% plant identification) equals to 10/20 or higher.  

     

    ECTS Terrestrial Ecology (B-KUL-G0F89A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Honnay Olivier (coordinator) |  Honnay Olivier |  Jacquemyn Hans

    Aims

    The student acquires knowledge of the biotic and abiotic processes/interactions that drive the abundance and distribution of organisms (mainly plants) in the terrestrial environment. The student has insight in how different levels of biological organization interact. The student acknowledges the societal relevance of ecology and its links with environmental degradation, agriculture and biological conservation. The student can acquire knowledge present in the scientific literature and can discuss this knowledge based on her/his insight in statistics.

    The student can perform an integrated study of the vegetation of a site and can report the results. This includes: making releves, taking and processing soil samples, and statistically process the data using bivariate and multivariate statistics. The student can evaluate the scientific process and remediate his/her role when required.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge: Ecology
    Ecology (G0N15A or I0N15A or equivalent)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Terrestrial Ecology (B-KUL-G0F89a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Honnay Olivier |  Jacquemyn Hans

    Content

    1. The soil environment

    2. Ecosystem ecology: Carbon balances

    3. Interactions: Herbivory

    4. Interactions: Competition among plants

    5. Interactions: Mycorrhiza

    6. Quantitative Ecology: Plant community analysis and Matrix population models

     

    Course material

    ppt slides

    course notes

    scientific articles

    Terrestrial Ecology: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0F90a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Honnay Olivier |  Jacquemyn Hans

    Content

    Students make an integrated vegetation study, including field work and the multivariate processing of the collected data, and report the results (written).

    Scores are assigned as follows:

    • 25% on the process (motivation and taking initiative during the field work)

    • 50% statistical data analysis (written report)

    • 25% ecological minterpretation of the results (written report)

    Course material

    Heukels' Flora van Nederland (field guide)

    loupe

    laptop

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Terrestrial Ecology (B-KUL-G2F89a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    Explanation

    Half of the theoretical exam is based on an oral examination. The other half is based on a written examination.  Both parts each contribute 50% to the total score of the theoretical exam.

    A student passes when the weighted average of the partial scores (80% theoretical exam; 20% practical) is at least 10/20. Students who do not attend the practical or who do not submit a report cannot participate in the exam (NA).

    ECTS Biogeography and Macro-ecology (B-KUL-G0F91A)

    6 ECTS English 46 Second termSecond term
    Jacquemyn Hans (coordinator) |  De Kort Hanne |  Jacquemyn Hans

    Aims

    • The student is able to interpret present patterns of distribution and diversity of plant and animal species and makes hereby use of processes and insights from different disciplines such as geography, ecology and evolutionary biology.
    • The student is also able to work in group and to summarize the phylogeny and current distribution of a selected taxon which is critically discussed this in a historical and ecological contex, based on scientific literature and to present the results in a concise and scientific way both in a written report and an oral presentation.
       

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge in the various areas below are an advantage:

    • Zoological and botanical systematics, as thaught in the OPO's 'Animal Diversity', 'Diversity of algae, fungi and plants'.
    • Ecology, as thaught in the OPO's 'Introduction to Ecology and evolution', 'Ecology' and 'Advanced Ecology'.
    • Geography, as thaught in the OPO: 'Geography: interaction between men and earth'.
       

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biogeography and Macro-ecology (B-KUL-G0F91a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 33 Second termSecond term
    De Kort Hanne |  Jacquemyn Hans

    Content

    1. Introduction and historical overview

    2. Patterns of biodiversity

    3. Patterns of distribution

    4. Island biogeography

    5. Historical biogeography (plants)

    6. Historical biogeography (animals)

    7. Historical biogeography (techniques)

    8. Ecological Biogeography (biomes -I)

    9. Ecological Biogeography (biomes-II)

    10. Marine biogeography

    11. Human impact

    12. Presentation of group projects

    13. Presentation of group projects
     

    Course material

    Powerpoint presentations

    Course text (biomes)

    Scientific papers with background information on toledo

    Group projects of students (texts and powerpoint presentation)

     

    Books:

    • Biogeography - An ecological and Evolutionary Approach (Cox & Moore). Strongly recommended!
    • Fundamentals of Biogeography (Huggett)
    • Historical Biogeography - An Introduction (Crisci, Katinas, Posadas)
    • The theory of island biogeography revisited (Losos & Ricklefs)

    Format: more information

    Biogeographic patterns and processes are illustrated with case studies and perspectives from zoology and botany. These classes are taught by various experts in these areas. During the last two lessons the students present current patterns of distribution of selected taxa and try to explain these on the basis of ecological and historical processes.

    Biogeography and Macro-ecology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0F92a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 13 Second termSecond term
    De Kort Hanne |  Jacquemyn Hans

    Content

    Students work in small groups to discuss and present the current distribution of a selected (plant or animal) taxon in a historical and ecological context, this on the basis of scientific literature. The students present their results on the one hand in a written report of up to 10 pages (excluding figures, tables, references) and in an oral presentation of 15 minutes. In case of a large number of students, the group project is replaced by a paper authored by 2-3 students and with similar structure as the group project.
     

    Course material

    Project texts
    Powerpoint presentations

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biogeography and Macro-ecology (B-KUL-G2F91a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions, Multiple choice, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    • The student passes when a weighted final score (80% theory, 20% practical exercises) of ≥10/20 was obtained, except if a score of <10 was obtained for one of the components. In that case the student can only obtain a maximal score of 9/20 (i.e. the student must pass for both OLA’s).
    • The student can only pass when both OLA's (theory and practical exercises) were completed (if not: incomplete series; NA).
    • There can be no re-examination for the group work (paper). As a consequence, in case of not submitting of or a failure for the group project (paper), the student can automatically not pass for this OPO in the course of the running academic year.
    • If you did not pass for the total in the third examination period, you can get exemption for the components (theory, group work (paper)) for which you passed (≥ 10/20).
       

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no possibility for re-examination of the group work (paper).

    ECTS Diversity of the Chordata (B-KUL-G0F93A)

    6 ECTS English 65 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Snoeks Jos (coordinator) |  Snoeks Jos |  N. |  Decru Eva (substitute)

    Aims

    Students gain a critical understanding of the systematics (taxonomy and phylogeny) and diversity of recent chordates and some key fossil groups, and a thorough knowledge of the morphological, ecological and evolutionary adaptations in the various groups. They learn to make connections with topics from other disciplines such as biogeography, ecology, ethology, evolution, molecular biology, fishery, nature conservation, etc.. ...
    During the practical exercises, they study and identify the taxa discussed during the lectures, discus their characteristics, and situate the organism in a recent classification system.
    During the seminars, the students prepare (in groups of two or three) a short presentation on either a special biodiversity issue or on the classification, characteristics and phylogenetic relationships of a chordata group, on the basis of material made ​​available by the course leader and using publications collected by the students themselves. The students present their results in PPT format during an interactive seminar with their fellow students. 

    Previous knowledge

    General knowledge of the diversity and morphology of vertebrates.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Diversity of the Chordata (B-KUL-G0F93a)

    4.1 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Snoeks Jos

    Content

    Introduction
    Some examples are discussed that demonstrate the importance of a good knowledge of systematics and reference collections. In addition, a number of definitions and concepts used in biodiversity research, systematics and evolution, are discussed.
    Biodiversity and phylogeny of the primitive chordates and fishes
    The various primitive Chordata groups and their relationships are discussed, followed by an overview of the different classes (fossil and surviving) of vertebrates. For all orders of 'fishes,' their general characteristics and classification are reviewed. This is done for most extant orders up to the level of families, but for a number of family-rich orders only on the basis of a selection of the most important and/or most particular families.
    Biodiversity and phylogeny of recent Tetrapods
    For all orders of amphibians and "reptiles", an overview is provided of the general characteristics and their classification. A selection of the most important and/or typical families with their characteristics, is discussed in more detail. For the birds, the characteristics of the Neornithes and the classification in Palaeognathae and Neognathae are discussed. For the latter group, some selected orders will be reviewed. For mammals, the Monotremata, Marsupialia and Eutheria are discussed in detail, but for the latter group only a selection of orders and with special attention to the Primates (including fossil hominids and human evolution).
    Biodiversity themes
    The course will deviate a few times from the strict classification scheme in order to reflect on a number of specific biodiversity issues: e.g. the diversity of deep sea fish, the unique endemic cichlids of the African Great Lakes, the adaptations linked to the transition from water to land, dinosaurs and other sauria, ...

    Course material

    Powerpoint Presentations of the lecturer
    Additional articles and literature
    Toledo
    multimedia
    Exemplary material

    Diversity of the Chordata: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0F94a)

    0.8 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Snoeks Jos |  N. |  Decru Eva (substitute)

    Content

    Introduction
    Some examples are discussed that demonstrate the importance of a good knowledge of systematics and reference collections. In addition, a number of definitions and concepts used in biodiversity research, systematics and evolution, are discussed.
    Biodiversity and phylogeny of the primitive chordates and fishes
    The various primitive Chordata groups and their relationships are discussed, followed by an overview of the different classes (fossil and surviving) of vertebrates. For all orders of 'fishes,' their general characteristics and classification are reviewed. This is done for most extant orders up to the level of families, but for a number of family-rich orders only on the basis of a selection of the most important and/or most particular families.
    Biodiversity and phylogeny of recent Tetrapods
    For all orders of amphibians and "reptiles", an overview is provided of the general characteristics and their classification. A selection of the most important and/or typical families with their characteristics, is discussed in more detail. For the birds, the characteristics of the Neornithes and the classification in Palaeognathae and Neognathae are discussed. For the latter group, some selected orders will be reviewed. For mammals, the Monotremata, Marsupialia and Eutheria are discussed in detail, but for the latter group only a selection of orders and with special attention to the Primates (including fossil hominids and human evolution).
    Biodiversity themes
    The course will deviate a few times from the strict classification scheme in order to reflect on a number of specific biodiversity issues: e.g. the diversity of deep sea fish, the unique endemic cichlids of the African Great Lakes, the adaptations linked to the transition from water to land, dinosaurs and other sauria, ...

    Course material

    Didactic collection

    Seminar notes from the lecturer

    Toledo

    Format: more information

    The practicals follow the lectures. In January, before the examination period, a revision practical is organised.

    Diversity of the Chordata: Exercises (B-KUL-G0F95a)

    0.8 ECTS : Assignment 13 First termFirst term
    Snoeks Jos

    Content

    Choice from a number of topics suggested by the lecturer or by the students themselves (and approved by the lecturer).

    Discussion of a special biodiversity theme or of a group of chordata (classification, features and life history).

    Course material

    Standard books made ​​available by the lecturer and literature to be collected by the students themselves

    Format: more information

    Group work (maximum of three students), resulting in a powerpoint presentation during an interactive seminar. The work sessions are mandatory and a prerequisite to be eligible to take exam.

    Diversity of the Chordata: Excursion (B-KUL-G0F96a)

    0.3 ECTS : Field trip 13 First termFirst term
    Snoeks Jos

    Content

    Visits to the natural history collections and labs (Royal Museum for Central Africa, Section of Vertebrates) with an interactive tour and presentations that illustrate the everyday work in biodiversity research and the importance of it.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Diversity of the Chordata (B-KUL-G2F93a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Practical exam
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Oral exam with written preparation for both the theoretical part and the practical exercises. Both parts of the examination are mandatory. The practical exam counts for 1/5th of the grade.

    Students who do not participate in the seminars are not eligible to take any exam.

    ECTS Diversity of the Insects (B-KUL-G0F97A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Brendonck Luc

    Aims

    The students will develop advanced knowledge on the evolution, morphology and diversity of the insects and on their lifestyle and ecological interactions. They will thereby gain insight into the internal and external morphology and are able to identify, recognize and classify representatives of the different groups and situate them in an ecological context.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have a basic knowledge of Zoology both related to morphology and function, and to diversity. Students should have followed 'Bouw en functie van dieren' (G0N05A) and 'Diversiteit van Dieren' (G0N09A) or equivalent courses.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Diversity of the Insects: Lectures (B-KUL-G0F97a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Brendonck Luc

    Content

    1. Introduction to the diversity and success of the insects.

    2. External morphology

    • a. Head (+ appendages)
    • b. Thorax (+ appendages)
    • c. Abdomen (+ appendages)
    • d. Integument and exocrine glands

    3. Internal anatomy:

    • a. Digestive system
    • b. Excretory system
    • c. Circulatory system
    • d. Respiratory system
    • e. Reproductive system
    • f. Nervous system + photoreceptors
    • g. Endocrine system (structure and functions; e.g. molting, metamorphosis, diapause)

    4. Reproduction and development

    5. Systematics and diversity (overview of all insect orders with focus on representative cases).

    6. Evolution and biogeography

    7. Insects and their environment

    • a. Abiotic factors (temperature, humidity, light, climate change)
    • b. Biotic factors (phytophagy, zoophagy, symbiosis)

    8. Pest management

    Course material

    powerpoint presentations

    e-book: The Insects - An outline of Entomology. Gullan & Cranston, 2014, fifth edition. Wiley Blackwell

    Language of instruction: more information

    This course is part of an international master (MSc Biology).

    Diversity of the Insects: Practicals (B-KUL-G0F98a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Brendonck Luc

    Content

    1. Four sessions on external morphology and internal anatomy (16 hrs)

    2. Preparation and presentation of 10 insect specimens (min. 7 ordines, max. 2 of the same Ordo): collection, identification, preservation and curation (10 hrs).

    Course material

    powerpoint presentations

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Diversity of the Insects (B-KUL-G2F97a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Project/Product, Report
    Type of questions : Closed questions

    Explanation

    Written closed book exam.

     

    Allocation of points on 20:

    Practical excercises : 4

    Theory: 16

     

    Important remarks:

     

    The student passes when a weighted final score (80% theory, 20% practical exercises) of ≥10/20 was obtained, except if a score of <10 was obtained for one of the components. In that case the student can only obtain a maximal score of 9/20 (i.e. the student must pass for both OLAs).

     

    The student can only pass when for both OLAs (theory and practical exercises) the exam was taken (if not: incomplete series; NA).

    Information about retaking exams

    There will be no re-examination of the exam for the practical exercises. Consequently, when a student fails for the practical exam, the student can automatically not pass for this OPO during the running academic year.

    ECTS Evolutionary Ecology and Eco-Evolutionary Dynamics (B-KUL-G0G22A)

    6 ECTS English 65 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Stoks Robby (coordinator) |  De Meester Luc |  Stoks Robby |  N. |  Souffreau Caroline (substitute)

    Aims

    The students acquire profound knowledge in concepts of evolutionary ecology and eco-evolutionary dynamics, research approaches and methods and thereby integrate related disciplines such as ecology, evolutionary biology, genetics and statistics. They develop strong expertise in the analysis of micro-evolutionary responses of quantitative traits. They are capable of a critical interpretation of primary scientific literature on contemporary themes in evolutionary ecology and eco-evolutionary dynamics, and can communicate their findings in English to other researchers. They can analyze evolutionary ecological datasets in an international research team, and interpret and discuss the outcome. They are able to critically discuss the societal relevance and applied aspects of rapid evolution and associated feedback loops to ecology.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have a basic knowledge in ecology, evolutionary biology and statistics.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Evolutionary Ecology and Eco-Evolutionary Dynamics (B-KUL-G0G22a)

    3.9 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    De Meester Luc |  Stoks Robby |  N. |  Souffreau Caroline (substitute)

    Content

    Quantitative genetics, selection & evolution

      - Univariate selection & univariate evolution

      - Multivariate selection

      - Guidelines to study selection

      - Genetic correlations & multivariate evolution

     

    Evolutionary patterns

       - Evolutionary rates

       - The adaptive landscape

       - Coevolutionary patterns

     

    Evolution of life histories

       - Ageing

      - Offspring size

     

    Eco-Evolutionary dynamics

      - Basic concepts of eco-evolutionary dynamics

      - Eco-evolutionary feedbacks on population responses

      - Eco-evolutionary feedbacks on communities: evolving metacommunities and community genetics

      - Eco-evolutionary feedbacks on ecosystems and ecosystem functions

      - Experimental approaches to eco-evolutionary dynamics

      - Quantifying the relative contribution of ecology and evolution to trait and function

      - Evolution-mediated priority effects

      - Niche construction

      - Applied perspectives of eco-evolutionary dynamics

     

    Evolutionary Applications

      - Control of pest species

      - Darwinian medicine

      - Evolution and microbiomes

      - Evolutionary insights and conservation biology: overexploitation, invasion biology, global change

    Course material

    Powerpoints lectures.

    Evolutionary Ecology and Eco-Evolutionary Dynamics: Laboratory Sessions (B-KUL-G0G23a)

    0.7 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    De Meester Luc |  Stoks Robby

    Content

    Practical exercises on the quantification of selection gradients.

     

    Course material

    Guidelines practical exercises.

    Evolutionary Ecology and Eco-Evolutionary Dynamics: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G27a)

    1.4 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    De Meester Luc |  Stoks Robby

    Content

    Reading and discussing articles on eco-evolutionary concepts and eco-evolutionary dynamics.

    Integrated exercise to quantify and visualize selection gradients.

     

    Course material

    Guidelines exercise.

    Format: more information

    Article discussions & exercise on calculating and visualizing selection gradients.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Evolutionary Ecology and Eco-Evolutionary Dynamics (B-KUL-G2G22a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Presentation, Process evaluation
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    A student passes when the weighted final score (exam 75%, practicals 15% and article discussions 10%) is at least 10/20. When a student did not participate in all parts of the practicals and in all article discussions he/she cannot take the theoretical exam and cannot pass the course (NA). An exam consists of two parts, each consisting of questions of one of the lecturers.

     

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no possibility to redo the practicals and article discussions.

    ECTS Behavioural Ecology (B-KUL-G0G32A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Stoks Robby (coordinator) |  Stoks Robby |  Wenseleers Tom |  N. |  Decru Eva (substitute)

    Aims

    During this course a student acquires a thorough knowledge of topical research in behavioural ecology and ethology thereby building on related disciplines such as ecology, genetics and physiology. The student is able to understand recent research papers in the field of behavioural ecology and based on this can develop a research project around a given hypothesis. The student has the expertise to plan, execute, analyze and critically interpret a behavioural experiment in an international research team, thereby takes a responsible role and is able to solve problems associated with the research project. He can orally communicate in English a critical summary of the group's findings to other researchers.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of ecology and evolutionary biology.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Behavioural Ecology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0G33a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Stoks Robby |  Wenseleers Tom

    Content

    An Evolutionary Approach to Animal Behavior
    Understanding the Proximate and Ultimate Causes of Bird Song
    The Development of Behavior
    The Control of Behavior: Neural Mechanisms
    The Organization of Behavior: Neurons and Hormones
    Behavioral Adaptations for Survival
    The Evolution of Feeding Behavior
    Choosing Where to Live
    The Evolution of Communication
    The Evolution of Reproductive Behavior
    The Evolution of Mating Systems
    The Evolution of Parental Care
    The Evolution of Social Behavior
    The Evolution of Human Behavior

     

    Course material

    Text book 'Animal behavior' by John Alcock (available via Scientica).

    Powerpoint slides lectures (available via Toledo).

    Behavioural Ecology, Exercise Session, Laboratory Exercise (B-KUL-G0G34a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Stoks Robby |  Wenseleers Tom |  N. |  Decru Eva (substitute)

    Content

    Exercises

    • Discussion of topical research and selected papers related to the content of the lectures
    • Formulating hypotheses, designing and executing experiment to test specific hypothesis related to key topics in behavioural ecology.
    • Analyzing and interpreting the results of the experiment in light of the hypothesis tested and presenting this to other students.

     

    Course material

    Selected research papers (made available via Toledo).

    Format: more information

    Article discussions and design experiment.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Behavioural Ecology (B-KUL-G2G32a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Process evaluation, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions

    Explanation

    The theoretical exam consists of two written parts (one per lecturer). Each part counts for 40% of the total exam score and the practicals count for 20% of the total score. 

    A student passes when the weighted final score (theoretical exam 80%, practicals 20%) is at least 10/20. When a student did not participate in all parts of the practicals he cannot take the theoretical exam and cannot pass the course (NA).

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no possibility to redo the practicals within the same academic year.

    ECTS Comparative and Functional Anatomy of the Chordata (B-KUL-G0G39A)

    3 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term
    Snoeks Jos (coordinator) |  Snoeks Jos |  Decru Eva (substitute)

    Aims

    Students gain a critical understanding, in an evolutionary context, of the structure and function of a number of important anatomical structures in the Chordata. They make connections with data from other biological disciplines such as ecology and evolution, and some relevant basic principles of aero-and hydrodynamics.
    During the practicum, they study a variety of macroscopic pieces, they name the different parts and explain the relationship between form, function, and evolutionary adaptations of a number of structures for various Chordata groups.

    Previous knowledge

    General knowledge of the higher classification and groups of vertebrates; does not require detailed knowledge of orders and their characteristics.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Comparative and Functional Anatomy of the Chordata (B-KUL-G0G39a)

    2.2 ECTS : Lecture 13 First termFirst term
    Snoeks Jos

    Content

    - Introduction to the general classification and phylogeny of th chordate groups that are deal with, discussing some concepts and definitions.


    - Comparative and functional anatomy of a number of structures in fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals (including humans) on the basis of representative species and fossils. The emphasis is on hard tissues because they are important in the system, and because they allow to involve data of fossil groups in the overview

    • the integument and skin ossification: brief overview of the morphology of the soft tissues of the integument with special focus on adaptations to the environment. (mucus production in an aquatic environment versus cornification and peeling in a terrestrial environment); evolution of structure, form and function of the skin ossifications (scales and dermal bone).
    • teeth: origin and formation, general terminology; overview of tooth forms in the Gnathostomata; tooth form and function for mammals; dental formula for mammals; dentition and age determination.
    • the cephalic skeleton: the functional components of the cephalic skeleton, splanchnocranium, neurocranium and dermatocranium; comprehensive overview of the cephalic skeleton in the various major groups; discussion of the functions: protection, breathing, feeding, ...
    • the axial skeleton: Overview of the various anatomical parts, the kinds of vertebrae and the axial skeleton for various Craniata groups (including the differentiation of the vertebrae, according to the longitudinal axis)
    • the pectoral and pelvic girdles: origins and parts; evolution of form and function for the various Craniata; components and changes in relative importance; relationship between shape and way of moving
    • fins and limbs; changes in structure, composition and construction of pectoral and pelvic fins; origin and evolution of the limbs in tetrapods; posture and action of the limbs
    • locomotion: basic principles for moving on land (crawling, walking, running, ...), in water (swimming) and in the air (floating and flying).

    Course material

    Powerpoint Presentations by the lecturer
    Accompanying text  lecturer
    Additional articles and literature
    Toledo
    Multimedia
    Exemplary material

    Comparative and Functional Anatomy of the Chordata: Laboratory Sessions (B-KUL-G0G40a)

    0.8 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Snoeks Jos |  Decru Eva (substitute)

    Content

    - Introduction to the general classification and phylogeny of th chordate groups that are deal with, discussing some concepts and definitions.


    - Comparative and functional anatomy of a number of structures in fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals (including humans) on the basis of representative species and fossils. The emphasis is on hard tissues because they are important in the system, and because they allow to involve data of fossil groups in the overview

    the integument and skin ossification: brief overview of the morphology of the soft tissues of the integument with special focus on adaptations to the environment. (mucus production in an aquatic environment versus cornification and peeling in a terrestrial environment); evolution of structure, form and function of the skin ossifications (scales and dermal bone).
    teeth: origin and formation, general terminology; overview of tooth forms in the Gnathostomata; tooth form and function for mammals; dental formula for mammals; dentition and age determination.
    the cephalic skeleton: the functional components of the cephalic skeleton, splanchnocranium, neurocranium and dermatocranium; comprehensive overview of the cephalic skeleton in the various major groups; discussion of the functions: protection, breathing, feeding, ...
    the axial skeleton: Overview of the various anatomical parts, the kinds of vertebrae and the axial skeleton for various Craniata groups (including the differentiation of the vertebrae, according to the longitudinal axis)
    the pectoral and pelvic girdles: origins and parts; evolution of form and function for the various Craniata; components and changes in relative importance; relationship between shape and way of moving
    fins and limbs; changes in structure, composition and construction of pectoral and pelvic fins; origin and evolution of the limbs in tetrapods; posture and action of the limbs
    locomotion: basic principles for moving on land (crawling, walking, running, ...), in water (swimming) and in the air (floating and flying).

    Course material

    Didactic collection
    Practicum notes from the lecturer
    Toledo

    Format: more information

    The practicals follow the lectures. Before the first examination period a revision practicum is provided.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Comparative and Functional Anatomy of the Chordata (B-KUL-G2G39a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Practical exam
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    exam contains a theoretical part and practical exercises. Both parts of the examination are mandatory. The practical exam counts for approximately 1/5th of the mark.

    ECTS Theoretical Modelling in Biology (B-KUL-G0G41A)

    3 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    Wenseleers Tom (coordinator) |  Wenseleers Tom |  van den Berg Piet

    Aims

    The students will acquire expertise in the development of theoretical models in biological research, with emphasis on applications in ecology and evolutionary biology. The students will develop sufficient expertise to make sound decisions with respect to the modeling approach to be taken. Students will be thought how to use modelling tools such as Mathematica, so that they can develop and implement their own theoretical models. Expertise will be obtained in both numerical and analytical techniques. Through relatively simple examples, the students will acquire a feeling for the possibilities and limitations of different modeling approaches.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have a basic knowledge in ecology and evolutionary biology.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Theoretical Modelling in Biology (B-KUL-G0G41a)

    1.7 ECTS : Lecture 13 First termFirst term
    Wenseleers Tom |  van den Berg Piet

    Content

    Basic concepts
    - Modelling approaches in theoretical biology: analytical models, numerical techniques, simulation
    - Different kinds of analytical and numerical models: static vs. dynamic, continuous vs. discrete, optimisation vs. explicit genetic models, individual- and agent-based models
     
    I. Case studies analytical models
    - Setting up the basic question: examples from life history evolution (optimal clutch size), behavioural ecology (ESS concept) and population ecology (coexistence of two species)
    - Difference and differential equation models; applications from population ecology (population growth, competitive interactions between two species)
    - Game theory and inclusive fitness: evolutionarily stable strategies; applications in the areas of social evolution on the evolution of mating strategies
    - Explicit genetic models; applications from evolutionary genetics and behavioural ecology
     
    II. Case studies numerical techniques
    - Individual- and agent-based models: applications from population-ecology and on self-organising behaviour
     
    III. Beschrijvende ecologische modellen  
    - Populationdynamic models with interactions between more than two species
    - Modelling of food webs
    - Spatially explicit models
     
    Exercises 
    Working out examples using Mathematica

    Theoretical Modelling in Biology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G42a)

    1.3 ECTS : Assignment 26 First termFirst term
    Wenseleers Tom |  van den Berg Piet

    Content

    Basic concepts
    - Modelling approaches in theoretical biology: analytical models, numerical techniques, simulation
    - Different kinds of analytical and numerical models: static vs. dynamic, continuous vs. discrete, optimisation vs. explicit genetic models, individual- and agent-based models
     
    I. Case studies analytical models
    - Setting up the basic question: examples from life history evolution (optimal clutch size), behavioural ecology (ESS concept) and population ecology (coexistence of two species)
    - Difference and differential equation models; applications from population ecology (population growth, competitive interactions between two species)
    - Game theory and inclusive fitness: evolutionarily stable strategies; applications in the areas of social evolution on the evolution of mating strategies
    - Explicit genetic models; applications from evolutionary genetics and behavioural ecology
     
    II. Case studies numerical techniques
    - Individual- and agent-based models: applications from population-ecology and on self-organising behaviour
     
    III. Beschrijvende ecologische modellen  
    - Populationdynamic models with interactions between more than two species
    - Modelling of food webs
    - Spatially explicit models
     
    Exercises 
    Working out examples using Mathematica

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Theoretical Modelling in Biology (B-KUL-G2G41a)

    Type : Exam outside of the normal examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral

    Explanation

    Evaluation type: report
    Explanation: Evaluation is based on an individual theoretical modelling project, whereby a model from the literature is validated using Mathematica and further extended by incorporating one or more additional parameters. A student passes if the score is at least 10/20.

    ECTS Model Organisms in Biological Research (B-KUL-G0G43A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Temmerman Liesbet |  N.

    Aims

    After this course, the students will be able

    • to define what a model organism is and to explain why and when model organisms are used,
    • to define and describe postgenomic and genetic technologies that are currently being used in model organism research
    • to critically ask questions in lectures on model organisms,
    • to critically read articles in which these model organisms are used,
    • to propose a model suited to address specific biological or medical questions,
    • to explain experiments done with biological models, 
    • to  interview a scientist working with a particular model organism,
    • to retrieve specific information from genomic databases on particuler model organisms, including Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Caenorhabditis elegans, Drosophila melanogaster, Danio rerio and Mus musculus 
    • to collaborate with a colleague student while preparing a presentation on model organisms
    • to present scientific data that result from research on a model organism for an audience of colleague students.
    • to apply model organisms in his/her own research topic

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge on general physiology, molecular biology, biochemistry, basic principles of bioinformatics are essential, but will be overviewed in short.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Model Organisms in Biological Research (B-KUL-G0G43a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Temmerman Liesbet

    Content

    Biological research relies heavily on the controlled context of model organism research to increase functional knowledge. Relying on the concept of evolutionary conserved physiological mechanisms, genes of unknown function can now be studied in the more tractable model systems.  This course enables the student to get familiar with the most commonly used model organisms in biology (Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Drosophila melanogaster, Caenorhabditis elegans, Arabidopsis thaliana, Danio rerio, Mus musculus). The course will explain how this research depends on progress in bioinformatics.   Although it is not possible to cover all model organisms in detail, a general overview of model organisms will be provided pointing at what these models can be used for and what their place in the evolutionary tree is.  Post-genomic and genetic technologies used to address biological questions studied in model organisms will be covered. About 5 models will be presented in more detail giving historical landmarks of their importance, developing the pros and cons of these models and the practical aspects of working with these models. The course will also address how a model organism is chosen and what the ethical and legislative constraints are. 

    Course material

    Powerpoint slides and articles on Toledo

    Suggested reading:

    Model organisms in Drug Discovery  (edited by Pamela M. Carroll and Kevin Fitzgerald).

    ISBN 0-470-84893-6

    John Wiley & Sons Ltd
     

    Model Organisms in Biological Research: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G44a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Temmerman Liesbet |  N.

    Content

    Biological research relies heavily on the controlled context of model organism research to increase functional knowledge. Relying on the concept of evolutionary conserved physiological mechanisms, genes of unknown function can now be studied in the more tractable model systems.  This course enables the student to get familiar with the most commonly used model organisms in biology (Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Drosophila melanogaster, Caenorhabditis elegans, Arabidopsis thaliana, Danio rerio, Mus musculus). The course will explain how this research depends on progress in bioinformatics.   Although it is not possible to cover all model organisms in detail, a general overview of model organisms will be provided pointing at what these models can be used for and what their place in the evolutionary tree is.  Post-genomic and genetic technologies used to address biological questions studied in model organisms will be covered. About 5 models will be presented in more detail giving historical landmarks of their importance, developing the pros and cons of these models and the practical aspects of working with these models. The course will also address how a model organism is chosen and what the ethical and legislative constraints are. 

    The exercises form part of the course 'Model organisms in Biological Research' and include

    • Getting accustomed with information contained in model organism databases
    • Practical assays using small invertebrate model organisms (e.g. C. elegans and D. melanogaster) to understand concepts of functional genetics
    • Project work, in which students will:

                           1) Interview a researcher – learn more about their work on model organisms in biological research
                           2) Make a presentation of what they learned in the interview and from literature (e.g. publications from the researcher),
                               and integrate this with what they have learned in this course.

    Each presentation will be followed by a classroom discussion.
     

     

    Course material

    Practical course available on Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Model Organisms in Biological Research (B-KUL-G2G43a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    Explanation

    part 1) evaluation of practical exercises including presentation followed by class room discussion (weight: 7/20 as a combination of: 1 practical exercises + 1,5 discussion + 3,5 presentation + 1 asking relevant questions)
    part 2) examination during the exam period (weight: 13/20 as a combination of: 4 discussion of research paper + 9 theoretical knowledge of course content)
    The final examination can not be started before all practical exercises are completed. The practical exercises are mandatory.

    Information about retaking exams

    Part 1 of the exam (permanent evaluation) is slightly different.  The presentation cannot be followed by a classroom discussion. Questions related to the presentation will be asked by the examinator.

    ECTS Plant Development and Metabolic Regulation (B-KUL-G0G45A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van den Ende Wim

    Aims

    At the end of this course, students have an advanced knowledge on the concepts and molecular mechanisms that drive plant growth and development under changing environmental conditions, with focus on the metabolic regulation of networks controlling cell division, cell differentiation, plant organ formation and floral transition. Students are able to integrate information obtained at different hierarchic levels, and seek knowledge in related research fields (e.g. bioinformatics, biotechnology, signal transduction) to tackle practical problems and challenges that are related to plant developmental biology (e.g. developing high yielding and stress-tolerant crops). They can synthesize, interpret and critically discuss recent scientific literature, with view on social relevance and possible practical applications. 

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowlegde on plant biology, plant physiology and molecular biology is recommended

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Plant Development and Metabolic Regulation: Oral Course (B-KUL-G0G45a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Van den Ende Wim

    Content

    1.     Introduction.

    Comparison of plant and animal development: similarities and differences. Changing views on source-sink relationships during plant production.

    Advanced aspects of:

    2.     Plant embryogenesis and polarity

    3.     Overall trade-off between growth and defense

    Priming, epigenetics, sweet immunity. 

    4.         Seed development

    Specific roles of fructans and Raffinose Family Oligosaccharides (RFOs).

    5.         Seedling development

    6.         Root development.

    Lateral root and hairy root formation. Small peptide, P, ROS and lipid signaling.

    7.         Shoot development.

    Branching and sugar signaling. Sugar-hormone crosstalk. Role of fructans and fructan exohydrolases during shoot re-growth in grasses.

    8.         Leaf development.

    Sugars and leaf senescence

    9.         Cell cycle regulation.

    TOR and SnRK1 signaling

    10.       Development of the vasculature.

    11.       Transition from vegetative to generative development.

    Sugar/miRNA regulatory mechanism

    12.     Flowering      

    Course material

    Articles and literature

    Powerpoint slides

    Multimedia

    Toledo / e-platform

    Language of instruction: more information

    English

    Plant Development and Metabolic Regulation: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0G46a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 26 First termFirst term
    Van den Ende Wim

    Content

    The practical part consists of an individual exercise (4 pt). A scientific article is used as a starting point for different rounds of discussions between student and teacher. Discussions will go in depth into the mechanisms but also in the direction of societal relevance and possible practical applications. 

    Course material

    Recent manuscripts and other sources

    Language of instruction: more information

    English

    Format: more information

    Students need to collect scientific articles and other materials to prepare themselves for the written interactions with the teacher.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Plant Development and Metabolic Regulation (B-KUL-G2G45a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    Explanation

    The indivial exercise is mandatory. Students that do not take part cannot take the final exam (NA).  

    Relative weight for the evaluations: individual exercise 20%, theory 80%. A student passes when his/her final score is at least 10/20.

    Information about retaking exams

    The individual exercise can not be retaken during the third examination period. The original score for the indicual exercise is retained during the third examination period. Only during a proven period of prolonged disease, the practical exercise may be delayed

    ECTS Adaptive and Stress Physiology (B-KUL-G0G47A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Rolland Filip (coordinator) |  Rolland Filip |  Temmerman Liesbet

    Aims

    The students have a profound knowledge of the physiological and biochemical mechanisms needed for adaptation to extreme and/or changing environmental parameters. They know how animals and plants survive similar environmental challenges and can explain the principal differences and similarities in their strategies. They have a clear understanding of the physiological regulatory mechanisms involved at the molecular, cellular and organismal level. The students are capable of gathering information on physiological adaptations to specific environmental conditions and can use this information to prepare a written report. They are also capable of setting up an experiment to illustrate such adaptations and to report on the results.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have a sound background of the physiology of animals and plants.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Adaptive and Stress Physiology (B-KUL-G0G47a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Rolland Filip |  Temmerman Liesbet

    Content

    In this course the students get familiar with the physiological and biochemical mechanisms allowing adaptation/acclimation to different environmental conditions. Some organisms live permanently in extremely difficult conditions, others have to adapt to changes in their environment that occur gradually or acutely during their life span. This results in various forms of stress. The students get insight into how animals on one side and plants on the other side survive adverse environmental conditions and how they use similar as well as different strategies to cope with these challenges.

    General principles

    • Adaptation and acclimation
    • Conformers and regulators, temporal and regional avoidance
    • Types of environmental factors (constant, predictable varying, unpredictable, biotic and abiotic stress factors)
    • Combination of stress factors and cross-protection

    Topics from animal adaptive and stress physiology

    • Water deficit: osmotic problems in aquatic/transitional and terrestrial environments
    • Thermoregulation: poikilotherm/ectotherm, homeotherm/endotherm, coping with extreme temperatures (chilling/freezing and heat), torpor, hibernation, diapause
    • Hypoxic conditions: living at high altitude, living in the deep sea
    • Biorhythmicity: molecular clock, circadian, seasonal and tidal rhythms, migration
    • Ageing: different theories of ageing, healthspan vs. lifespan, cell-autonomous and cell-non-autonomous aspects, environmental aspects

     

    Topics from plant adaptive and stress physiology

    • Water deficit: plant water status and acclimation and adaptations strategies (growth and development and fast responses)
    • Salt and heavy metal stress as more specific types of osmotic stress.
    • Chilling and freezing stress and heat stress 
    • Waterlogging and flooding (hypoxia) and oxidative stress 
    • Biotic interactions: symbioses and defense against pathogens and herbivores using physical barriers, chemical barriers (extensive secondary metabolism) and induced responses, including innate immunity

     

    Course material

    Powerpoint presentations of the lectures are available on Toledo as well as a summarizing text. Next to that students are referred to relevant scientific publications.

    Language of instruction: more information

    The lectures are given in English

    Format: more information

    Students attend lectures and actively participate in the discussions.

    Adaptive and Stress Physiology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G48a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Rolland Filip |  Temmerman Liesbet

    Content

    Students design and perform experiments to test physiological adaptations to specific environmental conditions.

    Students search for relevant information on a specific adaptation on internet and prepare a short paper together with fellow students.

    Students read recent publications on a topic from the course and discuss them in small groups.

    Course material

    Students find the relevant information in the scientific literature on the internet themselves.

    Language of instruction: more information

    All sessions are in English

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Adaptive and Stress Physiology (B-KUL-G2G47a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Oral exam with written preparation.
    Continuous evaluation during practical sessions based on active participation and on scoring of the written reports. Attendance to all practical sessions and submission of all reports is obligatory to get a final score for this course.

    The student will pass if the final score, calculated as the average of the score on the Animal part and Plant part of the course, is 10/20 or more. However, if the score on one of both parts is 7/20 or less, the maximal final score is 9/20.

    ECTS Comparative Endocrinology (B-KUL-G0G49A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Schafer William

    Aims

    Students understand how the endocrine system is functioning. They know the structures and molecular modes of action of a large variety of vertebrate and invertebrate hormones and understand how metazoan hormones and their functional mechanisms have evolved. Students also understand how hormones can regulate animal behavior. They can find relevant scientific information on internet and can work together with international students to write a report or to perform practical experiments demonstrating specific hormonal functions. They are fully aware of the scientific and ethical guidelines to be taken into account for good endocrine research. Based on the acquired understanding of the physiological importance of hormones, as well as on their possible use and abuse in animals and humans, students are able to actively contribute to discussions concerning the social debate about hormones. 

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge and understanding of animal physiology obtained during the course "Bouw en functie van dieren" (G0N05A) or another equivalent courses.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Comparative Endocrinology (B-KUL-G0G49a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Schafer William

    Content

    After a brief overview of the different types of hormones and their mode of action, the course discusses the most important endocrine glands of vertebrates as well as the major hormones of insects and nematodes. Throughout the course the focus is mainly on the function of the hormones and on the way they interact in physiological processes such as development and growth, metabolism, ion balance, reproduction, etc. The course also briefly deals with pheromones and their action in animals and humans.

    *

    1. Introduction to endocrinology
    -  Terminology, research methods
     
    2. Synthesis, secretion and action mechanism of hormones
    -  Different types of hormones, hormone families, evolution of hormones
    -  Synthesis, processing and secretion of hormones
    -  Transport of hormones in circulation
    -  Peripheral activation of hormones
    -  Mechanisms of hormone action
    -  Termination of hormonal stimulation
     
    3. Overview of the most important vertebrate hormones and their functions
    -   Function of pituitary hormones: anatomy of the adeno- and neurohypophysis, hormones of the growth hormone/prolactin family, glycoprotein hormones (FSH-LH-TSH), hormones derived from pro-opiomelanocortin (ACTH, MSH, opioids), neurohypophyseal hormones (antidiuretic hormone, oxytocin, MCH)
    -  Hormonal stimulation and inhibition of the pituitary via hormones of the endocrine hypothalamus (TRH, SRIH, GHRH, GnRH, CRH)
    -  Hormonal control of food intake and food digestion (insulin, glucagon, hormones of the stomach and intestine, orexigenic en anorexigenic factors e.g. ghrelin, leptin, bombesin)
    -  Role of thyroid hormones in development and metabolism
    -  Hormonal control of calcium homeostasis: parathyroid hormone, cholecalciferol derivatives, calcitonin, stanniocalcin
    -  Hormones of the adrenal medulla (catecholamines) and the adrenal cortex (glucocorticoids, mineralocorticoids)
    -  Hormones involved in reproductive physiology and sex differentiation (androgens, oestrogens, progestagens, AMH, inhibins/activins)
    -  Other hormonal systems (renine-angiotensine-system, natriuretic peptides, hormones of the urofysis, melatonin)
    -  Interaction between hormones and pheromones in endocrine processes
     
    4. Endocrine glands and their hormonal secretion products in invertebrates (with emphasis on insect and nematode endocrinology)
    -  The central nervous system (as the Master gland) and associated neurohemal release sites: neurosecretion; regulation, production and release of neurohormones in insects and nematodes     
    -  The glandular part of the corpora cardiaca: control of energy metabolism in insects; role of adipokinetic and hypertrehalosemic hormones
    -  The corpora allata in insects: regulation, synthesis and functions of juvenile hormone
    -  The prothoracic glands: larval production site of ecdysteroids; hormonal control of molting processes
    -  The intestine, an important endocrine gland; production of gut peptides; control of gut motility and of the production of digestive enzymes
    -  The gonads, sites of synthesis of ecdysteroids and their conjugates in adult insects
    -  Epitracheal glands (Inka cells): production and release of ETH (ecdysis-triggering hormone) and the control of ecdysis behaviour
    -  Involvement of steroids, peptides, and insulins in the control of diapause (dauer formation) in nematodes
     -  Roles of neuropeptides and monoamines in the control of behavioral states in nematodes

    Course material

    The course is predominantly based on the book "Vertebrate Endocrinology" by David O. Norris. The chapters on insect endocrinology are based on review papers available on Toledo. Review chapters on nematode endocrinology are available on the internet, with links provided on Toledo.

    The powerpoint presentations used during the lectures are also available on Toledo.

    Language of instruction: more information

    The lectures are given in English.

    Comparative Endocrinology: Laboratory Sessions (B-KUL-G0G50a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Schafer William

    Content

    During the laboratory sessions the students work together in groups on different types of tasks. 

    Ecdysteroids in locusts: The students will inject living locusts with an RNAi-substance interfering with certain ecdysteroid functions. The students need to do a daily follow up of their animals and feed them for a week (or until the experiment is finished). They will also need to write a report on their hypothesis of what the outcome of this experiment will be. The students are scored on both the report, as well as the work-ethic during the follow up of their experiment and taking care of their animals.

    Effect of serotonin on egg-laying behavior in C. elegans: The students will get 4 C. elegans strains that they have to transfer to different plates (different conditions). The plates have to incubate for one hour and then the students can count the number of eggs layed. They will need to write a report during the incubation time and within the 3 hours of the practical, answering some questions. The students are scored on the report and work-ethic during the practical.

    Lab visits: The students will visit one endocrinology lab. They will have to subscribe to one time slot depending on their personal interest and availability. During the lab visit, we expect the students to be attentive and ask questions. 

    Guest Seminar: An external speaker is invited whose work is linked to the field of endocrinology, often related to hormone abuse. After the presentation, a discussion session is started where the students have to ask questions. They also need to write a personal statement about the new insights they gained, or a critical discussion about the content of the presentation. The students will be scored on the questions and their statement report.

    Course material

    Printed guidelines are available for the experimental sessions on animals.

    The students have to search relevant scientific information on internet for their reports.

    Language of instruction: more information

    The language for the lab sessions is English.

    Format: more information

    The students have to work in groups to demonstrate the action of some hormones on animals/animal tissues. They learn to use specific scientific equipment for operation and registration based on printed guidelines and the instructions given on site by the assistants. 

    To prepare the written reports on predefined topics the students have to search scientifically checked information on internet while working together in the PC classes. They have to summarize this information in a structured report and submit it to the assistent by the end of the session. 

    For the discussion on mammalian reproduction the students have to study the book chapter at home and answer questions from fellow students during the session.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Comparative Endocrinology (B-KUL-G2G49a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Paper/Project, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    Written exam with oral explanation


    Continuous evaluation during practical sessions based on active participation and on scoring of the written reports. 

    Participation in all practical sessions is obligatory to obtain a valid end score for the course.

    A student passes when the weighted average of the component scores (exam 2/3, practical sessions 1/3) is at least 10/20.

    ECTS Neurobiology (B-KUL-G0G53A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term
    Arckens Lut

    Aims

    Students gain thorough knowledge of and insights into the structure and physiology of the mammalian brain, with special empasis on the sensory systems and motor control. The undeniable link between  neuroanatomy and brain function is elaborated and discussed. Students learn how the brain detects and interprets sensory input and how this is used  to guide relevant behaviour. Students are familiarized with modern research strategies in the field of neurosciences.

    Previous knowledge

    Students have a general basic knowledge of animal morphology and physiology and of cell biology and biochemistry.
    Entry qualifications
    Basic course: "Zoology: morphology and physiology" (G0N05A or equivalent)
    Basic course: "Cell Biology and Biochemistry" (G0N04A of equivalent)

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Neurobiology (B-KUL-G0G53a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Arckens Lut

    Content

    The course consists of three sections, each with specific goals.
    Part 1
    The student gets acquainted with the general structure of the nervous system by exploring the basic principles of its embryological development. This knowledge of the general blueprint of the vertebrate brain will be used as a reference guide for the interpretation of all other anatomical information discussed in part 2 and 3.
     

    Part 2
    The student familiarizes himself with 3 sensory systems, the visual, auditory and somatosensory system, and the motor system of mammals. In particular, the student will first explore the visual system (from eye to cortex) at cellular and systems level. Each of the following systems, auditory and somatosensory, should give students a detailed insight into (dis)similarities in anatomy and physiology between sensory systems. The student is also familiarized with spinal and brain control of locomotion. The student understands how the brain deals with sensory perception, how the execution of voluntary movement takes place and how the (co)operation of parallel circuits and even parallel connections within a given circuit guide our behavior rapidly and efficiently. The student is capable of interpreting how external stimuli guide behavioral outcome.
     

    Part 3 – Working with research papers
    For Part 3 students can suggest a topic of interest in the domain of neuroscience for critical analysis and discussion. Recent publications and/or a guest seminar, including extensive interaction with the guest speaker, will allow the students to explore the topic in detail. Students prepare for the guest lecture based on scientific papers. After the lecture, students will explore the topic further based on a second set of papers. Discussions, questions-response sessions, small student group interactions will be implemented to make the students familiar with the topic.
     

    Example topics include:
    The molecular and activity-dependent control of neurogenesis, cell migration, cell differentiation and the construction of neuronal connections in the brain (nature and nurture).
    The impact of neurodegenerative diseases – Parkinson’s Disease
    The reaction of the brain to trauma - the mechanisms and opportunities for restoration of brain function
    The body scheme inside the brain – rubber hand illusion
     

    Course material

    handbook by Mark Bear -  "Neuroscience, exploring the brain"

    Neurobiology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G54a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Arckens Lut

    Content

    Part 3 – Working with research papers
    For Part 3 students can suggest a topic of interest in the domain of neuroscience for critical analysis and discussion. Recent publications and/or a guest seminar, including extensive interaction with the guest speaker, will allow the students to explore the topic in detail. Students prepare for the guest lecture based on scientific papers. After the lecture, students will explore the topic further based on a second set of papers. Discussions, questions-response sessions, small student group interactions will be implemented to make the students familiar with the topic.
     

    Example topics include:
    The molecular and activity-dependent control of neurogenesis, cell migration, cell differentiation and the construction of neuronal connections in the brain (nature and nurture).
    The impact of neurodegenerative diseases – Parkinson’s Disease
    The reaction of the brain to trauma - the mechanisms and opportunities for restoration of brain function
    The body scheme inside the brain – rubber hand illusion
     

    Course material

    - PowerPoint of the guest lecture about the chosen topic

    - Set of research papers suggested by the teacher (in consultation with the speaker) tby means of preparation and debriefing of the chosen topic

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Neurobiology (B-KUL-G2G53a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    The exam consists of 2 parts:

    - part 1 consists of answering and substantiating an open question or proposition that tests knowledge and reasoning ability regarding the theoretical part (lectures).

    - Part 2 consists of answering and substantiating an open question or proposition about scientific publications on the topic that was discussed during the Exercises.

    ECTS Molecular and Developmental Animal Physiology (B-KUL-G0G55A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Vanden Broeck Jozef (coordinator) |  Franssens Vanessa |  Vanden Broeck Jozef

    Aims

    The students gain profound knowledge and insight in the physiology of reproducing and developing metazoan organisms.  In this course, students will analyse and integrate information regarding molecular, cellular, organismal and environmental mechanisms controlling developmental processes, such as gender determination, reproductive cycle, gametogenesis and fertilization, early embryogenesis and pattern formation, cell differentiation, programmed cell death, metamorphosis, regeneration, ageing, diapause and polyphenisms.  These processes will be situated in their evolutionary context.  In addition, the students acquire insight in different approaches employed in modern research.  They can individually communicate the findings of recent scientific reports on developmental physiological themes to the other students of the course and can critically analyse, interprete and discuss these findings in group.  They are also capable of situating and discussing the importance of these scientific themes in the broader context of the human society.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have a general basic knowledge in animal morphology and physiology, as well as in cell biology and biochemistry. 

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Molecular and Developmental Animal Physiology (B-KUL-G0G55a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Vanden Broeck Jozef

    Content

    1. Introductory concepts; historical overview of mile stones in research;
    2. Reproductive strategies and mechanisms of gender determination in animals; X-chromosome inactivation; gender-dependent hormonal differences; role of endocrine and paracrine factors in gonadogenesis, gonadal steroidogenesis and gametogenesis in an evolutionary context; control of reproduction cycles in vertebrates and invertebrates;
    3. Molecular and cellular control mechanisms during early embryogenesis.  Drosophila as a model.  Maternal genes, anterior-posterior and dorso-ventral axis formation, segmentation, homeotic genes, differentiation of body parts;
    4. The origin of mesoderm in chordates: the molecular biology of the Nieuwkoop center and the Spemann organizer.  Developmental patterns in vertebrates; left-right axis; the formation of limbs;
    5. Programmed cell death;
    6. Metamorphosis, regeneration and ageing; hormonal regulation of molting and metamorphosis in insects; signaling pathways controlling lifespan in different metazoans;
    7. Stem cells and differentiation;
    8. Environment and development; diapause; polyphenisms (e.g. phase transition in locusts);
    9. Macroevolution and development (molecular evo-devo aspects);
    10. Examples and methods illustrating the role of intercellular interaction and communication in developmental processes, and the regulation of gene expression at the transcriptional, translational or post-translational level;
    11. Discussion of recent publications in molecular and developmental animal physiology. 
     
    Exercises: presentation and critical discussion of recent literature.

    Molecular and Developmental Animal Physiology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G56a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Franssens Vanessa |  Vanden Broeck Jozef

    Content

    1. Introductory concepts; historical overview of mile stones in research;
    2. Reproductive strategies and mechanisms of gender determination in animals; X-chromosome inactivation; gender-dependent hormonal differences; role of endocrine and paracrine factors in gonadogenesis, gonadal steroidogenesis and gametogenesis in an evolutionary context; control of reproduction cycles in vertebrates and invertebrates;
    3. Molecular and cellular control mechanisms during early embryogenesis.  Drosophila as a model.  Maternal genes, anterior-posterior and dorso-ventral axis formation, segmentation, homeotic genes, differentiation of body parts;
    4. The origin of mesoderm in chordates: the molecular biology of the Nieuwkoop center and the Spemann organizer.  Developmental patterns in vertebrates; left-right axis; the formation of limbs;
    5. Programmed cell death;
    6. Metamorphosis, regeneration and ageing; hormonal regulation of molting and metamorphosis in insects; signaling pathways controlling lifespan in different metazoans;
    7. Stem cells and differentiation;
    8. Environment and development; diapause; polyphenisms (e.g. phase transition in locusts);
    9. Macroevolution and development (molecular evo-devo aspects);
    10. Examples and methods illustrating the role of intercellular interaction and communication in developmental processes, and the regulation of gene expression at the transcriptional, translational or post-translational level;
    11. Discussion of recent publications in molecular and developmental animal physiology. 
     
    Exercises: presentation and critical discussion of recent literature.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Molecular and Developmental Animal Physiology (B-KUL-G2G55a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Task evaluation: evaluation of the presentation and discussion of a scientific publication (max. 5 points).   

    Final exam with open questions (max. 15 points).   

    A student passes when the weighted average of the component scores (exercises 25%, final exam 75%) is at least 10/20. Exercises are mandatory. If a student does not participate, he/she cannot take the exam and cannot pass (NA).

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Final exam with open questions.  

    Note that there is no second evaluation opportunity for the mandatory exercise part (presentation and discussion in class).  

    ECTS Advanced Fluorescence and Fluorescence Microscopy. From Single Molecules to Biological Systems (B-KUL-G0G59A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term
    Hofkens Johan (coordinator) |  Hofkens Johan |  Roeffaers Maarten |  N. |  Debroye Elke (substitute)

    Aims

    Acquire insight in the principles of a modern fluorescence microscope and in its application for detailed studies of molecular localization and interactions in cells and on the level of a single molecule. Relevance of concepts seen to material and other sciences will be pointed out.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of physics, optics and biology

    Torough knowledge of basics of fluorescence spectroscopy

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Fluorescence and Fluorescence Microscopy. From Single Molecules to Biological Systems (B-KUL-G0G59a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Hofkens Johan |  Roeffaers Maarten |  N. |  Debroye Elke (substitute)

    Content

    1. Theory of light, light matter interaction, with an emphasis on fluorescence
    2. The Light Microscope: history and evolution, components of a compound microscope

    Light microscopy
    - The optical components of compound microscope and their functions/operations
    - The physics of light and glass
    - Forming and maintaining optical resolution with these lenses
    - Proper(Kohler) bright field illumination
    - Principles of sample preparation for light microscopy
    - Theory of image formation, diffraction-limited resolution
    - Optical aberrations and their correction
    - Illumination and image forming techniques:
         * Brightfield Optics
         * Oblique Illumination Techniques
         * Imaging of Phase Objects
         * Polarization Optics
         * Fluorescence Microscopy
         * Probes for fluorescence microscopy
         * Confocal Microscopy
         * Single molecule microscopy and applications in biology
         * FCS and applications in biology, FRET and its applications
    -  Labeling and labeling strategies
    -  DNA sequencing with emphasis on single molecule optical approaches
    -  Non-linear microscopy: Multi-photon excitation, Second Harmonic Imaging, different Raman microscopy schemes
      - New microscopies to improve resolution: STED, structured light microscopy, PALM/STORM, SOFI, expansion microscopy and eventual new modalities
    -  Image recording, processing, and analysis

    Light Microscopy selected readings:
    Murphy, D.B., Fundamentals of Light Microscopy and Electronic Imaging. 2001, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
    Molecular Expressions web site at the Florida State University

    Course material

    Slides/handouts

    Recommended papers, recommended websites

    Books

    Format: more information

    Guest lecture - Presentation

    Advanced Fluorescence and Fluorescence Microscopy. From Single Molecules to Biological Systems: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0G60a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Hofkens Johan |  Roeffaers Maarten |  N. |  Debroye Elke (substitute)

    Content

    See content lecture

    Course material

    Announcements and handouts distributed via Toledo

    Format: more information

    • Exercises aiming for deepening insight in the theoretical aspects of the course
    • Hands-on experience with microscopy
    • A presentation and discussion of a recent publication related to microscopy. The students can select the publication from a list provided in Toledo.

    • If, for reasons of force majeure, the faculty decides that the hands-on microcopy sessions cannot be organized, they will be replaced by recorded demonstration sessions (most probably  Blackboard collaborate). The impact of this decision will be explained on Toledo. The assessment of the course will then be based on the remaining components (exam and presentation, respectively 1-16/16 and 1-4/4)

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Fluorescence and Fluorescence Microscopy. From Single Molecules to Biological Systems (B-KUL-G2G59a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Report, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, List of formulas, Calculator, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    Practical course and presentation together count for 4 out of 20 points. The remaining 16 points can be gained during the exam.

    The course is aiming for insight, not reproducing the course material.

    If, for reasons of force majeure, the faculty decides that the preparation time for an oral exam must be limited to less than an hour, the oral exam will be replaced by a written exam. The impact of this decision will be explained on Toledo.

    Information about retaking exams

    Practicum and presentation can not be retaken and hence points remain identical for practicum and presentation

    ECTS Mechanisms of Signal Transduction and Cell Regulation (B-KUL-G0G61A)

    6 ECTS English 53 First termFirst term
    Mizuno Hideaki (coordinator) |  Mizuno Hideaki |  Vanden Broeck Jozef |  Winderickx Joris

    Aims

    The students acquire profound insight in the molecular and cellular mechanisms of signal transduction in eukaryote cells, i.e. from the cell membrane to the cell’s interior, eventually at the level of the regulation of protein synthesis and the control of the cellular metabolism or of the cell cycle. The students become familiarized with the structural and functional properties of different categories of signals, of receptor proteins, and of cellular components of the regulated signal transduction pathways. They gain a thorough understanding of the core principles of communicative and functional interactions between cells, and in the biological modes of action of important signal molecules, such as hormones, neurotransmitters and growth factors. Knowledge of the molecular and cellular mechanisms that form the basis of physiological processes enables the students to better understand these processes as well as to situate them in a broader, functional and evolutionary context. The aim is to consolidate understanding with numerous examples. On completion, the students are capable of autonomous integration, interpretation and discussion of recent scientific literature in this research area. 

    Previous knowledge

    The students have a general basic knowledge in physiology, cell biology and biochemistry.
    Beginning conditions:
    Basis course “Celbiologie en Biochemie” (or equivalent);
    Basis course “Structurele en fysiologische biologie” (or equivalent);

     

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Mechanisms of Signal Transduction and Cell Regulation (B-KUL-G0G61a)

    5.2 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Mizuno Hideaki |  Vanden Broeck Jozef |  Winderickx Joris

    Content

    1.  Introduction: core principles of signal transduction and cell regulation; overview of signals
    2.  Membrane physiology
    - Structure and composition of cell membranes
    - Physical interactions between cells
    - Transport processes across membranes and epithelia
    - Bio-electrical phenomena; structure, function and regulation of ion channels
    3.  Membrane receptors
    - Overview of different receptor categories
    - Nature and function of neurotransmitter receptors; synaptic processes
    - Heptahelical (7TM or G protein-coupled) receptors: structural properties; evolutionary aspects; molecular pharmacology and ligand interaction studies
    - Receptors with a single transmembrane segment; diverse families
    - Multicomponent receptors; receptor oligomerization; control and desensitization mechanisms; importance of receptor-effector interactions
    4.  Cellular effector proteins
    - G proteins
    - Adenylyl/guanylyl cyclases; phospholipases; kinases, phosphorylases and phosphatases
    - Role of protein modification and protein-protein interaction modules in signal transduction
    5.  Effects of secondary and tertiary messengers
    - Cyclic nucleotides; inositol phosphates and diacylglycerol; phosphoinositides
    - Role and regulation of intracellular Ca2+; methods for detection of calcium ions
    - Time- and space-dependent effects
    6.  Signal-regulated gene expression
    - Nuclear receptors; mode of action of (ecdy)steroid and thyroid hormones
    - Mechanisms controlling gene transcription; DNA-protein and protein-protein interactions
    7.  Examples of signal transduction and cell regulation
    - Regulation of the cytoskeleton
    - Regulation of the cell cycle
    - Cell differentiation
    - Phototransduction, taste and odour perception in an evolutionary context
    - Sevenless pathway in Drosophila
    - Integration of nutrient signals in yeast
    8.  Methods in signal transduction research
    9.  Discussion of recent literature data

    Course material

    Handbook "Cell Signalling" by John T. Hancock (Oxford University Press)
    Lecture handouts
    Papers

    Mechanisms of Signal Transduction and Cell Regulation: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G62a)

    0.8 ECTS : Assignment 14 First termFirst term
    Mizuno Hideaki |  Vanden Broeck Jozef |  Winderickx Joris

    Content

    See content lecture.

    Format: more information

    Student groups prepare a seminar on a given topic.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Mechanisms of Signal Transduction and Cell Regulation (B-KUL-G2G61a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The final exam consists of open questions for written exam.

    ECTS Instrumental Analytical Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G65A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    De Gendt Stefan (coordinator) |  De Gendt Stefan |  De Smedt Frank

    Aims

    This course aims to provide insight in the operational principles of a selection of instrumental analytical techniques (with emphasis on inorganic analysis). In addition, the role of analytical chemistry as a tool for diagnostic applications is considered (using practical examples). The students will also become familiar with the interpretation of spectral information acquired with the different analytical techniques.

    Previous knowledge

    The course assumes basic knowledge of general chemistry at bachelor level, and specific knowledge of analytical chemistry at bachelor level.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Instrumental Analytical Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G65a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    De Gendt Stefan |  De Smedt Frank

    Content

    The following topics are considered:
    1. Introductory components;
    - Electronic components and circuits
    - Operational amplifier circuits
    - Signal and noise
    - ‘Figures of Merit’

    2. Importance of representative chemical sampling
    - Sampling and sample preparation
    - Chemicals and recipients
    - Storage and handling
    - Sources of error / good laboratory practices

    3. Optical spectroscopic techniques;
    - Introduction (electromagnetic radiation, atomic spectra, …)
    - Instrumental aspects (components of optical instruments, …)
    - Atom absorption spectroscopy
    - Atom fluorescence spectroscopy
    - Atom emission spectroscopy
    - Applications

    4. Mass spectrometric techniques;
    - Introduction (relative sensitivity, interferences, isotopes, …)
    - Instrumental aspects (ion sources, mass-analysers, detection systems, …)
    - Secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS)
    - Glow Discharge mass spectrometry (GDMS)
    - Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICPMS)
    - Applications

    5. X-ray fluorescence analysis;
    - Introduction (X-rays, attenuation, reflection, scattering, …)
    - Instrumental aspects (multilayers, detectors, …)
    - Conventional X-ray fluorescence
    - Applications

    6. Thermal analysis methods
    - Instrumentation (DSC, DTA, TG)
    - Applications of  thermal analysis
     

    Course material

    Study material - background recommend literature

    Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 5th Edition (or recent edition)
    D.A.Skoog, F.J.Holler, T.A.Nieman
    ISBN 0-030002078-6 (Hardcover Edition), Harcourt Brace, 1988

    Analytical Atomic Spectrometry,
    J.A.C.Broekaert
    ISBN 3-527-30146-1, Wiley, 2002

    Language of instruction: more information

    The course is presented in dutch

    The course information is in English.

    Format: more information

    The course is presented ex cathedra. interaction is stimulated. As part of the course, a clean room visit is organized. To the extend possible, also some analytical techniques are experimentally demonstrated. 

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Instrumental Analytical Chemistry (B-KUL-G2G65a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    The exam consist of a selection of open questions and a selection is discussed during an oral exam with written preparation.

    The following aspects can be considered during the exam:

    1) Scientific discussion on the theoretical concepts behind the analytical techniques, including the operation of the individual instrumental components.
    2) Interpretation of spectral data in quantitative and qualitative manner.
    3) Interpretation of scientific literature related to relevant analytical applications.

    ECTS Sustainable Chemistry I (B-KUL-G0G66A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term
    Smet Mario (coordinator) |  Smet Mario |  Vaccaro Luigi |  Van Aken Koen

    Aims

    * The student is able to explain the 12 principles of green chemistry and to apply them in specific problems and case studies from industry.

    * The student is familiar with the most important mechanisms of toxicity of organic compounds and is able to apply this knowledge to propose changes in the molecular structure resulting in lower toxicity with equal functionality.

    * The student knows the main types of biobased polymers and is able to evaluate the biodegradability of a given polymer.

    * The student can describe how biomass can be transformed into chemical building blocks and biobased polymers.

    * The student is familiar with innovative techniques which can potentially enhance the sustainability on lab and industrial scale (photochemistry, electrochemistry, flow chemistry...)

     

    Previous knowledge

    The starting point of this course is the basic knowledge of analytical, physical and organic chemistry of a bachelor in sciences, engineering or bio-engineering.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Sustainable Chemistry I (B-KUL-G0G66a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Smet Mario |  Vaccaro Luigi |  Van Aken Koen

    Content

    1. Introduction:

    - Basic principles of sustainable chemistry: prevention, atom economy and other sustainability metrics, use of renewable resources, safety, reduction of energy requirements,...

     

    2. Sustainable synthetic chemistry

    - Environmental issues and other problems of conventional organic solvents and reagents

    - Alternative reaction media (water, fluorous solvents, supercritical liquids, ionic liquids …)

    - Solventless synthesis

    - Alternative activation methods: photochemistry, electrochemistry, mechanochemistry, ultrasound and microwave activation…

    - Reagents for sustainable chemistry, e.g. O2 and H2O2 for oxidation reactions

    - (Recyclable) catalysts

    - Transformation of biomass into chemicals

    - Biocatalysis

     

    3. Sustainable polymers

    - Biobased polymers

    - Enzymatic polymerisations

    - Biodegradability of polymers

     

    4. Toxicity and design of safer chemicals

    - Most important mechanisms of toxicity and carcinogenicity of organic compounds

    - Metabolism, toxication, detoxication

    - Modification of the structure of organic compounds to make them less toxic with maintenance of functionality

    Course material

    Course slides, selected papers and chapters from textbooks

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Sustainable Chemistry I (B-KUL-G2G66a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    The final point is the sum of the points for the individual questions.

    ECTS Sustainable Chemistry II (B-KUL-G0G66B)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term
    Binnemans Koen

    Aims

    * The student is familiar with the concepts of homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis

    * The student understands the different options to close the materials loop, including urban mining, enhanced landfill mining and zero-waste valorisation of industrial process residues.

    * The student understands how chemistry can contribute to the exploitation of renewable energy resources and to energy storage.

    * The student is familiar with the current tools to evaluate sustainability of a technological process like LCA analysis and know the advantages and pit-falls of these tools allowing a critical interpretation of the results.

    Previous knowledge

    The starting point of this course is the basic knowledge of analytical, physical and organic chemistry of a bachelor in sciences, engineering or bio-engineering.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Sustainable Chemistry II: Lectures (B-KUL-G0D02a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Binnemans Koen

    Content

     

    1. Catalysis

    - heterogeneous catalysis

    - homogeneous catalysis

     

    2. Sustainable metallurgy

    - Critical raw materials

    - Urban mining

    - Enhanced landfill mining

    - Zero-waste valorisation of industrial process residues

    - Emission control in extractive metallurgy

    - Product centric recycling

     

    3. Clean energy materials

    - Fuel cells

    - Lithium ion batteries

    - Redox flow batteries

    - Supercapacitors

    - Photovoltaics

    - Hydrogen production and storage

     

    4. Evaluation of ecological sustainability

    - Life Cycle Analysis (LCA)

    - Materials flow analysis (MFA)

    - Exergetic life cycle analysis

     

    Course material

    Course slides, selected papers and chapters from textbooks

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Sustainable Chemistry II (B-KUL-G2G66b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    The final point is the sum of the points for the individual questions.

                     

    ECTS Seminars in Biophysics, Biochemistry and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G0G70A)

    3 ECTS English 18 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Dedecker Peter

    Aims

    The goal of this course is to assist the student in adopting a philosophy of 'lifelong learning' and self-improvement by attending scientific seminars. To this end, the student will

    - identify seminars that are of scientific interests with the educational goals of the program.

    - attend a number of these seminars and provide proofs of attendence.

    - write a detailed critical assessment of selected seminars so that he/she can learn to critically and productively engage with the scientific content, its limitations, and the novel possibilities that it can enable.

    Previous knowledge

    General knowledge of Biochemistry and Biotechnology as determined in the bachelor's degree.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Seminars in Biophysics, Biochemistry and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G0G70a)

    3 ECTS : Assignment 18 Both termsBoth terms
    Dedecker Peter

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Seminars in Biophysics, Biochemistry and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G2G70a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Portfolio

    Explanation

    Throughout the academic year, the student will submit attendance reports and critical assessments for the attended seminars, each of which must adhere to the course guidelines. A 'pass' grade will be obtained once the requested number of reports and assessments have been approved by the coordinator. This grade can be granted either at the end of the June examination period or the September examination period. It is not possible to pass this course at the end of the January examination period. All reports must be submitted and/or corrected before the deadline dates associated with each period, which will be announced on Toledo.

     

    Information about retaking exams

    If you have not achieved the required number of reports and assessments by the deadline given for the June examination period, your score for that period will be 'NA' (exam not taken). You can then submit the missing reports or assessments by the deadline given for the September examination period.

    If you fail to pass this course and retake it into the following academic year, your previous progress will be reset and you will need to complete all seminars and assessments in order to pass. In other words, you cannot carry reports or assessments from one year over into the next year.

    ECTS Physical Chemistry of Biological Systems (B-KUL-G0G71A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Mizuno Hideaki

    Aims

    The student should be able to:
    - analyse binding phenomena and generate binding partition functions for biological systems and generate models for given equations;
    - analyse the kinetics of binding phenomena and extract information from kinetic curves; design kinetic experiments to extract rate constants;
    - analyse self-assembly of proteins, construct models and design experiments to extract kinetic and equilibrium information;
    - explain diffusion and diffusional encounter between molecules and receptors;
    - produce and interpret  graphical representations of the phenomena.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of elementary mathematics: algebra, differentiation, integration. Knowledge of the concept of chemical equilibrium and the thermodynamic properties used to characterise equilibria (enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs free energy). General knowledge on the structure of biomolecules.
    (Necessary basis to disciplines as offered in the introductory courses Structure, Synthesis and Cellular Function of Macromolecules; Atoomtheorie, chemische periodiciteit en chemische binding)

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Physical Chemistry of Biological Systems (B-KUL-G0G71a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Mizuno Hideaki

    Content

    - Interactions between molecules: construction of binding functions and binding partition functions. Principle of linked functions. Cooperativity among sites and allostery. Binding to linear lattices (e.g. nucleic acids), overlapping binding sites (e.g. protein-nucleic acid interactions). A couple of experimental binding techniques: titrations, equilibrium and flow  dialysis.

    - Kinetic studies of the interaction between molecules: association-, dissociation-, displacement and  competition kinetics. Diffusion to molecules and cell surfaces. Experimental techniques.

    - Biopolymers as poly-electrolytes: counterion condensation with nucleic acids.

    - Self-assembly of linear polymers: actin filaments, microtubules. Theory of Oosawa, dynamic instability. Open structures with length regulation: myosin assembly.

    - Biological systems as dissipative structures: kinetic approach, oscillating systems.
     

    Course material

    Physical Chemistry: Principles and Applications in Biological Sciences, 4th edition,
    Tinoco I., Sauer K., Wang J.C. & Puglisi J.D. (2001), Prentice Hall. ISBN: 0-13-095943-X

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Physical Chemistry of Biological Systems (B-KUL-G2G71a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    ECTS Advanced Biochemistry and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G0G74A)

    6 ECTS English 44 First termFirst term
    Mohamed Shehab Ismail

    Aims

    The objective of the course is to expand the knowledge of students to gain deeper insights into the biochemistry of the cell. The course has a particular emphasis on molecular biochemistry, gene expression and biotechnological and therapeutic applications.

    Previous knowledge

    Students must have a thorough knowledge of cellular biology, including the most elementary physiological processes and the structure and function of the various cellular components. They must also have a good knowledge of biochemistry, including insight into the functioning of enzymes, kinases, phosphatases, membrane carriers, transport proteins and metabolic routes and the aspects of molecular biology related to the control of gene expression and protein synthesis.
     
    Entry qualifications:
    - Molecular Cell Biology
    - Dynamic Biochemistry

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Biochemistry and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G0G74a)

    4.8 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Mohamed Shehab Ismail

    Content

    1. Dynamic expression regulation by synthesis and degradation: from fundamental principles to biotechnological application

    • Transcription regulation
    • Posttranscriptional regulation
    • Regulated RNA degradation
    • RNA interference; CRISPR
    • Regulated protein degradation

    2. Lipid modifications and protein localisation

    Course material

    Powerpoint slides
    Papers

    Advanced Biochemistry and Biotechnology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G75a)

    1.2 ECTS : Practical 18 First termFirst term
    Mohamed Shehab Ismail

    Content

    See content lectures

    Format: more information

    Practice session

    Students discuss results of research papers and solve given questions in group. Solutions are discussed in plenum.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Biochemistry and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G2G74a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Evaluation is in the form of a written exam during the examination period. Type of questions: Interpretation of research paper findings and open questions. 

    ECTS Biomolecular Interactions (B-KUL-G0G77A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term
    Mizuno Hideaki (coordinator) |  Mizuno Hideaki |  Mohamed Shehab Ismail |  Van den Ende Wim |  N.

    Aims

    After completing this course activity, the student has the abilities:            

    - to master the construction of models for binding mechanisms, the construction of equations for the description of binding equilibria and the kinetics of binding, applied to small molecules/proteins/DNA

    - to explain how kinetic and thermodynamic information on biomolecular interactions can be obtained by using a number of techniques (e.g. surface plasmon resonance, fluorescence anisotropy, calorimetry); they are able to explain the working principles of the techniques and their applications, can compare pros and cons, and he can make a kinetic analysis

    - to explain the working principles and applications of major molecular genetic techniques used to screen large libraries for binding partners, both in vitro and in vivo

    - to propose appropriate genetic strategies to address defined protein interaction questions

    - to understand the fluorescence of biomolecules and its use  in the study molecular interactions

    - to explain how fluorescence-based techniques can be used for microscopic imaging and for applications such as (single-molecule) nucleic acid sequencing

    - to explain the dynamic interactions of proteins with DNA

    - to explain the different experimental approaches of nanopore-based DNA sequencing

    - to understand and illustrate the importance of sugars as specificity-determining components in cellular signalling

    - to extract relevant information on a given topic related to the course (state-of-the-art methodology, data generation and/or processing) from the scientific literature, to report on it critically, and to present and discuss it in public.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of chemistry, thermodynamics, biochemistry, cell biology and molecular biology

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biomolecular Interactions: Lectures 1 (B-KUL-G0G77a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Mizuno Hideaki |  Mohamed Shehab Ismail

    Content

    I. Molecular binding, kinetics & thermodynamics: basics

    • Interactions between biological macromolecules and small molecules.
    • Binding kinetics

    II. Genetic techniques to identify and characterise interactions

    • Phage display: basic principle, techniques and applications
    • Two-hybrid systems: protein-protein interaction mapping
    • Co-precipitation: comprehensive analysis of protein-protein, protein-DNA and protein-RNA interaction sites

    III. Fluorescent techniques & biomolecular interactions

    • Basics of fluorescence spectroscopy
    • Application: Fluorescence-based microscopy and imaging
    • Application: Fluorescence-based single-molecule sequencing

    IV. Protein-DNA interactions

    • Dynamic protein-DNA interactions
    • Nanopore sequencing

    Course material

    Lecture handouts
    Research papers

    Format: more information

    Lectures with possibilities to interact by asking questions and taking part in the discussions

    Is also included in other courses

    I0D43A : Molecular Interactions: Theories and Methods

    Biomolecular Interactions: Assignment 1 (B-KUL-G0G78a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 13 Second termSecond term
    Mizuno Hideaki |  Mohamed Shehab Ismail

    Content

    See content of Biomolecular Interactions: lectures

    Course material

    Research papers

    Format: more information

    The student prepares and gives a short seminar based on a given course-related research paper

    Is also included in other courses

    I0D43A : Molecular Interactions: Theories and Methods

    Biomolecular Interactions: Lectures 2 (B-KUL-G0W76a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 6 Second termSecond term
    Van den Ende Wim |  N.

    Content

    V. Protein-sugar recognition

    • Sugars as specificity determinants in molecular recognition

    Course material

    Seminar handouts
    Research papers

    Format: more information

    Lectures with possibilities to interact by asking questions and taking part in the discussions

    Biomolecular Interactions: Assignment 2 (B-KUL-G0W77a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 13 Second termSecond term
    Mizuno Hideaki |  N.

    Content

    See content of Biomolecular Interections: lectures

    Course material

    Research papers

    Format: more information

    The student prepares and gives a short seminar based on a given course-related research paper

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biomolecular Interactions (B-KUL-G2G77a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The assignment is evaluated during the second half of the course period. The assigment consist of the presentation of a research topic based on a given paper. The presentation can be online, depending on COVID-19 measures.

    The content of the lectures is evaluated during the regular exam period. The exam consists of several open questions for which a written answer has to be given. 

    The different course components are evaluated proportional to the allocated ECTS (assignment: 33%; exam: 67%). The course unit will be marked as ‘not attempted’ (NA) if one component has not been completed as students are required to complete all components.

    Information about retaking exams

    Only the theoretical exam can be retaken, not the presentation. The score for the latter part remains unchanged in a second examination attempt.

    ECTS Biomolecular Modelling (B-KUL-G0G79A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term
    Voet Arnout

    Aims

    Students should familiarize with several topics in the field of biomolecular modelling. The lectures are supplemented with hands-on sessions, which introduce the students to the solutions to modelling problems.

    A compulsary part with evaluation via reports consists of the modelling and use of databases for the design of inhibitors to proteins making use of the commercial modelling package MOE.

    After succesful completion of this course, the student:

    • is able to creatively use simple unix-commands;
    • has knowledge on bio-molecular dynamics;
    • has sufficient capabilities of using any bio-molecular modelling program (graphic as well as command-line driven);
    • has a basic knowledge of databases for biomolecular modelling and pharmacophore modelling.

    Previous knowledge

    This course is centered on several topics. The course is organized in such a way that some of the blocks may be used in other courses. Students that already followed a modelling course during the bachelor years may skip some of the study blocks and replace them by more in depth exercises.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biomolecular Modelling (B-KUL-G0G79a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Voet Arnout

    Content

    - Introduction to Molecular dynamics
    - Introduction to Unix
    - Introduction to programming in a modelling package
    - Introduction to the modelling of biomolecular interactions; virtual recognition of small molecules in the context of macromolecules, like proteins (previously part of G0G77A Biomolecular Recognition)

    Course material

    1. The Brugel modelling package; Swiss-PDB-viewer; Pymol.
    2. Carl-Ivar Branden & John Tooze: Introduction to protein structure, second edition. Publisher: Garland Publishing, 1999. ISBN 0-8153-2305-0
    3. Tamar Schlick. Molecular modeling and simulation. Publisher: Springer ISBN: 0-387-95404-X.

    Format: more information

    Presentation based on recent modelling articles. Some demos are organized (molecular dynamics). Students also have to give a presentation on biomolecular recognition based on a recent modelling article.

    Biomolecular Modelling: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0G80a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Voet Arnout

    Content

    See content of the lectures

    Course material

    Lecture handouts
    Books
    Excercises on topics seen during colleges
    A selection of recent papers

    Format: more information

    • Some demos are organized (molecular dynamics).
    • Students learn to use tools on how to select and exploit the properties of interacting molecules during hands-on excercises.
    • Students give a presentation on biomolecular recognition based on a recent modelling article.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biomolecular Modelling (B-KUL-G2G79a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The final exam is composed of:

    • One question about Unix
    • Theory questions
    • One question concerning the student's presentation

    The result of the examination is a weighed score of the assignments (presentation, 30%; detailed report, 40%) and the final exam (30%).

    Failure for the report on CADD will result in a global failure (maximal score of 9/20).

    Active participation during the presentations (asking questions) is a prerequisite to obtain a high grade.

     

     

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Oral examination with written preparation. Only the theory can be retaken as exam. Report and presentation cannot be retaken. In calculation of the final grade, the scores for report and presentation are taken from the first examination period.

    ECTS Determination of Biomolecular Structures (B-KUL-G0G83A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Mohamed Shehab Ismail (coordinator) |  Lescrinier Eveline |  Mohamed Shehab Ismail

    Aims

    The course gives a detailled overview of two important structure determination methods for biomolecules: NMR-spectroscopy and x-ray diffraction.
    The student should be able to discuss the possibilities and limitations of both methods and can demonstrate that he/she understands the experimental part of an recent article describing the structure determination of a protein, nucleic acid or complex.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic courses chemistry, biochemistry, mathematics, physics

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Determination of Biomolecular Structures, Part 1 (B-KUL-G0G84a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    Lescrinier Eveline

    Content

    Part 1. NMR spectroscopy
    Introduction: Basics of NMR
    - the origin of an NMR signal
    - Structure dependent interactions of NMR active nuclei

    Structure determination using NMR spectra
    - from 1D spectra to ND spectra
    - Structure determination of proteins
    - Structure determination of nucleic acids

    NMR and Dynamics
    - conformatial changes
    - molecular interactions
     

    Course material

    The provided course text covers what is explained during the contact moments (slides are available). Exercises on Toledo can be used by the student as a test to check his/her knowledge.

    Determination of Biomolecular Structures, Part 2 (B-KUL-G0G85a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    Mohamed Shehab Ismail

    Content

    Part 2. X-ray diffraction

    • crystallization techniques
    • symmetry
    • x-ray sources
    • diffraction
    • intensity of diffracted beams
    • data collection
    • Fourier synthesis
    • obtaining phases 
      - Molecular replacement
      - Isomorphous replacement
      - Anomalous scattering
    • interpretation of electron density maps
    • phase improvement
      - density modification
      - non-crystallographic symmetry
    • refinement of model
    •  analysis and judging of model

    Course material

    - powerpoint slides

    - Crystallography made crystal clear - Gale Rhodes- Academic Press

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Determination of Biomolecular Structures (B-KUL-G2G83a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    For both parts the student chooses an article describing a structure determination of a biological molecule (one NMR, one X-ray) and sends this well in advance for approval. During the exam the experimental parts of the structure determinations are discussed.

    ECTS Biophysics of Membranes (B-KUL-G0G86A)

    6 ECTS English 38 First termFirst term
    Talavera Pérez Karel

    Aims

    Students have to acquire a profound understanding of the physical aspects of the functioning of biological membranes. This includes notions on the history of membrane biophysics research, and deep understanding of membrane structure and properties, membrane transport processes, membrane steady state properties, biophysics of ionic channels, conduction properties of biological cells and models of membrane excitability.

    Previous knowledge

    Profound understanding of physics, including the theory of electrical fields and cell biology. They should have a working knowledge of differential an integral calculus and differential equations.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biophysics of Membranes (B-KUL-G0G86a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Talavera Pérez Karel

    Content

    Introduction in physical and electrochemical properties of biomembranes.
    Techniques in membrane biophysics: biochemical, optical en electrophysiological experimental methods.
     
    1.- Introduction
    • General introduction to membrane biophysics
    • Presentation of the topics of the course
    2.- Membrane structure and properties (I)
    • A historical overview of biological membrane research
    • Building biological membranes: the hydrophobic effect
    • Building biological membranes: lipid-water systems
    • The "genesis" of biological membranes
    • Lipid composition of biological membranes
    • Melting membranes
    3.- Membrane structure and properties (II)
    • Phase transitions in lipid mixtures. Phase diagrams.
    • Lipid-protein interactions
    • Membrane rafts
    4.- Membrane transport
    • Introduction
    • Diffusion
    • Electrodiffusion
    • Types of transport processes
    5.- Membrane at steady state
    • Osmotic pressure
    • Water permeability
    • Cellular mechanisms of volume regulation
    • Donnan equilibrium
    • The resting membrane potential
    • Contribution of electrogenic transport to the membrane potential
    6.- Ionic channels (I)
    • A brief history of ion channels
    • Techniques to study ion channels
    • Structure of ionic channels
    • Introduction to ionic channel properties
    7.- Ionic channels (II)
    • Brief recapitulation about ionic channels
    • Selectivity and permeation in ionic channels
    8.- Ionic channels (III)
    • Diversity of activation mechanisms
    • Voltage-gated channels
    • Ligand-gated channels
    • Stretch-activated channels
    • Heat- and cold-activated channels
    9.- Conduction of the electrical activity
    • Spread of electrical signals: passive vs. active
    • Currents in cells: where to go?
    • The cable equation
    • The action potential and its propagation. Propagation through nerves. Saltatory conduction. Propagation in a syncytium
    10.- Membrane excitability
    • Structure and logic of sensory biology
    • TRP channels as molecular sensors & integrators
    • Channels and cell excitability. Pacemaker activity of the heart. Insulin secretion. The neuromuscular junction. Chloride channels and muscle excitability
    • Synaptic integration
    • Channels with smart applications

    Course material

    Slides of the lecturesand chapters from the books

    - The Structure of Biological Membranes. 2005. By Philip Yeagle.
    - Thermal Biophysics of Membranes. 2007. By Thomas Heimburg.
    - Membrane Structural Biology: With Biochemical and Biophysical Foundations. 2008. By Mary Luckey.
    - Ion Channels of Excitable Membranes. 2001. By Bertil Hille.
    - Electrical Properties of Cells: Patch Clamp for Biologists. 1997. By Louis J. DeFelice.

    Format: more information

    Students learn to understand the biofysical principles of cell membranes and ion channels.

    Biophysics of Membranes: Reading Assignments (B-KUL-G0G87a)

    2 ECTS : Assignment 12 First termFirst term
    Talavera Pérez Karel

    Content

    They will  study deeper a specific problem discussed in the lectures  using advised literature . They will prepare a presentation.

    Course material

    - The Structure of Biological Membranes. 2005. By Philip Yeagle.
    - Thermal Biophysics of Membranes. 2007. By Thomas Heimburg.
    - Membrane Structural Biology: With Biochemical and Biophysical Foundations. 2008. By Mary Luckey.
    - Ion Channels of Excitable Membranes. 2001. By Bertil Hille.
    - Electrical Properties of Cells: Patch Clamp for Biologists. 1997. By Louis J. DeFelice.

    Format: more information

    Study in small groups (3 students)  a scientific paper and related chapters of books  and prepare a  presentation.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biophysics of Membranes (B-KUL-G2G86a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral

    Explanation

    Oral exam and presentation of reading assignment. 

    Exam format
    After the 8th lecture students will be provided with a list of problems covering all subjects of the course. The solution of these problems will require thorough study of the lecture material and search for information in original scientific articles (PubMed) and/or other sources on the internet. Sufficient guidance by the course lecturer will be provided upon request.
    Students will be divided in teams of 3 and assigned 3 problems, which they will have to solve independently or in team work. The latter variant is strongly encouraged.
    The examination will consist in an open discussion in which each student will have to present the answer of one of the three questions assigned to his/her team using the blackboard. Some answers will require accurate presentation of data, for which it is strongly suggested to bring a hardcopy, a PowerPoint presentation or similar. Each presentation will take a maximum of 10 minutes per question.
    Students are expected to discuss the problem starting with a brief introduction about the subject and the correct statement of the questions. Then they can move to the actual solution and finish with a brief statement about the biophysical and/or biological relevance.
    All students are expected to be familiar with the other questions as well. We would like to promote an open discussion. Participation in other questions may give points that could compensate for eventual difficulties with the own questions.
    Although students will work in teams, scores will be given individually, based on the following aspects:
    - clarity and correctness of the exposition
    - appropriate timing
    - level of initiative demonstrated to solve the problems
    - answers given to supplementary questions asked at the time of the exposition by the examiner and by other students
    - the overall participation during the exam session

    ECTS Industrial Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G90A)

    6 ECTS English 38 First termFirst term
    Molinard Alain

    Aims

    The live lectures cover the added value of the global chemical industry. The preconditions of a sustainable enterprise are explained with several practical and actual examples: process and occupational safety, health and wellbeing, environmental and climate protection, sustainability, energy managment, production processes, economical rentability, innovation, talent managment, circular economy. In order to develop insights in the economics of the chemical industry, the students will make a "business plan" in small groups. The operational dynamics of a production plant are shown by means of a virtual company visit.

    Previous knowledge

    General knowledge of chemistry.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Industrial Chemistry: Lectures (B-KUL-G0G90a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 30 First termFirst term
    Molinard Alain

    Content

    Live lectures, covering the following topics:

    • the global importance of the chemical industry
    • the necessity of a clear and sustainable vision and strategy
    • economical preconditions and rentability analysis
    • industrial production processes and the importance of catalysis
    • safety, health, quality assurance, energy management
    • sustainability and circular economy
    • the importance of continuous innovation and technology
    • the power of talents and development of employees

    In order to develop insights in the economics of the chemical industry, the students will make a "business plan" in small groups. The topics in focus here are creativity, enterpreneurship, investment models and clear management reporting.

    Course material

    Course slides

    Format: more information

    Group assignment

    Students will make a "business plan" in small groups. The basics of a business plan and rentability analysis are used to build a small chemical production plant. Creative, but realistic enterpreneurship and clear reporting is needed to convince potential investors for a capital injection.

    Industrial Chemistry: Company Visit (B-KUL-G0G91a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
    Molinard Alain

    Content

    During this virtual company visit, a chemical plant is observed in action and diverse aspects that have been discussed during the lectures are being demonstrated by means of (interactive) video material.

    Format: more information

    Didactic collection

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Industrial Chemistry (B-KUL-G2G90a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

    Written examination during the examination period (70 %)

    Group work with paper that has to be handed in before the first examination period (30 %)

    Information about retaking exams

    During examination of the second evaluation period, the student will only have a new written examination, while the points of the original group work (paper), obtained during the first examination period, are transferred.

    ECTS Advanced Organic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G92A)

    6 ECTS English 43 First termFirst term
    Dehaen Wim

    Aims

    The students can predict and distinguish the stability and reactivity (including selectivity) of neutral and charged intermediates, and how to use and generate them.
    The students know the principles of concerted (pericyclic) reactions,
    rearrangements and fragmentation reactions.
    The students can, using the acquired knowledge mentioned above, design a synthesis for a given molecule using the correct reagents.
    The students can predict, using the same knowledge, the outcome of a given reaction: product, regio- and stereoselectivity.

     

    Previous knowledge

    Bio-organic chemistry, organic chemistry (bachelor chemistry), spectroscopic identification of organic compounds (NMR, IR, MS) in chemistry of materials or equivalent.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Organic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G92a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 30 First termFirst term
    Dehaen Wim

    Content

    Repetition: general principles.
    Stereochemistry, regiochemistry and substituent-effects in pericyclic reactions. Frontier orbital theory, principle of aromaticity and Woodward-Hofmann rules in cyclo-additions, chelotropic reactions, electrocyclic reactions and sigmatropic rearrangements with applications in organic synthesis.
    Neutral intermediates: characteristics of carbenes, nitrenes, and radicals and their use in organic synthesis.
    Concepts and synthetic principles applied to reactions which take place via carbanions (enolate chemistry) and carbocations.Overview of rearrangement reactions via neutral, positive or negative intermediates: suitability for migration, stereo-electronic and conformational influences. Fragmentation reactions. Application to terpene chemistry.

    .

    Course material

    Course text  (Toledo, distributed by Scientica).

    Powerpoint slides (Toledo)

    Language of instruction: more information

    no comment

    Format: more information

    Teaching.
    Exercises (other ola).

    Advanced Organic Chemistry: Exercises (B-KUL-G0G93a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Dehaen Wim

    Content

    Repetition: general principles.
    Stereochemistry, regiochemistry and substituent-effects in pericyclic reactions. Frontier orbital theory, principle of aromaticity and Woodward-Hofmann rules in cyclo-additions, chelotropic reactions, electrocyclic reactions and sigmatropic rearrangements with applications in organic synthesis.
    Neutral intermediates: characteristics of carbenes, nitrenes, and radicals and their use in organic synthesis.
    Concepts and synthetic principles applied to reactions which take place via carbanions (enolate chemistry) and carbocations.Overview of rearrangement reactions via neutral, positive or negative intermediates: suitability for migration, stereo-electronic and conformational influences. Fragmentation reactions. Application to terpene chemistry.

     

    Course material

    Text Exercices (Toledo)

    Cfr. educational activity G0G92a.

    Language of instruction: more information

    no comments

    Format: more information

    Paper exercices Cfr. educational activity G0G92a.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Organic Chemistry (B-KUL-G2G92a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The exam consists only of exercises. The solutions found in the written preparation are discussed during the oral examination.

     

    ECTS Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G94A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Binnemans Koen

    Aims

     

    This course aims to provide students with a profound knowledge of different aspects in inorganic chemistry. Central is the thermodynamic description and the calculation of the equilibrium compositions of complex multi-element, muliphase systems. The students will learn the differences in behavior between synthetic model solutions prepared in the lab and real solutions such as surface waters, concentrated brine solutions or process solutions in inorganic industrial processes. Chemical thermodynamics is central in the course, with concepts such as Gibbs free energy, chemical potential, activity coefficients, phase rule, heterogeneous equilibria and Gibbs energy minimization. The students will learn what makes water such a special solvent. By considering the hydrolysis of metal cations, the concept of multinuclear complexes is introduced. The principles of non-aqueous coordination chemistry are introduced. Finally, the students will experience that there are many different forms of the Periodic System.

     

    Objective 1: The students understand how the properties of concentrated aqueous electrolyte solutions are different from these of dilute solutions and the students are familiar with theoretical models that can describe the deviations from ideal thermodynamic behaviour.

     

    Objective 2: The students are familiar with the two main approaches to calculate complex multi-element chemical equilibria, Law of Mass Action (LMA) and Gibbs Energy Minimization (GEM) methods, and understand the strengths and weaknesses of both approaches

     

    Objective 3: The student can interpret chemical equilibrium data calculated by thermodynamic software packages

     

    Objective 4: The students can interpret phase diagrams of one-component systems, binary systems and ternary systems

     

    Objective 5: The students understand how hydrolysis of metal cations leads to formation of multinuclear complexes.

     

    Objective 6: The students know how the behavior of metal ions in non-aqueous solvents is different from the behavior in water

     

    Objective 7: The students know the different definitions of a chemical element. They are familiar with different representations of the periodic system, and can explain the advantages and disadvantages of these representations.

    Previous knowledge

    The students are familiar with the principles of general chemistry and chemical thermodynamics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G94a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Binnemans Koen

    Content

    • Chemical thermodynamics of concentrated aqueous electrolytes (advanced activity models such as Pitzer model)
    • Complex multicomponent equilibria
    • Law-of-mass action (LMA) versus Gibbs energy minimization (GEM) calculations of chemical equilibria
    • Heterogeneous equilibria/ Gibbs phase rule
    • Interpretation of phase diagrams
    • Advanced Pourbaix diagrams (E-pH diagrams)
    • Water as a unique solvent
    • Hydrolysis of metal cations and polynuclear complexes
    • Coordination chemistry in non-aqueous solvents
    • Periodic system

    Course material

    Course notes and slides proved via Toledo

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G2G94a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Closed questions, Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    Students will have several questions, each question will have an assigned mark with the overall mark obtained as the sum of individual marks.

    ECTS Polymer Sciences: from Synthesis to Polymer Material (B-KUL-G0G96A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    Ianiro Alessandro (coordinator) |  Goderis Bart |  Koeckelberghs Guy |  N. |  Ianiro Alessandro (substitute)

    Aims

    • The student has a detailed knowledge of and insight in the chemical, physicochemical and physical aspects that are dealt with in the course (more details in the respective OLA’s).
    • The student has knowledge of and insight in the importance of the “Chain of knowledge” (more details in the respective OLA’s).

    *

    (Activity Chemistry of Polymers) 

    • The student can explain the difference between a chain growth and step growth mechanism.
    • The student can distinguish the different steps in a chain growth polymerization mechanism and can indicate the influence on the polymerization.
    • The student can compare the different ways in which vinyl monomers polymerize (radical, cationic, anionic) and can link these with the molecular structure of the monomer.
    • The student can explain the relation between the molecular structure of the monomer and the molar mass of the resulting polymer, the polymerization rate and the copolymerization parameters.

    (Activity Physical Properties of Polymers) 

    • The student can give the definitions and the descriptions as well as explain the meaning of physicochemical and physical theoretical concepts and results dealt with in the course and clarify their importance and their interplay in the “Chain of knowledge”;
    • The student can give correct derivations, point out the used approximations and discuss and analyse the consequences and limitations of the approximations for the theoretical concepts and results given in the list “Theoretical concepts and results” available on Toledo;
    • The student can clarify and show the importance of the “Chain of knowledge” and of the theoretical concepts and results for polymer materials which are dealt with in the course and for new examples of polymer materials provided by the lecturer;
    • The student can define and then find with the available information search methods relevant (scientific factual) information that is required to bring the exercises and assignments to a successful end;
    • The student can apply the theoretical concepts and results in simple exercises and come up with concrete results and answers and place them in the context of the theoretical concepts;
    • The student can apply the theoretical concepts in integrating assignments (3 or 4, depending on the extend of the assignments) and come to concrete results and answers and place them in the context of the theoretical concepts;
    • The student can present the results of the assignments in a written report in the English language according to the guidelines “Reporting assignments” available on Toledo;
    • The student can use present-day ICT tools in the making and the reporting of the assignments;
    • The student can make a detailed time planning for an assignment, communicate and justify the time planning to the lecturer and, if needed,  adapt and evaluate the time planning.

    Previous knowledge

    • The student has at least knowledge of the following mathematical and physical concepts and notions: vectors, functions, integrals, differentials, Fourier transfoms, complex numbers, series, energy, forces, viscosity, elasticity, electromagnetic radiation (visible light, IR, X-ray), index of refraction;
    • The bachelor has basic knowledge of atoms, molecules, bonds, molecular interactions, thermodynamic state functions (internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs energy, Helmholtz energy) and derived properties (volume, pressure and temperature) or can acquire this basic knowledge autonomously;
    • The student can explain the mechanism of basic organic reactions, in accordance with the end terms of the bachelor of chemistry.
    • The student is capable to distinguish between the factors that stabilize/destabilize an organic compound and can indicate which of two analogue compounds is the most stable;
    • The student can independently derive first and second order reaction rate equations.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Polymer Sciences: Physical Chemistry of Polymers (B-KUL-G0T88a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 19 First termFirst term
    N. |  Ianiro Alessandro (substitute)

    Content

    Module Introduction:

    • Positioning of the course
    • Polymers and the chain of knowledge in polymer science

    Module Physical Chemistry of Polymers

    • Single-chain description of polymers, ideal and real chains
    • The glassy state and the glass transition
    • Polymers solutions and blends
    • Rubber elasticity, polymer networks and polymer gels
    • Block copolymers in the bulk and solution, aspects of demixing

    Course material

    Course materials (lecture notes and powerpoint presentations ) are available on Toledo

    Format: more information

    Module Polymer Science: Introduction and Physical chemistry of polymers

    • Interactive lectures with demonstrations

    Is also included in other courses

    G9X47A : Physical Chemistry of Polymers

    Polymer Sciences: from Synthesis to Polymer Material (B-KUL-G0G96a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart |  Koeckelberghs Guy

    Content

    Module Polymer Chemistry
    Classification of polymers     

    • step-growth versus chain-growth, polycondensation versus polyaddition

    Vinyl polymerization 

    • free radical polymerization
    • copolymerization, Q,e-scheme
    • anionic polymerization
    • cationic polymerization
    • coordination polymerization

    Ring opening polymerization

    • anionic
    • cationic
    • metathesis

    Living ionic polymerizations, NMP, ATRP
    Polycondensations and step-growth polymerizations
    Block-copolymers, star polymers, hyperbranched polymers
     
     
    Module Physical Properties of Polymers

    • Crystallization and melting
    • Kinetics of crystallization
    • Hierarchical structures in polymer crystals

    Course material

    Course materials (lecture notes and powerpoint presentations ) are available on Toledo

    Format: more information

    Module Polymer Chemistry
    Lectures
     
    Module Physical Properties of Polymers
    Lectures
     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Polymer Sciences: from Synthesis to Polymer Material (B-KUL-G2G96a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    The weighted score is calculated as follows:

      Module Polymer Chemistry: 1/3 of total

      Modules Introduction, Physical Chemistry of Polymers and Physical Properties of Polymers: 2/3 of total

     

    To determine the final result for the exam the following criteria are used:

    Criterion 1: at least 9/20 on the Module Polymer Chemistry

    Criterion 2: at least 9/20 on the combination of the Modules Introduction; Physical Chemistry of Polymer; Physical Properties of Polymers.

     

    When the student fulfils or fails on criterion 1 and criterion 2 the final result is equal to the weighted score.

    When the student fulfils only 1 of the criteria (criterion 1 or criterion 2) the final result is equal to the smallest of [the weighted score, 9/2]

    ECTS Quantum Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G98A)

    3 ECTS English 18 First termFirst term
    Escudero Masa Daniel

    Aims

    The principle aim of this course is to elaborate further than an elementary course in quantum chemistry or inorganic chemistry into the electronic structure of atomic systems. In doing so, the student acquires detailed knowledge of the ladder-operator method, Clebsch-Gordon coefficients, perturbation theory for degenerate systems, and spin-orbit coupling as a relativistic effect. Also the student is able to place the time-independent Schrödinger equation in the broader context of time-dependent quantum mechanics. He/she  also recognizes how spectroscopic selection rules are derived as an application of time-dependent perturbation theory. The students know how to apply various kinds of operators, such as ladder operators and projection operators.


    In preparation of a detailed description of multiplet theory, the Condon-Slater rules for calculating matrix elements between Slater determinants are introduced. Students are able to derive these rules in general for the one-electron operators and for specific cases (e.g. three electron systems) for electron repulsion. The student recognizes spherical harmonics as the corner stone for the description of the electronic wavefunctions of atomic systems and knows their detailed origin as solutions of differential equations by applying the appropriate boundary conditions. He/she can describe the relationship with the ladder operator approach and the Clebsch-Gordon coefficients, and can apply them.


    The student understands the need for perturbation theory for degenerate systems, its derivation, and how to solve the secular equations in practice. The student can derive formulas for calculating matrix elements of various kinds of one-electron operators (many electron systems) between Slater determinants. He/she can describe the origin of the Condon-Shortley parameters as applied in the semi-empirical approach to multiplet theory, and can apply them to specific configurations.

    The student knows and appreciates the necessity and origin of the spin-orbit quantum numbers and recognizes which other quantum numbers are to which degree still applicable. He/she can describe the origin of the spin-orbit coupling constants (one and many-electron case) and knows how to use them to calculate the energy levels and the corresponding semi-empirical values for hydrogenic and many-electron atomic systems. He/she can construct projection operators of various kinds as an alternative for deriving wavefunctions. The difference between (pure) Russell-Saunders and j-j coupling is understood.

    Previous knowledge

    The course is based on the knowledge acquired in the introductory course of computational chemistry.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Quantum Chemistry (B-KUL-G0G98a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    Escudero Masa Daniel

    Content

    - Ladder-operator method for rotational impuls
    - Perturbation calculation for degenerate systems
    - Energy expressions for multi-electron determinant wavefunctions
    - Atomic multiplet theory
    - Relativistic effects
    - Spin-orbit coupling: one-electron systems / multi-electron systems: Russell-Saunders and j-j-coupling
    - Time dependant Schrödinger equation and perturbation theory
    - Transition probabilities
    - Virial theoreme and Hellman-Feynman theoreme

    Course material

    Course notes are available

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Quantum Chemistry (B-KUL-G2G98a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    ECTS Nanostructure Determination via Electromagnetic Radiation (B-KUL-G0G99A)

    6 ECTS English 60 Both termsBoth terms
    Goderis Bart (coordinator) |  Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Goderis Bart |  Van Meervelt Luc |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Aims

    • You can describe how the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter (atoms, molecules, gasses, glasses, solutions, suspensions, liquid crystals, crystals) can be exploited to elucidate its nanostructure (molecular structure, supramolecular organization) and nanostructure based properties (thermo-mechanical, chemical, electrical, magnetic, optical, biological).  This knowledge will allow you to understand contemporary, related literature and will enable you to design electromagnetic radiation based experiments in collaboration with experts in the field.
    • You understand and can explain the different steps (e.g. the experimental part in a publication) of a crystal structure determination of both small compounds and larger biomolecules.
    • You will experience large, international facilities and how big science is used to probe nano-features. You will be able to extract essential information from a talk or a guided tour, given by international top experts.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge is required on atomic and molecular structures and orbitals, characteristics of electromagnetic waves, mathematical concepts including the description of waves, integrations, Fourier Transformations. Being familiar with X-ray crystallography is advantageous but not mandatory.
     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Nanostructure Determination via Electromagnetic Radiation (B-KUL-G0G99a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart

    Content

    Module 1: Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter  
    Topics covered: (synchrotron) X-ray sources, overview of interactions, X-ray spectroscopy, X-ray imaging, X-ray computer tomography

    Module 2: Scattering and Diffraction as Fourier Transform 
    Topics covered: waves and Fourier transforms, properties of Fourier Transforms, principles of structure determination via scattering and diffraction, resolution  
     
    Module 3: Scattering by atoms, molecules, ideal gases and dilute solutions 
    Topics covered: atoms, molecules, (chemical reactions in) gases, electron scattering, small angle scattering of (bio)macromolecular solutions, scattering by neutrons, contrast variation  
     
    Module 4: Scattering by liquids and amorphous solids 
    Topics covered: liquids and amorphous solids, form- and structure factors, colloidal and surfactant solutions
     
    Module 5: One-dimensional crystals 
    Topics covered: layered structures, stacking (dis)order, small angle scattering of semicrystalline (bio)polymers and liquid crystals  
     
    Module 6: Powder Diffraction 
    Topics covered: instrumentation, data acquisition, powder peak shapes, qualitative and quantitative data analysis, indexing, structure solution, fiber diffraction  

    Module 7: Synchrotron radiation (only for students following G0G99A, not for students following G0G99B)
    Topics covered in Visit of ESRF/ILL, B-KUL-G0T9T0a

    Module 8: Neutrons for structural characterization (only for students following G0G99A, not for students following G0G99B)
    Topics covered in Visit of ESRF/ILL, B-KUL-G0T9T0a

    Course material

    All Study material can be found on Toledo

    • copies of power point presentations
    • animations and movies
    • .pdf files of relevant scientific papers and books
    • Excel files with model calculations

    Advanced Single Crystal Crystallography (B-KUL-G0T89a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
    Van Meervelt Luc

    Content

    Module 9: Crystallization Procedures 
    Topics covered: general overview of crystallization methods for small and big molecules
     
    Module 10: Crystallography of small molecules 
    Topics covered: data collection and reduction, direct methods, absolute configuration, structure refinement
     
    Module 11: Crystallography of (bio)macromolecules 
    Topics covered: molecular replacement, anomalous scattering, solvent flattening, non-crystallographic symmetry, structure refinement
     
    Module 12: Structural Databases
    Topics covered: Cambridge Structural Database, ConQuest software, structure validation

    Course material

    All Study material can be found on Toledo


    • copies of power point presentations
    • animations
    • .pdf files of relevant scientific papers and books
    • Excel files with model calculations
     

    Visit of ESRF/ILL (B-KUL-G0T90a)

    1 ECTS : Field trip 16 Second termSecond term
    Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Goderis Bart |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Content

    The student group makes a field trip in which three large international research facilities are visited, i.e. the center for nuclear research CERN in Geneva, the synchrotron facility ESRF in Grenoble and the neutron source ILL in Grenoble.  About half a day is spent in each of the facilities.  Every visit starts with a general introduction and a presentation of the facility by a local guide.  After the general presentation the group is split up and representative setups and beamlines are visited in more detail, guided by local scientists.

    Traveling is done with a coach and overnight stays are in local hotels near the highways.  According to the faculty rules a financial contribution is requested from the students.

    After the visit the students will search for additional material and will write a synthesis report about the visit.  The students will also give an oral presentation about these laboratory visits (not for students of G0G99A).  A first version of the report and the presentation is reviewed by the professor in charge of that visit (not for students of G0G99A).  This feedback is then taken into account by the students in order to finalize their report (not for students of G0G99A).

    Course material

    Slides of the relevant colleges.

    Research papers

    Format: more information

    This trip typically takes four days (including two traveling days).  Visits to the three institutes typically take half a day each.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0S85A : Experiments in Modern Physics

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Nanostructure Determination via Electromagnetic Radiation (B-KUL-G2G99a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The evaluation of G0G99a and G0T89a will take place at the end of the first semester in the examination period via an oral 'open book' examination with written preparation.  If, for reasons of force majeure, the faculty decides that a written exam and an oral defence cannot be combined, the oral defence will be waived and the evaluation will be written.

    The examination of G0T90a is a report on the ESRF/ILL visit.

    ECTS Nanostructure Determination via Electromagnetic Radiation (B-KUL-G0G99B)

    3 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart

    Aims

    You can describe how the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter (atoms, molecules, gasses, glasses, solutions, suspensions, liquid crystals, crystals) can be exploited to elucidate its nanostructure (molecular structure, supramolecular organization) and nanostructure based properties (thermo-mechanical, chemical, electrical, magnetic, optical, biological).  This knowledge will allow you to understand contemporary, related literature and will enable you to design electromagnetic radiation based experiments in collaboration with experts in the field.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge is required on atomic and molecular structures and orbitals, characteristics of electromagnetic waves, mathematical concepts including the description of waves, integrations, Fourier Transformations. Being familiar with X-ray crystallography is advantageous but not mandatory.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Nanostructure Determination via Electromagnetic Radiation (B-KUL-G0G99a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart

    Content

    Module 1: Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter  
    Topics covered: (synchrotron) X-ray sources, overview of interactions, X-ray spectroscopy, X-ray imaging, X-ray computer tomography

    Module 2: Scattering and Diffraction as Fourier Transform 
    Topics covered: waves and Fourier transforms, properties of Fourier Transforms, principles of structure determination via scattering and diffraction, resolution  
     
    Module 3: Scattering by atoms, molecules, ideal gases and dilute solutions 
    Topics covered: atoms, molecules, (chemical reactions in) gases, electron scattering, small angle scattering of (bio)macromolecular solutions, scattering by neutrons, contrast variation  
     
    Module 4: Scattering by liquids and amorphous solids 
    Topics covered: liquids and amorphous solids, form- and structure factors, colloidal and surfactant solutions
     
    Module 5: One-dimensional crystals 
    Topics covered: layered structures, stacking (dis)order, small angle scattering of semicrystalline (bio)polymers and liquid crystals  
     
    Module 6: Powder Diffraction 
    Topics covered: instrumentation, data acquisition, powder peak shapes, qualitative and quantitative data analysis, indexing, structure solution, fiber diffraction  

    Module 7: Synchrotron radiation (only for students following G0G99A, not for students following G0G99B)
    Topics covered in Visit of ESRF/ILL, B-KUL-G0T9T0a

    Module 8: Neutrons for structural characterization (only for students following G0G99A, not for students following G0G99B)
    Topics covered in Visit of ESRF/ILL, B-KUL-G0T9T0a

    Course material

    All Study material can be found on Toledo

    • copies of power point presentations
    • animations and movies
    • .pdf files of relevant scientific papers and books
    • Excel files with model calculations

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Nanostructure Determination via Electromagnetic Radiation (B-KUL-G2G99b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The evaluation in the examination period at the end of the first semester is an 'open book' oral examination with written preparation.  If, for reasons of force majeure, the faculty decides that a written exam and an oral defence cannot be combined, the oral defence will be waived and the evaluation will be written.

    ECTS Nuclear and Radiochemistry (B-KUL-G0H93A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    Cardinaels Thomas

    Aims

    The main objective of this course is to provide students with general basic knowledge about different aspects, problems and applications of nuclear chemistry and radiochemistry.

     

    Aim 1: The students can explain and apply the principles of radioactive decay, including the kinetics of radioactive decay; they can use the chart of nuclides to deduct the radioactive decay and properties of radionuclides.

     

    Aim 2: The students can explain the different types of ionising radiation, the corresponding measurement and detection methods, and the application of ionising radiation in industry, medical sector and analysis techniques including their boundary conditions; they can estimate the effects of ionising radiation on humans and matter, and explain the related principles of radiation protection.

     

    Aim 3: The students can explain the working principle and function of particle accelerators; they understand the principles of nuclear reactions and their application for the production of energy and radionuclides.

     

    Aim 4: The students can explain the nuclear fuel cycle in all its aspects, have knowledge of the different types of nuclear reactors and their working principle, and can take a position in the debate on nuclear energy and disposal of nuclear waste.

     

    Aim 5: The students understand the origin of chemical elements; they can explain the existence of radionuclides in nature and can relate this to radioactive decay and the application of age determination using radiochemical clocks.

    Previous knowledge

    Students are familiar with the contents of basic courses chemistry and physics.

    Identical courses

    G0H93B: Nuclear and Radiochemistry

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Nuclear and Radiochemistry, Part 1 (B-KUL-G0H94a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    Cardinaels Thomas

    Content

    Nuclides

    • Atomic species
    • Atomic mass
    • Stability of nuclides
    • Mass defect and binding energy

     

    Radioactive decay

    • Properties of radioactive decay
    • Decay reaction notation
    • Conservation laws
    • Decay types
    • Decay schemes and isotope charts
    • Kinetics of radioactive decay
    • Mixed decay
    • Branching decay
    • Successive radioactive decay
    • Radioisotope generators

     

    Nuclear reactions & production of radionuclides

    • Basics of nuclear reactions
    • Particle accelerators
    • Neutron generators
    • Production of radionuclides
    • Labelled compounds

     

    Detection & measurement techniques

    • Cloud and bubble chambers
    • Solid state nuclear track detectors
    • Gas counters
    • Semiconductor detectors
    • Scintillation detectors
    • Sample preparation

     

    Interaction of radiation with matter

    • Energy transfer
    • Interaction of  alpha particles with matter
    • Interaction of beta particles with matter
    • Interaction of gamma radiation with matter
    • Interaction of neutron radiation with matter

     

    Radiation protection & dosimetry

    • Dose quantities
    • Dose limits
    • Dose measurements
    • Biological effects of ionising radiation
    • Radiation protection in practice

     

    Isotope effects

    • Mechanical isotope effects
    • Isotope effects in spectroscopy
    • Isotope effects on chemical equilibria
    • Isotope effects on phase equilibria
    • Kinetic isotope effects
    • Mass-independent isotope effects

     

    Origin of the chemical elements

    • Standard model of particle physics
    • Nucleosynthesis

    Course material

    G.R. Choppin, J. Rydberg, J.-O. Liljenzin, C. Ekberg

    “Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry” Fourth Edition

    © Elsevier, 2013

     

    A. Vértes, S. Nagy, Z. Klencsár, R.G. Lovas, F. Rösch

    “Handbook of Nuclear Chemistry” Second Edition

    © Springer, 2011

    Nuclear and Radiochemistry, Part 2 (B-KUL-G0H95a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    Cardinaels Thomas

    Content

    Nuclear fission

    • Mass defect and binding energy
    • Liquid drop model
    • Fissile versus fertile nuclei
    • Fission probability
    • Fission products
    • Prompt and delayed neutrons
    • Fission chain reaction
    • Energy release in fission

     

    Nuclear fuel cycle

    • Uranium ores
    • Mining of uranium
    • Conversion to UF6
    • Uranium enrichment
    • Nuclear fuel fabrication
    • Irradiation of nuclear fuel
    • Temporary storage of spent fuel
    • Reprocessing of spent fuel
    • Mixed oxide (MOX) fuel
    • Processing of radioactive waste

     

    Disposal of radioactive waste

    • Responsible authorities in Belgium
    • Radioactive waste management in Belgium
    • Origin and classification of radioactive waste
    • Final disposal of radioactive waste

     

    Nuclear reactors

    • Natural nuclear reactors in Oklo
    • Components of a nuclear reactor
    • Chicago Pile-1
    • Nuclear power plant
    • Nuclear reactor generations
    • Nuclear reactor types
    • Gen IV reactors
    • Nuclear energy in Belgium
    • Nuclear energy worldwide

     

    Radionuclides in nature

    • Cosmogenic radionuclides
    • Primordial radionuclides
    • Natural decay series
    • Anthropogenic radionuclides
    • Age determination from radioactive decay

     

    Actinide and transactinide elements

    • Early-actinides
    • Production of late-actinides
    • Properties of actinides
    • Applications of actinides
    • Production of transactinides
    • Properties of transactinides

     

    Absorption of nuclear radiation

    • Nuclear radiation absorption processes
    • Technical applications of radiation sources

     

    Radiation effects on matter

    • Radiation tracks
    • Radiation dose and radiation yield
    • Radiation effect on metals
    • Radiation effect on inorganic compounds
    • Radiation effect on water and aqueous solutions
    • Radiation effect on organic compounds and organic solutions
    • Non-biological applications

     

    Radioactive tracers

    • Principles of using radioactive tracers
    • Chemistry of trace concentrations
    • Applications of radioactive tracers in general chemistry
    • Radiopharmaceuticals

     

    Nuclear analytical applications

    • Activation analysis
    • Mössbauer spectroscopy
    • Isotope dilution analysis

    Course material

    G.R. Choppin, J. Rydberg, J.-O. Liljenzin, C. Ekberg

    “Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry” Fourth Edition

    © Elsevier, 2013

     

    A. Vértes, S. Nagy, Z. Klencsár, R.G. Lovas, F. Rösch

    “Handbook of Nuclear Chemistry” Second Edition

    © Springer, 2011

    Is also included in other courses

    G0H93B : Nuclear and Radiochemistry

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Nuclear and Radiochemistry (B-KUL-G2H93a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Written examination.

    ECTS Nuclear and Radiochemistry (B-KUL-G0H93B)

    3 ECTS English 18 Second termSecond term
    Cardinaels Thomas

    Aims

    The main objective of this course is to provide students with general basic knowledge about different aspects, problems and applications of nuclear chemistry and radiochemistry.

     

    Aim 1: The students can explain the application of ionising radiation in industry, medical sector and analysis techniques including their boundary conditions; they can estimate the effects of ionising radiation on matter.

     

    Aim 2: The students understand the principles of nuclear reactions and their application for the production of energy and radionuclides.

     

    Aim 3: The students can explain the nuclear fuel cycle in all its aspects, have knowledge of the different types of nuclear reactors and their working principle, and can take a position in the debate on nuclear energy and disposal of nuclear waste.

     

    Aim 4: The students can explain the existence of radionuclides in nature and can relate this to radioactive decay and the application of age determination using radiochemical clocks.

    Previous knowledge

    Students are familiar with the contents of basic courses chemistry and physics.

    Identical courses

    G0H93A: Nuclear and Radiochemistry

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Nuclear and Radiochemistry, Part 2 (B-KUL-G0H95a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    Cardinaels Thomas

    Content

    Nuclear fission

    • Mass defect and binding energy
    • Liquid drop model
    • Fissile versus fertile nuclei
    • Fission probability
    • Fission products
    • Prompt and delayed neutrons
    • Fission chain reaction
    • Energy release in fission

     

    Nuclear fuel cycle

    • Uranium ores
    • Mining of uranium
    • Conversion to UF6
    • Uranium enrichment
    • Nuclear fuel fabrication
    • Irradiation of nuclear fuel
    • Temporary storage of spent fuel
    • Reprocessing of spent fuel
    • Mixed oxide (MOX) fuel
    • Processing of radioactive waste

     

    Disposal of radioactive waste

    • Responsible authorities in Belgium
    • Radioactive waste management in Belgium
    • Origin and classification of radioactive waste
    • Final disposal of radioactive waste

     

    Nuclear reactors

    • Natural nuclear reactors in Oklo
    • Components of a nuclear reactor
    • Chicago Pile-1
    • Nuclear power plant
    • Nuclear reactor generations
    • Nuclear reactor types
    • Gen IV reactors
    • Nuclear energy in Belgium
    • Nuclear energy worldwide

     

    Radionuclides in nature

    • Cosmogenic radionuclides
    • Primordial radionuclides
    • Natural decay series
    • Anthropogenic radionuclides
    • Age determination from radioactive decay

     

    Actinide and transactinide elements

    • Early-actinides
    • Production of late-actinides
    • Properties of actinides
    • Applications of actinides
    • Production of transactinides
    • Properties of transactinides

     

    Absorption of nuclear radiation

    • Nuclear radiation absorption processes
    • Technical applications of radiation sources

     

    Radiation effects on matter

    • Radiation tracks
    • Radiation dose and radiation yield
    • Radiation effect on metals
    • Radiation effect on inorganic compounds
    • Radiation effect on water and aqueous solutions
    • Radiation effect on organic compounds and organic solutions
    • Non-biological applications

     

    Radioactive tracers

    • Principles of using radioactive tracers
    • Chemistry of trace concentrations
    • Applications of radioactive tracers in general chemistry
    • Radiopharmaceuticals

     

    Nuclear analytical applications

    • Activation analysis
    • Mössbauer spectroscopy
    • Isotope dilution analysis

    Course material

    G.R. Choppin, J. Rydberg, J.-O. Liljenzin, C. Ekberg

    “Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry” Fourth Edition

    © Elsevier, 2013

     

    A. Vértes, S. Nagy, Z. Klencsár, R.G. Lovas, F. Rösch

    “Handbook of Nuclear Chemistry” Second Edition

    © Springer, 2011

    Is also included in other courses

    G0H93A : Nuclear and Radiochemistry

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Nuclear and Radiochemistry (B-KUL-G2H93b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Written examination.

    ECTS Chemistry and Characterisation of Surfaces and Thin Films (B-KUL-G0H96A)

    6 ECTS English 30 First termFirst term
    De Gendt Stefan (coordinator) |  De Gendt Stefan |  Delabie Annelies

    Aims

    This course wants to provide insight in chemistry as the driving process behind the present evolution of the production of semiconductor structures and sensors. Subsequently, the students are familiarized with the principles and the application of different characterization techniques.

    Previous knowledge

    This course requires a basic knowledge of Chemistry on the level of the course “Instrumental Analytical Chemistry”, in the Truncus Communis of the Master in Chemistry.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Chemistry and Characterisation of Surfaces and Thin Films (B-KUL-G0H96a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    De Gendt Stefan |  Delabie Annelies

    Content

    In the first part of the course we discuss the chemical aspects, as well as the theoretical and fundamental background w.r.t. surface treatment and manufacturing of thin films. The second part deals with characterization techniques used to characterize these layers and surfaces. In the third part, a number of specific cases can be treated, allowing students to do guided self study (in this part, the students are also expected to prepara a paper).

    - Treatment of surfaces and production of thin films – background
    - Growth of silicon and germanium single crystals as start materials
    o Defects in silicon
    o Doping and diffusion
    - Thin film deposition
    o Thermal oxidation of silicon
    o Chemical Vapor Deposition of dielectric and conducting layers
    o Epitaxial layer growth
    o Sputter based deposition of thin films
    o Deposition of low-k dielectrica (e.g. spin on)
    - Photolithograhy and patterning
    o Photoresist materials
    o Overview of etch processes
    - Chemical cleaning of semiconductor surfaces
    o Ultra clean processing
    o Photoresis and etch residue removal
    o Chemical Mechanical Polishing 

    Course material

    Recommended literature (not mandatory - course notes will be provided)

    - Silicon processing for the VLSI Era – process technology, S.Wolf – R.N.Tauber, Lattice Press, Sunset Beach, California, US ,1999- Nanoelectronics and Information Technology – advanced electronic materials and novel devices, R.Waser, Wiley – VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2005

    Language of instruction: more information

    The course and slides are in English.

    Format: more information

    The course consists of ex cathedra lectures (see content).

    In addition, the students are required to prepare a paper (on a topic related to the course topics).

    Chemistry and Characterisation of Surfaces and Thin Films: Lecture, Part 2 (B-KUL-G0H97a)

    3 ECTS : Assignment 12 First termFirst term
    De Gendt Stefan |  Delabie Annelies

    Content

    In the first part of the course we discuss the chemical aspects, as well as the theoretical and fundamental background w.r.t. surface treatment and manufacturing of thin films. The second part deals with characterization techniques used to characterize these layers and surfaces. In the third part, a number of specific cases can be treated, allowing students to do guided self study (in this part, the students are also expected to prepara a paper).

    -  Mass spectrometry
       * Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption/Ionization technique (MALDI)
       * Time of Flight/Secondary Ion Mass Spectromertry (TOF-SIMS)
       * Applications in chemical and biomedical technologies
    -  Surface techniques
       * Grazing-angle FT-IR
       * Contact angle
       * Polarography and Cyclic Voltametry
       * Surface Plasmon Resonance
       * Quartz Microbalance
       * Total Reflexion X-ray Fluorescence (TXRF)
       * Ellipsometry
     

    Course material

    Recommended literature (not mandatory - course notes are foreseen)

    - Silicon processing for the VLSI Era – process technology, S.Wolf – R.N.Tauber, Lattice Press, Sunset Beach, California, US ,1999- Nanoelectronics and Information Technology – advanced electronic materials and novel devices, R.Waser, Wiley – VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2005

    Language of instruction: more information

    The course and notes are in English

    Format: more information

    The students are required to prepare and present a paper related to a topic of the course.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Chemistry and Characterisation of Surfaces and Thin Films (B-KUL-G2H96a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    The students prepare and present a paper related to a topic of the course (part I)

    The examination of the course is is open book exam (part II)

     

    ECTS Synthesis of Macromolecular Structures (B-KUL-G0H99B)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Smet Mario (coordinator) |  Koeckelberghs Guy |  Smet Mario

    Aims

    The student can read and understand the current literature in modern polymer chemistry.
    The student has a profound knowledge on a variety of polymerization techniques such as polycondensation, ionic polymerization, a variety of controlled radical polymerization techniques, methathesis and insertion polymerization. The student can explain the principles of these techniques and comment on the connections between them.
    The student can propose a synthetic strategy for the preparation of a
    given macromolecular structure such as a linear polymer, random or
    gradient copolymer, block copolymer, star polymer, hyperbranched
    polymer using the techniques mentioned above specifying reagents and conditions.
    The student is aware of the complexity of the determination of molar masses in the context of different macromolecular structures.
    The student is able to read and understand a high level scientific paper on polymer chemistry, to search information on its context in the literature and to comment on its applications. He is able to write a report and to give an oral presentation on this topic for pears .
    The student realises the need for controlled polymerization techniques to obtain advanced polymer materials.

    *

    Cfr. General aims.

    Previous knowledge

    This course is based on the concepts that have been introduced in the course Polymer science: from synthesis to polymer material. Profound knowledge of free radical polymerization such as kinetic analysis, relative reactivity ratios of different monomers, copolymerization and heterogeneous polymerization is necessary. Besides, thorough understanding of living anionic polymerization is required as well as basic knowledge of controlled radical polymerization.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Synthesis of Macromolecular Structures (B-KUL-G0H99a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Koeckelberghs Guy |  Smet Mario

    Content

    This course consists of 3 parts:
    A) A general part aiming at providing the missing pieces of knowledge necessary to understand the current literature on polymer chemistry.
    I Polycondensations
    II Metallocene polymerizations
    III Controlled radical polymerizations: nitroxide mediated polymerization (NMP), atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP) and derived techniques, reversible addition fragmentation transfer (RAFT), degenerative transfer versus reversible termination
    B) Capita selecta in which a selection of modern topics in polymer chemistry is presented.
    IV Dendritic polymers                
    V Applications of controlled polymerization techniques for the synthesis of advanced macromolecular structures
    VI Helical polymers                                                  
    VII Conjugated polymers                                                      
    -        Determination of molar mass
    -        Overview
    -        Supramolecular structure
    -        Polymerisation mechanisms
    C) The student is given a recent article on polymer chemistry which he has to read and understand. He looks up the necessary literature to situate this article in current research and communicates on this via a written paper and an oral presentation for pears.

    Course material

    course text and slides

    course text is available via Scientica

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Synthesis of Macromolecular Structures (B-KUL-G2H99b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    In addition to the examination, the students have to write and defend a paper as described under content. In case the paper is not handed in on time or the oral presentation has not been done, the total score for the entire course will be 'niet-afgelegd' (NA, exam not taken). The total mark will be the sum of the marks for the two parts of the oral examination (corresponding to the two teachers respectively) and the mark for the paper, the three of them equally weighed.

    Information about retaking exams

    If the mark for the paper was ≥ 10/20, no new paper should be handed in. In case the result was < 10/20, the student is allowed to hand in a new paper on the date of  the oral examination at the latest.

    ECTS Synthetic Strategies (B-KUL-G0I01A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Dehaen Wim (coordinator) |  Dehaen Wim |  Smet Mario

    Aims

    The students will be confronted with general synthetic strategies (protection, deprotection, synthons, retrosynthetic analysis, selectivity), during which the latest evolutions in this domain will be brought to their attention. Focus will mainly be on heterocyclic chemistry and biologically active or industrially relevant products. Eventually, the students should be able to tackle complex synthetic problems in a strategic way.

    Previous knowledge

    Organic chemistry BA2, Adganced organic chemistry MA1

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Synthetic Strategies (B-KUL-G0I01a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Dehaen Wim |  Smet Mario

    Content

    General principles: retrosynthetic analysis, synthons, protecting/deprotecting, “umpolung”
    Heterocyclic compounds: synthesis and properties (e.g. basicity, tautomery, reactivity)
    Modern methods to functionalise organic molecules: mainly oxidation and reduction reactions.
    Regio- and stereoselectivity of organic reactions
    Synthesis on a solid carrier
    Some examples of total syntheses

    Course material

    Course text (found on Toledo)

    Powerpoint slides (Toledo)

    Language of instruction: more information

    no comments

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Synthetic Strategies (B-KUL-G2I01a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Exam consists of exercices (open questions)

    ECTS Chemical Applications of Group Theory (B-KUL-G0I17A)

    6 ECTS English 46 First termFirst term
    Jagau Thomas

    Aims

    Group theory is an important mathematical aid in the study of molecules and molecular phenomena. The aim of the course is to help students to independantly apply group theoretical techniques and methods on scientific questions from their own research domain.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Chemical Applications of Group Theory (B-KUL-G0I17a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Jagau Thomas

    Content

    Group theory is an important mathematical tool in the study of molecules and molecular phenomena. The aim of the course is to help students to apply symmetry-based principles and methods in their own research projects. At the start the students should have a basic knowledge of  matrix algebra, elementary trigonometry, and complex numbers. In addition they should have had an introduction to quantum mechanics. More advanced mathematical concepts are introduced gradually during the course.

    The course is based on the sequence: operations, representations, interactions.

    In the first part the precise meaning of a symmetry operation is defined. An overview of the point groups is given, and numerous examples of symmetry in molecules are reviewed, often illustrated with ball and stick models. Then the operations in real space are transferred to transformations in a function space, using matrix representations. Finally these representations are coupled to describe interactions between molecules and molecules and electromagnetic fields. Several applications are discussed, involving  electronic structure theory, electronic and vibrational spectroscopy, and vibronic interactions.

    Contents:
    1.  Operations
    2.  Function spaces and matrices
    3.  Groups
    4.  Representations
    5.  What has Quantum Chemistry got to do with it?
    6.  Interactions
    7.  Spherical symmetry and Spins

    Course material

    handbook: A. Ceulemans, Group Theory Applied to Chemistry, Springer, London, August 2013

    Language of instruction: more information

    The course is given in English as part of the compulsory program for the Erasmus Mundus TCCM master. It is also

    an elective course of the general Master of Chemistry program.

     

    Format: more information

      

    Chemical Applications of Group Theory: Exercises (B-KUL-G0I18a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Jagau Thomas

    Content

    After each lecture the students receive a number of assignments related to the content of the lecture.

    In the practical sessions they represent their results and discuss possible way outs or alternatives for exercises that appeared to be more difficult than expected.

    The sessions also include working with molecular models to identify symmetry groups and the role of substituents and nuclear displacements.

     

    Each chapter of the handbook for the course contains several study questions. Solutions to all these problems are provided  at the end of the handbook.

     

    Course material

    The handbook that is used for the lectures also contains many study questions, and also the solutions.

    The students also have access to molecular ball and stick models to identify point groups.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Chemical Applications of Group Theory (B-KUL-G2I17a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    Open book examination, based on the handbook and lecture notes of the student. The examination always includes the identification of point group symmetries of molecular structures and processes, based on figures and/or 3D molecule models. Then there are two applied exercises, similar to the ones discussed during the semester. Finally the student is asked to derive or prove a group-theoretical proposition.

    To each of the questions a number of points is assigned, e.g. four questions of five points each, and the total score is simply the sum of the partial scores.

    ECTS Advanced NMR Spectroscopy (B-KUL-G0I19A)

    6 ECTS English 38 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    De Borggraeve Wim (coordinator) |  De Borggraeve Wim |  Vogt Tatjana |  N. |  Steurs Gert (substitute)

    Aims

    The student is able to understand and explain basic and more advanced 1D and 2D NMR experiments using the vector model and the product operator formalism
    The student is able to analyze pulse sequences, is able to recognize the building blocks in these sequences and is able to explain their effect
    The student is able to explain the importance of relaxation effects in NMR
    The student has a basic understanding of how an NMR spectrometer works and what its components are
    The student is able to assess the quality of NMR datasets and is able to process the data in view of generating publication quality figures and reports
    The student is able to use (1D/2D)-NMR data to perform structure elucidation/assignment
    The student is able to understand scientific papers dealing with NMR related topics and is able to discuss them with scientists working in the field of NMR spectroscopy

     

    Previous knowledge

    The student is supposed to have a working knowledge of basic NMR spectroscopy (knows about chemical shifts, coupling constants) and is able to routinely use 1D 1H and 13C experiments for structure assignment/elucidation of simple compounds. The student followed introductory courses on physics, quantum and/or computational chemistry.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced NMR Spectroscopy (B-KUL-G0I19a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 19 First termFirst term
    De Borggraeve Wim |  Vogt Tatjana

    Content

    Part 1

    Energy levels and NMR spectroscopy

    • The Hamiltonian and spectrum for one spin
    • Hamiltonians, energy levels and spectra for two or more coupled spins

    The vector model

    • Bulk magnetization
    • Larmor precession
    • Detection
    • Pulses (on resonance pulse, pulse phase, off resonance effects and soft pulses)
    • Detection in the rotating frame
    • The pulse acquire experiment
    • Pulse calibration
    • The spin echo

    Fourier transformation and data processing

    • How the FT works
    • Representing the FID
    • Lineshapes and phase
    • Manipulating the FID and the spectrum
    • Zero filling
    • Truncation

    Product operators

    • Operators for one spin
    • Analysis of pulse sequences for one spin
    • Operators for two spins
    • In-phase and anti-phase terms
    • Hamiltonians for two spins
    • Heteronuclear spin systems
    • Spin echoes and J-modulation
    • Coherence transfer
    • The INEPT experiment
    • The COSY experiment
    • Coherence order and multiple-quantum coherences

    Two dimensional NMR

    • The general scheme for a 2D experiment
    • Modulation and lineshapes
    • COSY
    • DQF-COSY
    • Double-Quantum spectroscopy
    • Heteronuclear correlation spectra
    • HSQC
    • HMQC
    • Long-range correlation HMBC
    • TOCSY

    Relaxation and the NOE

    • The origin of relaxation
    • Relaxation mechanims
    • Describing random motion - the correlation function
    • Populations
    • Longitudinal relaxation behavior of isolated spins
    • Longitudinal dipolar relaxation of two spins
    • The NOE
    • transient NOE
    • steady state NOE
    • Two-dimensional NOESY
    • Transverse relaxation
    • Homogeneous and inhomogeneous line broadening
    • Relaxation due to chemical shift anisotropy

    Equivalent spins and spin system analysis

    • Notation for spin systems
    • Equivalent spins: chemical and magnetic equivalence
    • Strong coupling in a two spin system
    • The AB spectrum, evolution to an AX and A2 spectrum
    • Spin systems with more than two spins, conceptual approach
    • The ABX system
    • Virtual coupling
    • The AA’XX’ system

    How the spectrometer works

    • The components of the spectrometer

     

    Part 2

    In the lectures the focus is on advanced applications of NMR spectroscopy such as solving the structure of proteins by 2D/3D NMR methods. Also the application of NMR in drug design and in the study of exchange phenomena and receptor/ligand binding will be discussed.  This part will also cover NMR of some metal nuclei and of paramagnetic complexes. Eventually the students have to independently read and understand an NMR related paper provided by the didactical team.
    The following topics will be discussed in more detail:

    • Introduction to solving structure of proteins by NMR  (J-modulated spectroscopy, HETCOR, HSQC, HMQC, COSY, NOESY, TOCSY). Introduction to 3D NMR methods used in protein NMR. 
    • 2D methods to study exchange phenomena and receptor/ligand binding studied by NMR. 
    • Use of NMR techniques in drug design
    • Review of heteronuclei giving NMR signals (nuclei with spin ½ and quadrupole nuclei)
    • General trends in the chemical shift of heteronuclei (geometry/coordination number/oxidation state/electronegativity/ ...)
    • NMR spectra of paramagnetic transition metal complexes
    • Diffusion ordered NMR spectroscopy (DOSY) 
    • Introduction to solid-state NMR (MAS and CP)

    Course material

    Study cost: 26-50 euros (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

    • Handouts distributed via TOLEDO.
    • Screencasts/video material distributed via TOLEDO.
    • Paper for reading assignment distributed via TOLEDO.
    • Handbook: James Keeler, Understanding NMR spectroscopy. Second Edition; Wiley & Sons:  2010 ISBN 978-0-470-74608-0

    Language of instruction: more information

    Deze onderwijsleeractiviteit wordt gevolgd door zowel de master of chemistry als de master in de chemie

    Advanced NMR Spectroscopy: Exercises (B-KUL-G0I20a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 19 First termFirst term
    N. |  Steurs Gert (substitute)

    Content

    During the exercises, concepts introduced in the theory sessions are brought into practice and are illustrated using pre-acquired datasets (pulse calibration, relaxation time measurements, spectral processing, effect of weighting functions, phase corrections, ...).

    In the exercises, the student learns to work with real NMR datasets at the computer using NMR processing software.

    The student has to be able to extract basic information from a dataset concerning:

    • type of experiment
    • pulse program used
    • acquisition parameters
    • processing parameters 

    This will allow the student to critically evaluate

    • the quality of data
    • the reliability of the experiment (e.g.were optimal parameters used)
    • the need for running extra experiments

    After this initial evaluation of the dataset, the student is able to

    • select the most appropriate processing parameters for the dataset
    • use the data alone or in combination with other info to perform structure assignment tasks or spectral assignment tasks
    • process the data and produce high quality figures for inclusion in a thesis, in papers or reports

     

    Course material

    Study cost: Not applicable (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

    • Handouts distributed via TOLEDO
    • NMR datasets (1D and 2D)
    • Software: Bruker Topspin 4.x or newer (info on TOLEDO)

     

    Format: more information

    The exercise sessions are organized in a PC class.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced NMR Spectroscopy (B-KUL-G2I19a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Closed questions, Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Reference work

    Explanation

    The exam consists of 2 parts

    • an integrated part consisting of theory questions in combination with practical exercises at the computer using real datasets. (80% of the exam score)
    • questions related to the theory of part 2 including questions related to a scientific paper reading assignment on an NMR topic. (20% of the exam score)

    The final mark is the weighed average of both parts according to the ratio given above (80:20).

    The students are allowed to use their handbook and a calculator during the exam. Data processing and interpretation will be done at the computer in the PC room (no own computer nor online connection allowed).


     

    ECTS Physical Chemistry and Properties of Polymers (B-KUL-G0I22A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart (coordinator) |  Goderis Bart |  N. |  Shi Xin (substitute)

    Aims

    • The student will acquire advanced knowledge and insight in:
    - Conformations & Thermodynamics of polymer solutions
    - Dynamics of unentangled polymers
    - Dynamics of entangled polymers
    - Thermal Properties of polymers
    - Mechanical Properties of polymers

    • The student is introduced and familiarized to use modern Polymer Science concepts.
    • The aim is also to increase level of self-study, to deal with time management/ meeting deadlines, working in small groups and master new topic (as it is expected from scientists active  in academic or industrial research environments).
    • The knowledge on and insight in the Chain of Knowledge for Polymer Materials is further extended in comparison to the knowledge provided in bachelor and first year master courses such as thought in B-KUL-G0O42A Polymer Materials and  B-KUL-G0G96A Polymer Science: From Synthesis to Polymer Material  at the KU Leuven.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has knowledge about mathematics, general physics and thermodynamics as it is taught in e.g. B-KUL-G0N02A Mathematics I &II, B-KUL-G0N03A General Physics I & II and B-KUL-G0O31A Chemical Thermodynamics at the KU Leuven

    The student has a good background in standard and advanced polymer science concepts as they are taught at the KU Leuven in e.g. B-KUL-G0O48B Polymer Materials and B-KUL-G0G96A Polymer Science: From Synthesis to Polymer Material:

     In particular the student has thorough theoretical understanding of:

    - Chain conformational properties (ideal chain models, worm like chains, excluded volume interactions, excluded volume chains, the equivalent Kuhn chain);
    - Miscibility behaviour of polymer solutions and blends (the Flory Huggins theory, thermodynamic and molecular origins of UCST and LCST, thermodynamic aspects of phase separation mechanisms and resulting morphologies)
    - Glass transition and glassy state (standard models of the glass transition temperature, thermodynamic classification of phase transitions);
    - Melting and crystallization of polymers (thermodynamic and kinetic aspects, influence of chain conformational properties on melting and crystallization, Avrami, Lauritzen-Hoffman theory)
    - Viscoelasticity, viscosity and elasticity of polymers (viscoelastic, viscous and elastic responses of polymers in transient and oscillatory modes, general 1D-continuum mechanics description, entanglements,  ideal rubber elasticity theory; deviations between ideal and real rubbers such as thermoelastic inversion, affine and non-affine deformations, entanglements, fluctuations of X-links)

    When in doubt about the level of required knowledge the student should consult the coordinator of the course.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Physical Chemistry and Properties of Polymers (B-KUL-G0I22a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart |  N. |  Shi Xin (substitute)

    Content

    • Conformations & Thermodynamics of polymers solutions
    • Dynamics of unentangled polymers
    • Dynamics of entangled polymers
    • Thermal Properties of polymers
    • Mechanical Properties of polymers and polymer materials

    Course material

    On Toledo are provided:
    ƒ- Lecture Notes & Presentations
    ƒ- Assignment Notes & Presentations
    ƒ- Literature materials

    Format: more information

    - In a set of short introductory lectures the lecturer provides lecture notes and assignment notes that introduce the topic(s) that you must present/report in subsequent lectures organized by the students. In addition the lecturer provides study material to facilitate your study of the topic (no extra reference material needed, unless you like to check a reference in the references)
     

    - The student studies the provided materials to get understanding, explain and answer the questions posed in the assignment, creates presentation/report on the knowledge required to explain and understand the assignment (theory, experiments, examples, exercises,…) .
     

    - The student provides presentations in electronic form and presents (part of) the presentation during presentation sessions. The presentations are discussed with all students following the course. Hence, presence is required during the presentation sessions.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Physical Chemistry and Properties of Polymers (B-KUL-G2I22a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator, Computer, Course material

    Explanation

    See Toledo for details on the evaluation.

    Information about retaking exams

    see course page on Toledo

    ECTS Advanced Computational Chemistry (B-KUL-G0I23A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term
    Escudero Masa Daniel

    Aims

    The student acquires a profound insight into important aspects of currently available electronic structure methods: their mathematical foundations, their applicability to molecular systems of different sizes, their expected accuracy, and their computational cost. The students also learn from hearing about and carrying out some illustrative applications. At the end of this course, the student is able to assess critically quantum chemical calculations reported in the literature. This means that they can identify the methods used, and understand the theoretical background to these methods, but also that they have the ability to judge the likely quality of the results obtained using these methods. Finally, the students have developed the ability to perform, with some independence, his/her own calculations in a judicious manner.

    Previous knowledge

    A basic knowledge in quantum and computational chemistry, (such  as provided by the course G0O40A: Computational Chemistry), is required. A deeper knowledge of quantum chemistry (such as provided by the course G0G98A: Quantum Chemistry) is strongly recommended, but not strictly required.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Computational Chemistry (B-KUL-G0I23a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Escudero Masa Daniel

    Content

    Computational methods that are treated in depth during this course are:

    • the Hartree-Fock SCF method
    • configuration-interaction
    • multiconfigurational SCF
    • perturbation theory: the MPn series
    • coupled-cluster theory
    • hybrid QM/MM and other multi-scale methods

    Density functional theory is the subject of a separate course, and is therefore only shortly discussed here. The different methods are compared, and their advantages/drawbacks in terms of computational cost/accuracy is discussed. A thorough analysis is presented of the prediction of the H2 dissociation curve by means of different methods. This allows for the discussion of a number of important fundamental aspects of ab initio correlated methods, such as:

    • localized (valence bond) versus delocalized (molecular orbital) descriptions
    • distinction between dynamic and static correlation
    • unrestricted methods and the problem of spin contamination

    Course material

    Important chapters out of the following books:

    • "Quantum Chemistry"  I. Levine, Prentice Hall
    • "Introduction to computational chemistry" F. Jensen, Wiley
    • "Essentials of computational chemistry" C. Cramer, Wiley

    A number of interesting articles (varying from year to year, depending on students' interest)

    Format: more information

    This college is organized  as an interactive discussion. The students prepare the course by reading a chapter or paper and noting any questions/critical comments they might have, and by making the exercises proposed in the chapter. These questions/comments/exercises are treated during the course, in actice communication with other students and the docent.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Computational Chemistry (B-KUL-G2I23a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

    As this course is designed as an active discussion, the final evaluation will also depend on the extent of active participation of the student in the discussion.

    ECTS Relativity (B-KUL-G0I36A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Bobev Nikolay

    Aims

    The students are introduced to Einstein's theory of gravity. After a short introduction to the basics of differential geometry the Einstein equations are derived and studied. Exact solutions of the Einstein equations and their physical applications are discussed in detail. Various other topics such as black holes, gravitational waves and applications of general relativity to cosmology are also an integral part of this course.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has familiarised him/herself with physics as a whole on a basic level:  Newtonian mechanics,  including gravity,  notions of thermodynamics,  electromagnetism (Maxwell), including special relativity and electrodynamics.
    The student masters the standard tools of linear algebra and calculus, including partial differential equations.
    Prior knowledge of group theory as applied in physics, quantum mechanics, differential geometry or a more advanced course on classical mechanics (including fluid mechanics) is useful but not essential.
     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Relativity (B-KUL-G0I36a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Bobev Nikolay

    Content

      

    *

    A review of special relativistic kinematics is given using time-space diagrams and the principle of stationary action in point mechanics.  Electromagnetic interactions are also considered.
    The mathematical tool that is needed to describe curved spaces (Riemannian geometry) is introduced in terms of concrete surfaces.  The main goal is to express physical laws in terms of tensors.
    Einsteins theory of gravitation is introduced and compared with both non-relativistic theory of gravitation and relativistic electromagnetism.
    The predictions of Einstein's theory that led to its first experimental verifications are given as a first application.  More applications such as black holes and the big bang model are considered.
    Finally,  some time is spent on hot topics such as gravitational waves, or a more extensive treatment of black holes, or cosmology.
    Contact with real life will be made trough a forum and a project.

    Course material

    Handboek: Spacetime and Geometry: An introduction to General
    Relativity, Sean M. Carroll

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Relativity (B-KUL-G2I36a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Learning material : Course material, List of formulas, Calculator, Computer, Reference work, None

    Explanation

    The exam is closed-book, but the students will be provided with a formula-sheet.  A part of the evaluation will also be based on take-home tasks. Students can use course material, references and computer help for the take-home assignments.

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no home-task.

    The grades from the home-task during the year will also be taken into account for the resit.

     

    ECTS Qualitative Research Methods (B-KUL-G0I65B)

    3 ECTS English 21 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Aalbers Manuel

    Aims

    • To develop a critical understanding of the strengths and shortcomings of different research methods;
    • To understand how the positionality of researchers affects the process of geographical knowledge production;
    • To acquire skills in designing, collecting, coding, analyzing and reporting qualitative data;

    To critically evaluate potential ethical problems involved in doing geographical research.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Qualitative Research Methods (B-KUL-G0I65a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 21 Second termSecond term
    Aalbers Manuel

    Content

    This course discusses the epistemological, methodological and ethical issues related to practicing social research in general and geographical studies in particular. It provides an overview of the research process, from identifying research topics, defining research problems, choosing appropriate research methods, to collecting, analyzing and reporting data. While the course will provide an overview of the wide range of possible qualitative research methods, it will focus more on text analysis and in particular semi-structured interviews. Through individual assignments and small group research projects, it offers the opportunity to learn through practicing interview techniques in real world situations in an ethical and reflexive way. Ultimately, it prepares the students to design their research projects and carry out essential fieldwork for their own master's thesis. 

    Course material

    Book chapters, papers and videos provided on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    Mixed lectures/seminars, 7x 3 hours

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Qualitative Research Methods (B-KUL-G2I65b)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Participation during contact hours
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Students are given a range of individual and group assignments during the semester, which are all evaluated. The main goal here is to go through the full research cycle of designing, collecting, coding, analyzing and reporting qualitative data, in particular by going through the different steps of interviewing (and to some extent text analysis) as a research method.

    • Small assignments during the semester: together 50%;
    • Final report: 50%.

    ECTS River Geomorphology (B-KUL-G0I69A)

    3 ECTS English 34 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Schwarz Christian

    Aims

    Students should acquire the necessary field techniques to carry out measurements with respect to sediment transport and fluvial hydraulics and should be able to analyse and interprete the data obtained.

    *

    - Students will acquire the necessary skills to solve exercises with respect to fluvial geomorphology and fluvial dynamics.
    - Students will become acquainted with models of fluvial dynamics and fluvial evolution.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    River Geomorphology: Lecture (B-KUL-G0I69a)

    1.75 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Schwarz Christian

    Content

    - Introduction: what is fluvial geomorphology, what is the focus of this course
    - Drainage networks: statistical properties and topologye, mechanisms forming drainage networks, the fractal nature of drainage networks
    - River discharge: measurement, frequency analysis, geomorphic efficiency of discharges
    - River patterns: variations in the vertical plane (bed forms) and in the horizontal plane (river morphology): controlling factors, regime theory, human impact on river morphology
    - Longitudinal profiles: laws of development, controlling factors

    Format: more information

    Interactive lectures whereby students get involved by answering questions and solving small exercises

    River Geomorphology: Excursion (B-KUL-G0I70a)

    0.5 ECTS : Field trip 7 First termFirst term
    Schwarz Christian

    Content

    Conducting a set of measurements with respect to the hydraulic and fluvial characteristics of a river. Analysis and interpretation of the data obtained and comparison of those data with relationships that have been proposed in the literature.

    River Geomorphology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0I71a)

    0.75 ECTS : Assignment 7 First termFirst term
    Schwarz Christian

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: River Geomorphology (B-KUL-G2I69a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    The evaluation of this course will be done through an exam during the examination period. This written exam will consist of questions on the entire syllabus (theory, exercises and excursion).  Being present during the excursion is mandatory. If the faculty decides that excursions cannot take place, the requirement of mandatory presence is evidently dropped.  This change due to force majeure will be announced on the TOLEDO platform once known. 

     

    ECTS Geography of Development (B-KUL-G0I81A)

    6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Vanmaercke Matthias (coordinator) |  Loopmans Maarten |  Vanmaercke Matthias

    Aims

    The course aims to give insight in the problem of developing countries from the geographical point of view.  Four approaches are entangled: historical perspective, insight in the relationship of developing countries with the developed countries and the world economy, an approach that combines international, national, regional and local geographic scales and an approach that considers the relation between society and physical environment as the framework for sustainability.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge physical and social and economic geography.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Geography of Development (B-KUL-G0I81a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 Second termSecond term
    Loopmans Maarten |  Vanmaercke Matthias

    Content

    The course consists of different series of lectures : One set focuses interactions between society and physical environment (e.g., climate change, land degradation, water stress, natural hazards,...).  A second zooms in on the the issue of mining.  A third set consits of guest lectures, zooming in further on these themes. 
     

    Course material

    Course notes
    Recent articles from scientific journals and (text) books

    Format: more information

    Paper

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Geography of Development (B-KUL-G2I81a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period

    Explanation

    Final exam (written)

     

    Information about retaking exams

    students retake the final exam. 

    ECTS Modelling Land Use Changes (B-KUL-G0I83A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term
    Van Rompaey Anton (coordinator) |  Van Rompaey Anton |  N. |  Hemerijckx Lisa-Marie (substitute)

    Aims

    General Objectives

     

     

    Human-induced conversions and modifications of land cover have an increasing impact on the functioning of the earth system. The influences of these land cover and land use changes become globally significant through their accumulative effects. Students that took this course should:
    1) have acquired the necessary knowledge and understanding of the mechanisms of land use change
    2) have the technical skills to detect and map land use changes across different spatial scales
    3) be able to describe land use change processes by means of computational models
    4) be able to evaluate and interpret the output of simulation models in the framework of a broader research hypothesis


    Specific objectives
    1. Be able to interpret land use change as the result of human-environment interactions
    2. Be able to detect and map of land use change using various data sources
    3. Understand the principles of empirical-statistical models of land use change and be able include them in computational models
    4. Understand the principles of stochastic models of land use change and be able include them in computational models
    5.Understand the principles of optimization models of land use change and be able include them in computational models
    6. Understand the principles of process-based models and be able include them in computational models
    7. Be able to validate and interpret the output of land use change models

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of GIS and earth observation techniques

    Basic knowledge of programming (Python or equivalent)

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Modelling Land Use Changes: Lectures (B-KUL-G0I83a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Van Rompaey Anton |  N. |  Hemerijckx Lisa-Marie (substitute)

    Content

    1.Land use change as the result of human-environment interactions
    2.Detection and mapping of land use change
      a) Data sources
      b) Spatial and temporal scale
      c) Data quality
    3.Empirical-statistical models of land use change
    4.Stochastic models of land use change
      a) Conditional probability models
      b) Markov chains
      c) Logistic regression
      d) CA-models
    5.Optimization models of land use change
      a) Von Thünen
      b) Agent-based models
    6.Process-based models
    7.Validation and interpretation of land use change model results
      a) Agreement indices
      b) Error propagation and accuracy

     

    Modelling Land Use Changes: Exercises (B-KUL-G0I84a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Van Rompaey Anton |  N. |  Hemerijckx Lisa-Marie (substitute)

    Content

    The students learn to implement the principles of land use modelling in GIS whereby own modeling code is developed. Students elaborate codes and procedures for 3 major assignments, validate their results and write a report.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Modelling Land Use Changes (B-KUL-G2I83a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The exam (10/20) evaluates the insight and knowledge of the themes that were discussed in the course and the practicals. Students should write a report of their home assignments (10/20). Not taking part in the practicals results in a failure on the exam.

    ECTS Properties of Biomaterials (B-KUL-G0J01A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    Bartic Carmen

    Aims

    Students should get familiar with the physical properties and structure of biomaterials in the context of interactions with the biological systems. They learn to relate biocompatibility apects with the properties, structure and application context of a certain biomaterial. Experience should be aquired on the experimental techniques used for the measurement of these properties. Students discover also novel topics and challenges in biomaterial science (i.e. tissue engineering, nanomedicine etc.).

    Previous knowledge

    Profound understanding of physics and cell biology. Students should have a working knowledge of differential an integral calculus and differential equations.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Properties of Biomaterials (B-KUL-G0J01a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    Bartic Carmen

    Content

    Introduction to biomaterials; structural hierarchies

    • What are biomaterials; Applications
    • Classes of materials

     

    Biomaterial surface

    • Structure and properties
    • Reactions at surfaces
    • Tissue, extracellular matrix and cells
    • Protein adsorption
    • Cell-surface interactions: host-response to biomaterials
    • Degradation mechanism
    • Surface modification techniques

    Biomaterial characterization techniques

    • Surface characterization techniques
    • Mechanical characterization techniques
    • Evaluation of host reactions to biomaterials
    • In-vitro/in-vivo testing of biomaterials 

    Applications in Medicine and Biology 

    • Cardiovascular devices
    • Neuroprosthetics (2 laboratories)
    • Drug delivery systems
    • Biosensors
    • Tissue engineering
    • Nanomedicine
    • Nanotoxicity

    Course material

    • Handbook:

    Biomaterials Science: An Introduction to Materials in Medicine
    Ed. Buddy D. Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, Frederick J. Schoen, Jack E. Lemons
    Elsevier Academic Press, 2004
    ISBN: 978-0-12-582463-7

    • Course handouts (Toledo)
    • Practical assignments (Toledo)
    • Scientific articles (Toledo)

     

    Format: more information

    The course consist of interactive lectures as well as hands-on sessions in the biophysics research labs (Department of Physics and Astronomy) where several material characterization techniques are introduced and demonstrated.

    Reading assignments are part of the educational process.

    Properties of Biomaterials: Reading Assignments (B-KUL-G0J02a)

    2 ECTS : Assignment 12 Second termSecond term
    Bartic Carmen

    Content

    Several reading assignments aiming at answering theoretical and practical questions are given together with the reading material on Toledo.

    Course material

    Scientific articles and assignments are given on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    The student studies the given literature and completes the assignment.

    Properties of Biomaterials: Seminars on Selected Topics (B-KUL-G0J03a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 6 Second termSecond term
    Bartic Carmen

    Content

    Reading materials on characterization techniques.

    Course material

    Scientific articles on Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Properties of Biomaterials (B-KUL-G2J01a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Report, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The student prepares during the semester a written report (type critical review) on a self selected topic (in consultation with the lecturer). Advise and feedback will be provided. During the oral exam, each student presents the report and answers questions related to the content of the report and course materials.

    The report, presentation and answers during exams weigh 50%, 25% and 25% respectively of the total score. All these must be completed in order to pass the exam (i.e., failure to submit the report and/or give the presentation will result in a NA score).

    Active participation in the class is rewarded with a bonus (maximum 10% of the final score).

    Information about retaking exams

    Re-take in September is possible in the same way (submit report and/or give the presentation).

    ECTS Physical Modelling of Complex Systems (B-KUL-G0J08A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    Gelens Lendert

    Aims

    After having followed this course the student :

    1) Has learnt about the basis techniques used in dynamical systems (bifurcations, linear stability analysis, phase portraits).

    2) Has used this techniques to describe the physical properties of complex interacting systems described by coupled non linear differential equations.

    3) Has learnt about modeling of the dynamics of interacting networks.

    4) Has learnt about several examples of interacting networks from Physics, Chemistry and Biology.

    5) Has learnt to consult the scientific literature and to correctly and critically report about the content of a scientific paper.

    Previous knowledge

    Students are supposed to have a basic knowledge in calculus and ordinary differential equations.

     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Physical Modelling of Complex Systems (B-KUL-G0J08a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 Second termSecond term
    Gelens Lendert

    Content

    - Introduction to basics of non-linear dynamics, fixed point analysis, two dimensional flow.

    - Examples from gene regulatory networks: motifs, negative and positive autoregulation, bistable switch, feed forward loop.

    - Oscillations in non-linear systems: Lotka-Volterra model, Limit cycles, Brusselator, Repressilator, Goodwin oscillator, Models of circadian clocks.

    - Synchronization: Winfree model, Kuramoto model

    - Patterns formation: examples and models from Physics and Biology.

    Course material

    U. Alon, "An introduction to Systems Biology" (Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2007)
    S. Strogatz, "Nonlinear dynamics and chaos" (Perseus Books Group, 2000)
    C. P. Fall et al. (editors) "Computational Cell Biology" (Springer, 2005)
    J. D. Murray, "Mathematical Biology. I: An Introduction" (Springer, 2003)
    J. D. Murray, "Mathematical Biology. II: Spatial Models and Biomedical Applications" (Springer, 2003)

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Physical Modelling of Complex Systems (B-KUL-G2J08a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation

    ECTS Transport Processes in Biological Systems (B-KUL-G0J09A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    Fransen Marc (coordinator) |  Fransen Marc |  Wagner Patrick

    Aims

    The main goal of this course is to provide an overview of transport phenomena in life on the molecular, (sub)cellular, tissue, and organism level. The instructors will explore and integrate knowledge from different disciplines (from biology and physics to medicine) to stimulate critical thinking and generate discussions on the subject matter. This should allow students to critically read and interpret advanced research papers in the field.

    Previous knowledge

    The students are supposed to have basic knowledge of molecular biology, cell biology, physics, and (statistical) thermodynamics. The students should also be able to acquire and synthesize scientific information from a variety of sources.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Transport Processes in Biological Systems (B-KUL-G0J09a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 Second termSecond term
    Fransen Marc |  Wagner Patrick

    Content

    This course will deal with biological transport processes at the molecular, (sub)cellular, tissue, and organism level. Specific topics that will be addressed include:  passive transport by diffusion; diffusion through membranes and membrane potential: action potentials in neurons; movement of macromolecules within and across biological membranes; translocation of biomolecules through nanopores; molecular motors; molecular mechanisms and functions of vesicular transport; diffusion and uptake of drugs; and strategies for targeted drug delivery. These topics will be addressed from both a biological and biophysical viewpoint.

    Course material

    Class notes and slides

    Scientific literature and articles

    Toledo

       

    Format: more information

    The students are expected to actively participate in the discussions. To stimulate this, the students will have to read a manuscript in preparation for each class.

    *

    • The students will read scientific papers and critically analyze them.
    • The students will integrate biological and biophysical concepts learned in class.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Transport Processes in Biological Systems (B-KUL-G2J09a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

     

    25% of the final mark is for continuous evaluation: during the year the students are invited to read a given paper in preparation of each class. This will be evaluated by 5 multiple choice questions at the beginning of the class. The paper can be used during this interrogation. Absence from the class is quoted as zero [not as NA].

    The final exam takes place during the exam period and contributes 75% to the total score. The students will have to present (individually or in duo) a given paper in front of the class and answer related questions.

    ECTS Hyperfine Interactions (B-KUL-G0J15A)

    3 ECTS English 18 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    da Costa Pereira Lino (coordinator) |  Cottenier Stefaan |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Aims

    This course aims to train the students in applying earlier attained knowledge of mathematical methods and physics principles to a new field. Topics such as tensor algebra, spherical harmonics, mechanics, electromagnetism, quantum physics, atomic physics, and solid state physics are crucial elements to understand the theory of hyperfine interactions and the related experimental tools.  Students who finish this course will have obtained sufficient maturity and knowledge to be able to look at new physics problems in an independent way.  Furthermore the student gathers sufficient practical knowledge about different hyperfineinteractionmethods in order to understand the research papers which make use of these methods.

    Previous knowledge

    The student should have a good knowledge of basic and advanced quantum mechanics principles and of basic nuclear physics. Also the basic principles of electromagnetism and mechanics have to be known. To have some knowledge about tensor algebra is an advantage.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Hyperfine Interactions (B-KUL-G0J15a)

    3 ECTS : Assignment 18 Second termSecond term
    Cottenier Stefaan |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Content

    - The multipole expansion in gravitation and in electromagnetism
    - The electric monopole term
    - The magnetic dipole moment and interaction
    - The electric quadrupole moment and interaction 
    - Combined interactions
    - Radiation and spin-orientation
    - Time evolution of a perturbed ensemble of oriented nuclei
    - Experimental methods for measuring magnetic dipole and electrisch quadrupole interactions with applications in nuclear- and solid state physics

    Course material

    Course notes:   "Hyperfine Interactions and their applications in nuclear solid state physics", M. Rots and S. Cottenier

    Papers:  "Nuclear magnetic and quadrupole moments for nuclear structure research on exotic nuclei" (chapters 3,4,5) G. Neyens, Reports on Progress in Physics 66, 633-689 (2003) and erratum p. 1251
                    "Nuclear Moments", R. Neugart and G. Neyens, Lecture Notes in Physics 700, 135-189 (2006)
    Articles on Toledo

    Presentation files.
    Toledo

     

    Language of instruction: more information

    The language of the lectures is English.  Dutch-speaking students can take the exam in Dutch if preferred.

    Format: more information

    The ex-cathedra lectures are limited on purpose, in orde to have time for explaining the main and known problems.  The emphasize of this course is on an independent study of the course contents, using the available material, and with weekly organized discussion sessions related to well-prepared topics.  After some introduction session(s), in order to set the scene, the weekly lectures start with short presentations by students on a particular chapter (or part of a chapter). Based on this the discussion on difficult aspects is started.  Additional information can also be given, were appropriate.

    Dates, topics and speakers are decided at the start of the semester.

    Part of the evaluation is on these presentations and on the discussion following them (active involvement)

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Hyperfine Interactions (B-KUL-G2J15a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

     

     

    Information about retaking exams

    The second examination chance in August/September is of a similar type as the first one.  Results obtained for evaluations during the semester are transferred.

    ECTS Lasers and Laser Spectroscopy (B-KUL-G0J23A)

    3 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Lievens Peter

    Aims

    - To gain insight in the quantum mechanical description of the atomic and molecular structure, and of the interactions of atoms and molecules with electromagnetic fields.
    - To know the working principles of a selection of state-of-the-art lasers.
    - To know the basic principles of a selection of optical and other spectroscopies.
    - To gain insight in the working principles and application possibilities of a selection of advanced laser spectroscopic methodologies.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of electromagnetism, quantum theory, solid state physics, nuclear physics and physics of fluids and soft matter.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Lasers and Laser Spectroscopy (B-KUL-G0J23a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Lievens Peter

    Content

    Optional, depending on previous knowledge: Atomic and molecular physics:

    • Quantum mechanical description of atoms and molecules
    • Atoms in magnetic and electric fields

    Spectroscopic techniques

    • Spectroscopy of "inner electrons"
    • Optical spectroscopy
    • Radio frequency spectroscopy

    Lasers:

    • Basic principles
    • Coherence
    • Resonators and mode structure
    • Selection of state of the art laser systems: e.g. gas lasers, solid state lasers, tunable lasers, pulsed lasers, high power lasers, free electron lasers
    • Non-linear optical phenomena

    Laser spectroscopy:

    • Basic priciples
    • Doppler-limited techniques
    • High resolution laser spectroscopy
    • Time resolved and ultrafast spectroscopy

    Capita selecta laser spectroscopic applications

    Course material

    • "Laser Physics", S. Hooker and C. Webb, (Oxford)
    • "Laser Spectroscopy", W. Demtröder (various editions)
    • textbooks on atomic and molecular physics
    • selected research papers

    Format: more information

    The lectures include:

    • interactive introductory lectures
    • student presentations
    • group discussions including Q&A on student tasks

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Lasers and Laser Spectroscopy (B-KUL-G2J23a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours

    Explanation

    The evaluation is based on two assignments: (i) paper describing a laser spectroscopy technique, and (ii) presentation on a recently published laser spectroscopic study. Both assignments are presented during the lectures followed by group session with question and answer. Part of the evaluation is based on peer assessment.

    Information about retaking exams

    Since the teaching style and the evaluation both require active participation of peers (reading papers of fellow students, attending seminars presented by fellow students, Q&A, peer assessment), it is not possible to organize a resit evaluation.

    Only in case of ‘force majeur’, there will be the opportunity to hand in the assignments under a modified form.

    ECTS Electrochemical Methods of Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0J65A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    Matthijs Edward

    Aims

    The OPO is composed of 2 OLA's:
    In OLA1 a basis of fundamental electrochemistry is provided: thermodynamics of an electrochemical reaction will be treated. Furthermore, the behaviour of mass-transport controlled reactions are discussed. An overview of important electrochemical techniques will be given in order to illustrate how electrochemical parameters of electrode reactions can be determined. The use of electrochemistry in the field of nanotechnology will be highlighted. 
    In OLA2 more in depth issues such as kinetically controlled reactions are treated. It is focussed as well on modern electrochemical applications, mainly in the field of inorganic chemistry, such as the electrodeposition of metals and electrocatalysis. Some important electro-analytical methods are discussed. In a last chapter the electrochemical principles of corrosion are treated briefly.
     

    The aim of OLA1 is to provide a thorough basis of the fundamentals of electrode reactions.  The students will have to be able to choose the most suitable electrochemical technique for any particular situation. It is important that the student knows how to tackle practically a fundamental experiment of an electrochemical problem and knows how to evaluate the outcome of such an analysis. Throughout OLA1 the combination of electrochemistry and nanotechnology will be treated. Both the use of electrochemical methods as a tool in nanotechnology and the emergence of nanotechnological tools in electrochemistry will be treated.

    The aim of OLA2 is to treat some electrochemical issues more in depth. Furthermore, it will be focussed on practical applications of electrochemistry, with emphasis on electrodeposition of metals.

    Previous knowledge

    - This course requires a profound understanding of oxidation - reduction reactions in chemical systems such as is provided in in the bachelor course Fundamentals for chemistry (B-KUL-G0N01C, B-KUL-G0N01D, B-KUL-G0N01E)


    - OLA2 cannot be choosen separately i.e. without following OLA1.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Part 1: Fundamental Principles of Electrochemistry (B-KUL-G0U01a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Matthijs Edward

    Content

    Part I treats fundamental aspects of electrochemistry and typical electrochemical techniques. The combination of electrochemistry and nanotechnology is also treated in this part.
    Part1 : Fundamental Principles of Electrochemistry
    1. Redox reactions
      1.1. Introduction
      1.2. Thermodynamics of redox reactions
    2. Reactions in absence of current
      2.1. Validity of Nernst law
      2.2. Potentiometry
    3. Reactions in presence of current
      3.1. Non-Faradaic current
      3.2. Faradaic current
      3.3. Reaction kinetics at an electrode surface
    4. Mass-transfer controlled reactions
      4.1. The Nernst-Planck equation
      4.2. Semi-empirical treatment of mass-transfer controlled reactions
      4.3. Diffusion controlled reactions
    5. Electrochemical Methods
      5.1. Linear sweep voltammetry and cyclic voltammetry
      5.2. Square wave voltammetry
      5.3. Chrono-amperometry
      5.4. Methods based on the concept of impedance
      5.5. Case studies
    6. Electrodepositions
      6.1. Introduction
      6.2. The initial stages of electrodeposition
      6.3. Copper coatings
    7. Electrochemistry as a nanoscience
      7.1. Characterization of the Electrode Surface on a nanoscale
      7.2. Use of self-assembled monolayers (SAMs) in electrochemistry
     
     

    Course material

    A syllabus is available: 'Electrochemical Methods Part 2 : Electrochemical Applications'. Additionally,although not necessary, the book 'Industrial Electrochemistry' by Derrek Pletcher and Frank C. Walsh can be used.

    The course will be available on Toledo at the start of the academic year. (Alternatively, it is distributed by some student organisations as well (e.g. Scientica)).

    Format: more information

      

    Part 2: Electrochemical Applications (B-KUL-G0U02a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 19 First termFirst term
    Matthijs Edward

    Content

    Part2A treats some more complex fundamental topics. Part2B is devoted to modern applications of electrochemistry.
     

    Part2A : Electrochemical kinetics
    1. Kinetically controlled reactions
      1.1. Kinetics of a homogeneous reaction
      1.2. Kinetics of an electrochemical reaction
      1.3. Microscopic approach of the kinetics of reactions with charge transfer

    Part2B : Electrochemical applications
    2. Metal coatings
      2.1. Electrochemical depositions
      2.2. Additives
      2.3. Chemical depositions
    3. Electrochemistry in ionic liquids
      3.1. Introduction
      3.2. The cell time constant
      3.3. Voltammetry in media of low conductivity
      3.4. Thin-layer electrochemistry
    4. Electrocatalysis
      4.1. General
      4.2. Electrocatalytic reactions
    5. Engineering
      5.1. Conductivity of a solution
      5.2. Cell potential
      5.3. Current distribution
      5.4. Efficiency
    6. Analytical electrochemistry
      6.1. Ion-selective electrodes
      6.2. Coulometry
    7. Corrosion resistance and corrosion protection
     

    Course material

    A syllabus is available: 'Electrochemical Methods Part 2 : Electrochemical Applications'. Additionally,although not necessary, the book 'Industrial Electrochemistry' by Derrek Pletcher and Frank C. Walsh can be used.

     

    The course will be available on Toledo at the start of the academic year. (Alternatively, it is distributed by some student organisations as well (e.g. Scientica)).

    Format: more information

    The lessons in this OLA (part 2) are intended to provide a more in depth approach on fundamental issues and to treat applications in electrochemistry cfr. part 1 (G0U01a) where a general, fundamental knowledge of electrochemistry is provided.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Electrochemical Methods of Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G2J65a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The theory course is examinated by means of an oral exam, with written preparation. The written preparation must be carried out rigorously as it is the only document that can be consulted in case of discussion of the exam result. The greater part of the quotation will be based on the written preparation. The oral questions are merely to verify if the questions were interpreted well, to give the student the opportunity to eventually correct a wrong answer, to adjust eventual incompletnesses or to give an even more in depth answer. The quotation in the oral part can only result in a minor correction of the quotation of the written preparation.

    A typical exam consists of 5 questions that have to be answered briefly i.e. the most important aspects, keywords, consequences etc. of the interrogated subject must be explained without elaboration. Then, the student can choose one out of two main questions that has to be answered thoroughly and complete.

    The examination does not deal exclusively with the content of the theory course, but also with other information given during the courses.


    This course is tolerable.  

    ECTS Electrochemical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0J65B)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term
    Matthijs Edward

    Aims

    In this course a basis of fundamental electrochemistry is provided: thermodynamics of an electrochemical reaction will be treated. Furthermore, the behaviour of mass-transport controlled reactions are discussed. An overview of important electrochemical techniques will be given in order to illustrate how electrochemical parameters of electrode reactions can be determined. The use of electrochemistry in the field of nanotechnology will be highlighted.

    The aim of this course is to provide a thorough basis of the fundamentals of electrode reactions.  The students will have to be able to choose the most suitable electrochemical technique for any particular situation. It is important that the student knows how to tackle practically a fundamental experiment of an electrochemical problem and knows how to evaluate the outcome of such an analysis. Throughout this course the combination of electrochemistry and nanotechnology will be treated.

     

    - Remark : This course (GOJ65b) is spread over 7 lectures and covers 3 study points. Subsequently, the possibility exists to follow  5 more specialised lectures which cover another 3 study points. The 5 specialised lectures cannot be followed separately, but it is possible to follow the 12 lectures as a whole for 6 study points (for more information see GOJ65a).

    Previous knowledge

    - This course requires a profound understanding of oxidation - reduction reactions in chemical systems such as provided in the bachelor OPO Fundamentals for chemistry (B-KUL-G0N01C, B-KUL-G0N01D, B-KUL-G0N01E)


     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Part 1: Fundamental Principles of Electrochemistry (B-KUL-G0U01a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Matthijs Edward

    Content

    Part I treats fundamental aspects of electrochemistry and typical electrochemical techniques. The combination of electrochemistry and nanotechnology is also treated in this part.
    Part1 : Fundamental Principles of Electrochemistry
    1. Redox reactions
      1.1. Introduction
      1.2. Thermodynamics of redox reactions
    2. Reactions in absence of current
      2.1. Validity of Nernst law
      2.2. Potentiometry
    3. Reactions in presence of current
      3.1. Non-Faradaic current
      3.2. Faradaic current
      3.3. Reaction kinetics at an electrode surface
    4. Mass-transfer controlled reactions
      4.1. The Nernst-Planck equation
      4.2. Semi-empirical treatment of mass-transfer controlled reactions
      4.3. Diffusion controlled reactions
    5. Electrochemical Methods
      5.1. Linear sweep voltammetry and cyclic voltammetry
      5.2. Square wave voltammetry
      5.3. Chrono-amperometry
      5.4. Methods based on the concept of impedance
      5.5. Case studies
    6. Electrodepositions
      6.1. Introduction
      6.2. The initial stages of electrodeposition
      6.3. Copper coatings
    7. Electrochemistry as a nanoscience
      7.1. Characterization of the Electrode Surface on a nanoscale
      7.2. Use of self-assembled monolayers (SAMs) in electrochemistry
     
     

    Course material

    A syllabus is available: 'Electrochemical Methods Part 2 : Electrochemical Applications'. Additionally,although not necessary, the book 'Industrial Electrochemistry' by Derrek Pletcher and Frank C. Walsh can be used.

    The course will be available on Toledo at the start of the academic year. (Alternatively, it is distributed by some student organisations as well (e.g. Scientica)).

    Format: more information

      

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Electrochemical Methods in Inorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G2J65b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The theory course is examinated by means of an oral exam, with written preparation. The written preparation must be carried out rigorously as it is the only document that can be consulted in case of discussion of the exam result. The greater part of the quotation will be based on the written preparation. The oral questions are merely to verify if the questions were interpreted well, to give the student the opportunity to eventually correct a wrong answer, to adjust eventual incompletnesses or to give an even more in depth answer. The quotation in the oral part can only result in a minor correction of the quotation of the written preparation.
    A typical exam consists of 5 questions that have to be answered briefly i.e. the most important aspects, keywords, consequences etc. of the interrogated subject must be explained without elaboration. Then, the student can choose one out of two main questions that has to be answered thoroughly and complete.
    The examination does not deal exclusively with the content of the theory course, but also with other information given during the courses.

    ECTS Theoretical Nuclear Physics (B-KUL-G0J68A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    Neyens Gerda (coordinator) |  Neyens Gerda |  N. |  Ryssens Wouter (substitute)

    Aims

    Introduce the students to the concepts of microscopic nuclear theories and the variety of nuclear models that are nowadays applied to describe the properties of atomic nuclei.

    Previous knowledge

    The students should be familiar with quantum mechanics on an advanced level and have a good notion of nuclear physics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Effective Interactions and Mean Field Methods in Nuclear Physics (B-KUL-G0J69a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Ryssens Wouter (substitute)

    Content

    1. Introduction: realistic and effective interactions

    2. Second quantization

    3. Mean field approaches

    4. The BCS method

    5. Beyond mean field techniques: correlations, configuration mixing, density functionals

    6. Pairing

    Course material

    Copies of handbooks, transparencies and notes.

    Shell Model and Geometrical Models (B-KUL-G0J70a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    Neyens Gerda

    Content

    1. The independent-particle model:

    - the shell model and simple configurations

    - applications of the shell-model e.g. (p,2p) reactions, the structure of 18O, magnetic moments in the extreme single-particle model

    2. A relativistic model of the atomic nucleus

    3. The deformed shell model: the Nilsson model

    Course material

    R. Casten: "Nuclear Models from a Simple Perspective", Oxford University Press
    S.V. Nilsson, I. Ragnarsson: "Shapes and Shells in Nuclear Sructure", Cambridge University Press

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Theoretical Nuclear Physics (B-KUL-G2J68a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    ECTS Culture and Tourism (B-KUL-G0K26B)

    3 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
    Vanlangendonck Marc

    Aims

    After following this OPO students
    1. Can position the importance of culture in and for tourism in a broad sense
    2. Are able to analyse in a scientific way how tangible and intangible culture is used as a tourism product
    3. Can frame the interactions that take place in tourism frame in a cultural context
    Moreover the students will obtain
    4. a general knowledge on different stakeholders and cultural issues at stake, cultural conflicts in tourism
    5. insight in some important debates on culture and tourism
    6. specific scientific skills and analysis techniques through case-studies, debates and seminars
     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Culture and Tourism (B-KUL-G0S50a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Vanlangendonck Marc

    Content

    -  Introduction on culture as context and as product, and on cultural conflicts in tourism
    -  New themes and methods in cultural and tourism research

    Each year different themes are elaborated and worked out in-depth, through a theoretical frame and relevant case studies. Themes can be illustrated by guest speakers
    The aim is not to offer a complete overview, but rather working exemplrary.  Some possible themes are : Ethnic minorities and tourism; The new tourists  (e.g. Chinese in Belgium), Dark tourism, Oral History/Narratives as a tourism product, Sex and Tourism, Film/TV Tourism, Virtual Tourism, Ethnotourism (visiting the ‘Other’); Social and cultural history of tourism; tourism & crime, tourism & ethics , tourism as ethnic relations

    Course material

    ° Reader (articles, book excerpts)
    ° On line sources
    ° PPts/summaries of guest lectures
     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Culture and Tourism (B-KUL-G2K26b)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours
    Learning material : Course material, Reference work

    Explanation

    The presence and participation during a one day excursion is obligatory, since several assignments are related to this excursion. The date will be determined during the first month of classes and communicated in class and on Toledo.

    The students should participate in more than half of the classical exercises.  Several dates of these exercises will be announced in Toledo at the beginning of the semester, but some exercises might be without former announcement.

    Information about retaking exams

    Individual paper - the topic will be assigned by the professor in dialogue with the student.

    ECTS Plant Physiology (B-KUL-G0N18D)

    6 ECTS English 30 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Rolland Filip

    Aims

    After successfully following this course, the student is able to appreciate and understand the functioning of plants in a continuously changing environment - at the level of the molecular mechanisms that integrate and coordinate environmental factors, metabolic activity, and growth and development. The obtained knowledge enables the appreciation and evaluation of the most recent research and literature in the field. The use of an up-to-date English textbook, supported by slides and colleges, encourages and enables the successful student to independently identify and summarize key mechanisms, discriminate main and accessory findings, connect the different processes discussed, and explain and illustrate them with schematic figures and examples using adequate scientific English.

    Previous knowledge

    This Plant Physiology course builds on the basic knowledge of plant physiology, structure and development as obtained in the 'Bouw en Functie van Planten' course (G0N06B). In addition, good knowledge of cell biology and biochemistry as obtained in the 'Celbiologie en Biochemie' course (G0N04C), is required.

    Identical courses

    X0D84A: Plant Physiology

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Plant Physiology (B-KUL-G0N18a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 30 First termFirst term
    Rolland Filip

    Content

    TEXT BOOK: Plant Physiology and Development, 6th edition, Lincoln Taiz, Eduardo Zeiger, Ian Max MØller, Angus Murphy (Sinauer).

    Unit II. Biochemistry and Metabolism

    7. Photosynthesis: The Light Reactions

    8. Photosynthesis: The Carbon Reactions

    9. Photosynthesis: Physiological and Ecological Considerations

    10. Stomatal Biology

    11. Translocation in the Phloem

    Unit III. Growth and Development

    14. Cell Walls: Structure, Formation, and Expansion

    15. Signals and Signal Transduction

    16. Signals from Sunlight

    17. Embryogenesis

    18. Seed Dormancy, Germination, and Seedling Establishment

    19. Vegetative Growth and Organogenesis

    20. The Control of Flowering and Floral Development

    Several aspects of this course are illustrated with Arabidopsis thaliana mutants in: 'Geïntegreerd practicum: moleculaire technieken in functioneel onderzoek (B-KUL-G0L67A), module Fysiologie van Planten'.

    - Mechanisms of growth and development can be studied in more detail in: 'Plant Development and Metabolic regulation (B-KUL-G0G45A)' and 'Evolutionaire en functionele morfologie van planten (B-KUL-G0G28A)'.
    - Stress Physiology can be studied in more detail in: 'Adaptive and stress physiology (B-KUL-G0G47A)'.

    Course material

    - Book: Plant Physiology and Development, 6th edition, Lincoln Taiz, Eduardo Zeiger, Ian Max MØller, Angus Murphy (Sinauer).
    - Supporting ppt presentations available on Toledo

    Format: more information

    Using ppt presentations (with figures from the textbook) the most important aspects are explained during colleges. Additional sessions are used to go into more detail on more complex issues. Several aspects of the course are illustrated in the practical course 'Geïntegreerd practicum: moleculaire technieken in functioneel onderzoek (B-KUL-G0L67A)'.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Plant Physiology (B-KUL-G2N18d)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    The student passes when the weighted average of the different sub-scores is at least 10/20. The use of scientific English is also evaluated (2/20, 10% of the final score).

    De student slaagt indien het puur rekenkundig gemiddelde van alle deelscores minstens 10/20 bedraagt. Ook het gebruik van het wetenschappelijk Engels wordt geëvalueerd (2/20, 10% van de eindscore).

    ECTS Mathematical Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (B-KUL-G0N98A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term
    N. |  Bacchini Fabio (substitute)

    Aims

    1. The student is able to provide the mathematical formulation of basic concepts of fluid dynamics, he/she is able to compose the conservation laws for non-viscous ideal currents. He/she is able to connect these mathematical concepts and comparisons with the physical reality.

    2. The student is familiar with (i) mathematics as a tool to model concrete problems of flows of gases and liquids (ii) he/she is aware of the limitations of the applicability of the relevant mathematical models, (iii) he/she is familiar with how physically relevant solutions can be found with simplified approximations (iv) he/she knows that eventually the mathematical result must be tested against the physical reality.

    3. The student can come up with the mathematical solutions for non-compressible irrotational flows and flows with a free surface that he/she sees in everyday life around him and for example problems in sustainability.

    4. The student knows that mathematical methods and models of fluid dynamics have applications outside of fluid dynamics. He/she can handle simple problems associated with traffic.

    Previous knowledge

    The required knowledge is vector calculus, calculus of real functions and differential equations.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Mathematical Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (B-KUL-G0N98a)

    4.4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    N. |  Bacchini Fabio (substitute)

    Content

    1. Introduction: Motivation, repetition of integral theorems of vector calculus, Continuum model.

    2 Kinematics of fluid flow, visualization of a moving fluid; Eulerian and Lagrangian description; Reynolds transport theorem, Cauchy-Stokes decomposition theorem; Divergence and vorticity.

    3. Equations for non-viscous ideal fluids: integral and differential versions of conservation equations for mass, momentum and energy; Euler equations.

    4. Compressibility, vorticity and Bernoulli's theorem: Vorticity and irrotational flows, transport of vorticity in non-viscous liquids, tornadoes; Bernoulli's theorem.

    5. Non-compressible irrotational flows: potential flows around spheres and cylinders, D'Alembert's paradox and lift.

    6. Flows with a free surface: Linear surface gravity waves, Kelvin's ship and duck waves, tsunamis, surface gravity-capillaritity waves, wind over water: Kelvin-Helmholtz instability; Nonlinear flows with a free surface, hydraulic jumps.

    7. Traffic flows: Continuum theory, Linear waves on a uniform flow, Initial value problem for a non-uniform traffic, method of characteristics, expansion wave in case of green light, cutting characteristics and shocks, traffic stopped by a red light; effect of diffusion on traffic shocks, advection-diffusion equation, Cole-Hopf transformation, Burgers equation

    Mathematical Introduction to Fluid Dynamics: Exercises (B-KUL-G0N99a)

    1.6 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    N. |  Bacchini Fabio (substitute)

    Content

    1. Introduction: Motivation, repetition of integral theorems of vector calculus, Continuum model.

    2 Kinematics of fluid flow, visualisation of a moving fluid; Eulerian and Lagrangian description; Reynolds transport theorem, Cauchy-Stokes decomposition theorem; Divergence and vorticity.

    3. Equations for inviscid ideal fluids: integral and differential versions of conservation equations for mass, momentum and energy; Euler equations.

    4. Compressibility, vorticity and Bernoulli's theorem: Vorticity and irrotational flows, transport of vorticity in non-viscous liquids, tornadoes; Bernoulli's theorem.

    5. Non-compressible irrotational flows: potential flows around spheres and cylinders, D'Alembert's paradox and lift.

    6. Flows with a free surface: Linear surface gravity waves, Kelvin's ship and duck waves, tsunamis, surface gravity-capillaritity waves, wind over water: Kelvin-Helmholtz instability; Nonlinear flows with a free surface, hydraulic jumps.

    7. Traffic flows: Continuum theory, Linear waves on a uniform flow, Initial value problem for a non-uniform traffic, method of characteristics, expansion wave in case of green light, cutting characteristics and shocks, traffic stopped by a red light; effect of diffusion on traffic shocks, advection-diffusion equation, Cole-Hopf transformation, Burgers' equation

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Mathematical Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (B-KUL-G2N98a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    The exam of this course is split up in two parts: theory and exercises. The theory will be assessed during the semester in two oral, open book exams. The exercise part will take place during the exam time by means of a written, open book exam. 

    Information about retaking exams

    For the resit, theory and exercise exam will take place on the same day. During the exercise exam, the student will also have the opportunity to improve the score on the theory exam. 

    ECTS Statistical Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0O00A)

    6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Hubert Mia

    Aims

    This course covers multivariate statistical methods for data analysis. The focus is on the practical use of these methods on real data, by means of the freeware statistical software R. The students will make a project where concrete data are given which are to be analysed by appropriate techniques, followed by interpretation and formulation of the results.

    Upon completion of this course the student should

    • Know the main multivariate statistical techniques such as dimension reduction, clustering, regression, and classification;  
    • Know the strengths and weaknesses of these methods, and in which situations their use is appropriate;   
    • Have a critical attitude about each statistical method, know its underlying assumptions and how to verify them;
    • Be able to carry out these methods by means of the R software;
    • Be familiar with the resulting model diagnostics such as residuals and graphical displays;
    • Be able to interpret the results of the analysis and to report them in a scientific fashion.    

    Previous knowledge

    The students should have a good knowledge of basic mathematics as treated in “Lineaire algebra” and “Calculus I” in the bachelor of Mathematics (or similar courses). Moreover they should have followed at least one course in probability and statistics.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Statistical Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0O00a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 12 Second termSecond term
    Hubert Mia

    Content

    • Multivariate data, covariance, checking normality assumption;
    • Transformation to normality by the Box-Cox transform;
    • Dimension reduction methods;
    • Cluster analysis: hierarchical and partitioning, graphical displays;
    • Topics in regression analysis: interactions, categorical predictors, heteroskedasticity, variable selection criteria, multicollinearity, ridge regression, outliers and leverage points, prediction models
    • Classification techniques: evaluation measures, misclassification rate, k-nearest neighbor classification, logistic regression, modern classification techniques

    Course material

    Course notes

    Statistical Data Analysis: Exercises (B-KUL-G0O01a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 12 Second termSecond term
    Hubert Mia

    Content

    Weekly organised exercise sessions in the PC lab where the new methods (see OLA G0O00a) are illustrated and practised by means of the statistical software R. Some homework assignments need to be made as well.

    Course material

    Course notes and datasets

    Statistical Data Analysis: Project (B-KUL-G0O02a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 2 Second termSecond term
    Hubert Mia

    Content

    The projects consist of a thorough statistical analysis of real data. The results need to be presented in a written report.

    Course material

    Course notes and excercise material

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Statistical Data Analysis (B-KUL-G2O00a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Skills test
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of two projects and an examination.  The projects involve data analysis tasks. For each project an individual written report is handed in with the analysis results presented in a scientific manner and an appendix describing the complete workflow. The written examination consists of a closed book part with open questions and an open book part on the computer which involves the analysis of a dataset.

    The project part and exam part each count for 50% of the total course mark. Students should pass both parts to get a pass mark for the course.

    Information about retaking exams

    For the second chance exam, the project part and exam part again each count for 50% of the total course mark. This modality is the same for first and second exam chances.

    Students that passed  the project work at the first exam chance can keep their score on this part for the second chance evaluation. Students that failed  the project work at the first exam chance will get a new project assignment for the second exam chance.

    ECTS Kwantum- en computationele chemie (B-KUL-G0O40B)

    6 studiepunten Engels, Nederlands 48 Eerste semesterEerste semester Uitgesloten voor examencontract
    Harvey Jeremy

    Doelstellingen

    De studenten:

    • Hebben een solide basiskennis van de principes van kwantummechanica, en begrijpen waarom ze in de chemie belangrijk zijn.
    • Beschikken over relevante kennis van de toepassing van kwantummechanica aan het voorspellen van chemische eigenschappen zoals moleculaire structuur, thermodynamica, en reactiviteit
    • Begrijpen de benaderingen die gebruikt moeten worden om de wetten van de kwantummechanica, in het bijzonder de tijdsonafhankelijke Schrödingervergelijking, aan atomen en moleculen te kunnen toepassen.
    • Beheersen de basis-concepten zoals kwantisering, kwantumgetallen, Pauli-principe, golffunctie, elektronisch potentiaaloppervlak, moleculaire orbitalen, elektron correlatie.
    • Hebben kennis van de belangrijkste (i.e. in het hedendaags onderzoek meest gebruikte) computationele technieken in de chemie zoals Hartree-Fock theorie, densiteitsfunctionaaltheorie, moleculaire mechanica.
    • Kunnen hun theoretische kennis gebruiken om kwantumchemische berekeningen uit te voeren, en de resultaten te analyseren.
    • Hebben de vaardigheden en het inzicht om onder gepaste begeleiding een chemische probleem te formuleren en om gepaste computationele methoden voor te stellen voor de oplossing van de probleem.

    Begintermen

    De cursus gaat uit van een basiskennis chemie, wiskunde en fysica. De studenten moeten kennis hebben van:
    • Chemie: beschrijvende voorstellingen van de elektronenstructuur van atomen en moleculen (i.e. atoomstructuur en de opbouw van het periodiek systeem, chemische binding in moleculen)
    • Wiskunde: bepaalde en onbepaalde integralen, afgeleiden van functies van een en meerdere variabelen, basisprincipes van lineaire algebra (vectoren, matrices en determinanten), complexe getallen
    • Fysica: klassieke Newton mechanica, mechanische golven, Coulombkrachten, basisprincipes van elektromagnetisme

    Volgtijdelijkheidsvoorwaarden



    SOEPEL( G0O17D ) OF SOEPEL( X0C11A ) OF SOEPEL( X0F12A )


    G0O17DG0O17D : Wiskunde II
    X0C11AX0C11A : Differentiaalvergelijkingen deel I: gewone differentiaalvergelijkingen
    X0F12AX0F12A : Wiskunde II


    Identieke opleidingsonderdelen

    G0D72A: Kwantum- en computationele chemie
    G0O40C: Computationele chemie
    X0D92A: Kwantummechanica voor chemici

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Kwantum- en computationele chemie (B-KUL-G0O40a)

    4.6 studiepunten : College 24 Eerste semesterEerste semester
    Harvey Jeremy

    Inhoud

    De lessen zijn gestructureerd in drie delen:

    In een eerste deel worden de fundamenten van de kwantummechanica aangebracht en geïllustreerd voor atomaire één-elektronsystemen. De volgende items komen hierbij aan bod:

    • De basis van de kwantummechanica en de tijdsonafhankelijke Schrödingervergelijking
    • Atomaire orbitalen: oplossing van de Schrödingervergelijking voor atomen met één elektron
    • De kwantumgetallen: orbitaaldraaiimpuls
    •  Elektron spin en het Pauli principe

     

    In een tweede deel komen een aantal fundamentele principes aan bod die gebruikt worden bij het construeren van benaderende oplossingen van de Schrödingervergelijking voor meer-elektronensystemen:

    • De Born-Oppenheimer approximatie
    • De orbitaalbenadering: Pauli-principe en de constructie van Slaterdeterminanten
    • Het variatietheorema
    • Matrixformulering van de Schrödingervergelijking
    • De LCAO-MO benadering in moleculen
    • (Tijdsonafhankelijke) perturbatietheorie voor niet-ontaarde systemen
    • De kwantumgetallen: connectie met draaiimpuls in atomen,  symmetrie in moleculen.

     

    In een derde deel wordt een beschrijvend overzicht gegeven van de belangrijkste computationele methoden en de wijze waarop deze toegepast worden in hedendaagse computersoftware. De klemtoon ligt hierbij op praktische toepassingen eerder dan op de rigoureuze afleiding van het mathematische formalisme van de verschillende methoden. Deze praktische toepassingen zullen verder ook uitgebreid aan bod komen tijdens de oefensessies horende bij deze cursus.

    • De SCF-LCAO-MO methode
    • Basis sets
    • Elektron correlatie: CI, MP2, Coupled-cluster
    • Densiteitsfunctionaaltheorie, semi-empirische methoden
    • Berekening van moleculaire eigenschappen (structuur, vibratiefrekwenties, dipoolmoment, atomaire ladingen)
    • Moleculaire mechanica

    Studiemateriaal

    - cursustekst
    - slides via Toledo

    Komt ook voor in andere opleidingsonderdelen

    G0D72A : Kwantum- en computationele chemie

    Quantum and Computational Chemistry: Laboratory Sessions (B-KUL-G0O41a)

    1.4 studiepunten : Practicum 24 Eerste semesterEerste semester
    Harvey Jeremy

    Inhoud

    Het doel van dit practicum is enerzijds het verwerven van basiservaring met kwantumchemische software en het gebruik van een grafische interface met deze software, en anderzijds het  verwerven van extra begrip in de inhoud van het hoorcollege door middel van praktische oefeningen. Deze oefeningen omvatten de volgende items:

    • Chemische interpretatie van de data die resulteren uit een kwantumchemische berekening.
    • Tekenen van atomaire en moleculaire orbitalen.
    • Herkennen van moleculaire symmetrie en werken met karaktertabellen.
    • Berekenen van stationaire punten op een elektronisch potentiaaloppervlak.
    • Analyse van deze stationaire punten door middel van een frequentie-analyse.
    • Berekening van een elektronisch aangeslagen toestand.
    • Illustratie van het begrip elektroncorrelatie.
    • Ontwerpen van zelfstandige mini-projecten, en uitvoeren met hulp van assistenten.

     

    Tijdens het 2e semester kunnen de studenten hun kennis van computationele chemie verdiepen naarmate de benodigde voorkennis in wiskunde II ter beschikking komt.

     

    Studiemateriaal

    • Handleiding
    • Kwantumchemisch software met grafische interface, aangeboden via de PC-klassen van LUDIT

    Toelichting onderwijstaal

    Dit is een OLA dat ook voorkomt in het overeenkomstig Engelstalig OPO Computational chemistry.

    Komt ook voor in andere opleidingsonderdelen

    G0V38A : Computational Chemistry

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluatie: Kwantum- en computationele chemie (B-KUL-G2O40b)

    Type : Partiële of permanente evaluatie met examen tijdens de examenperiode
    Evaluatievorm : Schriftelijk, Verslag
    Vraagvormen : Open vragen
    Leermateriaal : Formularium, Rekenmachine

    Toelichting

    • Het examen over het hoorcollege en de inhoud van de praktische oefeningen (G0O41a) gaat door tijdens de examenperiode (gesloten boek).
    • Praktische evaluatie voor het begrip van en de vaardigheid in het omgaan met de kwantumchemische software. De beoordeling van het practicum gebeurt via permanente evaluatie (aanwezigheid, inzet, kritische houding), en via verslagen voor geselecteerde praktijkoefeningen, in het bijzonder voor de mini-projecten. Enkele verslagen worden gekwoteerd en terugbezorgd aan de studenten, die hierdoor feedback krijgen en hun vorderingen (ook qua verslaggeving) kunnen inschatten.
    • De kwotering van het practicum telt voor 25% mee in de totale eindscore.
    • Studenten die niet deelnamen aan het practicum mogen geen examen over het hoorcollege afleggen.

    Toelichting bij herkansen

    Voor wat betreft het examen over het hoorcollege + de inhoud van het practicum is de modaliteit van de tweede kans gelijk aan de eerste. Het practicum (met verslagen en examen) kan echter voor deze tweede kans niet opnieuw gedaan worden. De punten hiervoor worden dus overgenomen uit de eerste kans.

    ECTS Polymer Materials (B-KUL-G0O42B)

    6 ECTS English 48 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Goderis Bart (coordinator) |  Goderis Bart |  Koeckelberghs Guy

    Aims

    - Students can clarify the concept of chain of knowledge (i.e. the knowledge chain of polymer science) and the importance of polymeric materials;
    - Students can define and explain the individual links in the chain of knowledge and clarify the connections between the individual links;
    - Students have actual knowledge of theoretical and practical concepts, definitions and results (chemical, physicochemical, physical, mechanical, rheological, processing, product features) treated in the course and can relate them to the chain of knowledge;
    - Students can apply theoretical concepts and results in simple exercises and give, understand and interpret concrete solutions;
    - Students can relevant (scientific factual) information that is required to complete the exercises in the study, or if necessary, search for available information search and retrieval methods successfully;
    - For the theoretical concepts and results listed in the "Theoretical concepts and results" available at Toledo the student can give a correct derivation, identify the approximations used in the derivation and indicate the implications and limitations of the approximations;
    - For polymer products and materials treated in the course and for new examples of polymer materials provided by the lecturer students can 1) demonstrate and document the chain of knowledge, 2) argue how a change in one or more links in the chain of knowledge influence the product properties and 3) make quantitative predictions where possible (at the level of simple exercises mentioned above);
    - Students can describe and explain the following aspects: the place of polymers in the field of materials, the various polymer classifications used, the use of feed stocks and energy resources in synthesis, processing and design of polymers, the life cycle of polymers and polymeric materials, the advantages and disadvantages of polymers, the place in the (chemical) industry and in science and the importance of polymers for society.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has knowledge about:
    - The following mathematics and physics concepts: vectors, functions, integrals, differentials, complex numbers, series, energy, forces, viscosity, elasticity, electromagnetic radiation (visible light, X-ray, IR), index of refraction, birefringence, polarized light.
    - Basic knowledge on atoms, molecules, bonds, molecular interactions, basic organic reactions, thermodynamics state functions or can acquire these autonomously.

    The abovementioned concepts are provided in the bachelor of chemistry at KU Leuven in the courses (dealing with) Physics 1 and 2, Foundations of chemistry, Spectroscopic measuring principles, Molecular architecture, Metals and catalysis, Analytical basic techniques, (Bio)organic chemistry, Molecular architecture, Chemical thermodynamics, Chemistry of industrial processes.

    Identical courses

    X0D28B: Polymer Technology and Materials

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Polymer Materials: Lectures (B-KUL-G0O42a)

    4.5 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart |  Koeckelberghs Guy

    Content

    Introduction

    - Positioning of course
    - Polymer Materials, Plastic Materials or Plastics?
    - Introducing Polymers…applications of polymer materials
    - Making and shaping plastics
    - Where do ‘they’ come from?
    - End of life & life cycle
    - The use of polymers because…
    - Polymer Catalogues
    - The Chain of Knowledge
    - The Future of plastics

    Case I. A Polymer Story of Carbon and Hydrogen.
    - Products and applications, property versus performance
    - Introduction to processing techniques for polymers
    - The extruder
    - Melt flow instabilities
    - Polymer melt: viscosity, elasticity and viscoelasticity
    - Deformation of liquid & solid polymers
    - Polymer melt viscosity vs. polymer melt elasticity and viscoelasticity
    - Essential polymer properties in a nut shell
    - Single polymer chain behavior
    - More polymer chains: solutions, mixtures and pure melts
    - Pure polymer melt
    - (Semi) crystalline polymers
    - The glass-transition & glassy state
    - Mobility in polymers
    - Some consequences of basic properties  for products & materials
    - Properties of solid polymers glassy versus crystalline
    - (HD-,LD-,LLD-, VLD-) PE’s
    - Properties of liquids polymers melt versus rubber like behavior
    - Consequences for processing
    - Polyolefine (polymer) synthesis:
    - Historical perspectives
    - The first commercial polyethylene grade: low density polyethylene (LDPE)
    - Free radical polymerization (FRP) of LDPE and other vinyl monomers
    - Principles of  chain growth polymerization
    - Molar mass and molar mass distributions
    - Stereoregularity and tacticity
    - Tacticity and crystallinity
    - Ziegler-Natta polymerization & HDPE
    - Limitations of Ziegler-natta polymerization
    - Achieving more control …..metallocene polymerization
    - State of the art: stereo-tactic block copolymers
    - Classification of polyethylenes
    - Polymerization and consequences for molecular structure of ethylene based polyolefins

    Case II. The story of rubber: stretchy and bouncing carbon and hydrogen
    - The history of rubber: an ancient story
    - Natural rubber: All cis-polyisoprene
    - The macromolecular hypothesis
    - Vulcanization: Charles Goodyear ‘s recipe.
    - Synthetic polyisoprene rubber
    - Anionic polymerization  of isoprene rubber
    - Ziegler-natta catalysts
    - More synthetic rubbers
    - Butyl rubber by cationic polymerization
    - Overview of chain growth polymerizations.
    - The drawbacks of cross linking & whole new rubbers: thermoplastic elastomer
    - Ionomers and block copolymers.
    - Living (anionic) polymerisation: a route to block copolymers the SBS case
    - What makes rubber a rubber and stretchy?
    - The secrets of rubber revealed: thermodynamic and molecular aspects of elasticity
    - The rich world block copolymers: Micro phase separated structures

    Case III. Proving the Macromolecular Hypothesis, Inventing Nylon and Kevlar
    - Polyesters and Polyamides
    - Carothers, polyamides and the proof of the Staudinger hypothesis
    - Polyamides …. Fibre 66
    - Producing Nylon… Scaling Up
    - The making of Nylon and Spinning Fibers
    - The Impact of Nylon
    - Stephanie Kwolek and Aramids
    - Naming Nylon and so….
    - Step-growth polymerization
    - Some theoretical results on step-growth polymerization
    - Controlling molar mass
    - Molar mass distributions
    - How fast can reactions go?
    - Kinetics of step-growth polymerization reactions
    - Un-catalysed Reaction Kinetics
    - Catalysed Reaction Kinetics
    - Polyamide Products

    Case IV. Advanced applications and products
    - In this part of the course guest lecturers present present-day applications of polymer materials, and how they have come to existence (using the chain of knowledge)

    Course material

    Lecture Notes, Powerpoint presentations and other lecture materials, available on Toledo.

    Language of instruction: more information

    This course is a 3rd stage course that fits into the English learning line of the Bachelor program. Students are immersed in English. The lecture notes and lectures are  in English.

    Format: more information

    • Lectures with demonstrations on the chain of knowledge,
    • Lecture(s) by guest(s).

    Polymer Materials: Exercises (B-KUL-G0S21a)

    1.5 ECTS : Practical 12 First termFirst term
    Goderis Bart |  Koeckelberghs Guy

    Content

    • Conformational properties,
    • Molar mass distributions and molar mass averages,
    • Characteristic times in polymers,
    • Rubberelasticity
    • Linear viscoelasticity
    • Step growth polymerizations,
    • Chain growth polymerizations

    Course material

    Notes available on Toledo.

    Language of instruction: more information

    This course is a 3rd stage course that fits into the English learning line of the Bachelor program. Students are immersed in English. The exercises are given in English, also by the use of English speaking assistants.

    Format: more information

    Theoretical concepts discussed in the lectures are applied in the excercises.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Polymer Materials (B-KUL-G2O42b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    Details on the exam are available on Toledo.

    ECTS Spectroscopy of Biomolecules (B-KUL-G0O58C)

    6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Vogt Tatjana (coordinator) |  Hofkens Johan |  Vogt Tatjana

    Aims

    The student is capable of
    - analysing, interpreting and applying complex 1-D, multidimensional NMR and IR spectra, for elucidation of biomolecular structures;
    - explaining the principles of the discussed techniques and, by means of examples, how these techniques are used for the structure elucidation;
    - mastering the proper terminology used in these techniques;
    - showing insight in the electronic transitions in hydrogen and in molecules with conjugated double bonds;
    - estimating wave length and maximal absorption based on the structure;
    - describing phenomena of steady state and time-resolved fluorescence and fluorescence anisotropy, and apply these for the study of molecular interactions;
    - explaining the principles of circular dichroism, and applying this technique for the analysis of secondary structures in biomolecules;
    - analysing Raman scattering and applying the technique for the study of molecules in solution.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of physics (electromagnetic radiation), mathematics (Fourier transformation, complex numbers) and chemistry (atom structure, chemical bond, functional groups).

    Identical courses

    X0D21A: Spectroscopische technieken

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Spectroscopy of Biomolecules (B-KUL-G0O58a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Hofkens Johan |  Vogt Tatjana

    Content

    (1) Introduction: electromagnetic spectrum, spectroscopy types
    (2) 1H-NMR spectroscopy
    - principle
    - NMR spectrometer
    - chemical shift, spin-spin coupling
    - dynamic processes
    - analysis of simple (bio)organic compounds
    - analytical tools
    - some special techniques, e.g. COSY
    (3) 13C-NMR spectroscopy Fourier transform method
    - decoupling
    - relaxation
    - Nuclear Overhauser Effect
    - medical applications: MRI
    (4) Infrared spectroscopy
    - spectrometer
    - characteristic vibrations
    - absorption areas
    - Lambert-Beer law of absorption
    - some biochemical applications
    (5) UV and visible-light spectroscopy
    - quantitative analysis of the hydrogen spectrum, conjugated systems - dyes
    (6) Fluorescence
    - steady-state analysis of fluorescence
    - time-resolved fluorescence and reactions in the excited state
    - Forster resonance energy transfer
    (7) Fluorescence anisotropy and application in molecular interaction studies
    (8) Circular dichroism
    - principles of CD spectrometry
    - instrumentation

    Course material

    Course notes

    Spectroscopy of Biomolecules: Exercises (B-KUL-G0P52a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 13 Second termSecond term
    Hofkens Johan |  Vogt Tatjana

    Content

    The content of the exercises correspond to that of the course lectures.

    Course material

    Exercises are available on Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Spectroscopy of Biomolecules (B-KUL-G2O58c)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

    Theory and exercises are examined simultaneously in the regular exam period. The exam parts of the two lecturers have equal weight. A student who achieves 7/20 or less on one of the two parts can get a maximum score of 9/20. Thorough written preparation is expected. 

    ECTS Geographic Information Systems (B-KUL-G0P10A)

    4 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Orshoven Jos (coordinator) |  Van Orshoven Jos |  Vanmaercke Matthias

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Terrain Modelling, Spatial Interpolation and Error Propagation in GIS (B-KUL-G0M86a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
    Vanmaercke Matthias

    Content

    This LA introduces the use of digital terrain models and spatial interpolation techniques in a  GI (Geographic Information)-environment


    I. Digitale terrain models (DTMs)
    - data models for  DTMs
    - creation of a DTM
    - applications DTM's: profiles, blok diagrams, viewshed analysis, calculation of morphometric variables
    II. Interpolation and classification
    - Interpolation using crisp borders
    - Trend surfaces
    - Local methods: linear interpolation, splines, moving averages, Kriging
    III. Errors and error propagation
    - "Evident" sources of error
    - Errors in the original data or due to natural variations
    - Errors associated with data manipulation: overlays of vector- and raster layers
    - Dealing with data uncertainty: use of fuzzy sets and Monte Carlo simulations

    Course material

    Slides and course texts

    Language of instruction: more information

    This Learning Activity is taught in English

    Format: more information

    Lectures are interactive, where theory and small exercises are combined

    Spatial Data Modelling and GIS (B-KUL-I0D96a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 10 First termFirst term
    Van Orshoven Jos

    Content

    • Geographic reality, GIS as an information system, GIS as a technology
    • Modelling of geographic reality: Data models for spatial entities
    • Geographic reference systems
    • Basics of GNSS with emphasis on GPS
    • Viewing and mappping with GIS
    • Analogue to digital conversion

    Course material

     

     

    Functionality of Geospatial Technology (B-KUL-I0D97a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
    Van Orshoven Jos

    Content

    • Structuring of geodatasets
    • Coordinate transformations
    • Analysis of vector- and raster-geodatasets
    • Space-Time modelling

    Practical GIS (B-KUL-I0I49a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Van Orshoven Jos

    Content

    Case studies of spatial analysis that have either been worked out in advance or will be worked out by the students. Students can independently perform simple analyzes and acquire the necessary skills to solve spatial problems from low to medium complexity.

    Course material

    • General GIS software (free / open source or paying / closed source)

    • Practice material (extensive exercises, manual software)

    • Datasets for case studies

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Geographic Information Systems (B-KUL-G2P10a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    For the written examination of OLA I0D96a, I0D97a and G0M86a, only the use of a calculator is allowed. This written examination accounts for 3/4 of the total score.

    The assignments submitted for OLA I0I49a account for 1/4 of the total score. Submission of the assignments in line with the prescribed time schedule (Toledo) is compulsory for taking part in the written exam.

    Information about retaking exams

    A student is exempted from retaking assignments if he/she obtained at least 10/20 for OLA I0I49a  in the first exam session.

    ECTS Geographic Information Systems (B-KUL-G0P10B)

    6 ECTS English 63 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Vanmaercke Matthias (coordinator) |  Van Orshoven Jos |  Vanmaercke Matthias |  N.

    Aims

    This learning activity is specifically aimed at students having already acquired basic knowledge of GI-technology and having an understanding of its potential applications. Students will acquire knowledge of more advanced GI-applications and will be capable to assess the impacts of uncertainties and errors on a spatial analysis. More specifically:

    - Students will acquire knowledge of multi-criterial and multi-objective techniques and will be able to apply these for the solution of specific problems.

    - Students will know and understand the basic algorithms used in network and cost analysis.

    - Students will acquire practical skills with 1 GIS-software package by means of a tutorial

    - Students will apply the acquired skills in a number of case studies which are relevant for the inventory, monitoring and management of terrestrial ecosystems     

    - Students acquire the necessary practical skills to solve a complex spatial problem using existing GIS-technology. They are capable to indepedently formulate a problem definition, a solution strategy as well as to perform the necessary practical steps to obtain the desired end result. They are capable to write a concise report describing the main results as well as the main conclusions that can be drawn.

    - Students acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to work with spatial process models in a GIS enviroment. They know and understand basic modelling concepts and capable to use GI-technology to generate input data, to run the model and interprete its output.

    Previous knowledge

    1. Knowledge of basic algebra
    2. Knowledge of map systems and map projections
    3. Knowledge of technologies used for the collection of spatial data
    4. Basic knowledge of Vector-GIS

    Order of Enrolment



    FLEXIBLE( G0N02A ) OR FLEXIBLE( G0N02B )


    G0N02AG0N02A : Wiskunde I
    G0N02BG0N02B : Wiskunde I


    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Terrain Modelling, Spatial Interpolation and Error Propagation in GIS (B-KUL-G0M86a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
    Vanmaercke Matthias

    Content

    This LA introduces the use of digital terrain models and spatial interpolation techniques in a  GI (Geographic Information)-environment


    I. Digitale terrain models (DTMs)
    - data models for  DTMs
    - creation of a DTM
    - applications DTM's: profiles, blok diagrams, viewshed analysis, calculation of morphometric variables
    II. Interpolation and classification
    - Interpolation using crisp borders
    - Trend surfaces
    - Local methods: linear interpolation, splines, moving averages, Kriging
    III. Errors and error propagation
    - "Evident" sources of error
    - Errors in the original data or due to natural variations
    - Errors associated with data manipulation: overlays of vector- and raster layers
    - Dealing with data uncertainty: use of fuzzy sets and Monte Carlo simulations

    Course material

    Slides and course texts

    Language of instruction: more information

    This Learning Activity is taught in English

    Format: more information

    Lectures are interactive, where theory and small exercises are combined

    Spatial Decision Support and Uncertainty; Network and Cost Analysis in GIS (B-KUL-G0M87a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
    Vanmaercke Matthias

    Content

    I. Decision support
     - Definitions
     - Multi-criteria evaluation
     - Multi-objective evaluation
     - Weighted linear combination and Ordered Weighted Averaging
     - Dempster-Shafer theorie: decision uncertainty
    II; Network and cost analysis
     - Graphs and trees
     - Calculations with networks: network searches, shortes path analysis
     - Calculation of a cost surface and a least cost path in a raster environment; impact of anisotropic costs
     - ACO solutions for  complex network problems

    Course material

    Lecture notes and slides

    Format: more information

    Interactive lectures

    Practical GIS I (B-KUL-G0M88a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Vanmaercke Matthias |  N.

    Practical GIS II (B-KUL-G0M89a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Vanmaercke Matthias

    Content

     

     

    Course material


     
     

    Format: more information


     
     

    Integration of Spatial Process Models and GIS (B-KUL-G0M90a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Vanmaercke Matthias

    Content

     

    - Background and structure of  a spatially distributed erosion/sedimentation model (WATEM/SEDEM)
    - Principles of model calibration
    - Case study with WATEM/SEDEM.
     

    Course material

    - Datasets and software
    - Slides and lecture notes
    - Relevant literature

    Format: more information

    - Introductory presentation: principles of spatial modelling, implementation of WATEM/SEDEM, model calibration
    - Autonomous implementation of a simle application of WATEM/SEDEM and interpretation of the model output.
     

    Functionality of Geospatial Technology (B-KUL-I0D97a)

    1 ECTS : Lecture 8 First termFirst term
    Van Orshoven Jos

    Content

    • Structuring of geodatasets
    • Coordinate transformations
    • Analysis of vector- and raster-geodatasets
    • Space-Time modelling

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Geographic Information Systems (B-KUL-G2P10b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period

    Explanation

    The written exams probes the student's knowledge of theoretical concepts, his/her capabilities to apply this knowlegde in calculations and exercises and the capability of the student to combine the acquired knowledge for solving spatial problems of intermediate to high complexity using GIS. The practical learning activities are also evaluated based on reports submitted by the students. Submission of these reports is a prerequisite to be able to take part in the final examination. The weighing of the learning activities in the final results is proportional to the credits of each learning activity. Students need to obtain at least 10/20 on the evaluation of the practical OLAs  as a whole (G0M88a, G0M89a) and at least 10/20 on the evaluation of the theoretical OLAs as a whole (G0M86a, G0M87a, G0M90a, I0D97a)  in order to pass the course as a whole.

    Information about retaking exams

    A student is exempted from retaking assignments if he/she obtained at least 10/20 for the practical OLAs (G0M88a and G0M89a) in the first exam period. In all other scenarios, a student who did not pass the course in the 1st examination period needs to retake the examination and assignments for all OLAs.

    ECTS Number Theory (B-KUL-G0P61B)

    6 ECTS English 46 Second termSecond term
    Mohammadi Fatemeh

    Aims

    Introducing the basic results and methods from elementary number theory. Applications and computational aspects are extensively discussed.

    Previous knowledge

    Courses G0N27A Lineaire Algebra, G0T45A Algebraïsche Structuren and G0N88A Algebra I.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Number Theory (B-KUL-G0P61a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Mohammadi Fatemeh

    Content

    Review of basic arithmetics: Euler function, congruences of Euler and Wilson, Chinese Remainder Theorem.
    Structure of the unit group of Zn.
    Solubility of congruences: Lemma Hensel-Rychlik.
    Quadratic reciprocity laws of Gauss and Jacobi.
    Fast algorithms for congruences and primality testing.
    The field of p-adic numbers.
    p-adic numbers and the Hilbert symbol.
    Rational points on a conic. The Hasse principle.
    Quadratic rings.
    Whole points on conic sections.
    Applications in cryptography.
    Prime numbers and the Riemann zeta function (introductory).
    Elliptic curves

    Course material

    Syllabus

    Format: more information

    Lectures

    Number Theory: Exercises (B-KUL-G0P62a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 20 Second termSecond term
    Mohammadi Fatemeh

    Content

    Same as lectures.

    Course material

    Same as lectures + Toledo.

    Format: more information

    Exercises.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Number Theory (B-KUL-G2P61b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Take-Home

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of:

    - a written exam during the examination period (with grade E).
    - 3 (non-obligatory) assignments during the semester (with grade T).

    The final grade is calculated according to the formule max{E,(3E+T)/4}.

    It is not possible to retake the assignments for the second examination attempt, but the previously submitted assignments do count for the final grade.

    ECTS Probability and Measure (B-KUL-G0P63B)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    N. |  Wennman Aron (substitute)

    Aims

    After following this course:
    (1) the student is able to outline Lebesgue's theory of integration in the general context of an arbitrary measure space,
    (2) the student is able to state the measure theoretical foundations of probability theory, and is able to illustrate them at the level of examples,
    (3) the student is able to identify the classical theorems of measure theory and he/she recognizes situations in analysis and probability theory where those results can be applied,
    (4) the student is familiar with some classical techniques from measure theory and theoretical probability theory, and he/she is able to apply these techniques to relatively new situations,
    (5) the student has further developed his/her sense of generality and abstraction,
    (6) the student has further sharpend his/her abiltity to construct proofs,
    (7) the student has further developed his/her (self-)critical sense of accuracy and clarity of formulation.

    Previous knowledge

    The students should already have followed a basic training in analysis (e.g. as provided in the courses Analyse I (B-KUL-G0N30B) and Analyse II (B-KUL-G0N86B). In particular, this course elaborates Lebesgue's integration theory which is intiated in Analyse II. Moreover, it can be helpful if the student is familiar wth the basic concepts and results from probability theory as treated in, e.g., Kansrekenen en statistiek I (B-KUL-G0Z26A) and Kansrekenen en statistiek II (B-KUL-G0N96B).

    Identical courses

    G0P63C: Probability and Measure Online

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Probability and Measure (B-KUL-G0P63a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    N. |  Wennman Aron (substitute)

    Content

    In this course, measure theory is developed as a general, conceptually elegant and technically efficient integration theory. It is shown how measure theory provides the tools and part of the language for Kolmogorov's formalism for rigorous probability theory. Moreover the measure theoretical language is extended with typical probabilistic concepts (such as independence) and results. Below a general overview of possible themes and subjects is described.

    The need for measure theory from integration theory and probabilty theory:
    The incompleteness of the Riemann integral, Lebesgue's idea. Kolmogorov's formalism for probability theory

    The general Lebesgue integration theory:
    Measure spaces. Integration of measurable functions. Convergence theorems (monotone, dominated, Fatou's lemma)

    Construction of measure spaces:
    Outer measures and Carathéodory's construction. Lebesgue measure, Lebesgue-Stieltjes measures, distribution functions. Comparison between the Lebesgue integral and the Riemann integral.

    Kolmogorov's formalism for probability:
    Probability spaces. Random variables (distribution, distribution function, expected value). Indepence (for events, random variables and sigma-algebras). Borel-Cantelli lemmas. Tail-sigma-algebras and Kolmogorov's 0-1-law.

    Product measure spaces:
    Construction (including infinite products of probabilty spaces). Fubini's theorem. Convolutions. Independence and product constructions.

    Absolute continuity and singularity:
    Radon-Nikodym-derivative (density functions). Lebesgue's decomposition theorem. Conditional expectations.

    Lp spaces:
    Completeness, Hölder and Minkowski inequalities. Duality.

    Convergence of sequences of measures and random variables:
    Weak convergence, convergence in distribution, convergence in probabilty, Helly’s selection theorem.

    Course material

    Lecture notes.

    Format: more information

    Lectures are integrated with exercise sessions.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P63C : Probability and Measure Online

    Probability and Measure: Exercises (B-KUL-G0P64a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    N. |  Wennman Aron (substitute)

    Content

    see G0P63a.

    Course material

    see G0P63a

    Format: more information

    Exercise sessions are integrated with the lectures. 

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P63C : Probability and Measure Online

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Probability and Measure (B-KUL-G2P63b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    More information will be announced on Toledo.

    Information about retaking exams

    More information will be announced on Toledo.

    ECTS Stochastic Models (B-KUL-G0P65B)

    4 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
    De Spiegeleer Jan

    Aims

    After a number of introductory examples, the concept of conditional expectation value will be introduced with its calculating rules. 

    This will be followed by an extensive study of Poisson processes with their generalizations. Next, elements of renewal theory will be discussed. 

    The most important part of the course consists of discrete Markov chains including Hidden Markov Models.  Examples of population problems, from waiting line theory, from informatics and from financial math will illustrate the concepts and the received results.

     

    Previous knowledge

    A basic knowledge of probability theory and statistics is required. Furthermore, the students has to have the necessary basic calculus background to apply the basic knowledge to real cases and examples.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Stochastic Models (Part 1) (B-KUL-G0P66a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    De Spiegeleer Jan

    Content

    After a number of introductory examples, we recall basic concepts of probability theory and statistics.
    This will be followed by an extensive study of Poisson processes with their generalizations like the compound
    Poisson process. Applications are given in the context of credit risk and actuarial sciences.
    Next, discrete and continuous Markov chains are discussed.
    Examples of population problems, waiting line theory, towards insurance and financial engineering are given.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P65C : Stochastic Models

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Stochastic Models (B-KUL-G2P65b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written

    Explanation

    Written exam

    Evaluation type: Closed book

    Information about retaking exams

    Written exam

    Evaluation type: Closed book

    ECTS Stochastic Models (B-KUL-G0P65C)

    6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term
    De Spiegeleer Jan

    Aims

    Becoming familiar with stochastic modelling of dependent stochastic variables, practicing practice examples of stochastic models.

    Previous knowledge

    A basic knowledge of probability theory and statistics is required. Furthermore, the students has to have the necessary basic calculus background to apply the basic knowledge to real cases and examples.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Stochastic Models (Part 1) (B-KUL-G0P66a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    De Spiegeleer Jan

    Content

    After a number of introductory examples, we recall basic concepts of probability theory and statistics.
    This will be followed by an extensive study of Poisson processes with their generalizations like the compound
    Poisson process. Applications are given in the context of credit risk and actuarial sciences.
    Next, discrete and continuous Markov chains are discussed.
    Examples of population problems, waiting line theory, towards insurance and financial engineering are given.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0P65B : Stochastic Models

    Stochastic Models (Part 2) (B-KUL-G0T68a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 13 Second termSecond term
    De Spiegeleer Jan

    Content

    Brownian motion is introduced. Theoretical properties and applications are discussed. Attention is given to the Black-Scholes model for asset price dynamics in which the Brownian motion plays a prominent role.
    Further, Lévy processes are described and applied in an insurance and financial context.
    Students learn how to perform Monte-Carlo simulations of the above classes of processes. Attention is paid to Brownian bridges and Stochastic Differential Equations.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Stochastic Models (B-KUL-G2P65c)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written

    Explanation

    Written exam

    Evaluation type: Open book

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Written exam

    Evaluation type: Open book

    ECTS Introduction to Plasma Dynamics (B-KUL-G0P71B)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    Bacchini Fabio (coordinator) |  Keppens Rony |  N. |  Bacchini Fabio (substitute)

    Aims

    The goal is to provide the basic information and the basic theoretical approach to plasma physics. The vast majority of the universe is in a plasma state. Plasmas are systems of interacting charged particles where the bond between electrons and ions in atoms is broken and the system acts as a collective of very large numbers of particles. Plasmas have many applications in laboratory, industry, space and astrophysics. But besides the plasmas themselves, the models used to study them are of vast applicability in many areas of science and engineering. Learning plasma physics is doubly productive: it teached how plasmas work and it teaches how to study other many body systems with collective interactions (from the nanoscales all the way to the universe itself).

    The course follows three converging patterns:
    1) A theoretical approach where two fundamental mathematical-physics approaches are introduced: kinetic and fluid. These models are described for plasmas (systems of particles interacting via electromagnetic fields) but are basic tools for analyzing many areas of science and engineering.
    2) A computer experiment approach where the student experiments plasma behavior conducting computer simulations and interpreting the observed behavior using the theoretical tools learned during the course.
    3) A phenomenological approach where observed processes in laboratory and astrophysical plasmas are discussed and their explanation is obtained based on the plasma physics and mathematical modeling learned during the class.  This approach is the focus of the elective parts.
    Central to the class is learning that a system where different time and length scales are present can be modelled with different mathematical models depending on the phenomena one wants to analyse: fluid models at macroscopic scales and kinetic models at microscopic scales.
    After a common part followed by all students, three elective parts are available and each student can choose one of the three: space plasmas, relativistic plasmas or quantum plasmas. One project relative to the selected part is then assigned to each student and is developed during the semester.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic physics and basic calculus.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Introduction to Plasma Dynamics (B-KUL-G0P71a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Keppens Rony |  N. |  Bacchini Fabio (substitute)

    Content

    THEORY PART

    Common trunk – For all students

    Plasma Basics
    Plasma state, plasmas in nature, plasma experiments, plasma in industry
    Field equations; particle motion in electromagnetic fields

    Plasma Kinetic Theory
    Boltzmann equation,
    Vlasov solution: 2 stream instability
    Landau solution: Fourier and Laplace transformation, integrals in phase space.
    Landau damping, waves and instabilities
    Computer simulations of plasma physics: the particle-particle and particle-mesh methods and their application

    Plasma Fluid Theory
    Moments and derivation of fluid models, MHD
    Equilibrium and Stability
    Principles of computer simulation of fluid models

    Elective choices – Each student chooses one of the three items below

    1. Space and Laboratory Plasmas
    Forzen-in condition and Ohm's law.
    Reconnection and energy conversion.  Particle acceleration. Shocks and Discontinuities
    Example: Solar and Earth environment, Magnetic Fusion experiments

    2. Relativistic Astrophysical Plasmas
    Relativistic formulation, transformation properties
    Radiation field and its interaction with a plasma
    Examples: Astrophysical applications, Laser-plasma experiments

    3. Quantum Plasmas
    Strongly coupled and quantum degenerate plasmas
    High energy density physics, warm dense matter
    Examples: White dwarfs, Nanostructures

     

    Introduction to Plasma Dynamics: Exercises (B-KUL-G0P72a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 13 First termFirst term
    Keppens Rony |  N. |  Bacchini Fabio (substitute)

    Content

    EXERCISE PART

     

    Take Home Exercise: Exercises will be assigned for each part of the lecture series. The exercises can be done at home but will be evaluated for the exam. The exercises will be done for a specific natural or man made plasma, chosen by the students from a list provided. The idea is to apply what we learn in class to a specific plasma of interest to the student.

     

    Plasma Project: Each student will select from a list one project relative to the elective part chosen. The work will be in teams of 2-3. The specific project will be chosen based on the previous personal curriculum and on the interests of the students. A mixed theoretical, computational and phenomenological approach is encouraged but the students can choose the emphasis of the project. The assignment can include laboratory, industrial and astrophysical plasma applications, as well as mathematical derivations and theoretical investigations. The project will be developed during the semester and will be presented at the exam.

    Format: more information

    Homework: Exercises will be assigned during the semester on an approximately bi-weekly cadence for the topics of the common trunk. The examples will include theoretical derivations of specific processes and applicative exercises to put the theory into action in realistic applications.

    Assignment: Each student will receive one project relative to the elective part chosen. The specific project will be chosen based on the previous personal curriculum and on the interests of the student. A mixed theoretical, computational and phenomenological approach is encouraged but the students can choose the emphasis of the project. The assignment can include laboratory, industrial and astrophysical plasma applications, as well as mathematical derivations and theoretical investigations. The project will be developed during the semester and will be presented at the exam.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Introduction to Plasma Dynamics (B-KUL-G2P71b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Project/Product, Report, Presentation, Oral, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The exam is composed of differnt parts:

    • oral presentation on the project: 30%
    • report on the project: 30%
    • take home exam part 1 - exercises: 20%
    • take home exam part 2 - computer experiment: 20%

    ECTS Statistical Inference and Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0P75B)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term
    Van Aelst Stefan

    Aims

    The aim of this course is to provide a thorough treatment of some major topics in statistical inference and data analysis. Important statistical models and inference methods are studied. The course focuses on (i) a solid knowledge of statistical inference methods, and (ii) the practical application of these methods to analyse data, in particular multivariate data.

    Through exercise/PC lab sessions and assignments the students develop experience with statistical inference methods and their performances, and with the skills to analyse data. Hereby, correct interpretation and reporting on the results is emphasized. R software is used during these sessions.

    By the end of the course, the student

    - has thorough knowledge about  different types of statistical inference (estimation, confidence sets, hypothesis tests, prediction) and inference methods (maximum likelihood, Bayesian inference, nonparametric inference);

    - is familiar with important statistical models, such as the multivariate location-scatter model, the multiple linear regression model, (M)ANOVA, principal components  and discriminant analysis models;

    - understands well the underlying assumptions, properties and limitations of the different inference methods, and can correctly use these methods in concrete settings;

    - has the skills to analyse real data by using the most appropriate explorative and inferential statistical methods using statistical software, including checking of underlying assumptions.;

    - is able to correctly use, evaluate and interpret statistical inference methods, as well as to correctly interpret results of data analysis and to report on all of these in a scientific way.

     

    Previous knowledge

    The students should have a good background in calculus (including elementary matrix notations and algebra), probability theory and statistical analysis. 

    The necessary prerequisites are for example provided by the courses “Lineaire algebra”, “Calculus I”, “Kansrekenen I”, “Statistiek I” and “Kansrekenen en Statistiek II” in the bachelor of mathematics (or courses which represent an equivalent content).

     

     

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Statistical Inference and Data Analysis: Lectures (B-KUL-G0P75a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Van Aelst Stefan

    Content

    Estimation Theory and Maximum Likelihood: MLE estimation, iterative procedures, asymptotic properties

    Confidence intervals and regions

    Testing hypotheses: Optimality of a testing procedure, Neyman Pearson lemma, likelihood ratio test based on MLE, composite hypotheses with generalized likelihood ratio tests, asymptotic equivalence

    Bayesian inference: estimation, credible sets and Bayesian testing

    Nonparametric inference: confidence sets and testing

    Notions of modelling dependence

    Multivariate normal distribution

    Definition, properties, MLE, goodness-of-fit tests

    Inference for parameters of multivariate normal distribution: Hotelling T2 test (one sample and two sample), likelihood ratio test for covariance

    Multiple linear regression: The general linear model, least squares estimation, distribution theory, inference (parameter tests, F-tests), model diagnostics and residual analysis, ANOVA, orthogonal regression (Principal Component Analysis)

    Discriminant analysis/MANOVA

    Notions of incomplete data and EM algorithm

     

    Course material

    Course notes

    Statistical Inference and Data Analysis: Exercise Sessions / Assignments (B-KUL-G0P76a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Van Aelst Stefan

    Content

    See G0P75a

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Statistical Inference and Data Analysis (B-KUL-G2P75b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, List of formulas

    Explanation

     

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Students that already passed the project and/or the take-home part keep the mark for this part. Students that failed the project and/or the take-home part should redo this part. These students are requested to contact  themselves  the teacher at least one month  before the start of the exam session in which they take up the second chance exam, and ask for the new project/take-home assignment. Failing to do so results into a zero mark on that part in the global mark of the second chance exam.

     

    ECTS Immunological Biotechnology (B-KUL-G0P77B)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Schoofs Liliane

    Aims

    The student has the ability
    - to show insight in the production and differentiation of immune competent cells, the mechanisms of innate verus acquired immunity, the specific immune response to viral, bacterial and worm infections;
    - to explain the typical cellular and molecular aspects of the immune system; to show insight into the production and the role of pathogen-specific and -aspecific immune cell receptors is essential;
    - to explain how original scientific experiments have led to important breakthroughs in immunology;
    - to gather knowledge about how the absence or malfunctioning of one or more components of the immune system leads to an abnormal host-pathogen interaction.
    - to show insight in the theoretical background of a set of immunological methods applicable in a broad range of biosciences, examples are ELISA, immunocytochemistry, western blotting, affinity chromatography, agglutination and precipitation etc.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge about viruses, bacteria and the way they infect host cells is an advantage. General biological knowledge on the Bachelor-level in Exact Sciences, Biomedical Sciences or Agriculture and Applied Biological Sciences is required to successfully complete this course. To perform well in the practical course, knowledge of the content of the theoretical course ‘Immunological Biotechnology’ is compulsory.

    Identical courses

    X0D25B: Immunologische biotechnologie
    X0D25A: Immunologische biotechnologie

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Immunological Biotechnology (B-KUL-G0P77a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Schoofs Liliane

    Content

    In this course a general overview is given of the immune system. The following aspects are discussed in detail: antigens, structure of antibodies and B-cell receptors, antigen-antibody interactions, organisation and expression of the immunoglobulin genes, the major histocompatibility complex, the T-cell receptor, cytokines, the generation of a humoral immune response and the cell-mediated immune response, immunological memory.

    Overview of the topics :
    1. Basic concepts in Immunology
    2. Innate immunity
    3. Antigen recognition by B-cell and T-cell receptors
    4. The generation of lympocyte antigen receptors
    5. Antigen presentation to T lymphocytes
    6. The development and survival of lymphocytes
    7. T-cell mediated immunity
    8. The humoral immune response
    9. Dynamics of the adaptive immune response
    10. The Immunological toolbox

    Course material

    Handbook: Janeway’s Immunobiology
    Powerpoint presentations

    Format: more information

    Active interactions during the course: make notes, ask questions, take part in discussions

    Immunological Biotechnology: Practical Session (B-KUL-G0P78a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Schoofs Liliane

    Content

    The students are acquainted with a number of basic skills of modern laboratory practice in general and with the use of immunological techniques in particular. The contents of the practical workshops can be divided in two parts.
A first set of experiments is offered in which the student can personally test a number of experiments about the dynamics of the interaction between antibody and antigen (which have been introduced in the theoretical class). These are a number of elementary demonstrations that are however no longer used on a routine-basis in modern laboratories. Next, there is a second category of experiments that do belong to the repertoire of many biochemical-physiological labs, i.e. immunological dosage-systems, purifying protocols and localisation techniques. The student receives the necessary material to independently conduct a hormonal dosage, localise a hormone in a tissue or to purify an antibody from a rough antiserum.
In practice, the student is assigned to successfully conduct a number of personally chosen experiments (five out of 12) in the course of one week. In addition, the student is asked to write a biochemical safety report for one of the experiments he/she performed in the lab to get acquainted with best practices in a laboratory environment. To achieve this, the students will work in groups of two, maximum three persons. The students themselves plan all the necessary practical work and discussions with the lab assistants within the time frame of one week and within the opening hours of the institute.

    Course material

    A manual explaining the principles and the set-up of the different experiments and containing instructions for the interpretation of the data that are generated during the practical course.

    Format: more information

    Students independently perform a subset of experiments using the manual and the background information from the theoretical course as a guide. They learn to perform well in a small team (2 tot 3 students) and to manage and execute a set of experiments within a predefined time frame.  
The students show and discuss the results of each experiment with the teacher in order to learn how to interpret the results of a given experiment.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Immunological Biotechnology (B-KUL-G2P77b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Theoretical course: Written. The student should make drawings and schemes whenever possible.
    Active involvement in the practical course is a prerequisite for participation to the exam.

    Practical course: At the end of the practical course, a written exam (or written reports) probes the knowledge about the set of experiments.

    Information about retaking exams

    Only the theoretical exam can be retaken, not the practical exam. The score for the latter part remains unchanged in a second examination attempt.

    ECTS Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (B-KUL-G0P88C)

    6 ECTS English 50 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Namur Olivier

    Aims

    Lectures introduce classification and naming schemes for igneous and metamorphic rocks. Students learn how to describe rocks and identify evidence that may provide insight into chemical and physical processes. These processes govern the formation and evolution of igneous and metamorphic systems, many of which form critically important mineral and energy deposits. There is a special focus on associations between rock types and processes and plate-tectonic environments.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of basic concepts in plate tectonics and its relation to rock formation, knowledge of mineralogy and familiarity with optical microscopy and identification of minerals in rocks.

    Order of Enrolment



    STRICT(G0O72C)


    G0O72CG0O72C : Optische mineralogie


    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology: Lecture (B-KUL-G0P88a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Namur Olivier

    Content

    • Earth structure, composition, and thermophysical properties.
    • Classification of igneous rocks; igneous fabrics
    • Phase diagrams
    • Igneous thermodynamics/phase equilibria
    • Igneous structures, field relations
    • Magma properties and differentiation mechanisms
    • Mantle melting and magma diversification
    • MORB and OIB magmatism
    • Subduction zone magmatism and mantle processes, eruption dynamics
    • Classification of metamorphic rocks
    • Metamorphic phase equilibria
    • Metamorphic environments and pressure–temperature–time paths

    Course material

    Recommended text book 'Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology' by Myron G. Best, 2003. 2nd edition
    (available at CuDi), lecture notes, slides.

    Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology: Laboratory Session (B-KUL-G0P89a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 30 First termFirst term
    Namur Olivier

    Content

    Identification of igneous and metamorphic rocks and construction of their petrogenetic histories via hand sample and thin section examination.

    Course material

    Rock samples, thin sections, identification manuals.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (B-KUL-G2P88c)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Practical exam, Participation during contact hours, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions

    ECTS Fundamentals of Financial Mathematics (B-KUL-G0Q20C)

    4 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Schoutens Wim

    Aims

    The aim of the course is to give a rigorous yet accesible introduction to the modern theory of financial mathematics.

    Previous knowledge

    • Sound mathematics, statistics and probability theory knowledge
    • Finance (Financial Markets)

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Fundamentals of Financial Mathematics (B-KUL-G0Q20a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Schoutens Wim

    Content

    The aim of the course is to give a rigorous yet accessible introduction to the modern theory of financial mathematics. The student should already be comfortable with calculus and probability theory. Prior knowledge of basic notions of finance is useful.
    We start with providing some background on the financial markets and the instruments traded. We will look at different kinds of derivative securities, the main group of underlying assets, the markets where derivative securities are traded and the financial agents involved in these activities. The fundamental problem in the mathematics of financial derivatives is that of pricing and hedging. The pricing is based on the no-arbitrage assumptions. We start by discussing option pricing in the simplest idealised case: the Single-Period Market. Next, we turn to Binomial tree models. Under these models we price European and American options and discuss pricing methods for the more involved exotic options. Monte-Carlo issues come into play here.
    Next, we set up general discrete-time models and look in detail at the mathematical counterpart of the economic principle of no-arbitrage: the existence of equivalent martingale measures. We look when the models are complete, i.e. claims can be hedged perfectly. We discuss the Fundamental theorem of asset pricing in a discrete setting.
    To conclude the course, we make a bridge to continuous-time models. We introduce and study the Black-Scholes model in detail.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0Q20A : Fundamentals of Financial Mathematics

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Fundamentals of Financial Mathematics (B-KUL-G2Q20c)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    Features of the evaluation

    * The evaluation consists of:

    •an assignment
    •an written exam
    * The deadline for the assignment will be determined by the lecturer and communicated via Toledo.

    Determination of the final grade

    * The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.

    * The final grade is a weighted score and consists of:

    •the assignment: 25% of the final grade
    •the exam: 75% of the final grade
    * If the student does not participate in the assignment and/or the exam, the grades for that part of the evaluation will be a 0-grade within the calculations of the final grade.

    *If the set deadline for the assignment was not respected, the grade for that respective part will be a 0-grade in the final grade, unless the student asked the lecturer to arrange a new deadline. This request needs to be motivated by grave circumstances.

    Second examination opportunity

    * The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are similar to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above.

    ECTS Capita Selecta in Theoretical Physics (B-KUL-G0R01A)

    6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Maes Christian

    Aims

    The student is confronted with modern domains in theoretical physics,
    both concerning the most important  themes and techniques.
    Different topics in theoretical physics are treated, varying from year to year:
    see under `Activities’

    Previous knowledge

    The student knows physics on the level of a bachelor.  He masters the techniques of calculus and algebra and partial differential equations.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Capita Selecta in Theoretical Physics (B-KUL-G0R01a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Maes Christian

    Content

    A few selected articles in the  recent literature have to be studied.
    Different topics in theoretical physics are treated, varying from year to year:
    see http://itf.fys.kuleuven.be/php/capita/.

    Course material

    Articles and literature
    Multimedia
    Toledo / e-platform

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Capita Selecta in Theoretical Physics (B-KUL-G2R01a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Practical exam, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    ECTS Mathematical Physics (B-KUL-G0R02A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    De Roeck Wojciech

    Aims

    Knowledge and understanding of precise (i.e. mathematically unambiguous) and abstract formulations of fundamental notions in theoretical physics.

    Examples are:
    1) Gibbs states, ergodicity, mixing, variational principles in statistical mechanics,
    2) Operator theory, perturbation of continuous (scattering theory) and discrete (atomic perturbation theory) spectra in quantum mechanics.

    At the same time, the students gets in touch with modern notions of mathematical quantum mechanics (e.g. Quantum Information Theory, matrix product states)
    The student understands these notions and can recognize and formulate them in the context of new problems.

    Previous knowledge

    A good understanding of statistical mechanics, quantum mechanics and dynamical systems, as in the obligatory courses in our bachelor of phsyics.
    Moreover, a solid background in analysis is needed, including Lesbegue measure and integration, L^2
    spaces. This corresponds to the contents of the courses Analysis I and II (G0N30B and G0N86B) from the bachelor of mathematics (and minor mathematics in the bachelor physics programme).

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Mathematical Physics (B-KUL-G0R02a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 Second termSecond term
    De Roeck Wojciech

    Content

    Mathematical development of quantum mechanics and perturbation theory: Operator theory in
    Hilbert spaces, analytic perturbation of isolated spectra, scattering theory for continuous spectra.

    Mathematical foundations of statistical mechanics: probability measures on spin systems, ergodicity,
    mixing, variational principles, Gibbs states and DLR equations.

    Modern topics in quantum statistical mechanics: entanglement, quantum phase transitions, matrix product states.

    Course material

    The books by Reed and Simon on Mathematical Physics will be used as reference works. Additional
    material will be suggested if necessary.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Mathematical Physics (B-KUL-G2R02a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Presentation, Participation during contact hours, Oral
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Reference work

    Information about retaking exams

    The grade for the permanent evaluation and/or presentation is carried over (there will be no new evaluation for these). For the written and oral exam, there will be a second chance and this will be analogous to the first exam.

    ECTS Semiconductor Physics (B-KUL-G0R16A)

    3 ECTS English 18 First termFirst term
    Afanasiev Valeri

    Aims

    At the end of this course, the student has acquired fundamental physics insight on the properties of semiconductors and operation of the basic building blocks of actual semiconductor components. Known principles from condensed matter physics are employed and extended to describe the key elements of semiconductor physics and provide understanding of the current level of knowledge. Device concepts are used to illustrate the impact of semiconductors on sustainable development.

    During this course, the student may practice on insightful combination of a plethora of physical principles and laws from condensed matter physics needed to come to an adequate and correct description of the electrical behaviour and optical response of semiconductors. The provided knowledge should enable the student to enter a professional research team and perform scientific research under guidance of experts. The student can discuss and illustrate applications of semiconductors in the field of sustainable economic, environmental, cultural, and social development.

    Previous knowledge

    Vector calculus, algebra

    Combination and solution of simple differential equations

    Knowledge of general condensed matter physics
    Solid knowledge of solid state band structure
    Basic quantum mechanics
     

    Identical courses

    G0J54A: Halfgeleiderfysica

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Semiconductor Physics (B-KUL-G0R16a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    Afanasiev Valeri

    Content

    - Introductory notes
         Classification: elemental, homogenous, and heterogeneous semiconductors; layered structures
    - Material properties; specific preparation and handling methods
    - Band structure of semiconductors
         General aspects; symmetry properties of crystal structures; density of states; tight binding approximation; k.p method
    - Defects and defect states; Homogenous semiconductors
         Classification; doping; electrons and holes; deep defects; degenerate and non-degenerate semiconductors
    - Statistics
         Equilibrium occupation of levels for different parameters
    -  Dynamics of electrons and holes; charge transport
         Effective mass, relaxation time approximation, mobility, conductivity, drift transport, Hall effect, scattering and relaxation, recombination, Boltzmann transport equation
    - Surface phenomena; Fermi level pinning; space charge layer
    - Phonons
         Phonon dispersion relations: oscillation models; electron-phonon interactions
    - Photons
         Photon-induced electron transitions; emission, absorption, scattering
    - Non-homogeneous semiconductors
          Diffusive transport; p-n junction; LED; band diagram
    - Quantum effects
         Quantum dots, tunneling, …
    - Semiconductors as key enabling technology for sustainable development: Economic, ecological, societal and cultural aspects: Power generation (photovoltaics, thermoelectric energy "scavenging"...), optimizatioin of power management, lightening and displays, sensors for industry, envirinnment, and healthcare.

    Course material

    Syllabus lecturer
    Copies of transparencies or presentation software files
    Example material
                 Text book:  P. Y. Yu en M. Cardona, Fundamentals of Semiconductors (Springer, Berlin, 2001), 3rd edition
     

    Language of instruction: more information

    The course is taught in Dutch, but sufficient attention is paid to the need to acquire the international English terminology related to semiconductors.
     

    Format: more information

    The course is instructed with continuous attention for stimulating instructor/student interaction through questioning/feed back, with the aim to enhance insight and promote critical analysis.

    Lecturing is accompanied with a selection of practical demonstrations.

    Additional tasks
     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Semiconductor Physics (B-KUL-G2R16a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Description of evaluation:

    Typically, the exam is comprised of 3/4 questions, with inclusion of a short problem to be solved.

    Information about retaking exams

    There is the possiblity for another examination during the programmed (August/September) re-examination period.
     

    ECTS Advanced Field Theory (B-KUL-G0R21A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Proeyen Toine

    Aims

    The student get familiar with the present status of the research on fundamental forces and the ideas and methods that are used. He learns how local symmetries determine the actions. In particular, he learns to know the role of supersymmetry and extra dimensions and obtains an overview of the supergravity theories.
     

    Previous knowledge

    The course is directed to students that have already studied the basis of field theory, electromagnetism and gravitation (relativistic). The course 'Quantum Field Theory' is an appropriate preparation.
     

    Identical courses

    G0J29A: Gevorderde veldentheorie

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Field Theory (B-KUL-G0R21a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Van Proeyen Toine

    Content

    Scalar field theory and its symmetries
    The Dirac field
    Clifford algebras and spinors
    The Maxwell and Yang-Mills gauge fields
    The free Rarita-Schwinger field
    N=1 global supersymmetry in 4 dimensions
    Differential geometry
    The first and second order formulations of general relativity
    N=1 pure supergravity in 4 dimensions
    D=11 supergravity
    General gauge theory
    Survey of supergravities
     

    Course material

    "Supergravity", D.Z. Freedman and A. Van Proeyen, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2012, ISBN 978-0-521-19401-3
     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Field Theory (B-KUL-G2R21a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Reference work

    Explanation

    The students study an article or a text with questions or exercises.
    They provide a text showing that they made calculations, and present
    their work for the other students. The evaluation is made on the basis
    of the text and the presentation.
     

    ECTS Advanced Quantum Field Theory (B-KUL-G0R22A)

    6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Bobev Nikolay

    Aims

    The aim of this class is to deepen the knowledge acquired during the introductory QFT class and introduce the
    students to more advanced topics and techniques in QFT.
    Quantum Field Theory (QFT) is a general framework in modern physics which is widely used in diverse areas such
    as particle physics, condensed matter theory, statistical physics, and cosmology.

    Previous knowledge

    An introductory course on quantum field theory should have been followed.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0R14A )


    G0R14AG0R14A : Quantum Field Theory

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Quantum Field Theory (B-KUL-G0R22a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 Second termSecond term
    Bobev Nikolay

    Content

    The topics covered in the class will include:
    1. Functional methods and the path integral
    2. Symmetries and Ward identities
    3. Anomalies
    4. Renormalization and renormalization group flow
    5. Non-Abelian gauge fields
    6. Solitons, instantons and kinks
    7. An introduction to supersymmetry
    The class is aimed at advanced Master students with interest in modern theoretical physics.

    Course material

    The instructor will provide lecture notes for the material covered in class. The
    following books may be used as supplementary study and review material

    • Anthony Zee, “Quantum Field Theory in a Nutshell"
    • Mark Srednicki, “Quantum Field Theory"
    • Michael Peskin and Dan Schroeder, “An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory"
    • Sidney Coleman, “Aspects of Symmetry"

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Quantum Field Theory (B-KUL-G2R22a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Presentation, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, List of formulas, Calculator, Computer, Reference work

    ECTS Research Internship (B-KUL-G0R39A)

    18 ECTS English 0 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Neyens Gerda (coordinator) |  Bartic Carmen |  Hertog Thomas |  Neyens Gerda |  N. |  Van de Vondel Joris (substitute)  |  Less More

    Aims

    In this course students acquire advanced research experience by performing an internship in one of the research groups of the department of physics and astronomy, in other departments or in an industrial R&D division. The internship will widen the student’s research portfolio as it must deal with a topic different from the Master thesis subject and be performed in a different research group. The internship will provide the student with a professional research experience and a chance to apply their coursework in an academic or professional setting.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research Internship (B-KUL-G0R39a)

    18 ECTS : Internship 0 First termFirst term
    Bartic Carmen |  Hertog Thomas |  Neyens Gerda |  N. |  Van de Vondel Joris (substitute)

    Content

    The internship must deal with a topic different from the Master thesis subject and be performed in a different research group. During the research internship the student can get acquaintance with different aspects of research: literature study, state-of-the-art experimental and theoretical techniques, writing a research proposal, data analysis and interpretation, reporting. The student will be a full member of the research group and participates as such to the group’s activities (meetings, brainstorming sessions). In this way the students obtain an in-depth research experience that prepares them for a career in a research environment in industry, major research institutes or academia. The students will spend the equivalent of 10 weeks in the laboratory or research unit.

    Only students that have passed all exams of the first year’s Master studies are allowed to take this course. The final approval for starting the internship will be given after the July deliberation in case the student passes all exams or after the September deliberation.

    Application procedure:

    The students will be informed about the ongoing research in the different research teams of the Department of Physics and Astronomy during the first semester of the first master year (similar to the presentation of the Ms thesis subjects). During the second semester they should contact potential internship supervisors to obtain further details. The students have to motivate their choice for a specific internship during/after an interview with the internship supervisor (head or senior member of a research group where the students plan to perform their research internship). Based on the interview, the head of the research group can accept or decline the request. In case of acceptance the head of the research group assigns a project (in most cases this will be ongoing research) and a mentor (day-to-day supervision, in most cases a PhD student or post-doc). In consultation with the internship supervisor, the student fills out the application form that can be obtained from the course coordinator (contact via e-mail) and submits it to the research internship coordinator before May 31. The student can also propose a subject in a research group outside of the department or in an industrial R&D division. In this case a local academic supervisor will be identified to help the student to look for such opportunities and the suggested topic, place and supervisor have to be approved by the research internship coordinator.

    Format: more information

    The student participates in the ongoing research activities of the research team and therefore a full time presence in the team is required. With the research internship supervisor the presence is detailed in the portfolio/logbook, taking into account the other activities of the student (typically up to 12 ECTS) during this semester.
    After obtaining approval from the coordinator and a mutual agreement between the student and internship supervisor, the internship can start during the summer break and lasts for a period of 10 weeks (full-time) or the equivalent spread over more weeks in case of none full-time.
    Students who cannot be present due to illness or other, need to inform their supervisor as well as the research internship coordinator as soon as possible and provide a written proof

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research Internship (B-KUL-G2R39a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    The internship should finish before the Christmas holiday of master year 2 (end of semester 3).
    An internship report (10 pg max) will be drafted by the trainee and handed in at the latest 3 weeks after the end of the internship to the internship supervisor.
    The internship supervisor and daily supervisor have 1 week time to read the reports and give comments. The final version will be send by the trainee to the internship supervisor, the daily supervisor and the coordinators of the course at least two weeks before the final presentation/exam.
    During the January examination period (end of third semester) a presentation (10 minutes max.) will be given by the candidate in the presence of the course coordinators and possibly the internship supervisor and daily supervisors.
    An evaluation roster will be filled by the internship supervisor, the student and the course coordinators. Based on these rosters a global score will be given by the course coordinators.
    If a student has not been sufficiently participating in the research teams activities a score of NA will be given, as described in the OER (Education and Exam rules).

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research Methods in Condensed Matter Physics (B-KUL-G0R40A)

    6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Taurino Irene (coordinator) |  Bartic Carmen |  Glorieux Christ |  Wagner Patrick |  da Costa Pereira Lino |  N. |  Janssens Ewald (substitute) |  Van de Vondel Joris (substitute) |  Taurino Irene (substitute)  |  Less More

    Aims

    The student gets acquainted with, gains insight in, and acquires experimental skills in a series of important research methods in the framework of current research questions in hard or soft condensed matter physics or biomatter physics.
    The student is introduced into the practical organization and safety aspects of experimental research infrastructure and research laboratories in experimental condensed matter research.
    The student is able to synthesize information from different literature sources and to enrich it with his/her own experimental results.
    The student is able to report in a clear way on the working principle of the selected research methods and obtained results to his/her peers.

    Previous knowledge

    Students have followed a course on advanced solid state physics or a course on advanced soft matter and biophysics

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0S90A ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( G0S92A )


    G0S90AG0S90A : Advanced Solid State Physics
    G0S92AG0S92A : Advanced Soft and Biomatter Physics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research Methods in Condensed Matter Physics (B-KUL-G0R40a)

    6 ECTS : Assignment 26 Second termSecond term
    Bartic Carmen |  Glorieux Christ |  Wagner Patrick |  da Costa Pereira Lino |  N. |  Janssens Ewald (substitute) |  Van de Vondel Joris (substitute) |  Taurino Irene (substitute)  |  Less More

    Content

    Research method modules to be selected (will be yearly updated and may depend on availability)
    1) thin film deposition (sputtering, thermal evaporation, molecular beam epitaxy, …)
    2) lithography methods (UV, electron beam, ion beam, x-ray, …)
    3) Rutherford backscattering and ion implantation techniques
    4) diffraction and scattering methods (x-rays, electrons, neutrons)
    5) advanced optical microscopy (fluorescence microscopy, confocal microscopy, ultrahigh resolution
    microscopy)
    6) electron microscopy (SEM, TEM)
    7) scanning probe microscopy and spectroscopy techniques
    8) cryogenic techniques (He4, He3-, mixing cryostats, …)
    9) pulsed magnetic fields
    10) magnetometry (SQUID, vibrating sample magnetometry, MOKE, …)
    11) calorimetric methods, thermometry and phase transitions
    12) infrared and Raman spectroscopy
    13) mass spectrometry
    14) XPS (x-ray photoemission spectroscopy) and EDX (energy dispersive x-ray analysis)
    15) dielectric spectroscopy
    16) electron spin resonance and nuclear spin resonance
    17) piezoelectric and thermoelectric effects and their applications (e.g. microgravimetry)
    18) research methods in polymer physics
    19) research methods in liquid crystal physics
    20) electronic and thermal bio-analytical sensors
    21) photothermal methods
    22) photoacoustic methods
    23) acoustical methods
    24) optogenetics

    Course material

    Lecture slides, possible supplementary materials (e.g. video tutorials) and related literature (articles, review papers, selected book chapters), laboratory manuals.

    Format: more information

    During the first week of the semester, the students select 3 modules from the list below under the guidance of the coordinator. Each module corresponds with 2 ECTS. The 12 weeks of the semester are subdivided in 3 sections of 4 weeks during which the students work on a respective module. Students work in teams of two (exceptions are possible).

    Every module consist of the following elements:
    a) introduction lecture to the topic by an expert (5% of time).
    b) self study based on the introductory lecture, appended with 2 to 3 additional sources of information such as selected book chapters, scientific publications or review articles (35% of time).
    c) execution of an experiment closely related to the topic; experimental work using the available
    advanced research infrastructure; data analysis and interpretation (45% of time).
    d) preparation of a presentation on the topic 10% of time.
    e) a presentation session with presentation of the chosen research method and work to fellow students
    (30 minutes including discussion) and obligatory attendance with active participation at the presentation session. 5% of time.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research Methods in Condensed Matter Physics (B-KUL-G2R40a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    The efforts and attitude of the student during the preparation and practical experiments in the laboratory
    is taken into account for evaluating the score on the presentation/written report.

    Information about retaking exams

    Submission of a written report on the modules for which the performance during the first evaluation was not sufficient.

    ECTS Early Universe Cosmology (B-KUL-G0R42A)

    6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Hertog Thomas (coordinator) |  Craps Ben |  Hertog Thomas

    Aims

    The student becomes acquainted with the general theory of modern, relativistic cosmology and its observational vindication. This includes the thermal and nuclear history of our expanding universe,  the formation of large-scale structures like galaxies from seeds generated in a primordial era of inflation, and models of the origin of inflation. The student learns to appreciate the development of relativistic cosmology in the historical context of 20th century physics.

    Previous knowledge

    The student is familiar with physics as a whole on a bachelor level and he/she masters the standard tools of calculus. In addition, the student is familiar with the basics of general relativity and quantum field theory.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0R14A ) AND (SIMULTANEOUS( G0Y97A ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( G0I36A ))


    G0R14AG0R14A : Quantum Field Theory
    G0Y97AG0Y97A : Introduction to General Relativity
    G0I36AG0I36A : Relativity

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Early Universe Cosmology (B-KUL-G0R42a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Craps Ben |  Hertog Thomas

    Content

    1. The Expanding Universe

    • Kinematics and dynamics of expanding universe (cosmic evolution, Hubble-Lemaître law, Friedmann-Lemaître eqs)
    • Propagation of light and horizons (geodesics, conformal diagrams, luminosity, redshift, distance)
    • composition of the universe, status cosmological observations

    2. The Early Hot Universe

    • Thermal history
    • Cosmological nucleosynthesis

    3. Structure formation

    • Gravitational Instability in Newtonian theory (Jeans theory)
    • Gravitational Instability in General Relativity (cosmological perturbation theory, halo formation,…)

    4. Inflation

    • Three puzzles (flatness, horizon, monopoles)
    • Slow-roll inflation
    • Inflation as origin of cosmological fluctuations

    5. Anisotropies in the Microwave Sky

    • Generalities
    • Temperature fluctuations: scalar and tensor modes
    • Polarization
    • Observations

    6. Quantum cosmology: which universe and why?

    • Hartle-Hawking no boundary wave function of the universe
    • Holographic Cosmology

    7. Stochastic gravitational wave backgrounds of cosmological origin

    Course material

    • Textbook `Modern Cosmology’ (S. Dodelson);
    • lecture notes Daniel Baumann;
    • part of textbook Michele maggiore on Gravitational Waves

    Format: more information

    The lectures will be complemented by excercises on the topics that have been covered in the lectures.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Early Universe Cosmology (B-KUL-G2R42a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    During the semester the students will be evaluated through take-home tasks, for which they can earn points that will be taken into account in the final score.

    Information about retaking exams

    The points from the take-home tasks will be transferred to the second exam period.

    Only the regular examination can be repeated.

    ECTS Science Communication and Outreach (B-KUL-G0R44A)

    6 ECTS English 33 Second termSecond term
    Kolenberg Katrien

    Aims

    The course wants to stimulate reflection on the social meaning of science and the role of communication, information and popularization. In addition the course offers an
    introduction to the scientific literature and empirical studies on science communication. Finally the concrete process of science communication (communication media,
    typology of communication, communication sociology) is investigated.
     

    Previous knowledge

    The course does not presuppose specific foreknowledge.

    Identical courses

    G0R76A: Wetenschapscommunicatie en outreach

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Science Communication and Outreach (B-KUL-G0R44a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 33 Second termSecond term
    Kolenberg Katrien

    Content

    Science communication aims at making science more accessible to the general public, a.o. by increasing scientific literarcy of citizens. Of crucial importance is the
    creation of a relation of trust among scientists and the public. This requires a clear understanding of the aims of science communication, as well as its channels and
    strategies.
    The course focuses on the gap between science an the public, in particular in relation to the place of science in public media. Different forms of science communication
    are related to different intended target audiences.
    The topics to be treated can be arranged our four general themes.

    1. Science in Public
    This model introduces basic concepts in the understanding of the process of science communication: theories about of definitions and models of science communication,
    the role of the expert, scientific literacy, the image of science in society.

    2. Science and the media
    Media play an important part in science communication, but, as they are working withintheir proper cultural value system and with speficif formats, they may also be seen
    as a potential threat to the reliability and accuracy of scientific messages and of the representation of science. Attention is given to the differences and tensions between
    the cultures of science and journalism. Students will also prepare written expositions on scientific themes.

    3. Controversial science and risk communication
    A special challenge to science communicators is to speak out on themes where no scientific certainty is avalaible, or when the topics are framed in a larger (political)
    debate. To represent scientific views often merges with a taking of sides, which then may threaten the neutrality of science. This form of communication is often preferred
    by audiovisual media. Also science blogs tend in this direction.

    4. Interactive and participative communication
    Science in the public sphere has to be viewed as an interactive process, in which the dominating role of the expert cannot be taken for granted. In this form of
    communication the public takes a central role. This theme focuses on science centres, science cafés, citizen science,... and the approach to disseminate scientific
    information through informal learning, based on psychological models of leanring. The course analyses the use of interactive and participative communication in different settings.
     

    Course material

    Slides and literature are made available by the lecturer.

    Language of instruction: more information

    Dit opo wordt aangeboden in de doctoraatsopleiding.  Een groot deel van de doctoraatsstudenten zijn niet-Nederlandstalig.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Science Communication and Outreach (B-KUL-G2R44a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

     

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Internship (B-KUL-G0R47A)

    30 ECTS English 8 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract Cannot be taken as part of a credit contract
    Van Dorpe Pol |  N.

    Aims

    - The internship in Belgium or abroad allows the student to familiarize with the professional experiences of a master of physics in an industrial or non-academic research environment. 

    - The student will get experience with company structures and mentality and the different functions a Master of Physics can have in a company on research institution.  This will enlarge his/her scientific knowledge, technical skills, critical and problem solving abilities, ability to work in a team, communications skills, etc..

    - The student will acquire following competences: learn how to make a work plan, how to make appointments and communicate in a team, oral and written reporting on achieved results, legal aspects (e.g. patents) and safety aspects

    Previous knowledge

    The student should have obtained the Bachelor diploma

    Only students who have succeeded all courses after the January/June examen periods are eligible for an internship. Exceptionally, students that have to retake 1 exam in August might take up the internship, provided agreement by the Internship Coordinator and Programme Director

    Identical courses

    G0R46A: Bedrijfsstage

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Internship (B-KUL-G0R47a)

    30 ECTS : Internship 8 First termFirst term
    Van Dorpe Pol |  N.

    Content

    The company internship is followed by the internship coordinator and a co-promotor from the Department of Physics&Astronomy and at the internship location a local promotor (contact person) and mentor (daily supervisor) are being assigned.

    The internship period is at least 16 weeks and at most 20 weeks.  Students who are interested in an internship should go through the following steps before final approval can be given:

    Search for an internship position in a company (contact companies and have a first intake talk)

    Acceptance of the internship location and subject by the internship coordinator and programme director.

    Prepare the internship in more detail (internship subject, prepare financing, housing, ensurance, transport)  and briefing before leaving.  Final agreement for leaving is given immediately after the June exam period. The internship preferable takes place during 16 consecutive weeks in the period July – December.  Therefore students who have exams in the August-September period are not allowed to leave for an internship.

    The internship itself (with visit of the internship coordinator, an intermediate evaluation, presentation and communication on the results with colleagues and superiors, a written report during the last weeks, and a presentation to the academic and local supervisors in de last week).

    Final part (debriefing with the internship coordinator).

     

    For this course a 100% presence at the company is mandatory.

     

    Students who cannot be present (e.g. due to illness) should inform their mentor as soon as possible, and provide a written justification for the unability to be present to the local promotor and the internship coordinator.  The student should take the initiative to contact the local promotor to see if and how to catch up the missed moments.

     

    Students who are absent with a valid reason for a longer period or regularly cannot be present at the company should contact the exam ombuds as soon as possible.

     

    More information about the internships (steps to take, deadlines, possible companies, etc…) is available at the website of the Department of Physics and Astronomy, under ‘Education’, “Master programmes’, ‘Master of physics’, Options http://fys.kuleuven.be/onderwijs/masteropleidingen/master-in-de-fysica/industrial-internships

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Internship (B-KUL-G2R47a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Participation during contact hours, Process evaluation

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Science and Sustainability: a Socio-Ecological Approach (B-KUL-G0R50A)

    6 ECTS English 39 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Ceulemans Griet (coordinator) |  Biedenkopf Katja |  Ceulemans Griet |  Craps Marc |  Severijns Nathal |  Smet Mario |  N.  |  Less More

    Aims

    The student understands the terms sustainability, sustainable development, education for sustainability.

    The student understands certain measures, argued from the diverse academic disciplines, that can be taken in the domain of science to stimulate sustainability, and the impact they (may) have.

    The student understands certain didactical principles that can be used in the context of education for sustainable development.

    The student recognizes the importance of transdisciplinary collaboration in the context of sustainability, sustainable development and education for sustainable development .

    The student dares to take a position in the debate on social themes such as sustainability and sustainable development and dares to take responsibility in this context.

    The student has developed the skills to communicate clearly about scientific subjects and to work in an interdisciplinary team.

    The student is able to apply the three stages of analyzing, problem solving and implementation on a problem of sustainable development.

    The student can implement didactical aspects in the context of education for sustainable development.

     

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor’s degree.

    Identical courses

    G0R48A: Wetenschap en duurzaamheid: een socio-ecologische benadering

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Science and Sustainability: a Socio-Ecological Approach – Concepts (B-KUL-G0R88a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 23 First termFirst term
    Ceulemans Griet |  Severijns Nathal

    Content

    Scientific knowledge on sustainability and sustainable development is an important part of the OPO science and sustainability. The following subjects will certainly be covered within this course: strong versus weak sustainability, theoretical models, systems thinking, lifecycle analysis, ecological footprint, the importance of transdisciplinary collaboration. The theory needs to be applied in the assignment.

    Course material

    Powerpoint, textbook, online sources.

    Language of instruction: more information

    Students that register for this OPO are mixed with students that take on the Dutch equivalent OPO. Lectures are in English. The greater part of the learning materials is provided in both languages.

     

    Science and Sustainability: a Socio-Ecological Approach – Assignment (B-KUL-G0R89a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 1 First termFirst term
    Biedenkopf Katja |  Ceulemans Griet |  Craps Marc |  Severijns Nathal

    Content

    The assignment is the application of the theory on ideas generated from academic literature. A specific article is to be personally chosen.

    Course material

    A personally chosen article of academic level sustainability literature.

    Language of instruction: more information

    The assignment encompasses the writing of an individual report. This might be written in Dutch or English.

    Science and Sustainability: a Socio-Ecological Approach – Project (B-KUL-G0R90a)

    3 ECTS : Assignment 15 Second termSecond term
    Biedenkopf Katja |  Ceulemans Griet |  Craps Marc |  Severijns Nathal |  Smet Mario |  N.  |  Less More

    Content

    The OPO ‘Sustainability as a socio-ecological dynamics’ is to be considered as a broadening course. Via the projects the students get in touch with ecological and social economy, psychological and sociological development and get insight in the power of money and media. The projects fit within the central theme of the year. Early may students present their project. This integrates the workshop lessons and teamwork.

    Course material

    Project-specific material.

    Language of instruction: more information

    Students that register for this OPO are mixed with students that take on the Dutch equivalent OPO. Lectures are in English. The learning materials are provided in both languages whenever possible. However is concerns mostly international literature. There will be both English and Dutch projects.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Science and Sustainability: a Socio-Ecological Approach (B-KUL-G2R50a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Throughout the first semester, regularly an open question will be posted for discussing the provided theoretical insights of the classes (digital submission - open book). This should ensure that the theoretical knowledge can be used for teamwork and the final assignment. Through peer evaluation and a random teacher check, you will individually receive a maximum of 3 points out of 20 for your discussion. Teamwork for the workplan is also organized for which you will earn 2 out of 20 points through peer evaluation. Combined, this continuous evaluation during the semester provides 25% of your individual final score.

    Since the project is a group assignment mostly in the second semester, one group score is given, based on the sustainability report and the final presentation during the project day, with equal weight. Subsequently, individual scores are calculated based on peer review within the group. This score counts for 75% in the final score.

    Remark: If serious problems are noticed concerning contribution to the project work, the student can be excluded from the group, based on discussion between all partners (supervisor, coordinator and the members of the team). As a consequence, this student will be graded 0/20 for the project work.

    Information about retaking exams

    Re-examination is possible for the sustainability report, but not for permanent evaluation throughout the first semester, nor for the presentation. If the student fails according to the final score, the sustainability report has to be retaken during the third examination period. The other scores are transferred. After the third exam period, the final score will be recalculated.

    ECTS Computational Biology (B-KUL-G0R52A)

    6 ECTS English 56 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    van den Berg Piet

    Aims

    The aim of the course is to provide the students with the necessary background knowledge and skills to perform computational analyses with a focus on solving questions in biological research and on the basic principles of handling complex biological data. Students will learn how to operate in a Linux environment and while the emphasis is on acquiring general programming skills they will also get hands-on experience in two widely used programming languages (Python and R, with emphasis on Python as primary language). Student will learn to work with concepts such as variables, control flow, functions, data types and data structures. In addition, students will learn to work with the standard libraries, as well as important third-party libraries for these programming languages. The philosophy of the course is “learning by doing”, which means that the computational skills will be taught using examples and real data from biology for the exercises.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic computer skills. No programming experience is required.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Computational Biology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R52a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    van den Berg Piet

    Content

    Anatomy of a Python/R script, running a script on the linux command line, directory/file handling on the command line
    Simple data types: integers, floating point numbers, strings
    Control flow: conditional statements, iteration statements
    Functions
    Complex data types: arrays/lists, sets, dictionaries
    Code organization: modules/packages, documentation
    Debugging/testing/defensive programming
    Representing and computing mathematical concepts: vectors, matrices
    Representing biological data and basic handling thereof: sequence data, phylogenetic trees,…

    Course material

    Powerpoint available through Toledo.

    Computational Biology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0R53a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 30 First termFirst term
    van den Berg Piet

    Content

    The exercises will gradually build up on the material presented during the lectures, inspired on problems directly relevant to biological research.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Computational Biology (B-KUL-G2R52a)

    Type : Exam outside of the normal examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Evaluation is based on a take-home programming project with a written report that is orally defended. A student passes if the weighted score (60% for written report and 40% for oral defense) is at least 10/20.

    ECTS Ecological and Evolutionary Genomics (B-KUL-G0R54A)

    6 ECTS English 58 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Gante Hugo (coordinator) |  Gante Hugo |  Van Belleghem Steven

    Aims

    The master students have a sound insight in the application of genomic/bioinformatic tools to address ecological and evolutionary questions. They thereby rely on complementary scientific disciplines (such as biochemistry and genomical statistics) and biological subdisciplines (such as physiology and molecular biology). They are able to consult genomic databases, to use and analyse large date sets, and to interpret results critically.  They handle the international appropriate professional literature on ecological and evolutionary genomics critically, and tackle new complex challenges independently. They use advanced knowledge of theories and models, concepts and processes to work on complex genomic data. The master students communicate their findings based on the literature written and orally in English, and can work in team. They remain up to date on the latest international developments and methods. 

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of ecology, evolutionary biology, programming and genetics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Ecological and Evolutionary Genomics (B-KUL-G0R54a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Gante Hugo |  Van Belleghem Steven

    Content

    Introduction

    1.         The rise of ecological and evolutionary genomics

    2.         Molecular markers in ecology and evolution

    3.         Technologies, Genomes, Alignment

    Genomics and the tree of life

    4.         Species problem, Molecular identification, Metabarcoding, Metagenomics

    5.         Phylogeny and phylogeography

    Ecological and population genomics

    6.         Pop Genomics I

    7.         Pop Genomics II

    8.         Genomics and phenomics of adaptive evolution I

    9.         Genomics and phenomics of adaptive evolution II

    Functional genomics

    10.         Comparative functional genomics

    Integrated analysis

    11.       Case studies in ecological & evolutionary genomics

    Course material

    Scientific papers and course slides

    Ecological and Evolutionary Genomics: Exercises (B-KUL-G0R55a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 32 Second termSecond term
    Gante Hugo |  Van Belleghem Steven

    Content

    1.    Intro to LINUX and HPC job submission
    2.    VSC introduction and exercises
    3.    Metabarcoding
    4.    Phylogeography exercise
    5.    Population genomics I exercise
    6.    Population genomics II exercise
    7.    Genomics and phenomics of adaptive evolution I exercise
    8.    Genomics and phenomics of adaptive evolution II exercise
    9.    Functional genomics exercise
     

    Course material

    Case studies and scientific literature

    Format: more information

    Computer Lab

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Ecological and Evolutionary Genomics (B-KUL-G2R54a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Practical exam, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Computer

    Explanation

    A. continuous assessment (permanent evaluation of computer labs)

    The format of the continuous assessment (permanent evaluation) consists of assignments that need to be submitted before the communicated deadlines. Students who cannot meet a submission deadline need to notify the teacher BEFORE the deadline. Assignments sent in past a deadline will be subject to a scoring penalty depending on how late they were submitted. When no notification has been made about late submission before the deadline, students need to provide a valid proof for the inability to timely submit in order for the assignment to be still considered for scoring.

    The continuous assessment (permanent evaluation) implies that attendance during the classes is strongly recommended.

    B. Presentation

    Each student analyzes and discusses a recent top level paper for the merits of its scientific findings and compares it to work performed on the same ecological or evolutionary model system two decades ago. The discussion will take form as a 5–10 min presentation.

    C. exam

    The exam will be oral and NOT include any computer analyses. Questions will be closed book and aim to test the general understanding of the course materials. For multiple choice questions in the exam, either additional explanation will be requested to motivate the choice, or a guessing correction will be applied.

    D. Final score

    The (A.) continuous assessment (permanent evaluation of computer labs), (B.) presentation and (C.) the exam each count for respectively, 30%, 20% and 50% of the total score. When a student did not participate in all parts of the practicals and the essay, they cannot take the theoretical exam and cannot pass the course (NA). Students also need a minimum of 10/20 on the exam to pass the course (NA).

     

    Information about retaking exams

    The theoretical exam and the computer lab can be retaken; the reports cannot be redone during the second evaluation period and the score of the first evaluation period will be kept.

    A score of 12/20 or higher for the continuous assessment (permanent evaluation of the computer labs, so NOT THE EXAM) can be transferred to the following academic year. Before the ISP deadline of semester 1 of the following academic year, the student should submit their request via email to the responsible teacher.

    ECTS Global Change, Ecosystems and Sustainability (B-KUL-G0R56A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Jacquemyn Hans (coordinator) |  Honnay Olivier |  Jacquemyn Hans |  N.

    Aims

    The student acquires detailed knowledge of the impact of global change on biotic and abiotic processes/interactions that drive the abundance and distribution of organisms in both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. The student obtains insight into the planetary boundaries within which humanity can continue to develop and thrive for generations to come. The student gets acquainted with the newest developments in sustainable development and agriculture and with emerging technologies to conserve biodiversity. Focus will be on specific developments that aim at reducing the risks to human society of crossing important thresholds and that lead to sustainable food production without noticeable damage to the environment.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of ecology and conservation biology

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Global Change, Ecosystems and Sustainability: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R56a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Honnay Olivier |  Jacquemyn Hans

    Content

    Current day impact on ecosystems and the Planetary Boundary framework
    The value of nature (ecological, economic, cultural and social benefits of nature)
    Global warming
    Landscape alteration and ecological restoration – ecosystem engineering
    Disruption of mutualisms and the pollinator crisis
    Land sharing vs. land sparing
    Ecological intensification and organic agriculture
    Crop wild relatives
    Fisheries
    Sustainable aquaculture

    Course material

    Powerpoint slides available through TOLEDO

    Global Change, Ecosystems and Sustainability: Practicals (B-KUL-G0R57a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Honnay Olivier |  Jacquemyn Hans |  N.

    Content

    The practicals will consist of a series of seminars that will be taught by invited experts in the field of global change biology. The topics of the seminars will reflect contemporary issues in fundamental and applied research in global change biology.

    Course material

    Scientific papers

    Format: more information

    The practicum will consist of a series of seminars that will be taught by experts in the field of global change biology. The student will get acquainted with the topics by means of a literature review. Presence to the seminars is mandatory. The student is expected to discuss with the expert by means of critical reflections on the subject or by posing questions on the seminar. Afterwards the student writes down his personal reflections on the seminar and the subsequent discussion.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Global Change, Ecosystems and Sustainability (B-KUL-G2R56a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The theoretical exam consists of two parts (one per lecturer) of which one will be oral and one will be written, each part counts for 40% of the total score. The written reports of the seminars account for 20% of the total score. The student passes when the total score is at least 10 out of 20. Students that fail to submit a written report, will not be allowed to the final exam (NA).

    Information about retaking exams

    There will be no second evaluation moment for the practicals.

    ECTS Advanced and Applied Insect Physiology (B-KUL-G0R58A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Vanden Broeck Jozef (coordinator) |  Franssens Vanessa |  Vanden Broeck Jozef

    Aims

    The student gains profound knowledge in fundamental and applied aspects of the physiology of insects, the largest class of animals on our planet. The student will demonstrate insight into patterns and processes that occur in these animals. He/she will understand the functional role and evolution of physiological mechanisms that allow insects to adapt to changes in their environment. Knowledge of these mechanisms has also led to applications with significant economic or societal benefits.

     

    In this course, the student will analyse and integrate information regarding molecular, cellular, organismal and environmental mechanisms controlling functional processes in insects. These processes will be situated in their ontogenetic and phylogenetic context. In addition, the student will develop practical skills and acquire insight in different research approaches that are followed in fundamental and appplied insect physiology. He/she can clearly communicate – in written form as well as orally - the findings of recent scientific research reports on physiological topics to the other students of the course and can critically analyse, interprete and discuss these findings in group. He/she is also capable of situating and discussing the importance of scientific findings and applications in the broader context of the human society.

     

    In addition, the student will co-operate with fellow-students and acquire the necessary attitudes, as well as the sense of responsibility, to participate in a team and jointly work out a task plan. He/she possesses a sufficiently critical attitude allowing him/her to autonomously obtain knowledge, to stay informed of recent international developments, and defend a well-founded point-of-view with a sense of originality and creativity.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have a general basic knowledge in animal morphology and physiology, as well as in cell biology and biochemistry.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced and Applied Insect Physiology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R58a)

    3.5 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Vanden Broeck Jozef

    Content

    The following topics in insect physiology are covered:

    - nutrition and feeding;

    - digestion of food;

    - control of metabolism; interplay between regulators of metabolism and developmental hormones;

    - excretion; salt and water balance regulation;

    - sensory perception and neurophysiology;

    - neuroendocrine and endocrine regulation;

    - locomotion and biomechanics;

    - respiration; integument and moulting;

    - reproduction and courtship behavior;

    - circulatory system, hemocytes and immunity;

    - ecophysiology of diapause and polyphenisms; epigenetics;

    - biotechnological applications;

    - insecticides and their modes of action; insecticide resistance mechanisms.

    Course material

    Slides, text book, literature

    Advanced and Applied Insect Physiology: Exercises (B-KUL-G0R59a)

    2.5 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Franssens Vanessa |  Vanden Broeck Jozef

    Content

    These exercises will consist of three types of activities:

     

    1) a site visit (excursion) to a company or research institute; the students write a report of this; (half a day)

     

    2) practical course sessions (4x 3 hrs):

    microdissection of specific insect organs;

    biological and biochemical assays;

    behavioral and neurophysiological observations;

    analysis of hormone-dependent expression in insect cells carrying a reporter construct;

     

    3) students will be divided into small groups; in the first part of the semester these groups will prepare a review paper regarding a specific topic in insect physiology; in the second part of the semester, each manuscript will be sent to another group of students who will prepare a critical peer review; the authoring student group will then receive these review comments and have the opportunity to revise their paper accordingly; this will again be returned to the reviewers for a peer evaluation; finally, students will present their paper orally, followed by a group discussion.

    Course material

    Slides, text book, literature

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced and Applied Insect Physiology (B-KUL-G2R58a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    - 50% of the total score will be based on examination about the content of the course (college activity): evaluation within the exam period;

     

    - the other 50% of the total score is based on the exercise activities:

    •           i) the reports about the site visit and practical sessions (15%),

    •           ii) the peer evaluation of the paper (20%),

    •           iii) the evaluation of presentation and discussion (15%).

     

    A student passes when the weighted average of the component scores is at least 10/20. The exercises are mandatory. If a student does not participate, he/she cannot pass for the course (NA).

    Information about retaking exams

    Note that there is no second evaluation opportunity for the mandatory exercise parts.

    ECTS Critical Discussions in Molecular Biology and Physiology (B-KUL-G0R60A)

    3 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Seuntjens Eve

    Aims

    This course aims to develop essential skills to thrive in scientific research with focus on Molecular Biology and Physiology. The students acquire a critical mind-set on current scientific literature through discussions with peers and an experienced researcher acting as a coach. The students learn how to critically read scientific literature related to the topic of their chosen track/thesis lab in the field of Molecular Biology and Physiology. They develop the skills to quickly screen and process papers and distinguish decent from poor research. They understand how to build a successful research story. They are updated on recent technologies and the research context of the track/thesis lab.

    Previous knowledge

    The content of this course is related to the research topics of the track "Molecular Biology and Physiology". This course is therefore ideal for (but not restricted to) students doing their master's thesis in a research group in the fields of Molecular biology and Physiology.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Critical Discussions in Molecular Biology and Physiology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R60a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Seuntjens Eve

    Content

    During every class, one recent research paper is discussed. Topics are chosen by the coaches and are linked to the research track Molecular Biology and Physiology with special attention for topics studied in the chosen research group for the master's thesis. Keeping the spirit of critical fans, students raise and answer questions about the research question, experimental setup, results, interpretation and conclusions of the paper. The first class is an introduction and explains how the students need to prepare (see additional OLA). The following two classes are so-called “warming-up” sessions to get acquainted with the format of the course. The last 10 classes will be scored.

    Course material

    Research papers

    Format: more information

    Group discussions guided by a experienced researcher as coach

    Critical Discussions in Molecular Biology and Physiology: Assignments (B-KUL-G0R61a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 0 Second termSecond term
    Seuntjens Eve

    Content

    One week before every session, the students can download a recent research paper from Toledo. They use books and the available internet databases such as pubmed to prepare questions and make sure they understand the research question of the publication. They bring their notes to the group discussion.

    Course material

    Recent scientific publications (1 per week, made available on Toledo)

    Format: more information

    Preparation of the OLA “Critical Discussions in Molecular Biology and Physiology: Lectures” without presence of the coach.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Critical Discussions in Molecular Biology and Physiology (B-KUL-G2R60a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours, Process evaluation

    Explanation

    Evaluation is based on active participation in the article discussions in group. The first two sessions are practicing sessions and are not evaluated. For the rest of the sessions (n=8), the coach gives an individual score based on a score-grid.  The final score is the average of all session scores. Students pass the course if the final score is at least 10/ 20. Absence without prior notification results in a 0 score for that session. 

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Stress Ecology and Ecotoxicology (B-KUL-G0R65A)

    6 ECTS English 51 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Stoks Robby (coordinator) |  Stoks Robby |  N.

    Aims

    The students acquire profound knowledge in concepts of stress ecology and ecotoxicology, and the associated research methodology and thereby integrate related disciplines such as Ecology, Evolutionary Biology, Molecular Biology and Physiology. They have knowledge of effects of single and combined stressors at different levels of biological organization and are able to integrate across these levels. They are capable of a critical interpretation of primary scientific literature on contemporary themes in stress ecology and ecotoxicology, and can communicate their findings in English to other researchers. They can design, carry out and analyze experiments with chemical and environmental stressors in a team and solve problems associated with the development of this research project.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of Ecology, Evolutionary Biology, Molecular Biology and Physiology.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Stress Ecology and Ecotoxicology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R65a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Stoks Robby

    Content

    > General principles

    > Chemical stressors and Ecotoxicology

        >> Principles of toxicity testing

        >> Effects of pollutants on organisms

        >> Effects of pollutants on populations

        >> Effects of pollutants on communities and ecosystem functions

        >> Applications

    > Environmental stressors

        >> Predator stress

        >> Global warming and Temperature stress

    > Combined effects of chemical and environmental stressors

       >> Synergisms and antagonisms    

       >> Cross-tolerance

    Course material

    PPT slides

    Format: more information

    Lectures will be combined with article discussions and student presentations

    Stress Ecology and Ecotoxicology: Practicals (B-KUL-G0R66a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 12 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    Students will carry out a standard ecotoxicology test and will thereby evaluate the effect of a pollutant on the capacity of animals to deal with global warming. Students will test how environmental stressors can change the toxicity of a pollutant.

    Course material

    Guidelines for the practicals

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Stress Ecology and Ecotoxicology (B-KUL-G2R65a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Report, Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    A student passes when the weighted final score (theoretical exam 70%, practicals 15% and article discussions 15%) is at least 10/20 and when each of the three partial scores (theoretical exam, practicals and article discussions) is at least 8/20. If a student does not actively participate in the practicals and in the article discussions, he/she cannot pass for the course (NA).

    Information about retaking exams

    The practicals cannot be redone during the 3rd exam period.

    ECTS Genome, Proteome and Metabolome Analysis (B-KUL-G0R70A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term
    Temmerman Liesbet (coordinator) |  Temmerman Liesbet |  Van Belleghem Steven |  N.

    Aims

    The student

    • has knowledge and insight in the “omics” technologies and their basic principles, which are currently applied in biological and biochemical research, in particular in genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics and metabolomics;
    • is able to critiaclly reflect on the different omics techniques and their potential paractical applications;
    • is able to process, analyse and interprete experimental data obtained by omics approaches using advanced software tools;
    • is able to explain the omics techniques mentioned in a given research paper, as well as to explain the obtained results and deduced conclusions;
    • is able to propose specific omics experiments to solve a given biological research question.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of molecular biology, gene technology, biochemistry and bio-informatics

    Identical courses

    G0G57A: Genoom-, proteoom- en metaboloomanalyse

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Genome, Proteome and Metabolome Analysis: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R70a)

    5.3 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Temmerman Liesbet |  Van Belleghem Steven |  N.

    Content

    Introduction: Terminology

    I. Genome sequencing
    - Hierarchical and shotgun sequencing strategies
    - de novo versus re-sequencing
    - Next-generation sequencing platforms
    - Analysis of genome content

    II. Transcriptomics
    - Hybridisation based methods
    - Sequencing-based methods
    - PCR-based methods

    III. Proteomics
    • Protein detection methods
    • Separation methods
      - Sample preparation
      - One and two-dimensiobnal gel electroforesis
      - Protein blotting
      - Gelfree proteomics: multidimensional chromatografy, peptidomics
      - Screening methods of chromatografic fractions: bioassays
    • Identification methods
      - Edman degradation
      - Mass spectrometry
      - Coupling of protein separation methods to MS
      - Quantitative proteomics: Isotope labelling methods
      - Search engines for MS-based protein identification

    IV. Interactomics
    - Protein-protein interaction mapping
    - Interaction databases
    - Interaction networks

    V. Metabolomics
    - Fourrier-Transform mass spectrometry
    - Element composition analysis
    - Metabolite databases

    VI. Bioinformatic methods for data processing in proteomics, transcriptomics and metabolomics

    Course material

    - Lecture slides
    - Pdfs of research papers in Toledo

    Genome, Proteome and Metabolome Analysis: Exercises (B-KUL-G0R71a)

    0.7 ECTS : Practical 13 First termFirst term
    Temmerman Liesbet |  Van Belleghem Steven |  N.

    Content

    See content of main course

    Course material

    - Course notes and manual in Toledo
    - Free software and web tools

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Genome, Proteome and Metabolome Analysis (B-KUL-G2R70a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The exam is closed-book and consists of two parts, which are both in written form. 

    The first part (40% of the toal score) dealing with genomics, transcriptomics and interactomics consists of open questions. The second part (60% of the total score) dealing with mass spectrometry, proteomics and metabolomics consists of open questions, multiple choice questions and exercises.  

    The final score is the sum of both partial scores. However, for both parts, a minimal score of 10/20 is necessary. A score less than 10/20 for one of the two parts results in an overall score of ≤ 9/20.

    ECTS Data Visualization in Data Science (B-KUL-G0R72A)

    4 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Aerts Jan

    Aims

    At the end of the course, students will:

    • have insight in the place of visualization in data analysis
    • have knowledge of the perception and cognition aspects of data visualization
    • be able to define and implement visualization approaches to support hypothesis and insight generation
    • have acquired the necessary skill set for design space exploration, both conceptually as by implementation

    Identical courses

    G0R72B: Data Visualization in Data Science

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Data Visualization in Data Science (B-KUL-G0R72a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Aerts Jan

    Content

    As data becomes easier and cheaper to generate, we are moving from a hypothesis-driven to data-driven paradigm in scientific research. As a result, we don't only need to find ways to answer any questions we have, but also to identify interesting questions/hypotheses in that data in the first place. In other words: we need to be able to dig through these large and complex datasets in search for unexpected patterns that - once discovered - can be investigated further using regular statistics and machine learning. Interactive data visualization provides a methodology for just that: to allow the user (be they domain expert or lay user) to find those questions, and to give them deep insight in their data.

    Content

    • Background and context of data visualization and visual data analysis
    • Design as a process: framing the problem, ideation, sketching, design critique, ...
    • Programming visualizations: static and dynamic
    • Project: visualization of expert dataset

    Format: more information

    The teaching methods used in this course aim to support the learning objectives as described above. In particular, general concepts will be explained in lectures and workshop-type sessions. In addition, students will apply these on small datasets during exercise sessions in order to get acquainted both with the design and the programming aspects. Finally, they will be asked to develop a data visualization project.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0R72B : Data Visualization in Data Science

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Data Visualization in Data Science (B-KUL-G2R72a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Project/Product

    Explanation

    The assessment will be a combination of permanent evaluation, designs created, and a project.

    ECTS Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G0R73A)

    6 ECTS English 30 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Geuten Koen (coordinator) |  Geuten Koen |  Rolland Filip

    Aims

    The student understands advanced concepts and practical applications in plant molecular biology and biotechnology. The student develops critical analysis skills to evaluate specific applications of plant biotechnology. The student is able to define new challenges in plant biotechnology and is able to develop strategies to address these challenges. The student develops writing skills incorporating feedback from supervisors and peers.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of plant physiology and development

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R73a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Geuten Koen |  Rolland Filip

    Content

    + The organization of plant genomes

    + The organization and expression of plant genes incl. epigenetics, regulatory RNA’s

    + Methods for the modulation of plant gene expression: artificial microRNA, RNAi, CRISPR, …

    + Plant tissue culture, Techniques for plant transformation

    + Vectors and constructs for plant transformation

    + The improvement of crop yield and quality: developmental traits, disease traits, plant derived products, molecular farming/‘pharming’

    + GWAS/gene mining, Mapping of traits, Plant breeding

    + Regulatory aspects: intellectual property and biosafety

         

    Course material

    Slides with text books that provide background

    Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: Assignment (B-KUL-G0R74a)

    2 ECTS : Assignment 4 First termFirst term
    Geuten Koen |  Rolland Filip

    Content

    The take home assignment consists of three parts:

    • The students evaluate a case in plant biotechnology in group.
    • The students write an abstract about a new case they want to develop and receive feedback.
    • The students write and present a single page project proposal and receive feedback.     

    Course material

    Scientific literature.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology (B-KUL-G2R73a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The final score is a weighted score of the exam (75%) and the assignments (25%). A student passes when the final score is at least 10/20. When the student does not hand in all parts of the assignment he/she cannot take the final exam (NA).     

    Information about retaking exams

    The assignment can not be redone

    ECTS Current Topics in Conservation Biology (B-KUL-G0R78A)

    6 ECTS English 44 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Honnay Olivier (coordinator) |  Aerts Raf |  Honnay Olivier |  Janssens Steven |  N. |  Ceulemans Tobias (substitute)  |  Less More

    Aims

    The students:

    - Know the current status of biodiversity worldwide and the conservation opportunities and challenges.

    - Know the legal framework of access and benefit sharing (Nagoya-protocol).

    - Know the main drivers of biodiversity loss and how to remediate biodiversity loss

    - Know the opportunities and constraints of certification schemes for biodiversity conservation.

    - Know the relations between biodiversity and human health

    - Are capable of elaborating and critically reflecting and discussing on the conservation issues dealt with throughout the course in a personal way.

    - Can synthesise and critically discuss the conservation literature in a well-structured scientific paper.

    Previous knowledge

    Students are required to have a good background in ecology. Furthermore, this course requires basic knowledge of conservation biology, as provided by courses such as Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (I0U37A), Academic Levelling: Space, Society and Ecology (G0U62A) or Conservatiebiologie (G0N23C).

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Current Topics in Conservation Biology: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R78a)

    3.9 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Aerts Raf |  Honnay Olivier |  Janssens Steven |  N. |  Ceulemans Tobias (substitute)

    Content

    • Biodiversity losses and conservation responses worldwide
    • Translocations and assisted migration
    • Mitigating the consequences of eutrophication
    • Tracking illegal logging in the tropics
    • Payement for Ecosystem services
    • Relation between biodiversity and green space and human health
    • Legal aspects of access and benefit sharing (Nagoya protocol)

    Ad hoc topics by guest lecturers can be added or replace some of these topics.

     

    Course material

    Academic papers
    Slides used during the classes

    Format: more information

    Interactive lectures

    Currect Topics in Conservation Biology: Discussion Sessions and Presentations (B-KUL-G0R79a)

    1.3 ECTS : Practical 6 Second termSecond term
    Aerts Raf |  Honnay Olivier |  Janssens Steven

    Content

    For the exam paper, students are expected to present a topic of their own choice. The topic should be related to the issues presented throughout the course . During the presentation and discussion sessions, students present their topic and progress in the class and discuss it with other students and teachers.
    Students are expected to demonstrate that they are capable of elaborating and critically reflecting on the issues dealt with throughout the course in a personal way. The students clearly describe the theme and research question, discusses the relevance of the research question in the field of conservation biology, and link it to the theories and perspectives provided during the lectures. The paper can be a concise review of the literature or the elaboration of a case study (for example, a conservation plan for a particular species, or an ecosystem restoration plan).

    Course material

    Academic papers

    Format: more information

    Discussion sessions and presentation

    Current Topics in Conservation Biology: Excursions (B-KUL-G0R80a)

    0.8 ECTS : Field trip 12 Second termSecond term
    Janssens Steven

    Content

    Excursions to institutes committed to the ex-situ plant conservation and management of living collections and germplasm collections.

    Attendance is mandatory.

    Course material

    None

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Current Topics in Conservation Biology (B-KUL-G2R78a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Skills test
    Type of questions : Multiple choice
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Grades will be calculated based on the evaluation of an exam paper (60%) and the score on a conservation-proficiency test (40%).

    The exam paper should be between 3500 and 4000 words (excluding references). It should be written as an academic journal article.

    The conservation-proficiency test consist of a multiple choice test with guess correction which will be based on the content of the lectures (there will be ca. 8 lectures). The test will be organised during the final class of the semester. 

    Not participating in the conservation-profficiency test or submitting the exam paper after the deadline will result in an 'NA'-score (not attended). 

    ECTS Chemistry in Motion (B-KUL-G0R98A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Clays Koen (coordinator) |  Loreau Jérôme

    Aims

    The overall aim of the course is to give students insight into some advanced concepts related to change in chemistry:

    • The student will be able to analyze a reaction mechanism and decompose a reaction into its elementary steps.
    • The student will acquire the competences necessary to understand the properties that characterise chemical reactions and the factors that influence those properties, based on chemical information.
    • The student will learn various theoretical approaches used to study elementary chemical reactions, with an emphasis on how to calculate the reaction rate coefficient and its dependence on the temperature.
    • The student will be able to identify the strengths and limitations of the various theoretical methods and the obstacles to a complete description of chemical reactions.
    • The student will be able to formulate the laws of diffusion and relate them to molecular properties.

    Previous knowledge

    This course may be followed by anyone who has completed courses on mathematics and physical chemistry to Bachelor in Chemistry level (or equivalent).

    Identical courses

    G0I24A: Reactive Systems

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Chemistry in Motion: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R98a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Loreau Jérôme

    Content

    The course is composed of…

    A: lectures covering the following topics:

     

    1. Rates of chemical reactions

    - Chemical kinetics; reaction types

    - Rate of a reaction and associated rate coefficient

    - Differential and integrated rate laws

    - Reactions approaching equilibrium and relaxation

    - Kinetics of complex reactions (catalysis, polymerization, chain reactions) and chemical reaction networks

    - Potential energy surfaces and reaction path.

    The importance of obtaining reaction rate coefficients is illustrated through various examples (atmospheric chemistry, astrochemistry, combustion, catalysis,…).

     

    2. Molecular reaction dynamics in the gas phase

    - Connection between cross section and rate coefficient

    - Classical and semi-classical description of chemical reactions: collision theory, capture theory, motion on a potential energy surface, quasi-classical trajectory method, molecular dynamics, Landau-Zener model  

    - Transition state theory (TST), applications, limitations, and extensions

    - Molecular quantum dynamics: quantum theory of chemical reactivity and molecular collisions (time-dependent and time-independent approaches); chemistry in real time.

    - Unimolecular reactions: photo-induced processes, isomerization, RRKM theory.

     

    3. Dynamic processes in gases and liquids: diffusion, viscosity, thermal and electrical conductivity.

     

    4. Reactions in the condensed phase

    - Solvation effects

    - Diffusion-controlled reactions

    - Electron transfer reactions.

     

    B: A short presentation by the students on an application of the concepts explained in the lectures (see also “Evaluation”).

     

    C: Optional exercises (with solutions).

    Course material

    The detailed content of the lectures will be provided via Toledo.

    Reference books and selected publications from the scientific literature will be provided for background and applications.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Chemistry in Motion (B-KUL-G2R98a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Presentation
    Type of questions : Closed questions, Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    The evaluation is based on the presentation (20%) and an oral exam with written preparation (80%).

     

    Students will have several questions, each question will have an assigned mark with the overall mark obtained as the sum of individual marks. If no presentation is done, the mark will be 0 for this part.

     

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Only the oral exam can be retaken. The mark for the presentation will be preserved.

    ECTS Chemical Statistical Mechanics (B-KUL-G0R99A)

    6 ECTS English 46 First termFirst term
    Harvey Jeremy

    Aims

    Chemical thermodynamics is traditionally taught in a ‘top-down’ method, starting from macroscopic properties such as temperature, volume, pressure, or enthalpy. The aim of this course is to provide an appreciation of the complementary microscopic viewpoint into the thermodynamics of chemical systems. As well as understanding the basic statistical version of entropy enshrined in Boltzmann’s formula, the student will understand how other thermodynamic properties can be expressed in terms of the partition function. Students will also gain expertise in carrying out simple calculations based on this approach for ideal gases. Finally, students will learn how molecular simulation methods can be used to model complex chemical systems, learn how to describe the resulting statistical ensembles, and how to extract thermodynamic information from such simulations.

    Previous knowledge

    This course may be followed by anyone who has completed courses on physical chemistry to Bachelor level (or equivalent).

    Identical courses

    G0G95A: Dynamics of Chemical and Biochemical Systems

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Chemical Statistical Mechanics: Exercises (B-KUL-G0D00a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 20 First termFirst term
    Harvey Jeremy

    Content

    The student will practice evaluation of thermodynamic quantities in exercise sessions and computer-based practical exercises.

    Course material

    Will be provided via Toledo.

    Chemical Statistical Mechanics: Lectures (B-KUL-G0R99a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Harvey Jeremy

    Content

    The course will include lectures introducing the major concepts and computational methods in statistical mechanics including:

    •  The quantum partition functions for ideal gas molecules.

    •  The link between the partition function and thermodynamic quantities for ideal gases.

    •  The notion of partition function for a classical system in phase-space.

    •  Molecular dynamics and Monte Carlo methods for simulation of complex systems.

    •  Canonical, grand canonical and other ensembles.

    •  Techniques for approximate computation of free energy differences based on simulation

    •  Statistical mechanical description of complex systems including liquids, solutions, and macromolecules.

    Course material

    Atkins’ physical chemistry, P. Atkins and J de Paula, 11th Edition, Oxford University Press 2018

     Statistical Mechanics: Entropy, Order Parameters, and Complexity, James Sethna, Oxford University Press

     Detailed content of the lectures will be provided via Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Chemical Statistical Mechanics (B-KUL-G2R99a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    The exam will be open-book, and will include (a) solving an exercise using quantum partition functions, (b) analysis of the outcome of a simulation, and (c) discussion of a chemical problem in statistical mechanics terms. Each question will be assigned a fixed number of marks with the overall mark simply obtained by summing them up.

     

    ECTS Statistical Mechanics (B-KUL-G0S00A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Carlon Enrico (coordinator) |  Bobev Nikolay

    Aims

    At the end of this course the student should:
    • Understand the formalism of the Statistical Mechanics of Equilibrium systems (Microcanonical, Canonical and Grand-Canonical Ensembles) both for Classical Mechanics and for Quantum Mechanics
    • Be able to apply this formalism to deriving some properties of many particles systems
    • Be able to derive some fundamental laws of the physics of many particles systems from the formalism of Statistical Mechanics (as for instance Planck's law, the equipartition principle, the law of mass action, the low-temperature specific heats of solids and gases...)
    • Be able to use the formalism of Statistical Mechanics and approximation techniques to solve problems analytically
    • Demonstrate that he/she can understand a course taught in English and take an exam in English.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has some notions of Statistical Thermodynamics. He/she knows the basis of Classical and Quantum Mechanics. He/she has a good understanding of Calculus and of some elements of Statistics.

    Identical courses

    X0C94B: Statistical mechanics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Statistical Mechanics: Lectures and Problem Solving (B-KUL-G0S00a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 First termFirst term
    Bobev Nikolay

    Content

    1. Introduction to the Gibbs formalism for classical systems: Microcanonical, Canonical and Grand Canonical ensembles
    2. Fluctuations, derivations of thermodynamic relations. Equipartition theorem, The Law of mass action
    3. Interacting Systems: The virial theorem and the virial expansion, The van der Waals Model, First and Second order Phase transitions., The Ising Model, Critical Exponents, Universality and Scaling.
    4. Quantum Statistical Mechanics: Fermions and Bosons, Bose-Einstein Condensation, Phonons and Photons, The Planck's law, Debye Theory, Fermi gases and low temperature behavior

    Course material

    Lecture Notes available on Toledo
    J. Sethna, Statistical Mechanics: Entropy, Order Parameters and Complexity (Oxford University Press, 2006).

    Format: more information

    The lectures are complemented by exercise sessions in which the students have to solve problems under supervision of a tutor.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Statistical Mechanics (B-KUL-G2S00a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : List of formulas

    ECTS Biological Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0S04A)

    3 ECTS English 34 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Wenseleers Tom (coordinator) |  Wenseleers Tom |  N.

    Aims

    After completing this course, the student is able to statistically analyze simple biological datasets using the software package R and to interpret and report the obtained results.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of statistical theory as taught in the course 'Statistiek & data-analyse'.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biological Data Analysis (B-KUL-G0S04a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 16 First termFirst term
    Wenseleers Tom

    Content

    • The scientific method
    • Basics of statistical inference
    • One-sample t-test, paired t-test, unpaired t-test
    • Pearson correlation
    • Non-parametric methods
    • Simple and multiple linear regression
    • Model diagnosis, influential observations
    • Curvilinearity in regression
    • One-way and multi-way ANOVA
    • ANCOVA
    • Introduction linear mixed models, incl. repeated measures analysis
    • Introduction generalized linear models & generalized linear mixed models
    • Experimental design

    Course material

    • Course slides
    • TOLEDO

    Biological Data Analysis: Exercises (B-KUL-G0S05a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 18 First termFirst term
    Wenseleers Tom |  N.

    Content

    • Unpaired t-test, one-sample t-test, paired t-test
    • Pearson correlation
    • Non-parametric methods
    • Simple & multiple linear regression
    • Model diagnosis, outliers & influential observations
    • Curvilinearity in regression
    • One-way & multiway ANOVA
    • ANCOVA
    • Introduction linear mixed models, incl. repeated measures analysis
    • Introduction generalized linear models & generalized linear mixed models
    • Experimental design

    Course material

    • Course slides
    • TOLEDO

    Format: more information

    Practical exercises in R. The practicals for this course are obligatory.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biological Data Analysis (B-KUL-G2S04a)

    Type : Exam outside of the normal examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Computer, Reference work, Course material

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of a fully written part with individual exercises in computer lab. 

    The student passes the course if they obtain a total score of at least 10/20.

    Information about retaking exams

    The modalities for re-taking the exam are the same as during the first exam round.

    ECTS Housing and the city (B-KUL-G0S30A)

    6 ECTS English 32 First termFirst term
    Aalbers Manuel

    Aims

    This course aims:
    To acquire knowledge of the different ways in which geography or place play an important role in contemporary societies, in particular in cities and their built environment.

    • To acquire knowledge of the different actors involved in urban/housing policies and housing markets.
    • Develop analytical and critical understanding of the complex interactions between globalization, social change and the built environment.
    • Develop analytical and critical understanding of the various socio-economic and political differences in the production, consumption and meaning of housing and the built environment through the evaluation of international cases.

    Develop awareness and knowledge of how urban geography and housing studies have used insights of and provided insights to socio-economic geography and the social sciences more widely defined.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge in either social and economic geography or in another social science or in urban planning. 

    Identical courses

    G0S37A: Housing
    G00A2A: Housing and the City

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Housing and the City: Lectures/Seminars (B-KUL-G0S31a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 32 First termFirst term
    Aalbers Manuel

    Content

    Housing and urban systems have emerged in each city and society reflecting variegated dwelling practices and spatial relations as well as variegated historical processes. Housing and urban systems thus provide a particular lens into societies and social change. This course addresses the built environment as a fundamental socio-economic dimension. The course begins by considering the socio-economic and political importance of the built environment and goes on to elaborate how housing and urban systems have interacted with processes of international convergence and divergence. We pay attention to the different actors involved in both urban/housing policies and different housing market segments (i.e. the owner-occupied, private rented and social rented markets). We discuss the following topics: political economy and other approaches in urban/housing studies; ideology, welfare and and urban/housing policies; housing tenure, financialization and non-market housing; gentrification, uneven development and neighbourhood/urban change; urban neoliberalism and entrepreneurialism; and finally, comparative urban and housing studies. The growing commodification of housing markets and urban space have helped reconfigure the field of urban/housing studies within the social sciences in recent decades and have reemphasised the importance of the built environment in understanding both cities and societies, including an appreciation of the differences between cities and countries.

    Course material

    Book chapters, papers and videos provided on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    • 11 lectures/seminars of 3 hours each, with preparation in the form of readings and videos
    • 1 student presentation/critical reflection in the seminar
    • 1 one-day field trip or other interactive and participative activity

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Housing and the city (B-KUL-G2S30a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours, Process evaluation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Per session, the different readings and videos will be studied in advance by all students. During the classroom sessions you will discuss difficulties with and reflections on the content of the readings and videos with your peers and with the lecturer.

    All students will be scheduled to either give one presentation or deliver one written reflection, for which they will prepare critical summaries of the readings and videos of that week in either a powerpoint or short-written format. They will engage with the readings/videos for that class and relate those to other readings and classes and prepare statements to be discussed with the other students and the lecturer. We will use other additional methods to facilitate student participation and discussion. The presentation (30%) and class/activity participation (20%) together make up 50% of the exam result.

    In addition, students will write an individual paper that relates to at least two of the course themes (50%).

    Information about retaking exams

    Participation is obligatory and missing more than one session without a valid legal reason (e.g. doctor’s note) results in the student being excluded from the first and second examination. However, a failed presentation/reflection or failed paper can be compensated by writing a new reflection (on a topic assigned by the lecturer) or paper.

    ECTS Political Ecology (B-KUL-G0S40A)

    3 ECTS English 24 Second termSecond term
    Loopmans Maarten

    Aims

    After following this course, students should:

    * have acquired in-depth understanding of the interaction between social, economic, political and ecological processes in relation to matters like food, energy, water, waste, infectious diseases, green spaces and air.

    * be capable of understanding, comparing and assessing the various theoretical debates in political ecology.

    * know the state-of-the-art empirical work in political ecology on a topic of choice

    * be able to apply  political ecology theories to empirical cases in a creative way.

    Previous knowledge

    A background in the social sciences is required. A background in environmental sciences is recommended. The student needs to have obtained at least an introductory knowledge of political sciences, sociology and/or social, economic and political geography. The student will profit from a basic knowledge of biological and ecological processes like the nutrient cycle, air and water pollution, human metabolism. The student needs to be familiar with global environmental issues like climate change, air pollution, deforestation and energy provision, as well as socio-environmental debates around food, natural resources and waste.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Political Ecology: Lectures and Seminars (B-KUL-G0S40a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 24 Second termSecond term
    Loopmans Maarten

    Content

    1) introductory lectures: These introduce the field of political ecology and lay the foundations for the discussion seminars which follow. The lectures deal with key theoretical debates and introduce a number of key concepts in political ecology. Finally, these introductory lectures provide an introduction to the assignments.

    2) Assignment-based discussion seminars or guest lectures on specific topics

    3) a guided process of peer-supported paper writing

     

     

    Course material

    Study cost: 1-10 euros (The information about the study costs as stated here gives an indication and only represents the costs for purchasing new materials. There might be some electronic or second-hand copies available as well. You can use LIMO to check whether the textbook is available in the library. Any potential printing costs and optional course material are not included in this price.)

    Academic journal articles and book chapters (the exact course material might differ from year to year depending on the state of the art of the academic and broader political debate). A reading list with both required and supplementary readings will be provided. Full texts of all required readings will be available. 

     

    Format: more information

    Discussion - Individual assignment - Paper - Practical lecture - Traditional lecture

    The contact hours are divided between (guest)lectures, discussion seminars and guided peer-supported learning. For the discussion seminars, the students are supposed to read one academic journal article or book chapter in preparation, which can be a theoretical text and/or a specific case study. The peer-supported learning takes the form of discussions in smaller groups around pre-decided topics, in preparation of the final individual (exam) paper.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Political Ecology (B-KUL-G2S40a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Presentation, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Reference work

    Explanation

    The student will be evaluated based on their participation in class and an individual paper. In this paper, the student demonstrates their knowledge of political ecology theories, and their capacity to apply these to analyze a specific case study of choice. 

    Information about retaking exams

    Paper only. Please note that the participation marks stay the same as those obtained during the first examination period. 

    ECTS Organometallic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0S43B)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Van der Eycken Erik

    Aims

    The students are familiar with the most important reactions in current organometallic chemistry. They are able to autonomously propose a feasible mechanism for the most important transition metal catalyzed transformations. They are able to design a synthetic plan using the reactions discussed in the classes.

    Previous knowledge

    The student is familiar with the principles of reaction mechanisms and reactivity in organic chemistry as well as with the basic principles of complex formation. Typically, this knowledge is taught at KU Leuven in the courses Metalen en katalyse, Organic chemistry and Advanced organic chemistry.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Organometallic Chemistry: Lectures (B-KUL-G0S43a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Van der Eycken Erik

    Content

    Introduction

                Rules of Semmelhack and Davies

                Hapto-number

                Ligand metal binding

                Electronic effects in complexes

                Steric effects in complexes

                Backbonding

                Reaction types

                            Polar, apolar: association/dissociation of the ligand, oxidative addition/reductive elimination, insertion/retro-insertion

     

    Cationic complexes

                Nucleophilic attack to a cationic complex

     

    Fe-complexes

                Cationic Fe-complexes: reactions, regioselectivity, synthesis, reactions with epoxides

                Neutral hapto2-Fe-complexes

                Cationic hapto3-Fe-complexes

     

    Cr-complexes

                Theory

                Deprotonation

                Reactions with nucleophiles: aromatic ring contains/does not contain a leaving group

     

    Pd-complexes

                Synthesis of hapto1-, hapto2- and hapto3-Pd-complexes

                Cross coupling with Pd: Suzuki-, Stille-, Kumada-, Negishi-coupling, Heck-reaction, cascade reactions, …

     

    Olefin metathesis:

                Grubbs’, Hoveyda’s, ... catalyst

                RCM, ROM, ROMP

     

    C-H activation

     

    Organolithium and organomagnesium compounds

                Synthesis and reactivity

                Halogen-metal exchange

                Directed ortho metallation

     

    Organoboron reagents as cross coupling partners: synthesis and reactivity

                Boranes

                Boronic acids

                Boronic esters

                            Iridium C-H Borylation

                            Pd catalysed preparation

                MIDA boronates

                Potassium trifluoroborate salts

     

    Organosilicon (germanium, tin) synthesis and reactivity

     

    Organozinc reagents

     

    Organozirconium reagents

     

    Organotitanium reagents

                Synthesis an reactivity, Ziegler-Natta

     

     

     

    Selected topics in cross coupling chemistry (each year a selection of these topics will be taught)

                Gold, silver, copper catalysis (coinage metals)

                Fluorosulfates (as leaving groups in cross coupling)

                Reactions under CO atmosphere, DABSO as SO2 surrogate

                Diaryliodonium salts in organometallic synthesis

                Nickel catalysis

                Rh Carbene chemistry and nitrene chemistry

                Isomerisation of alkenes: Rh-, Fe-Catalysts

    Course material

    Slides and lecture notes, selected papers

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Organometallic Chemistry (B-KUL-G2S43b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    ECTS Principles of Economics for Scientists (B-KUL-G0S62A)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term
    Veugelers Reinhilde (coordinator) |  Ciscato Edoardo |  Veugelers Reinhilde

    Aims

    Learn how to solve economic problems using calculus. Develop micro-economic thinking and learn how to apply this to problems in innovation.

    Students learn the principles of consumer and producer theory, decision making under uncertainty, competitive markets, monopoly, imperfect competition, game theory and information economics, innovation economics and network industries.

    Previous knowledge

    Students should have followed one of the following courses :
    - Students from bachelor Geologie, Geografie, Chemie, Biochemie en biotechnologie and Informatica : Wiskunde 1
    - Students from bachelor Wiskunde and Natuurkunde: Calculus 1
    - Students from bachelor Biologie : Wiskundige methoden voor biomedische wetenschappen
     

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Principles of Economics for Scientists: Microeconomics - Lectures (B-KUL-G0S62a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 16 First termFirst term
    Ciscato Edoardo

    Content

    The course covers principles of economics, with an emphasis on the economics of information and innovation. All topics will be based on microeconomic principles with an emphasis on calculus and problem-solving.
    Lectures will cover applications that are relevant for students in innovation.
    Part 1 Microeconomics
    1) Supply and demand (MLD, Ch 2,3) Rangel, Unit 4
    2) Government interventions (MLD, Ch 5,7,8) Rangel, Unit 5,6,9
    3) Producer theory (MLD, Ch 9,10,11) Rangel, Unit 3
    4) Consumer theory (MLD, Ch 12) Rangel, Unit 2
    5) Monopoly (MLD, Ch 15) Rangel, Unit 7
    6) Price discrimination and asymmetric information Rangel, Unit 7
    Students learn the principles of consumer and producer theory, decision making under uncertainty, competitive markets, monopoly.
     

    Course material

    - Antonio Rangel, Principles of Economics for Scientists (Coursera course), and recent 2014 version: Principles of economics with calculus (edX course)
    - Preston McAfee, Tracy Lewis, Donald Dale (MLD), Introduction to Economic Analysis, 2009
    The course material consists of slides used in the lectures, problem sets and a handbook in intermediate microeconomics (for example: McAfee, Lewis and Dale; selected chapters from Belleflamme and Peitz).
     

    Format: more information

    The type of instruction is based on lectures and illustrated with examples based on calculus.

    Principles of Economics for Scientists: Microeconomics - Assignments (B-KUL-G0S63a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 10 First termFirst term
    Ciscato Edoardo

    Content

    The assignments will cover applications that are relevant for students in innovation.

    Course material

    - Antonio Rangel, Principles of Economics for Scientists (Coursera course), and recent 2014 version: Principles of economics with calculus (edX course)
    - Preston McAfee, Tracy Lewis, Donald Dale (MLD), Introduction to Economic Analysis, 2009
    The course material consists of slides used in the lectures, problem sets and a handbook in intermediate microeconomics (for example: McAfee, Lewis and Dale; selected chapters from Belleflamme and Peitz).
     

    Format: more information

    There are several practical sessions where problem sets are solved.

    Principles of Economics for Scientists: Information and Innovation - Lectures (B-KUL-G0S64a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 16 First termFirst term
    Veugelers Reinhilde

    Content

    The course covers principles of economics, with an emphasis on the economics of information and innovation. All topics will be based on microeconomic principles with an emphasis on calculus and problem-solving.
    Lectures will cover applications that are relevant for students in innovation.
    Part 2 Information and innovation
    7) Dynamic choice and uncertainty (MLD, Ch 13)
    8) Game theory and oligopoly (MLD, Ch 16, 17) Rangel, Unit 8
    9) Information and incentives (MLD, Ch 18, 19)
    10) Innovation and R&D (BP, Ch 18)
    11) Intellectual property (BP, Ch 19)
    12) Networks, standards and two-sided markets (BP, Ch 20-22)
    Students learn the principles of imperfect competition, game theory and information economics, innovation economics and network industries.
     

    Course material

    - Preston McAfee, Tracy Lewis, Donald Dale (MLD), Introduction to Economic Analysis, 2009
    - Belleflamme and Peitz (BP), Industrial Organization: Markets and Strategies, Cambridge University Press, 2010
    The course material consists of slides used in the lectures, problem sets and a handbook in intermediate microeconomics (for example: McAfee, Lewis and Dale; selected chapters from Belleflamme and Peitz).
     

    Format: more information

    The type of instruction is based on lectures and illustrated with examples based on calculus.

    Principles of Economics for Scientists: Information and Innovation - Assignments (B-KUL-G0S65a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 10 First termFirst term
    Veugelers Reinhilde

    Content

    The assignments will cover applications that are relevant for students in innovation.

    Course material

    - Preston McAfee, Tracy Lewis, Donald Dale (MLD), Introduction to economic Analysis, 2009
    - Belleflamme and Peitz (BP), Industrial Organization: Markets and Strategies, Cambridge University Press, 2010
    The course material consists of slides used in the lectures, problem sets and a handbook in intermediate microeconomics ( for example: McAfee, Lewis and Dale; selected chapters from Belleflamme and Peitz).
     

    Format: more information

    There are several practical sessions where problems sets are solved.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Principles of Economics for Scientists (B-KUL-G2S62a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    FEATURES OF THE EVALUATION

    The final exam:

    • The final exam will be a written, closed-book exam.
    • Students can use a NON-graphic calculator to solve mathematical questions
    • The exam consists of open questions

     

    DETERMINATION OF FINAL GRADES#

    * The grades are determined by the lecturer as communicated via Toledo and stated in the examination schedule. The result is calculated and communicated as a whole number on a scale of 20.

    Both components of the course (“Microeconomics” and “Information and Innovation”) will count for 50% of the final grade.

     

    SECOND EXAMINATION OPPORTUNITY

    *The features of the evaluation and determination of grades are identical to those of the first examination opportunity, as described above

    If a student passed for one of the components in the first examination period, he does not have to retake this part of the exam in the second examination period.

    ECTS Introduction to Geoprocessing (B-KUL-G0S73A)

    3 ECTS English 30 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Lipzig Nicole

    Aims

    After following this course, a student should be:
    • familiar with the basic concepts of programming that are specifically applicable to the processing and analysis of spatial data
    • able to work out a solution strategy to analyze spatial data, based on a general scientific problem
    • able to write program codes that allow for processing and analyzing spatial data (incl. time series).
    • develop simple programming applications in existing GIS software.
     

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge geosciences (physical geography, social geography, geology and/or climatology).

    Identical courses

    G0U71A: Introduction to Geoprocessing

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Introduction to Geoprocessing (B-KUL-G0S73a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 30 Second termSecond term
    Van Lipzig Nicole

    Content

    • Introduction to Python
    • Reading data in Python (time series and spatial data)
    • Python Applications in Argis and / or QGIS
    • Working with GIS vector data in Python
    • Working with raster data in Python
    • Analysis of time series
    • Programming of case studies. The following topics are possible:
      o calculation of simple terrain attributes based on digital terrain models (2D)
      o calculation of location preferences (2D)
      o calculation of erosion and sedimentation along a slope profile (1D)
      o calculation of movements along normal faults (1D)
      o analysis of similar climate series (eg comparison of temperature and snow melt series) (1D)
      o calculate the spatial distribution of heat waves in Europe, based on temperatures from a climate model (2D)
     

    Course material

    Handouts of slides, links to websites, software documentation.

    Format: more information

    There are 10 sessions of 3 hours in a PC equipped classroom. During each session, the students will get an introduction to the programming of spatial issues before they solve problems of a limited complexity individually and under supervision. Students can continue to work on this exercise at home so that they can practice and deepen their knowledge and skills. A greater programming exercise is given as a take-home at the end of the sessions. Students should be able to solve this independently by combining the various skills they have learned. The take-home assignment must be submitted 7 days before the start of the examination period.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Introduction to Geoprocessing (B-KUL-G2S73a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Practical exam, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    • Part 1 is an examination about the exercises that were made during class and the take-home exercise. Take-home assignment must be submitted at least 7 days before the start of the examination period through Toledo
    • Part 2 is a PC exam where the student must write a functioning and well-structured program where a specific spatial problem is simulated or where spatial data (including time series) are processed.
    Students need at least an 8 on both Part 1 and Part 2 in order to pass for this course.
     

    Information about retaking exams

    Students receive an adjusted take-home programming exercise that they need to hand in at least 7 days before the start of the examination period via Toledo.

    ECTS Leadership for Geoscientists (B-KUL-G0S80A)

    3 ECTS English 24 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Decleer Jos

    Aims

    This course is aimed at providing master students in geosciences knowledge and insight about requirements that are expected from young graduates when start working in an industrial company or business organisation. Besides scientific and technical competences, also leadership skills are a prerequisite for personal development and long term success.

    A number of leadership theories will be discussed in detail, followed by a translation into practice. Leadership development consists of three consecutive steps. They are the backbone of this course and consists of  (1) self-leadership, (2) team leadership, and (3) business leadership. Theory will be combined with practical examples and business cases in the field of geosciences. Students will be challenged and asked to actively participate. A number of essential leadership tools will also be discussed and practised in groups. Such as:

    • determining personal profile
    • mapping process flows
    • managing a project
    • developing intra- & entrepreneurial skills
    • preparing a job interview
    • optimising ways-of-working
    • analysing third party contracts
    • mapping stakeholders
    • coaching & mentoring people
    • designing an organisation
    • lauching innovation projects
    • leading a (project) team
    • determining skills & competences
    • restructuring an organisation
    • analysing profitability of a project
    • controlling profits & losses of a business
    • developing a business case
    • monitoring manufacturing processes
    • planning scenarios for the future
    • etc.

    The competences acquired will ensure that students at the end of the course are well prepared to start working in a business company or organisation. With the acquired theoretical background and practical tools, they must be able to take the lead in a new professional environment.
     

    Previous knowledge

    A background in geosciences at BSc level is required.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Leadership for Geoscientists (B-KUL-G0S80a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 24 Second termSecond term
    Decleer Jos

    Content

    1 Process Modelling
    2 SWOT Analysis
    3 Stakeholder Mapping
    4 Organisational Design
    5 Competence Profiling
    6 Change Management
    7 Project Coaching
    8 LEAN Management
    9 Performance Metrics
    10 Cost Optimisation
     

    Course material

    PowerPoint slides + Excel tools + syllabus.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Leadership for Geoscientists (B-KUL-G2S80a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Report, Participation during contact hours, Process evaluation, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions

    ECTS Polymer Physics (B-KUL-G0S82A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    Carlon Enrico

    Aims

    At the end of this course the student should:
    • Have a deep knowledge of the fundamental physical properties of polymers and biopolymers.
    • Understand the basic laws governing the equilibrium and dynamics of polymers.
    • Be aqcquainted with modern experimental techniques, in particular single molecule techniques, for the study of biopolymers as DNA or proteins.
    • Acquire some knowledge of the recent literature in the field.
     

    Previous knowledge

    The student should have a basic knowledge of Mechanics, Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics.     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Polymer Physics (B-KUL-G0S82a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 Second termSecond term
    Carlon Enrico

    Content

    Ideal polymers, Self-avoidance and the Flory argument, Scaling theory, Polymer Dynamics: the Rouse and Zimm models, DNA as a polymer (stiffness, persistence length), the Poisson-Boltzmann theory, Manning condensation, DNA elasticity and the Worm-like chain, Single molecule experimental techniques: Optical and Magnetic Tweezers, DNA conformational transitions: denaturation and hybridization, DNA topology: twist and writhe, DNA topology.

    Course material

    Handbook: Scaling Concepts in Polymer Physics (PG de Gennes), The theory of Polymer Dynamics (Doi and Edwards). Papers from the recent literature.    

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Polymer Physics (B-KUL-G2S82a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project, Project/Product, Report, Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, None

    ECTS Advanced Quantum Mechanics (B-KUL-G0S83A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Li Tjonnie

    Aims

    Students acquire a more deeper knowledge on the nature and the power of quantum mechanics.  In particular they know how to apply perturbation theory, to employ scattering theory and to apply symmetry arguments.  Students also get in touch with more modern aspects of quantum mechanics like in questions about entanglement, non-localities and the measurement problem.

    Previous knowledge

    Students have followed courses in General Physics, and they also have successfully finished a basic course in quantum mechanics.

    Identical courses

    G0S84A: Gevorderde kwantummechanica

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Quantum Mechanics (B-KUL-G0S83a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Li Tjonnie

    Content

    1. Reminders: quantumformalism for closed systems, two-slit experiment.  Schroedinger equation with spin (Pauli and Dirac equations) - Stern-Gerlach experiment.  Quantumstatistics.
    2. Complements:
    - Time-dependent Hamiltonian, quantum protocol and control;
    - Time-dependent perturbation theory (Dyson method);
    - Scattering theory (Landauer-Buttiker formula);
    - Symmetry considerations (the hydrogen atom revisited);
    -  Approximations (semi-classical analysis, WKBJ-method,  Born-Oppenheimer approximation).
    3.   Modern developments:
    - Open systems, dissipative evolutions, decoherence, Caldeira-Leggett model.  Weak coupling (Fermi-Golden rule), Lindblad equation;
    - Quantum nature: superposition, entanglement, tunneling, nonlocality;
    - Quantum optics. Jaynes-Cummings model, Rabi oscillations, coherent states, squeezing, manipulations of individual atoms;
    - Quantum system theory. Positive-operator valued measure, quantum computing and algorithms, compression and capacity.

    Depending on available time and taking into account the possible overlap with other courses:
    - Introduction to path-integrals (example: Ahoronov-Bohm effect);
    - From Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen experiments to Bell inequalities and the Kochen-Specker No-Go Theorems;
    - Schroedinger’s cat and possible solutions of the measurement problem.

    Course material

    “Quantum Mechanics” by Bransden&Joaquin ;
    "Quantum computing and quantum information" by Nielsen&Chuang;
    “Quantum Mechanics, A Modern Development” by L.E. Ballentine
    And lecture notes.
     

    Format: more information

    Basic lectures and exercises for optimal interaction.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Quantum Mechanics (B-KUL-G2S83a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    ECTS Experiments in Modern Physics (B-KUL-G0S85A)

    3 ECTS English 29 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Cocolios Thomas Elias (coordinator) |  Bartic Carmen |  Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Goderis Bart |  Taurino Irene |  da Costa Pereira Lino  |  Less More

    Aims

    This course aims to provide an overview of advanced experimental techniques used in contemporary physics research, in typical university-based laboratory context as well as in large research facilities, in Belgium and abroad.  The main goal is to widen the students’ scientific horizon and to provide an overview of the current state-of-the-art, the opportunities and limitations of modern experimental techniques and their areas of application.  Wherever possible the link with recent breakthroughs in physics is made (e.g. via recent Nobel prizes), highlighting the interaction between theoretical and experimental research.  Research laboratories will be visited in the Department of Physics and Astronomy, in imec, within the faculties of Engineering and Bio-engineering, at other Belgian universities, and in industrial laboratories.  The course also comprises a field trip to a number of large international research facilities, among others the center for nuclear and particle research CERN in Geneva, the synchrotron facility ESRF in Grenoble and the neutron facility ILL in Grenoble.  Students will visit a number of experimental setups in which researchers from Leuven are strongly involved and will have a detailed look at particular experimental techniques.  Students are expected to make their own otes during the visit and make and present a synthesis via individualized assignments.

    Previous knowledge

    The student is expected to have had introductory courses at bachelor level in the different areas of physics.  Furthermore the student is expected to have acquired the necessary skills for operating the basic instruments of experimental physics.  Using this basic equipment, the student is expected to be able to carry out experiments and to report correctly about them. This implies the correct and rigorous analysis of the obtained data, the statistical data treatment and error propagation analysis.

    The expected prior knowledge is equivalent with:
    - Experimentele basistechnieken in de Natuurkunde, 2de Bachelor of gelijkwaardige ervaring.
    - Natuurkunde I, II, III
    - Kernfysica, 3de bachelor
    - Fysica van de gecondenseerde materie, 3de bachelor

    Identical courses

    G0S87A: Experimenten in de moderne fysica

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Visits to Research Laboratories in Belgium (B-KUL-G0S86a)

    2 ECTS : Field trip 13 Both termsBoth terms
    Bartic Carmen |  Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Taurino Irene |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Content

    During visits to three research laboratories (in small groups of about 6-7 students), local specialists will give an introduction about specific advanced experimental techniques and how these techniques contribute to their ongoing scientific research.  The operation of the experimental setups will be demonstrated and their relevance for research will be highlighted.  After the introductory visit the students will perform additional background literature research and will write a synthetic report.  A session with oral presentations of the reports on the laboratory visits will be organized.  A first draft of the report and/or the presentation will be reviewed by the professor who organizes the visit.  The feedback provided by the professor will be taken into account by the student in order to finalize the report.

    Course material

    Preparatory lectures
    Oral explanation by experts in the labs
    Demonstrations
    Audio-visual material and data
    Scientific papers and articles from literature

    Visit of ESRF/ILL (B-KUL-G0T90a)

    1 ECTS : Field trip 16 Second termSecond term
    Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Goderis Bart |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Content

    The student group makes a field trip in which three large international research facilities are visited, i.e. the center for nuclear research CERN in Geneva, the synchrotron facility ESRF in Grenoble and the neutron source ILL in Grenoble.  About half a day is spent in each of the facilities.  Every visit starts with a general introduction and a presentation of the facility by a local guide.  After the general presentation the group is split up and representative setups and beamlines are visited in more detail, guided by local scientists.

    Traveling is done with a coach and overnight stays are in local hotels near the highways.  According to the faculty rules a financial contribution is requested from the students.

    After the visit the students will search for additional material and will write a synthesis report about the visit.  The students will also give an oral presentation about these laboratory visits (not for students of G0G99A).  A first version of the report and the presentation is reviewed by the professor in charge of that visit (not for students of G0G99A).  This feedback is then taken into account by the students in order to finalize their report (not for students of G0G99A).

    Course material

    Slides of the relevant colleges.

    Research papers

    Format: more information

    This trip typically takes four days (including two traveling days).  Visits to the three institutes typically take half a day each.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Experiments in Modern Physics (B-KUL-G2S85a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation, Self assessment/Peer assessment, Participation during contact hours

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Advanced Solid State Physics (B-KUL-G0S90A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Locquet Jean-Pierre (coordinator) |  Kittl Jorge |  N. |  Locquet Jean-Pierre (substitute)

    Aims

    The objective of the course is to give a broad phenomenological overview and background to cutting-edge topics of modern condensed matter physics, in direct relation to the major experimental methods that are used to investigate hard condensed matter systems.  The emphasis of the course is on phenomena (magnetism, dielectrics and ferroelectrics, optical properties, plasmons, surface and interphase physics, defects) with reference to today’s research.  The many-body physics of selected topics will be worked out. 

    Previous knowledge

    Student should be familiar with a basic/introductory level of
    quantum mechanics  (as in e.g. G0Y20A or equivalent)
    statistical mechanics (as in e.g. G0S00A or equivalent)
    condensed matter physics course (as in e.g. G0Y94A or equivalent)
     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Solid State Physics (B-KUL-G0S90a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Kittl Jorge |  N. |  Locquet Jean-Pierre (substitute)

    Content

    The course content follows the book of Kittel starting from Chapter 11

    • Chapter 11: Diamagnetism and paramagnetism
    • Chapter 12: Ferromagnetism and antiferromagnetism 

    • Chapter 13: Magnetic Resonance

    ​• Chapter 14: Plasmons, polaritons and polarons

    ​• Chapter 15: Optical processes and excitons

    • Chapter 16: Dielectrics and Ferroelectrics 

    • Chapter 17: Surface and Interface Physics

    • Chapter 18: Nanostructures 

    • Chapter 19: Noncrystalline solids

    • Chapter 20: Point defects

    • Chapter 21: Dislocations 

    • Chapter 22: Alloys

    Next a series of recent articles from the different fields covered in the course will be selected and presented. 

     

     



     

    Course material

    Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics (8th edition 2005)

     

    Michael P. Marder, Condensed Matter Physics (second edition 2010)
    Course notes (slides)

    Recent publications around the topics covered in the course 

     

     


     

    Format: more information

    The focus during the course is that the students work actively with the course content in terms of presentations and assignements. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Solid State Physics (B-KUL-G2S90a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Presentation, Participation during contact hours, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Reference work, None

    Explanation

    The language of the lectures is English.  Dutch-speaking students can take the exam/make the assignments in Dutch if preferred.

    The ex-cathedra lectures are limited on purpose, in order to have time for explaining the main and known problems.  The emphasize of this course is on an independent study of the course contents, using the available material, and with weekly organized discussion sessions related to the chapters of the main book that is followed. After some introduction session(s), in order to set the scene, the twice per weekly lectures start with presentations by students on a particular chapter (or part of a chapter). Based on this, the discussion on the more difficult aspects is expanded.  Additional information will also be given, where appropriate.

    In addition, each student has to prepare and hold a presentation on a recent publication related to the subject of the course. This includes also a written report as an assignment. 

    Dates, topics and speakers are decided at the start of the semester.

    A significant part of the evaluation is on these presentations/assignements and on the discussion following them (active involvement). A final oral exam during the examination period will take place. It wil consist of questions on topics covered by the different presentations related to the book.

    ECTS Advanced Nuclear Physics (B-KUL-G0S91A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Cocolios Thomas Elias (coordinator) |  Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Neyens Gerda |  Raabe Riccardo |  Severijns Nathal

    Aims

    In this course students acquire more advanced knowledge on selected topics in nuclear physics. These are mainly related to ongoing research in the department and deal with nuclear structure of short-lived isotopes and fundamental properties of the weak interaction.
    At the end of this courses the students
    - should be able to give a review on current state-of-the-art nuclear models and be able to describe in more detail the spherical and deformed shell-model.
    - should understand the role of angular distributions and - correlations in radioactive decay and how these are used in nuclear structure and fundamental interaction research.
    - should know the main properties of nuclear reactions and how these relate to a few key experiments. 

    Previous knowledge

    The course builds further on the introductory “Nuclear Physics” course in 3th year Bachelor Physics and the basics of quantum mechanics have to be known as well.  

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0S83A ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( G0S84A )


    G0S83AG0S83A : Advanced Quantum Mechanics
    G0S84AG0S84A : Gevorderde kwantummechanica


    Identical courses

    G0J11A: Gevorderde kernfysica

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Nuclear Physics (B-KUL-G0S91a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Neyens Gerda |  Raabe Riccardo |  Severijns Nathal

    Content

    1. Nuclear models
    o overview of different types of nuclear models – current status
    o collective excitations in nuclei
    o the spherical and deformed shell model

    2. Angular distributions and correlations.
    o angular distribution of radiation
    o applications to alpha-, beta- and gamma-radiation
    o the weak interaction in beta decay
    o correlations in beta decay and related experiments

    3. Nuclear reactions.
    o generalities
    o formal scattering theory
    o Coulomb scattering and Coulomb excitation
    o resonant scattering
    o the optical model for elastic scattering

    Course material

    Course notes, slides on Toledo, scientific papers.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Nuclear Physics (B-KUL-G2S91a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : None, Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    For certain parts of the course the lecture notes can be used – see Toledo for details.

    Information about retaking exams

    The results from parts of the evaluation(s) during the semester are transferred to the second exam period, see Toledo for details.

    ECTS Advanced Soft and Biomatter Physics (B-KUL-G0S92A)

    6 ECTS English 39 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Bartic Carmen (coordinator) |  Bartic Carmen |  Lettinga Pavlik |  Maes Christian

    Aims

    In this course, the students get acquainted with modern research topics and methods as well as their underlying theoretical aspects in the fields of soft condensed matter physics and biophysics. After successfully completing this course, the student should:

    • be familiar with the challenges and approaches used in the field;
    • be able to perform research activities in a professional and multidisciplinary research team under the supervision of experts;
    • be able to independently solve advanced problems in soft matter physics and biophysics by choosing the appropriate experimental and/or theoretical method, apply it and report the findings in a correct way;
    • understand and critically analyze the data presented in relevant scientific literature;
    • present and report insights and results to specialists.

     

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of general physics, statistical physics and thermodynamics. Knowledge from the Bachelor course based on the textbook “Soft Condensed Matter”by Richard Jones. javascript:waitpointer();zHtmlTriggerEvent('ccont','opo_voorlopig_opslaan');

    Identical courses

    G0J30A: Advanced Soft Matter Physics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Soft and Biomatter Physics (B-KUL-G0S92a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 First termFirst term
    Bartic Carmen |  Lettinga Pavlik |  Maes Christian

    Content

    Soft matter science deals with systems that are easily deformed by thermal and mechanical stresses, with the relevant energy scale comparable with room temperature thermal energy. It is therefore highly relevant for our daily life and forms a link between physics, chemistry and biology. Soft matter science is relevant for a wide range of applications and industries from food and pharmaceuticals to medicine and robotics.

    In this course we will address the following topics:

    1. Colloids and crowding: definitions, crowding and self-assembly on macroscopic and microscopic scales, phase-behavior

    2. Smoluchowski equation and the gas-liquid phase separation: the microscopic approach of spinodal decomposition, experimental examples

    3. Multi-scale methods in soft matter physics: scattering, light microscopy, laser trapping, AFM nanomechanics

    4. Dynamics of colloidal rods: Smoluchowski equation for Brownian rods, hydrodynamic interactions and experiments on colloidal rods

    5. Flow of complex fluids: linear and non-linear rheology

    6. Non-equilibrium aspects in soft matter: non-equilibrium phenomena, steady-state non-equilibrium: molecular motors, driven lattice gasses, driven Brownian motion, active particle systems

    7. Manipulating and probing dynamics and properties of bio(inspired) soft matter: optomechanical manipulation of colloids and living cells, photonic nanosensors and nanoactuators, light-responsive intelligent materials and soft microrobots

     

    Course material

    -Text books:
    G. Strobl, The physics of polymers, Springer-Verlag (Berlin, 1996);
    P.G. de Gennes and J. Prost, The physics of liquid crystals, Second Edition, Clarendon Press (Oxford, 1993). Dhont, An Introduction to Dynamics of Colloids. (PDF is available).
    -Selected research papers
    -Slides, transparencies, courseware
    -Toledo / e-platform

    Format: more information

    A number of lectures will include laboratory visits and some guided assignments.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Soft and Biomatter Physics (B-KUL-G2S92a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Report, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator, None

    Explanation

    20% of the score is based on semester assignments (paper presentation and discussion, carried out in teams, during the semester).

    80% of the score is based on the individual written exam, during the examination period.

    Information about retaking exams

    Only the exam taken during the examination period can be repeated.  The score of the presentation/report obtained during the semester is retained.

    ECTS Electron Correlations: Superconductivity and Magnetism (B-KUL-G0S93B)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Bael Margriet (coordinator) |  Van Bael Margriet |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Aims

    To get insight into fundamental properties and into phenomenology of the correlated electrons in solids causing the appearance of magnetism and superconductivity. With this information in hand, the students can apply it in order to understand current research topics, the working principles of modern applications and the societal relevance of superconductivity and magnetism.

    Previous knowledge

    Student should be familiar with a basic/introductory level of:
    - quantum mechanics  (as in e.g. G0Y20A or equivalent)
    - statistical mechanics (as in e.g. G0S00A or equivalent)
    - condensed matter physics (as in e.g. G0Y94A or equivalent)

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Electron Correlations: Superconductivity and Magnetism (B-KUL-G0S93a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 Second termSecond term
    Van Bael Margriet |  da Costa Pereira Lino

    Content

    A. SUPERCONDUCTIVITY

    Fundamental properties of superconductors
    Vanishing of electrical resistance, Meissner effect, fluxoid quantisation, the London equations, macroscopic quantum phenomenon, quantum interference: the Josephson effect, Quantum interference in a magnetic field (SQUID loop)

    Superconducting Materials
    Conventional and unconventional superconductors; superconducting elements, alloys and compounds; fullerides; superconducting oxides, cuprates, bismuthates, ruthanates; iron pnictates and related compounds; organic superconductors.

    Cooper pairing
    Conventional superconductivity: electron phonon interaction, the superconducting state, quasiparticles and the BCS-theory; experimental confirmation of fundamental concepts the isotope effect and the energy gap

    Thermodynamic properties of the superconducting state
    Specific heat; the Ginzburg Landau theory, characteristic lengths of the Ginzburg Landau theory; Type-I superconductors in a magnetic field, the intermediate state, the wall energy; Type-II superconductors in a magnetic field, magnetization curve and critical fields, the Shubnikov state and flux lines.

    Critical currents in superconductors
    Limit of the supercurrent due to pair breaking; critical current in Type-II superconductors; flux pinning

    Applications of superconductivity

    Research topics on superconducting nanosystems

     

    B. MAGNETISM

    Magnetism basic aspects

    • review of basic magnetostatics
    • magnetization and magnetic materials, definitions and units
    • atomic origins of magnetism
    • Diamagnetism
    • Paramagnetism
    • Interactions in ferromagnetic materials
    • Ferromagnetic domains
    • Antiferromagnetism
    • Ferrimagnetism

    Magnetic phenomena

    • Anisotropy
    • Magnetoresistance (AMR, GMR, CMR)
    • Exchange bias
    • Multiferroicity

    Novel magnetic materials

    Research topics on magnetic nanosystems and quantum magnets

     

    Course material

    -Nicola Spaldin, Magnetic materials, fundamentals and applications (2nd edition, 2010)
    -Reinhold Kleiner and Werner Buckel, Superconductivity, An Introduction (third edition, 2015)
    -Lecture notes and/or slides.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Electron Correlations: Superconductivity and Magnetism (B-KUL-G2S93b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

    The exam contains several questions. The final score is the algebraic sum of the results on all questions. There is an equal weight for the questions on the superconductivity part and on the magnetism part. 

    ECTS Advanced Topics in Clusters and Nanoparticles (B-KUL-G0S94B)

    3 ECTS English 18 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Janssens Ewald (coordinator) |  Temst Kristiaan |  N. |  Janssens Ewald (substitute)

    Aims

    The objective of the course is to acquire insight in the theoretical background on clusters and nanoparticles, and knowledge of the major experimental methods that are used to produce and investigate these nano-objects. The students will understand how electron confinement affects the electronic, optical, and chemical properties of small particles.
    The students will also have obtained state-of-the-art knowledge of a selected subtopic of the course and are able to teach about that topic. In addition, they are able to report about a specific research discovery in popularized language for a broad audience.

    Previous knowledge

    Quantum mechanics (as in G0Y20A or equivalent)
    Condensed matter physics (as in G0Y94A or equivalent)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Topics in Clusters and Nanoparticles (B-KUL-G0S94a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    Temst Kristiaan |  N. |  Janssens Ewald (substitute)

    Content

    Part 1: Properties of nanoscale objects and their assemblies (7 lectures of 1,5 hours)

    • Introduction to nanoscience and nanotechnology
    • Nanoparticles: equilibrium shapes and characteristic quantities
    • Nanoparticles and clusters: Quantum effects
    • Fullerenes and carbon nanotubes
    • Nanoparticles preparation methods
    • Structural characterisation techniques: SAXS, neutron scattering, DLS.

    Part 2: Capita selecta (3 lectures of 1,5 hours)

    • Assignment to prepare in team a course about a particular subject related to nanoparticles or nanoclusters. The course should be presented in class (possible topics: nanoparticle catalysis, nanoparticles for cancer treatment, nanoparticle toxicity, nanoparticles for energy applications, nanoparticle plasmonics,…).
    • Individual assignment to write a press release about a recent research article related to the topics of the course.

    Course material

    • Selected chapters of textbooks on clusters or nanoparticles
    • Review articles
    • Slides
    • Toledo / e-platform

    Format: more information

    10 Lectures of 1,5 hours + individual contacts related to own course and press release

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Topics in Clusters and Nanoparticles (B-KUL-G2S94b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    Final exam (60 %)
    Permanent evaluation:

    • presentation in the form of course on a selected topic related to the course content (20%)
    • press release (20%)

    The final score is obtained by summing the scores of the different parts with a weighting factor as indicated above.

    Information about retaking exams

    Partial mark transfer will be done for assignments (presentation / press release) on which a score of at least 10/20 is obtained. For the presentation an alternative written asignment will be given in case it has to be retaken.

     

    ECTS Exotic Nuclei: Properties and Interactions (B-KUL-G0S95A)

    6 ECTS English 39 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Raabe Riccardo (coordinator) |  Neyens Gerda |  Raabe Riccardo |  Severijns Nathal |  de Groote Ruben |  N. |  Ferrer Garcia Rafael (substitute)  |  Less More

    Aims

    The student gains insight in the state-of-the art research methods in nuclear physics, with emphasis on which observables can be measured and which methods can be used to investigate the nuclear structure and interactions in the nuclear medium (strong and weak interaction), and in particular for exotic nuclei.

    The student gets familiar with a few specialized research tools and methods in nuclear physics and obtains a practical knowledge on how to interpret experimental results in the context of nuclear models or the standard model for elementary particles.

    Previous knowledge

    Knowledge of nuclear physics on an advanced level.  
    Good knowledge of quantum mechanics, angular momentum algebra and scattering theory.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0S91A )


    G0S91AG0S91A : Advanced Nuclear Physics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Exotic Nuclei: Properties and Interactions (B-KUL-G0S95a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 39 Second termSecond term
    Neyens Gerda |  Raabe Riccardo |  Severijns Nathal |  de Groote Ruben |  N. |  Ferrer Garcia Rafael (substitute)  |  Less More

    Content

    The lectures will include topics on state-of-the art research in nuclear structure and weak interaction physics (test of standard model).  Topics can include:
    1. Nuclear moments, spins and charge radii and their relation to nuclear structure.
    2. Decay-spectroscopy and nuclear structure.
    3. Ion traps for nuclear physics research.
    4. Nuclear reactions and nuclear structure.
    5. Testing the standard model in beta-decay.

    Course material

    Selected Chapters from following text books:
    -“The Euroschool Lectures on Physics with Exotic Beams”, Vol. 1, Springer 2004, Eds. E. Roeckl and J. Al-Khalili
    -“The Euroschool Lectures on Physics with Exotic Beams”, Vol. 2, Springer 2006, Eds. E. Roeckl and J. Al-Khalili

    - Slides on Toledo.
    - Articles from literature.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Exotic Nuclei: Properties and Interactions (B-KUL-G2S95a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    ECTS Groups and Symmetries (B-KUL-G0S96A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Van Riet Thomas

    Aims

    The student should get familiar with the concepts of groups, algebras and representations, and have seen them at work in applications in physics. The difference between finite groups and Lie groups will be taught. The student should understand the classification of algebras and representations.

    Previous knowledge

    Basics of quantum mechanics, for example as in G0Y20A Kwantummechanica. Familiarity with matrix calculus, for example as in G0N27A Lineaire Algebra.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Groups and Symmetries (B-KUL-G0S96a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Van Riet Thomas

    Content

    Symmetries and conservation laws
    Algebras in physics examples
    Lie groups and Lie algebras concepts
    Representations
    Roots, weights, and the Dynkin diagrams of finite dimensional Lie algebras
    Real forms of Lie algebras
    SU(2) and SO(3)
    Lie groups as groups of matrices
    Compact and non-compact groups and algebras
    Highest weight representations
    Tensor methods
    Clebsch-Gordon coefficients
    Young tableaux

     

    Course material

    - J. Fuchs and Chr. Schweigert, "Symmetries, Lie algebras and Representations, A graduate course for physicists," Cambridge monographs on mathematical physics.
    - Lecture notes for some parts.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Groups and Symmetries (B-KUL-G2S96a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    The final grade of the course will be based on

    1) tasks that the students will have to perform during the period of the lectures,

    2) a practical part with exercises for which the students can use the book and notes.

    3) a theoretical part with questions on the concepts of the course for which the students cannot use study material.

    The score will be based on a ratio 20-40-40 over these three parts.

    ECTS Analytical Mechanics (B-KUL-G0S97A)

    6 ECTS English 36 First termFirst term
    Van Riet Thomas

    Aims

    Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics must lead the students to more advanced techniques for solving the problem of the movement of a mechanical system with general forms of kinetic and potential energy. It should put the problem of mechanics in a clear mathematical structure. It will include analytic varieties, tangent space, differential forms and symplectic structures as suitable formulations.
    The student learns to create a framework for extensions to mechanics such as quantum mechanics, relativity theory and field theory.
     

    Previous knowledge

    The course is aimed at students who already know Newton mechanics at the level of the course in General Physics I (required for bachelors in Mathematics and Physics). They learn to work with the concept of power, and how the resulting motion of a system can be deduced. They have studied conservation laws such as momentum, energy and angular momentum.
    They have learned the gravitational force and Kepler's laws. They also have a knowledge of electric and magnetic fields (see General Physics II, also required for bachelors in Mathematics and Physics).
    It is expected that the course "Classical Mechanics" is followed, where elements of Lagrange theory (Euler angles and movement of the toll) and the Kepler problem are discussed.
     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Analytical Mechanics (B-KUL-G0S97a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 First termFirst term
    Van Riet Thomas

    Content

    I Newton mechanics / Dynamical systems
    1. General principles of classical mechanics
    - Spacetime and the group of Galilei
    - Repetition of the principle and equation of Newton, momentum and energy
    - The principle of relativity, choice of coordinates
    2. Dynamical systems
    - Phase picture en phase flow
    - Attractors
    - Chaos

    II Lagrangian mechanics
    1. Variational principles and the Lagrange equations
    - Variational principle in generality
    - Principle of the least action and the Lagrange equations
    - Constraints and generalized coordinates
    - Transformation of Legendre
    - Hamilton equations
    - Liouville theorem
    2. Configuration space
    - Configuration space as an analytic manifold, charts
    - Tangent vectors and tangent space
    - Group of coordinate transformations
    - Riemannian space
    3. Use of the Lagrange theory
    - Normal systems, extensions and applications
    - Conserved quantities and Noether theorem
    - Solution of systems with constraints by Lagrange multiplicators
    4. Stability and oscillations
    - Equilibrium positions
    - Stability and asymptotic stability
    - Oscillations

    III Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalism on manifolds
    1. Lagrange mechanics on manifolds
    - Coordinates and constraints
    - D'Alembert's Principle
    - Analytic manifolds
    - Choice of coordinates, indices and summations
    -Lagrangian dynamics
    2. Differential forms
    - Differential k-forms
    - Integrals and derivatives of differential forms
    - Stokes Formula
    3. Symplectic spaces
    - Symplectic manifold
    - Hamiltonian flow
    - Algebra of vector fields and their Poisson brackets
    4. Canonical transformations
    - Definition of canonical transformations
    - Generating function of a canonical transformation
    - One-parameter group of canonical transformations
    5. Invariants and Hamilton-Jacobi theory
    - The extended phase space
    - Integral invariant of Poincaré
    - Extended coordinate transformations
    - The theory of Hamilton-Jacobi
     

    Course material

    Lecture notes are distributed using Toledo.

    In the preparation of the course, the following texts have been used
    1. A. Verbeure, Analytische mechanica, course given in Leuven, 1995.
    2. H. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, third edition, 2002.
    3. V.I. Arnold, Mathematical Methods of Classical Mechanics, Springer-Verlag 1978, second
    edition, 1989.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Analytical Mechanics (B-KUL-G2S97a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

     The student can use lecture notes. Books are not allowed .

    ECTS Advanced Statistical Mechanics (B-KUL-G0S98A)

    6 ECTS English 40 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Carlon Enrico

    Aims

    At the end of the Master programme the student:
    * has a broad knowledge of modern physics;
    * has specialized in theoretical physics;
    * is able to independently solve advanced physics problems by choosing the appropriate theoretical method;

    At the end of this course the student has good command of various concepts and methods in equilibrium as well as non-equilibrium statistical mechanics. The student can illustrate how the concepts work in specific model paradigma’s. The student has a basic awareness of how the course material relates to contemporary research themes.

    Previous knowledge

    Thorough knowledge of statistical thermodynamics at the level of course G0P26A is required. This includes knowledge of:
    - Phenomenology of temperature, pressure, density, magnetisation, equilibrium phase diagram and response functions.
    - The first law of thermodynamics, work and heat in thermodynamic processes.
    - Ideal gas: macroscopic descriptions and kinetic gas theory.
    - The second law of thermodynamics: entropy and processes.
    - Thermodynamic potentials.
    - Phase equilibria and transformations: in chemical reactions and mixtures. Phase transitions, critical phenomena.
    - Micro states and their dynamics, statistical distributions.
    - Microscopic definition of entropy

    Basic knowledge of statistical mechanics at the level of course G0S00A is strongly recommended, including knowledge of:
    - the formalism of the Statistical Mechanics of Equilibrium systems (Microcanonical, Canonical and Grand-Canonical Ensembles) for the Classical Mechanics.
    - some fundamental laws of the physics of many particles systems using the formalism of Statistical Mechanics (as for instance the Planck's law, the equipartition principle, specific heats of gases, …)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Statistical Mechanics: Lectures (B-KUL-G0S98a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Carlon Enrico

    Content

    Advanced statistical mechanics:

    1. Dynamics (non-equilibrium systems)

    - Brownian motion

    - Diffusion

    - Langevin and Fokker-Planck equations

    - Kubo formulae

    - Response functions

    - Fluctuation-dissipation theorems

    - Onsager reciprocity relations

     

    2. Phase transitions and critical phenomena

    - Ensembles

    - Interaction-free systems

    - Phase transitions and critical phenomena

    - Renormalization Group


     

    Course material

    The text books for this course are "Statistical Physics of Fields" (Mehran Kardar, Cambridge University Press) and "Stochastic Processes in Physics and Chemistry" (N.G. van Kampen, North-Holland).

    Advanced Statistical Mechanics: Exercises (B-KUL-G0S99a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 20 Second termSecond term
    Carlon Enrico

    Content

    Through exercises the students get familiarized with the theoretical concepts.

    Course material

    The text books for this course are "Statistical Physics of Fields" (Mehran Kardar, Cambridge University Press) and "Stochastic Processes in Physics and Chemistry" (N.G. van Kampen, North-Holland).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Statistical Mechanics (B-KUL-G2S98a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

     

     

    ECTS Tourism, Globalisation and Sustainable Development (B-KUL-G0T80A)

    3 ECTS English 30 Second termSecond term
    Stoffelen Arie (coordinator) |  Parra Novoa Constanza |  Stoffelen Arie

    Aims

    Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

    • Reflect on how tourism is both a lens to understand multiple unsustainabilities in a social, environmental and economic manner, and an opportunity to trigger sustainable development at the same time.
    • Discuss different transformations that tourism has undergone that led to the adoption of sustainability thinking.
    • Discuss how multi-level governance issues influence the relation between tourism and development, both conceptually and in real-life situations.
    • Reflect on how sustainability questions to tourism apply to both the North and the South, but with very different materializations and potential solutions.
    • Discuss how tourism-labour relationship issues underlie sustainability in the tourism sector.
    • Apply the above perspectives and insights to practice.

     

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of spatial policy and research skills

    Identical courses

    G0S12A: Destination Development

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Tourism, Globalisation and Sustainable Development (B-KUL-G0S13a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 30 Second termSecond term
    Parra Novoa Constanza |  Stoffelen Arie

    Content

    The tourism sector often functions as a policy tool to achieve sustainable development outcomes. From this perspective, tourism development is seen to lead to regional synergy effects, incorporating both qualitative and quantitative benefits for destinations. However, practically analysing and achieving the development impacts of tourism is often problematic because of the uneven distribution of impacts in space, among stakeholders, and between economic, ecological and socio-cultural spheres. In other words, tourism development provides opportunities to trigger sustainable development processes, but tends to lead to multiple unsustainabilities at the same time.

    In this course, we discuss this field of tension between opportunities and bottlenecks that influences how tourism impacts sustainable development processes. Among others, we discuss: the effect of the tourism sector’s fragmentation on the sector’s contradictory impacts in social, environmental and economic manners; the role of multi-level governance when assessing tourism impacts; tourism impacts on sustainability processes in the Global North and South; and, tourism-labour relationships. The purpose of this course is to build bridges between theory and practice so that students have a critical mindset to assess how tourism affects sustainability processes, on paper and in reality.

    Course material

    slides from presentations, a reader of papers from the scientific literature, info documents for workshops
     

    Format: more information

    This course offers a mix of traditional lectures, guest lectures by national and international experts, and workshops

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Tourism, Globalisation and Sustainable Development (B-KUL-G2T80a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation


     

    ECTS Computational Physics: Advanced Monte Carlo Methods (B-KUL-G0U08A)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Carlon Enrico

    Aims

    1) The student learns the basic principles of  Monte Carlo simulations.
    2) The student learns how Monte Carlo simulations are used to study interacting many particle systems.
    3) The student learns several examples of equilibrium systems, both discrete (Ising, Potts) and continuous (Hard Spheres, Lennard-Jones fluids), investigated by Monte Carlo simulations.
    4) The student learns about applications of Monte Carlo methods to describe the dynamics of coupled chemical reactions.
    5) The student learns how to write an own computer code performing a Monte Carlo simulation and to intepret the obtained data.

    Previous knowledge

    Calculus, elementary programming and elementary thermodynamics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Computational Physics: Advanced Monte Carlo Methods (B-KUL-G0U08a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Carlon Enrico

    Content

    1) Monte Carlo computation of Integrals and Importance sampling
    2) Markov Chains and Detailed Balance
    3) The Metropolis Algorithm
    4) Critical slowing down
    5) Cluster algorithms
    6) Monte Carlo in continuous time
    7) Kawasaki algorithm: local and non-local
    8) Coupled chemical reactions: the Gillespie algorithm

    Course material

    Lecture Notes (E. Carlon) - Available via Toledo

    M.E.J. Newman and G.T. Barkema, "Monte Carlo Methods in Statistical Physics" (Oxford University Press)
    D. Frenkel and B. Smit, "Understanding molecular simulations", Academic Press (2002)

    Format: more information

    Lectures, discussion sessions, take-home problems

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Computational Physics: Advanced Monte Carlo Methods (B-KUL-G2U08a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Reference work

    Explanation

    The exam consists in the discussion of some assignments which the student gets during the course. The assignements involve the development of own computer programs (in a language chosen by the student as for instance C, C++, Fortran, Matlab, Octave...) in order to perform Monte Carlo simulations on some specific physical models. The student should perform the simulations,  analyze the data obtained and collect the results in a written report. The report should be submitted to the instructor a few days before the exam.

    ECTS Computational Physics: Molecular Dynamics Simulations (B-KUL-G0U09A)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Carlon Enrico

    Aims

    1) The student learns the basic principles of  molecular dynamics simulations.
    2) The student learns how these simulations are used to study interacting many particle systems.
    3) The student learns several examples of systems investigated by molecular dynamics simulations (e.g. polymers, Lennard-Jones fluids).
    4) The student learns to write an own computer code performing a molecular dynamics simulation and to intepret the obtained data.

    Previous knowledge

    Calculus, Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Elementary programming

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Computational Physics: Molecular Dynamics Simulations (B-KUL-G0U09a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Carlon Enrico

    Content

    1) Verlet and Velocity Verlet algorithms.
    2) Measurements of thermodynamical quantities: Kinetic energy, Total energy, Pressure, Diffusion Coefficient.
    3) Constant temperature ensemble and Thermostats: Andersen, Berendsen and Nose-Hoover thermostats.
    4) Simulations of Langevin dynamics.

    Course material

    Lecture Notes (E. Carlon) - Available via Toledo

    D. Frenkel and B. Smit, "Understanding molecular simulations", Academic Press (2002)

    Format: more information

    Lectures, discusion sessions, take-home problems

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Computational Physics: Molecular Dynamics Simulations (B-KUL-G2U09a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    The exam consists in the discussion of some assignments which the student gets during the course. The assignements involve the development of own computer programs (in a language chosen by the student as for instance C, C++, Fortran, Matlab, Octave...) in order to perform Molecular Dynamics simulations on some specific physical models. The student should perform the simulations,  analyze the data obtained and collect the results in a written report. The report should be submitted to the instructor a few days before the exam.

    ECTS Historical and Social Aspects of Physics (B-KUL-G0U12B)

    3 ECTS English 13 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Temst Kristiaan

    Aims

    The students develop a well informed view on the role and the position of physics in present-day society. They are able to comment on current debates from a broad, historical perspective. They know how to collect and interpret the necessary arguments in order to formulate their own point of view.

    Previous knowledge

    The students have finished their bachelor curriculum in science.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Historical and Social Aspects of Physics (B-KUL-G0U12a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 13 Second termSecond term
    Temst Kristiaan

    Content

    The course focuses on major developments in physics during the first half of the twentieth century. The so-called "revolution in physics" is approached from different angles: the impact of new ideas and discoveries, the emergence of theoretical physics as a new important subdiscipline, the influence of political changes in Europe and World War II, the first debates on science policy and the funding of big science projects.

    Themes to be discussed are:

    -the 'slow' revolution of quantum physics and its relationship to "classical physics"
    -quantum physics and the Weimar Zeitgeist
    -physics, politics and warfare
    -big science, big money
    -the global development of physics

    The course not only provide historical background, but also offers an introduction to some basic ideas of 'science studies'. In particular the social aspects of physics are being discussed, as well as some methdological issues in making historical and social analyses.

    Course material

    All study material is provided on the Toledo platform, and consists mainly of the presentation slides discussed during the course.
     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Historical and Social Aspects of Physics (B-KUL-G2U12b)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    ECTS Ore-Forming Processes (B-KUL-G0U14A)

    6 ECTS English 50 First termFirst term
    Muchez Philippe (coordinator) |  Borst Anouk |  Muchez Philippe

    Aims

    To provide a profound understanding of processes, as well as the nature and origin of mineral occurrences and how they fit into the Earth system. The aim is to emphasize the range of processes responsible for the formation of the diverse types of ore deposits found on Earth and to integrate these into a description of earth evolution and global tectonics. The geological knowledge obtained in the bachelor geology is integrated to get an insight in the metallogenic processes. The basic concepts of ore petrography is given, which forms the base for an integrated study of an ore deposit. An ore deposit is studied using hand specimens, thin and polished sections, a model for the genesis proposed and this model is compared with the literature and discussed. It aims to contribute significantly to the scientific skills and attitudes of the students.

    Previous knowledge

    A good knowledge of physics, mineralogy, geochemistry, structural geology and sedimentology. These prerequisites are specified in the successful completion of a number of courses in the bachelor's program. Students who have not obtained their bachelor's degree at KU Leuven should contact the lecturer.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Ore-Forming Processes (B-KUL-G0U14a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Muchez Philippe

    Content

    The following topics are treated:
    - igneous ore-forming processes
    - magmatic-hydrothermal ore forming processes
    - hydrothermal ore-forming processes
    - surficial and supergene ore-forming processes
    - sedimentary ore-forming processes
    - ore deposits in a global tectonic context

     

    Course material

    Text book
    - Robb, L. (2005) Introduction to Ore-Forming Processes. Blackwell Publishing
    Toledo, Articles on ore deposits, Powerponit presentation of lectures

     

    Format: more information

    Task: the study of an ore deposit based on a literature review and situate this deposit within the ore-forming processes

    Ore-Forming Processes: Practical Course I (B-KUL-G0U15a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 10 First termFirst term
    Borst Anouk

    Content

    Introduction to ore petrography.
    Petrographical study of polished sections of the most important ore minerals.

    Course material

    Book:  Spry, P.G. & Gedlinski, B.L., 1987. Tables for the determination of common opaque minerals. Economic geology Publishing Co, 52p.
    Toledo

     

    Format: more information

    Under supervision learn ore petrography

    Ore-Forming Processes: Practical Course II (B-KUL-G0U16a)

    2 ECTS : Assignment 20 First termFirst term
    Borst Anouk

    Content

    Determination of the genesis of an ore deposit based on:
    - a petrographic description of the host rock and the gangue and ore minerals (incident and transmitted light microscopy, cathodoluminescence microscopy),
    - reconstruction of a genetic model,
    - comparison of the model proposed with the literature.

     

    Course material

    Books: - Spry, P.G. & Gedlinski, B.L., 1987. Tables for the determination of common opaque minerals. Economic Geology Publishing Co, 52p. - Nesse, W.D., 2004. Introduction to Optical Mineralogy. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 348p.
    Article on the ore deposit studied
    Toledo

    Format: more information

    Under supervision learn ore petrographyUnder supervison but independently sole a problem, i.e. the genesis of an ore deposit.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Ore-Forming Processes (B-KUL-G2U14a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Explanation

    The student can not participate in the final examination of the course if he/she has not submitted all reports and/or did not take part in the exams of the practical courses. Caesura: the student is successful if he obtained at least four (a rounding is not applied) on ten on both the practical and the theoretical part of the course. Both parts count each for 10 points in the final score of 20.

    ECTS Geofluïds (B-KUL-G0U17A)

    3 ECTS English 20 Second termSecond term
    Muchez Philippe

    Aims

    To obtain insight in the importance of fluids in geological processes, with special emphasis on fluid inclusions, the migration patterns and geochemistry of fluids during basin development and tectonic deformation, and in low-grade metamorphic processes.

    Previous knowledge

    A good knowledge of mineralogy, geochemistry, structural geology and sedimentology.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Geofluïds (B-KUL-G0U17a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 Second termSecond term
    Muchez Philippe

    Content

     - Fluid inclusions: characteristics; microthermometric analysis; experimental data, phase diagrams and applications; pressure corrections and trapping conditions, changes after trapping;
    - Migration patterns in sedimentary basins: during subsidence and tectonic deformation, in stable basins, interaction between groundwater flow systems;
    - Geochemistry of basinal fluids: fluid types, origin of fluids, water-rock interaction.
    - Geothermometers used in basin analysis and fluid flow modelling;

    - Low-grade metamorphic processes;

    - Discussion of case studies which are integrated in the evolution of a sedimentary basin.

     

     

    Course material

    Articles and literature
    Toledo / e-platform

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Geofluïds (B-KUL-G2U17a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    All phase diagrams and figures on fluid chemistry will be provided. The course notes on low-grade metamorphism may be used during the exam. The student should bring these notes to the exam.

    ECTS Biocatalysis: Science and Technology (B-KUL-G0U19A)

    6 ECTS English 32 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Dedecker Peter

    Aims

    The goal of this course is to develop a molecular understanding of how biological catalysts, primarily enzymes, can accelerate chemical reactions. We investigate how these properties emerge from their structures and dynamics, and how they also provide possibilities to regulate their properties as part of integrated reaction networks.

    We also take a closer look at the methodology that is used to examine these properties experimentally, in systems ranging from in vitro models to the interiors of living cells. On top of their biological relevance, we also investigate how these molecules are increasingly used as more sustainable or durable catalysts for industrial applications, and how this imposes unique challenges and opportunities.

    In more detail the course materials consist of:

    • Introduction to proteins and enzymes.
    • The chemical principles that underlie enzymatic catalysis.
    • The importance of the protein structure in accelerating a chemical reaction.
    • Protein folding.
    • Enzyme dynamics and their relationship to enzymatic function.
    • Kinetics of enzyme-mediated processes, including specificity, inhibition, and regulation.
    • Metabolic engineering.
    • Single-molecule studies of enzymes.
    • Intrinsically disordered proteins.
    • Watching enzymes at work within intact organisms using biosensors.
    • Industrial and biotechnological applications of enzymes.

     

    Previous knowledge

    The student has a basic knowledge of fundamental chemistry and biochemistry as taught in a typical science bachelor. He/she masters basic mathematics.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Biocatalysis: Science and Technology: Lecture (B-KUL-G0U19a)

    4.5 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Dedecker Peter

    Content

    The course studies the organization, regulation, and dynamics of catalytic biomolecules, with a focus on enzymes. Subjects covered:

    • Introduction to proteins and enzymes.
    • The chemical principles that underlie enzymatic catalysis.
    • The importance of the protein structure in accelerating a chemical reaction.
    • Protein folding.
    • Enzyme dynamics and their relationship to enzymatic function.
    • Kinetics of enzyme-mediated processes, including specificity, inhibition, and regulation.
    • Metabolic engineering.
    • Single-molecule studies of enzymes.
    • Intrinsically disordered proteins.
    • Watching enzymes at work within intact organisms using biosensors.
    • Industrial and biotechnological applications of enzymes.

    These concepts are illustrated with examples. The equipment and approaches used for the study of catalytic biomolecules are also presented. We also critically assess challenges and experimental issues that limit our current understanding of catalytic biomolecules.

    Course material

    Fully written course materials are available. Additional materials (papers, handbook excerpts) will be made available on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    Interactive college, self study, presentation and discussion.

    Biocatalysis: Science and Technology: Seminar (B-KUL-G0V96a)

    1.5 ECTS : Practical 12 First termFirst term
    Dedecker Peter

    Content


    In this part of the course, the students explore the recent literature and select a study related to the mechanism of an enzyme, or enzyme family, or an application of an enzyme in research or industry. The student presents this paper to the other students, and the contents of the paper are critically discussed.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Biocatalysis: Science and Technology (B-KUL-G2U19a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Presentation
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    - Evaluation of the presentation, to be given during the semester (3/20); the presentation is a prerequisite for participation to the final exam.

    - Written final examination (17/20).

    Information about retaking exams

    The presentation cannot be repeated. The partial score for the presentation in the first examination attempt is maintained. The only part to be retaken is the final examination.

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0U48A)

    20 ECTS English 60 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0U48a)

    20 ECTS : Assignment 60 Both termsBoth terms
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an exchange student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the exchange student. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2U48a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0U49A)

    30 ECTS English 90 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0U49a)

    30 ECTS : Assignment 90 Both termsBoth terms
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an exchange student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the exchange student. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2U49a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0U50A)

    40 ECTS English 120 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0U50a)

    40 ECTS : Assignment 120 Both termsBoth terms
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an exchange student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the exchange student. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2U50a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0U51A)

    60 ECTS English 180 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0U51a)

    60 ECTS : Assignment 180 Both termsBoth terms
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an exchange student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the exchange student. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2U51a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS The Sustainable Development Challenge (B-KUL-G0U63B)

    6 ECTS English 38 First termFirst term
    Parra Novoa Constanza (coordinator) |  Parra Novoa Constanza

    Aims

    The student is able to:

    • provide an overview on the interdisciplinary debate on sustainable development encompassing connected social, economic and ecological realms.
    • provide a critical overview of concepts and methodological approaches used in the sustainable development field.
    • discuss and analyse sustainable development as a social, institutional, political and territorial challenge
    • analyse and discuss sustainable development through relevant cases and domains,
    • develop critical thinking regarding contemporary sustainability challenges produced by the interaction between human beings and the environment we inhabit and transform.
    • develop critical judgements in relation to major environmental controversies and challenges, with heightened sensibility for Global South questions.
    • analyse the role of governance, the ‘social’ and all type of collective action underpinning and intervening in sustainable development.

    Previous knowledge

    To undertake this course successfully the students must have acquired some basic knowledge on social and environmental sciences by means of her/his Bachelor degree. The student minimally needs to have a basic knowledge on sustainable development, including social and ecological processes and transformations.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    The Sustainable Development Challenge: Seminars (B-KUL-G0U57a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 12 First termFirst term
    Parra Novoa Constanza

    Content

    In the seminars, the different units and materials of the OPO “The Sustainable Development Challenge” will be further discussed, analysed and evaluated in a more interactive setting.

    Course material

    Academic papers and other documents.

    Slides used during the classes.

    The Sustainable Development Challenge: Lectures (B-KUL-G0U63a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Parra Novoa Constanza

    Content

    The course will combine lectures on theory, critical reflection and cases on sustainable development related issues.

    1. Introduction to the sustainable development challenge

    • Looking back to the origins of sustainable development
    • The birth of environmental politics and the environmental movement
    • Uneven and unequal development

     

    2. Concepts and methodological approaches

    • Evolution of sustainable development thinking and early contributions
    • Current theories and methodological approaches (i.e. the weak vs. strong sustainability divide, anthropocentric, biocentric approaches, eco-development…)
    • Valuing the environment: environmental economics and the impact of markets
    • Systemic social-ecological approaches (i.e. socio-ecological systems, resilience)
    • Critical approaches (i.e. environmental justice, political ecology, ecofeminism, deep ecology, the commons; degrowth/post-growth)

     

    3. Sustainable development as a social, institutional, political and territorial challenge

    • The social fragility of sustainable development
    • Social sustainability, power and governance for sustainable development 
    • Equity and justice (i.e. gender, diversity, class, redistribution…)
    • The role of social innovation in an unsustainable world
    • From interdisciplinarity to transdisciplinarity
    • Territory, space and place in sustainable development (territorial equity conflicts; place based approaches; global north-global south divide)

     

    4. The sustainable development through cases and policy domains

    Every year there will be a selection of cases and policy domains that will be discussed in the course.  Examples of themes include but are not restricted to protected areas and biodiversity conservation, food, forestry, climate change, land/nature use grabbing, extractive industries, disasters as well as different types of territorial challenges (i.e. rural, urban, coastal). The selection of cases will vary according to their importance for the living lab, invited guest speakers from the Global South and ongoing environmental controversies.

     

    Course material

    Academic papers and other documents.

    Slides used during the classes.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: The Sustainable Development Challenge (B-KUL-G2U63b)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    ECTS Orthogonal Polynomials and Random Matrices (B-KUL-G0U68A)

    6 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Wennman Aron (substitute)

    Aims

    After following this course the student

     (1) knows the basic concepts around orthogonal polynomials and is familiar with a number of examples,

    (2) is familiar with some of the models of random matrix theory and knows how they are analyzed with orthogonal polynomials,

    (3) masters the technique of asymptotic analysis in order to compute the limiting behavior of orthogonal polynomials and eigenvalues of random matrices,

    (4) is able to analyze a model of random permutations.

    Previous knowledge

    Linear algebra and complex analysis, notions of measure theory and probability. Probability and Measure (G0P63B) is recommended.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Orthogonal Polynomials and Random Matrices (B-KUL-G0U68a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Wennman Aron (substitute)

    Content

    The course gives an introduction to orthogonal polynomials and their connections to the theory of random matrices. The emphasis is on techniques from real and complex analysis. Notions from probability and combinatorics are used in the course.

    Orthogonal polynomials

    • Definitions and examples, properties of zeros, recurrence relation, Riemann Hilbert problem

    Random matrices

    • Gaussian Unitary Ensemble and extensions, Ginibre ensemble, eigenvalue distributions, determinantal point processes

    Potential theory in the complex plane

    • Equilibrium measures, semi-circle law, notions of subharmonic functions, Cauchy transforms

    Asymptotic analysis

    • Laplace's method, steepest descent analysis of integrals and of Riemann-Hilbert problems

    Universal limit laws for eigenvalues of random matrices

    • Eigenvalue spacings, sine kernel, Airy kernel, Tracy-Widom distribution 

    Additional topics may include

    • Random permutations, Tiling models, Non-intersecting Brownian Paths, Zeros of random polynomials

    Course material

    Toledo and Course notes

    Additional reading:

    • Topics in Random Matrix Theory by Terence Tao, American Mathematical Society, Graduate Studies in Mathematics, 132, 2012
    • Orthogonal Polynomials and Random Matrices: A Riemann-Hilbert Approach by Percy Deift, American Mathematical Society, Courant Lecture Notes in Mathematics 3, 1999

     

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Orthogonal Polynomials and Random Matrices (B-KUL-G2U68a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Assignments: The student submits solutions to a number of homework problems during the semester.

    Oral exam: oral exam with written preparation, with questions selected from the exercises and homeworks.

    ECTS Introduction to Geoprocessing (B-KUL-G0U71A)

    3 ECTS English 29 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Poorthuis Ate

    Aims

    After following this course, a student should be:
    • familiar with the basic concepts of programming that are specifically applicable to the processing and analysis of spatial data
    • able to work out a solution strategy to analyze spatial data, based on a general scientific problem
    • able to write program codes that allow for processing and analyzing spatial data (incl. time series).
    • develop simple programming applications in existing GIS software.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge geosciences (physical geography, social geography, geology and/or climatology).

    Identical courses

    G0S73A: Introduction to Geoprocessing

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Implementation of GIS-algorithms (B-KUL-G0M91a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 26 First termFirst term
    Poorthuis Ate

    Content

    • Basic concepts of computer programming in Python
    • Reading and manipulating (spatial) data in Python
    • Using vector data in Python
    • Using raster data in Python
    • Visualizing spatial and non-spatial data in Python

     

    Course material

    Powerpoint presentations, on-line tutorials, handbook (not obligatory: Kinder, a student’s guide to Python for physical modelling)

    Language of instruction: more information

    This Learning activity is now already taught in English. We expect the number of international students to increase in the future

    Format: more information

    The students are being introduced to the basic concepts that are being used in geoprocessing. After this they will get hands-on exercises that need to be carried out on a PC

    Take home assignment (B-KUL-G0U71a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 3 First termFirst term
    Poorthuis Ate

    Content

    Geoprocessing case-study

    Course material

    Powerpoint presentations, on-line tutorials, handbook (not obligatory: Kinder, a student’s guide to Python for physical modelling)

    Format: more information

    The students receive a complex take home assignment in week 7 or 8. They need to write their own program independently but they can ask for extra information from the teaching team. They need to submit their computer program as well as a logbook of their activities before the start of the exam period (the exact date will be communicated beforehand).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Introduction to geoprocessing (B-KUL-G2U71a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Practical exam, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

    The exam consists of two parts: (i) writing a geoprocessing computer program using a PC on the one hand and (ii) the evaluation of a take home assignment, which the students will have to submit. The students need to succeed for both parts in order to succeed for the course as a whole.

     

     

    Information about retaking exams

    The exam is basically the same format but the students who did not succeed for the take home part of the exam need to write a limited addition to the original take home.

    ECTS Official Statistics (B-KUL-G0U73A)

    4 ECTS English 15 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Molenberghs Geert (coordinator) |  Beerten Roeland |  Molenberghs Geert |  Schelfaut Wendy

    Aims

     

    At the end of the course, students will have:

    • knowledge of the organization and production of the official statistics in Belgium and Europe
    • knowledge of the regulation of data collection and data dissemination
    • insight in the architecture of databases
    • knowledge of the use of administrative data in the production of official  statistics
    • knowledge of the methodology of register based statistics
    • knowledge about the quality assessment of official statistics
    • deepened knowledge of some specific applications in different areas: Census; Macro economic statistics, Social and business statistics.

    Previous knowledge

    basic knowledge in social science research methodology and basic statistics.

    Identical courses

    G0U73B: Official Statistics

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Official Statistics (B-KUL-G0U73a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 First termFirst term
    Beerten Roeland |  Molenberghs Geert |  Schelfaut Wendy

    Content

    General introduction of the organization and production of the official statistics in Belgium and Europe with special attention to the European statistics code of practice for the national and community statistical authorities.  

    Specific applications in different areas will be presented: Census; Macro economic statistics, Social and business statistics. The applications are used to introduce different aspects of :

    • regulation and legislation (privacy issue and linking of databases)
    • architecture of data bases
    • (statistical) methodology of register based statistics
    • quality assessment and discussion of  differences between sample based and register based statistics

    Course material

    Slides

    Format: more information

    A set of lectures will be organized. During the lectures different experts in different areas will present some cases.  

    These lectures will be practical oriented.

    Is also included in other courses

    G0U73B : Official Statistics

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Official Statistics (B-KUL-G2U73a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

    The details and consequences for students who do not submit the project in time can be found on Toledo

    ECTS Neural Systems and Circuits (B-KUL-G0U76A)

    6 ECTS English 36 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Bonin Vincent (substitute) |  Farrow Karl (substitute)

    Aims

    Learning outcomes:
    The purpose of this course is to endow students with background in the physical or computational sciences with basic skills and knowledge necessary to begin investigations of brain function from the perspective of neuronal circuits.

     

    In this course, students will be introduced to the basic features of the nervous system and basic concepts on processing in neuronal networks. They will be introduced to experimental designs combining activity sensors and effectors, targeting of specific neuronal cells assemblies and quantitative behavioral measurements. They will learn the biological and physical principles behind recording and imaging technologies that enable activity monitoring of thousands of neurons in the brain of behaving animals. Finally, they will get introduced to basic data analysis techniques to identify computations performed by the circuit.

    Previous knowledge

    The students taking this course should have a basic knowledge of electro-magnetism and optics.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Neural Systems and Circuits (B-KUL-G0U76a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 36 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Bonin Vincent (substitute) |  Farrow Karl (substitute)

    Content

    Introduction to systems neuroscience and neural circuits

    • Introduction to the brain: neural circuits and neurons, organization of the central nervous system, brain operation at multiple spatial and temporal scales
    • Cellular neurophysiology: biophysics of the neuron, membrane, membrane potential, ion channels, action potential, neurotransmission, dendritic integration, excitation/inhibition, basic neural measurements concepts including extracellular and intracellular potential.

     

    Experimental paradigms and model systems

    • Early visual processing: sensory coding, early visual system (retina, thalamus, primary visual cortex), receptive fields, adaptation, gain control.
    • Visually-guided behaviour: retina and superior colliculus, cell types and cell type specific computations in the context of the Retinal, its connections with the superior colliculus and innate behaviours and reflexes.
    • Circuits of spatial behaviour: medial temporal lobe organization (hippocampus, entorhinal cortex). Neural coding of space and direction (place cells, grid cells, head direction cells).
    • Learning and memory: synaptic plasticity, long-term potentiation/depression (LTP/LTD), spike-timing dependent plasticity (STDP), sleep and memory consolidation (cellular and systems), neuromodulation and plasticity.
    • Circuits of motor learning: motor control circuits, spinal cord, subcortical circuits and beyond. Brain-machine-interfaces to generate movements.

     

    Approaches and technologies to study neural circuits

    • Neural activity measurements: electrical recordings, optical and ultrasonic imaging.
    • Understanding neural circuit function through perturbation: electrical stimulation and light-based neuromodulation.
    • Quantitative analysis of neural activity, animal behavior and their relation.
    • High-density neuroprobes, brain-computer interfaces, neural dust, virtual reality
    • Calcium imaging and optogenetics: Fluorescence microscopy, imaging in scattering tissue, optical sensors and effectors, holographic stimulation techniques.
    • Combination of functional ultrasound imaging and neuro-stimulation to study hemodynamic changes in animal model. Application of these technologies to study brain pathologies.

    Course material

    Slides will be available on Toledo.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Neural Systems and Circuits (B-KUL-G2U76a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions

    ECTS Computational Chemistry (B-KUL-G0V38A)

    3 ECTS English 24 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Harvey Jeremy

    Aims

    This a leveling course, intended for students with a solid background knowledge in the fundamental laws of quantum mechanics (listed under "previous knowledge") and aims at filling possible voids in their knowledge of the most important computational  techniques which are based on these laws: Hartree-Fock (HF), perturbation theory (MP2), configuration-interaction (CI), density functional theory (DFT). After finishing the course, the students should understand the mathematical principles behind these techniques, be able to apply them to basic chemical problems and estimate the accuracy of the results obtained from such computations.
     

    The laboratory exercises comprise a number of goal-oriented examples. By performing these exercises the student should:

    • obtain additional insight in the principles and methods that are treated during the course: orbitals as mathematical functions, dealing with symmetry, analysis of electronic potential energy surfaces, interpretation of electron density and electrostatic potential, charges of atoms in molecules, excited states.
    • know how to work with the graphical interface  to the quantum chemical software used in the course: construct the input, analysis and correct interpretation of the output.
    • be capable of performing quantum chemical calculations on  molecules with a simple electronic structure that can be described using "standards" methods: HF, MP2, CI, DFT.
       

    Previous knowledge

    Fundaments of quantum mechanics, as applied to atomary one-electron systems:

    • The basis of quantum mechanics and the time-independent Schrödinger equation
    • Atomary orbitals: solution of the Schrödinger comparison for atoms with one electron
    • Quantum numbers: angular momentum
    • Electron spin and Pauli principle

    Fundamental principles used in the construction of approximative  solutions of  Schrödinger equation  for more-electron systems:

    • Born-Oppenheimer approximation
    • The orbital approach: Pauli-principle and the construction of Slater determinants
    • The variation theorem
    • Matrix formulation of Schrödinger equation
    • the LCAO-MO approach in molecules
    • (Time-independent) perturbation theory for non-degenerate systems
    • Quantum numbers connected to angular momentum in atoms and to symmetry in molecules

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Quantum and Computational Chemistry: Laboratory Sessions (B-KUL-G0O41a)

    1.4 ECTS : Practical 24 First termFirst term
    Harvey Jeremy

    Content

    The aim of this set of exercises is twofold. First, it aims to provide basic experience in the use of quantum chemical software including graphical user interfaces. Second, it aims to strengthen the understanding of the material covered in the lectures. The exercises include the following items:

    • Chemical interpretation of the data coming from quantum chemical calculations.
    • Graphical representation of atomic and molecular orbitals.
    • Recognizing molecular symmetry, and use of character tables.
    • Computation of stationary points on the electronic potential energy surface.
    • Analysis of these stationary points through frequency analysis.
    • Computational of electronic excited states.
    • Illustration of the concept of electron correlation.
    • Development of independent mini-projects, to be carried out with the assistance of teaching assistants.

     

    During the 2nd semester, the students can deepen their knowledge on computational chemistry as the required content from Wiskunde II becomes available.

    Course material

    • Manual
    • Quantumchemical software with graphical interface offered via the computer rooms of LUDIT

     

    Language of instruction: more information

    dit is een OLA dat ook voorkomt in het overeenkomstig Engelstalig OPO Computational chemistry

    Is also included in other courses

    G0O40B : Kwantum- en computationele chemie

    Computational Chemistry: Self-Study Module (B-KUL-G0V39a)

    1.6 ECTS : Assignment 0 First termFirst term
    Harvey Jeremy

    Content

    Students should, by means of self-study, obtain a sound knowledge of the following subjects:

    • Basic principles of molecular quantum mechanics.
    • The SCF-LCAO-MO method
    • Basis sets
    • Correlation: SCDI versus MP2
    • Basic principles of  density functional theory
    • Calculation of molecular properties: structure, vibrational frequencies, dipole moment, atomary charges

    Course material

    Course notes with material, and optional additional information.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Computational Chemistry (B-KUL-G2V38a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    Explanation

    • The exam about the self-study package plus the content of the practical exercises (G0O41A) takes place during the exam periods (closed book).
    • A practical exam, testing the understanding and proficiency in dealing with quantum chemical software takes place during the last session of the practical exercises G0O41a. This is an open-book exam.
    • Evaluation of the practical exercises also occurs through permanent evaluation (presence, dedication, critical attitude) and through written reports. Writing a report about every practical exercise is manadatory. These reports are corrected and returned to the student, thus providing feedbak and the possibility to judge his/her progress (also in reporting skills).
    • The quotation on the practical exercises counts for 50% in the global score.
    • Students who did not take part in the practical exercises + the practical exam can also not take the exam abouth the self-study. package.

    Information about retaking exams

    The exam about the self-study package is the same during the second chance. However, as there is no possibility to redo the practical exercises, the score obtained for these exercises is taken over from the first exam.

    ECTS Heritage and Sustainable Tourism Development (B-KUL-G0V81C)

    3 ECTS English 24 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    Students are able to construct a SWOT for any heritage site as an underpinning framework for heritage tourism development or a heritage tourism management plan or a visitors management plan or a heritage conservation plan taking into account dimensions such as identity and interpretation, cultural economy, spatial ecology of the heritage tourism landscape.

    The course is integrated in the University Twinning and Networking programme (UNITWIN in short) of UNESCO and follows the aims of “Tourism, culture, development” Network of UNESCO. This network, alike the other networks, is aimed at being a pole of excellence and innovation in its particular field and is expected to contribute to the field of culture, heritage and tourism, their mutual relationships and links and their contribution to development.

    The course has the following aims:

    •           Students understand the importance as well as vulnerability of heritage for the identity of places and communities and, among others, as a basis for tourism development

    •           Students can identify the impact of different tourism development models on heritage resources (incl. opportunities and threats, carrying capacity and sustainability)

    •           Students acquire a notion on the economic and organizational key issues in the development of heritage tourism.

    •           Students are aware of the power of international organizations (such as Unesco) and the forces  of globalization in the market of cultural and heritage tourism.

    Previous knowledge

    None

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Heritage and Sustainable Tourism Development: Lectures (B-KUL-G0V82a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 24 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    Deel 1

    ‘Heritagization’: an ongoing process

    Heritage and Identity

    Deel 2

    Introduction into heritage and tourism

    UNESCO and World Heritage sites

    Deel 3

    Commodification of heritage for tourism; incentives for cultural economy

    Interpreting heritage

    Deel 4

    Tourismscapes & Spatial tourism development models

    Deel 5

    Guest lectures by foreign experts and/or COIL

    Course material

    Manuel, articles and chapters from books on Toledo;  slides on Toledo. 

     

    Language of instruction: more information

    This course is part of the Master in Conservation of Monuments and sites. This is an English taught master programme.  As a consequence, this course is also open for exchange students and for students that take part in the UNITWIN network.

     

    Format: more information

    Students have lectures by a multidisciplinary team (History, monument care, anthropology, geography).  All the lecturers are specialised in tourism.  Part of the course is part of COIL (collective online international learning). 

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Heritage and Sustainable Tourism Development (B-KUL-G2V81c)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Reference work

    Explanation

    The students have to answer one question for each part (see content).  For part 4 the students will receive the question beforehand, more specifically application on the components of a model on heritage of their choice.  No paper or assignment is requested for this, just the preparation of the question.  For the COIL assignment the students hand in the slides of the group presentation and a 1 page reflection paper.  The COIL assignment is counted as 1 exam question.

     

    Each question is assessed by the lecturer who has given the corresponding lecture; each question contributes 1/5 to the total mark.

    ECTS Valorisation of Cultural Heritage for Tourism: Seminar (B-KUL-G0V85A)

    3 ECTS English 0 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Balen Koen |  Vanneste Dominique

    Aims

    To provide a broad and comprehensive introduction to the highly specialised subject of the policies, social and economical impact regulating the conservation of architectural, urban and landscape heritage on the international level.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0V81C )


    G0V81CG0V81C : Heritage and Sustainable Tourism Development

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Valorisation of Cultural Heritage for Tourism: Seminar (B-KUL-G0V85a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 0 Second termSecond term
    Van Balen Koen |  Vanneste Dominique

    Content

    The protection and conservation of historical monuments demands coping with legal and economical, as well as sociological constraints of the concepts of protection, conservation and restoration of the cultural heritage but implies also a proper use and function. Further, material heritage (together with immaterial heritage) has to be opened towards the community as to fuel awareness, learning processes, sense of ownership and respect. Tourism and leisure are excellent ways of opening heritage to the public, taking into account a proper management based on the strengths and potential of the heritage as such, its carrying capacity and the assets for culture, leisure and tourism in the surrounding area and the preferences and needs of the local community.  In the seminar, a case can be analyzed and recommendations formulated for sustainable use of a heritage site for culture, leisure and tourism.


    Conceptual frameworks and theoretical background are provided in the course Heritage and sustainable tourism development (G0V81C).


    The cases are suggested by the Master in Conservation of Monuments and Sites and consist of cases which are analyzed by students from the Master in Conservation of Monuments and Sites from a technical and legislative point of view. Students from the Master of Tourism and the Master of Geography can make a choice and further collaborate with their peers of the Master in Conservation of Monuments and Sites as a team but with a focus on valorization, especially for culture and tourism. As an alternative, students can work online on the analysis of management plans and systems of World Heritage Sites, based on the MOOC (massive open online course) ‘Tourism Management at UNESCO World Heritage’ (FUN platform, 2019, 2020, 2021)
     

    Course material

    see toledo

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Valorisation of Cultural Heritage for Tourism: Seminar (B-KUL-G2V85a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project

    Explanation

    This seminar is in cooperation with students from the Master in Conservation of Monuments and Sites. The evaluation consists of 1 presentation and a paper. Depending on the circumstances, the paper can be a group paper or an individual paper, based on fieldwork and/or desk research. More detailed information on Toledo.

    The paper will be checked on plagiarism. One cannot succeed without participating at the presentations.

    ECTS Numerical Modelling (B-KUL-G0V87A)

    3 ECTS English 26 Not organisedNot organised Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Lipzig Nicole

    Aims

    During this course, the student will:

    Lean how to develop a well structured, documented and sharable model using the object oriented programming paradigm.

    Learn to independently develop geographical models based on a general problem description, starting from a well-defined and clear structure and explain how the program works

    Learn to work with Matlab and its Syntax

    Learn how to discretize and optimize numerical models in Matlab

    Learn how to solve the two major geophysical partial differential equations (advection & diffusion) in a numerically accurate way.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of programming (Introduction to Geoprocessing  (B-KUL-G0S73A) or equivalent), regression techniques, basic knowledge of physics (mechanics), mathematics (calculus, matrix algebra) at the level of a bachelor in sciences. Knowledge of geomorphology, climatology and meteorology, demographics, soil science and GIS at the bachelor level.

     

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Numerical Modelling (B-KUL-G0I66a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 26 Not organisedNot organised
    Van Lipzig Nicole

    Content

    1. Introduction

    Matlab Syntax

    Numerical Discretization and Optimization

    Ordinal Differential Equations using the Predator-Prey model as example

     

    2. Object-Oriented Programming

    Basics of OOP

    Advanced class construction: inheritance, polymorphism, encapsulation and abstraction.

    OOP in a geographical context

     

    3. Partial Differential Equations for Geoscientists

    Numerical solutions of advection

    Discretization schemes: upwind, downwind, leapfrog

    Stability criteria for numerical solutions

    Numerical solutions of diffusion

    Advection and Diffusion in 2D.

    Course material

    - handouts of slides, links to websites, matlab documentation

    Format: more information

    - Hands-on: students acquire the necessary experience in programming techniques by solving problems individually while having access to guidance
    - Home assignments: after the sesssions a small home assignment is given to students allowing them to deepen their understanding and skills by practising
    - Take home: a larger programming problem is given as a take home. Students are capable of solving it by combining the various skills they learned during the practical sessions.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Numerical Modelling (B-KUL-G2V87a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Reference work

    Explanation

    You are expected to hand in your take home exercise (matlab code / m-files) on a drop box facility on Toledo. You submit the program on the Monday, 7 days prior to the start of the examination period, before 14:00. The date is specified on the drop box facility on Toledo. Only if you have submitted your matlab code (m-files) in time, you can participate in the exam.

    The evaluation consists of two parts:
    - Part 1: written examination on the take home exercises and the assignments given during the lectures
    - Part 2: written examination (programming): Given a specific geographic problem, the students are expected to write a functioning, well-structured matlab-program.
    Each part accounts for 50% of the total mark for this course.

    Information about retaking exams

    An extention to the take home exam will be given. In addition, to solving this extension, students are expected to re-work and improve their original take home exercise. This re-worked and extended take home exercise need to be handed in on the drop box facility on Toledo at the latest on the Monday, 7 days prior to the start of the examination period, before 14:00. The date is specified on the drop box facility on Toledo. Only if you have submitted your matlab code (m-files) in time, you can participate in the exam.

    ECTS Multilevel Analysis (B-KUL-G0W07A)

    6 ECTS English 30 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    In this course students learn how to analyze hierarchically structured data with mixed models, which are often called multilevel models. The course offers a detailed understanding of two-level linear models and introductions into several additional mixed models for various types of data.

    Previous knowledge

    Prior experience of linear regression modelling and statistical significance testing is required. Experience with R and the analysis of variance (ANOVA) is helpful. 

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Multilevel Analysis (B-KUL-G0W07a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 30 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    1. Introduction to hierarchical data structures

    2. The linear two-level model with random intercepts

    3. The linear two-level model with random intercepts and random slopes

    4. Cross-classified, multiple membership and generalized mixed models

    5.  Analyzing panel data with Random and Fixed Effects Models

    6. Growth curve models for panel data

    7. Contextual effects in multilevel models

    8. Multilevel models with more than two levels, the within-between specification for pooled cross-sectional data

    9. Comparing and testing in multilevel modeling, estimation techniques and some advanced topics

     

     

    Course material

    All material will be provided in Toledo. These include the slides from the lecture, a reading list, data sets, R scripts and exercises for the hands-on sessions.

    Format: more information

    We will use the statistical software R for this course. During the course we alternate between lecture-style presentations and hands-on session with R. The course consists of 12 sessions, which are provided in four weeks of block teaching (three sessions each week). In the first nine session we alternate between lectures and hands-on exercises, in which students apply the statistical models in R. The last three sessions are for additional discussions (Q&A), individual consultations on students’ assignments or projects and (non-mandatory) student presentations.

    Videos are made available, in which the material is explained in an uniterrupted presentation. These are not livestreamed or recorded in class, but separately recorded. 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Multilevel Analysis (B-KUL-G2W07a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project

    Explanation

    Evaluation characteristics

    Students have to submit a paper (about 12 pages) with an original analysis of hierarchically structured data. Students are free to use the software of their choice and any data set. This can be their own data, any freely available secondary data or one of the example data sets from the course. The use of ChatGPT (or any other large language model) is allowed but only within the rules specified by the KU Leuven. 

    Determination of the final result

    The final grade is assigned on the basis of the quality of the paper, and is expressed as a mark out of 20 (rounded to a whole number). The paper is evaluated by the lecturer. 

    Second examination opportunity

    The evaluation characteristics and the determination of the final result of the second examination opportunity are similar to those of the first examination opportunity, as expressed above.

    ECTS Oncobiology (B-KUL-G0W23A)

    3 ECTS English 26 Second termSecond term
    Cools Jan

    Aims

    - to explain the molecular and cellular mechanisms of the onset and development of cancer
    - to explain the principles of cancer treatment

    Previous knowledge

    The student has basic knowledge in celbiology, histology, genetics and metabolism of the normal animal organims. He has basic insights in the molecular mechanisms of transmission of genetic information, signal transduction and regulation of gene expression.

    Order of Enrolment



    ( FLEXIBLE( G0N04C ) OR FLEXIBLE( X0A97C ) OR FLEXIBLE( X0E45A ) ) AND
    ( FLEXIBLE( G0N12B ) OR FLEXIBLE( X0B24B ) OR FLEXIBLE( X0B24C ) ) AND
    ( FLEXIBLE( G0N05B ) OR FLEXIBLE( X0A83A ) OR FLEXIBLE( X0A83C ) OR FLEXIBLE( G0Z20B ) )


    G0N04CG0N04C : Celbiologie en biochemie
    X0A97CX0A97C : Biochemie
    X0E45AX0E45A : Biochemie
    G0N12BG0N12B : Genetica
    X0B24BX0B24B : Genetica
    X0B24CX0B24C : Genetica
    G0N05BG0N05B : Bouw en functie van dieren
    X0A83AX0A83A : Dierkundige biologie
    X0A83CX0A83C : Dierkundige biologie
    G0Z20BG0Z20B : Functionele biologie van dieren

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Oncobiology (B-KUL-G0W23a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 Second termSecond term
    Cools Jan

    Content

    • Definition and pathology of cancer cells: benign, premalignant and malignant tumors. Grading and staging
    • Carcinogenesis as a multistep process, chemical carcinogens, irradiation, viral carcinogenesis etc.  
    • Cancer and the host: heredity of cancer, immunology of cancer, cachexia
    • Growth mechanisms of cancer cells: cytokines and receptors, signal transduction mechanisms, oncogenes, tumorsuppressor genes, the cell cycle, apoptosis, angiogenesis, telomerase, adhesion and metastasis, multidrug resistance etc.
    • Molecular techniques for diagnosis of cancer and minimal residual disease
    • Principles of cancer treatment: irradiation, chemotherapy, gene therapy, humoral and cellular immunotherapy, tumor vaccination, cytokines, anti-angiogenesis etc.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Oncobiology (B-KUL-G2W23a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0W27A)

    10 ECTS English 30 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0W27a)

    10 ECTS : Assignment 30 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an Erasmus student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student. 

    *

    Part of the research for the Master or Doctoral thesis is carried out at the Faculty of Science in the framework of Erasmus student mobility under guidance of a local supervisor. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2W27a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0W28A)

    20 ECTS English 60 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0W28a)

    20 ECTS : Assignment 60 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an Erasmus student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    *

    Part of the research for the Master or Doctoral thesis is carried out at the Faculty of Science in the framework of Erasmus student mobility under guidance of a local supervisor. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2W28a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0W29A)

    30 ECTS English 90 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0W29a)

    30 ECTS : Assignment 90 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an Erasmus student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student. 

    *

    Part of the research for the Master or Doctoral thesis is carried out at the Faculty of Science in the framework of Erasmus student mobility under guidance of a local supervisor. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2W29a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0W30A)

    10 ECTS English 30 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0W30a)

    10 ECTS : Assignment 30 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an Erasmus student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student. 

    *

    Part of the research for the Master or Doctoral thesis is carried out at the Faculty of Science in the framework of Erasmus student mobility under guidance of a local supervisor. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2W30a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0W31A)

    20 ECTS English 60 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0W31a)

    20 ECTS : Assignment 60 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an Erasmus student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student. 

    *

    Part of the research for the Master or Doctoral thesis is carried out at the Faculty of Science in the framework of Erasmus student mobility under guidance of a local supervisor. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2W31a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Research (B-KUL-G0W32A)

    30 ECTS English 90 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    To analyse a scientific topic or hypothesis in an independent way. The results of this study are used for the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student.

    Previous knowledge

    Bachelor in Sciences
    Good background knowledge of the scientific field and its methodological approaches corresponding to the Master or Doctoral program at the home institution.
    Prior approval of a member of the academic personnel of the Faculty of Science, responsible for organizing supervision of the project, has to be obtained.  All students wishing to enroll in this course are requested to inform the Erasmuscoordinator at the Faculty of Science.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Research (B-KUL-G0W32a)

    30 ECTS : Assignment 90 Second termSecond term
    N.

    Content

    The main focus is on experimental work that has to be carried out by an Erasmus student in an independent way, supervised by a staff member of the Faculty of Science. The topic involves an aspect of the MSc or PhD thesis at the home institution of the Erasmus student. 

    *

    Part of the research for the Master or Doctoral thesis is carried out at the Faculty of Science in the framework of Erasmus student mobility under guidance of a local supervisor. 

    Format: more information

    Study of the scientific literature and experimental work (experimental design, data acquisition, analysis and interpretation of data). 

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Research (B-KUL-G2W32a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period

    Information about retaking exams

     

    ECTS Capita Selecta in Statistics (B-KUL-G0W36A)

    4 ECTS English 18 Not organisedNot organised Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    The student understands the key issues involved in developing and validating clinical risk prediction models based on regression or machine learning models, and understands how such studies should be reported and assessed regarding risk of bias.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has knowledge of

    • Basic Concepts of statistical Modelling
    • Linear Models
    • Generalized Linear Models

    Identical courses

    G0Y59A: Capita selecta in de statistiek

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Capita Selecta in Statistics: clinical risk prediction models (B-KUL-G0W36a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 18 Not organisedNot organised
    N.

    Content

     

    1. Introduction

    • Applied rather than theoretical focus
    • Distinction between descriptive – causal – predictive research
    • Aims of clinical prediction models
    • Focus on binary outcomes (these can be of prognostic nature)
    • Distinction between risk estimation and classification
    • Role of null hypothesis significance testing

     

    2. Preparation of a prediction modeling study

    • Get the objective right: what do clinicians need?
    • Protocol and registration
    • Study design
      • Retrospective vs prospective
      • Cohort/cross-sectional vs case control
      • EHR / registry
    • Predictor and outcome definitions
      • A priori selection of predictors
      • Timing of predictors
      • Prognostic outcomes: time horizon

     

    3. Bias-variance tradeoff and overfitting

     

    4. Model specification for regression models

    • Model specification step 1: main effects (data driven selection)
    • Model specification step 2: nonlinearity
    • Model specification step 3: interactions
    • Stability of predictor selection

     

    5. Regression and machine learning

    • Overview and visualization of common algorithms
    • Does machine learning automatically lead to better performance?

     

    6. Model performance measures

    • Measures of overall performance
    • Discrimination measures
    • Calibration assessment
    • Classification performance
    • Clinical utility

     

    7. Model validation

    • Internal validation: split, cross-validation, bootstrapping
    • External validation
    • Internal-External cross-validation
    • Meta-analysis of model performance
    • Geographical, temporal, and measurement heterogeneity: “there is no such thing as a validated model”

     

    Task 1: Develop and validate a model using synthetic data

     

    8. Specific challenges

    • Sample size calculation for risk prediction models
    • The value of shrinkage/penalized likelihood
    • Handling missing data in the prediction setting
    • Uncertainty in predictions for individual patients
    • Sense and nonsense of class imbalance
    • Time to event outcomes

     

    9. Writing and assessing a prediction model paper

    • Reporting methods: TRIPOD+AI guideline
    • Critical assessment: PROBAST+AI guideline

     

    Task 2: Assess reporting quality and risk of bias of a published prediction model paper

    Course material

    Slides and background references to papers and books

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Capita Selecta in Statistics (B-KUL-G2W36a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Information about retaking exams

    Same form of assessment.

    ECTS Bioinorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G0Y55A)

    6 ECTS English 28 First termFirst term
    Vogt Tatjana (coordinator) |  Vogt Tatjana |  N. |  De Azambuja Francisco (substitute)

    Aims

    After taking the course on bioinorganic chemistry the student will have gained insight in:
    1. The role of metal ions in biochemistry. Their use in O2 transport, e- transfer, communication, catalysis, transport, storage, … will be discussed.
    2. The role of metal ions as diagnostic probes and therapeutic agents.
    3. The use of biochemical platforms as mimics for the development of catalyts for a broad range of applications.
    The student will have learned the chemical and fysical properties of metal ions responsible for their biochemical action as well as the techniques frequently used in bioinorganic chemistry.

    Previous knowledge

    A general knowledge on proteins, DNA and RNA as well as the basics of the fysical and chemical properties of metal ions.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Bioinorganic Chemistry: Lectures (B-KUL-G0Y55a)

    4.5 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Vogt Tatjana |  N. |  De Azambuja Francisco (substitute)

    Content

    In this course a general overview of the role of metals in biological systems is given. An introduction to the techniques which are frequently used to analyze metaloproteins and interactions between metal ions and complexes with biomolecules will be given. The following aspects are discussed in detail: basic properties of metal ions that influence their biological role, physical methods and spectroscopic techniques used in bioinorganic chemistry, metalloproteins, interaction of metal complexes with nucleic acids, metal ion transport and storage, metal-based probes and diagnostic/therapeutical pharmaceuticals, and biomimetics for catalysis

    Overview of the topics:

    1. Basic properties of metal ions that influence their biological role (The Hard-Soft-Acid-Base concept, electronic and geometric structures of metal ions, tuning of redox potentials  pKa values of coordinated ligand,  ligand exchange kinetics)

    2. Physical methods and spectroscopic techniques used in bioinorganic chemistry (EPR spectroscopy
    NMR spectrocopy, Mössbauer spectroscopy, EXAFS spectroscopy, CD and MCD spectroscopy)

    3. Metalloproteins (O2 transport, e- transfer, structural role,  metalloenzymes,  hydrolytic enzymes,  e- reduction,  rearrangements)

    4. Interaction of metal complexes with nucleic acids

    5. Metal ion transport and storage

    6. Metals in medicine: metal-based probes for medical  diagnostic. Therapeutical pharmaceuticals;

    7. Biomimetics for catalysis: artificial metaloenzymes

    Course material

    Book: Concepts and Models in Bioinorganic Chemistry by H-B. Kraatz – N. Metzler-Nolte
    Powerpoint presentations
    Papers

    Bioinorganic Chemistry: Assignment (B-KUL-G0Y91a)

    1.5 ECTS : Assignment 2 First termFirst term
    Vogt Tatjana |  N. |  De Azambuja Francisco (substitute)

    Content

    The content of the exercises corresponds to that of the course lectures

    Course material

    Scientific literature

    Format: more information

    The assignment consists of the writing of a paper on a selected metallo-protein and it should address the structure and the role of the metal centre in the activity and the function of the metallo-protein. The spectroscopic methods used for determining the structure and the function of the metallo-protein should be explained. The metal-containing model systems (functional or structural) that were used to obtain insight into the structure or function of the metallo-protein should be also considered.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Bioinorganic Chemistry (B-KUL-G2Y55a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Closed questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The final exam takes place in the regular examination period. Exam questions are answered in written form. The assignment will be evaluated based on its cintent and it weighs 8/20 of the total exam. Submission of the assigment is required for admission to the final exam.

    Information about retaking exams

    No second attempt is offered for the assignment. Only the theoretical part corresponding to the lectures is examined. The scores for the assignment will be retaken in the final examination score.

    ECTS International Integrated Field Course (B-KUL-G0Y56A)

    3 ECTS English 64 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Weltje Gert Jan

    Aims

    This course aims at providing students with an overview of the relation between tectonics and sedimentation in an active orogen (the Pyrenees).

    The following competences are achieved:
    • Learning to place observations and inferences into previously unfamiliar geological contexts;
    • Interpreting field data and comparing them with existing models;
    • Formulating research questions and strategies;
    • Learning to reconstruct a regional-geological history in space and time;
    • Recognizing and understanding structures and geological processes in complex sedimentary and magmatic-metamorphic contexts;
    • Mentoring less advanced and skilled students in field analysis and synthesis
    • Strengthening competences that have been trained during earlier field courses (e.g. rock description, stratigraphic logging, profile logging, projection methods, using the compass, field book and hand lens, reading the landscape, oral and written reporting)

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of all geological domains that are taught in the bachelor program in geology.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    International Integrated Field Course (B-KUL-G0Y56a)

    3 ECTS : Field trip 64 Second termSecond term
    Weltje Gert Jan

    Content

    The field course of eight days will be centered around sedimentary, magmatic and metamorphic rocks in one of the orogenic belts in Europe (e.g. Harz, Pyrenees, Alps, Scottish Caledonides, Central Massif, Carpathians, etc. …). A key component of the field course is the explorative nature of the field research by the students in which the students draw upon their general geological knowledge and previously acquired skills in field analysis and further improve these by exploring, analyzing and synthesizing new geological phenomena, relationships, complexities and histories.

    Course material

    Articles
    Example material
    Maps
    Field attributes

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: International Integrated Field Course (B-KUL-G2Y56a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report, Presentation

    Explanation

    The students are being evaluated on the basis of:
    • Presentations and reporting during the field course
    • Activity, involvement and cooperation during the field course
    • Quality of field notes
    • Attitude and quality of mentoring

    ECTS Introduction to General Relativity (B-KUL-G0Y97A)

    3 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term
    Hertog Thomas

    Aims

    The student becomes acquainted with Einstein's theory of relativity and thus with the notion of gravity as a manifestation of curved spacetime.
    The student learns how to apply the theory in a number of physical situations, correcting his/her intuition where necessary, and he/she studies the experimental foundations and tests of the theory.
    The student learns to interpret statements about relativity made in the popular scientific literature or in the media in general. He/she learns to appreciate the developments in relativity within the general historical context of physics. Key predictions of the theory of relativity such as black holes and gravitational waves, and the expansion of the universe, are briefly discussed.

    Previous knowledge

    The student is familiar with physics as a whole on a basic level:  Newtonian mechanics,  including gravity,  notions of thermodynamics,  electromagnetism (Maxwell), including special relativity and electrodynamics.
    The student masters the standard tools of linear algebra and calculus, including PDE's.
    Prior knowledge of group theory (as applied in physics),  quantum mechanics, differential geometry or a more advanced course on classical mechanics (including fluid mechanics) is useful but not essential.

    Order of Enrolment



    FLEXIBLE ( G0P34A ) OR FLEXIBLE( X0B82A )


    G0P34AG0P34A : Elektrodynamica
    X0B82AX0B82A : Elektrodynamica


    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Introduction to General Relativity (B-KUL-G0Y97a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Hertog Thomas

    Content

    1. Introduction to Gravity as Geometry

    • equivalence principle;
    • discovery of general relativity;
    • curved spacetime; metric;
    • geodesic (free) motion (equation, solutions, conservation laws)

    2. Geometry outside Spherical Stars

    • Schwarzschild geometry;
    • gravitational redshift;
    • particle orbits -- precession of perihelion (Mercury);
    • light ray orbits -- deflection and time delay of light;
    • solar system tests of General Relativity

    3. Gravitational Collapse and Black Holes

    • Spherical black holes;
    • black hole geometry;
    • Astrophysical evidence

    4.  Gravitational Waves

    • Introduction
    • Observation
    • Prospects

    5. Cosmology

    • Expansion of the universe
    • Cosmological history, composition 
    • theory and observation

     

    Course material

    Book `Gravity: An Introduction to Einstein's Theory of Relativity' (J. B. Hartle).

    Format: more information

    The classes are supplemented by exercise sessions on the subject matter

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Introduction to General Relativity (B-KUL-G2Y97a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions

    ECTS Data Analysis in Astronomy and Physics (B-KUL-G0Z22A)

    6 ECTS English 50 Second termSecond term
    N. |  De Ridder Joris (substitute)

    Aims

    After successful completion of this course, the student will have learned:

    • to recognize different types of astronomy and physics data analysis problems
    • how to translate these types of problems into a statistical model, and understand the limitations of the model
    • how to implement the statistical model in Python using existing libraries and using real-world astronomical and physics datasets
    • how to critically assess the numerical results, and quantify the uncertainties of the estimates and the predictions
    • how to select the most optimal model
    • how to visualize the dataset, the model parameters and their uncertainties, and predictions

     

    The course aims to convince the students that statistical data analysis is an indispensable tool to make discoveries in observational astronomy and experimental physics, by showing them inspiring success stories where statistical analysis tools have been used to solve concrete physical and astronomical challenges.

    Previous knowledge

    The students should have had an introductory course in astronomy (e.g. similar to “Inleiding tot de sterrenkunde” B-KUL-G0U45A), an introductory course in physics (e.g. similar to “Algemene natuurkunde I” B-KUL-G0N29B) , and an introductory course in probability and statistics (e.g. similar to “Kansrekenen” B-KUL-G0W66A, and “Statistiek” B-KUL-G0U47A).

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Data Analysis in Astronomy and Physics (B-KUL-G0Z22a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 30 Second termSecond term
    N. |  De Ridder Joris (substitute)

    Content

    Each lecture will start with highlighting a specific type of astronomical and/or physical data analysis problem, including many examples, for which quantitative statistical tools will then be explained. These tools include:

     

    1. Regression revisited

    • Robust regression: dealing with outliers
    • Total least-squares: regression with errors in both variables
    • Regularized least-squares: constraining the solution using lasso, ridge, and elastic nets
    • Generalized linear models
    • Overfitting, underfitting, BIC, AIC, and cross-validation

    Although students are familiar with ordinary least-squares, this chapter teaches several other regression methods that often appear in the astronomical and physical literature. Regularized least-squares, for example, has important applications in e.g. helioseismology, spectral disentangling, etc.

     

    2. Resampling methods

    • Bootstrapping and jackknife
    • Bootstrapping for regression models
    • Bootstrap based model selection

    Resampling is very regularly used in the astronomical and physical literature where it’s most often used for parameter and uncertainty estimation. This chapter teaches when it is useful to use bootstrapping, how to use it, and what are the limitations.

     

    3. Bayesian inference

    • Posterior, likelihood, and prior distributions
    • Hierarchical Bayesian models
    • Model selection and model averaging, Bayesian evidence
    • Numerical methods for Bayesian estimation

    This chapter teaches how to apply Bayesian techniques to astronomical and physical data analysis, focusing on applications in the literature. Examples include the Period-Luminosity-Color relation of contact binaries, the Initial Mass Function, the fraction of red spirals as a function of the bulge size, etc. The examples are carefully chosen to teach the students on how to set up a Bayesian hierarchical model, to bring them into contact with different types of distributions (not only Normal, but also lognormal, Bernoulli, Beta, etc) and to show how the hierarchical models can be solved using dedicated statistical software libraries. The section on the numerical methods will not give an overly detailed treatment, but rather give a basic understanding of the most popular numerical methods in the astronomical and physical literature, together with their limitations, so that the quality (e.g. convergence) of the numerical results can be assessed.

     

    4. Count models

     Problems that involve counting or the analysis of populations sizes occur so often in astronomy that they deserve their own chapter. One example is the relation between the number of globular clusters vs the absolute visual magnitude of nearby galaxies. Statistically they involve the Poisson models, Negative Binomial models, zero-truncated models, or generalizations of these models to account e.g. for overdispersion. Students will learn which model to choose and how to estimate its parameters and uncertainties.

     

    5. Spatial analysis of points

     Quite typical for the physical sciences is the analysis of how a group of point sources is spatially distributed, e.g. 3D or on the sky. One famous example is the clustering of Galaxies. Statistically this topic includes spatial autocorrelation, quantitative clustering measures such as the 2-point correlation function, and model-based spatial analysis with e.g. the Von Mises-Fisher distribution or more complicated mixture models.

     

    6. Gaussian processes

     GPs are becoming more and more popular in astronomy. The have been used to model star formation histories, to model the Galactic halo, to model the 3D dust distribution in our Galaxy, to study the rotational modulation of the Sun, etc. A Gaussian process is a generalization of the Gaussian distribution. Loosely speaking, where the latter is a distribution over scalars, the former is a distribution over functions. This makes them great tools not only for regression, but also for classification and clustering. 

     

     

    The course is mathematical rather than descriptive, but refrains from being overly rigorous, the focus is on application.

    Course material

    Course notes will be given on Toledo.

    Format: more information

    The course consists of 15 lectures of 2 hours each where for theoretical background of the different data analysis tools is explained using real-world astronomical and physical problems.

    Data Analysis in Astronomy and Physics: Exercises and Applications (B-KUL-G0Z23a)

    2 ECTS : Practical 20 Second termSecond term
    N. |  De Ridder Joris (substitute)

    Content

    For each of the chapters given in the Lecture sessions, the students receive in the Exercises & Applications sessions concrete astronomical and/or physical data analysis problems using real-world datasets. The students will then practice:

    • Translating the (astro)physical problem at hand to one or more useful statistical models
    • Implementing the models in existing software tools.
    • Assessing the reliability and physical meaning of the numerical estimates
    • Selecting the most optimal model
    • Visualizing the dataset, the model parameters and their uncertainties, and predictions

     

    The exercise sessions will make heavy use of the educational capabilities provided by Jupyter notebooks. Existing software tools will be used as much as possible, to keep the amount of programming to a minimum. 

    Course material

    Jupyter notebooks and concrete datasets will be made available to the students, either through Toledo, or through GitHub.

    Format: more information

    The exercise and applications course consists of 10 sessions of 2 hours each, where students will solve in small groups concrete problems using the theoretical background they received during the lecture.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Data Analysis in Astronomy and Physics (B-KUL-G2Z22a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    ECTS Economics and Development of Tourism Destinations (B-KUL-G0Z30A)

    3 ECTS English 30 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Vranken Liesbet

    Aims

    This is an intermediate level course in which students explore the economic aspects of the tourism sector. Students learn how economics can help to better understand the demand and supply of tourism services and the tourism market. Students know how to do a project appraisal. They can assess projects using a cost-benefit analysis and can apply a cost-benefit analysis to a tourism project. They know some alternatives to cost-benefit analysis. Students can value the tourism impacts (costs/benefits) using stated preference methods (e.g. choice experiments and contingent valuation methods) and revealed preference methods (e.g. travel cost method).

     

    Identical courses

    G0S12A: Destination Development

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Economics and Development of Tourism Destinations (B-KUL-G0S14a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 30 First termFirst term
    Vranken Liesbet

    Content

    • The demand for tourism: factors influencing demand, elasticities, measuring demand
    • Tourism supply: factors influencing supply, elasticities, production, costs, supply chain management
    • The price mechanism: market equilibrium and its limitations
    • Tourism and market structure: market structure, structure-conduct-performance, sharing economy
    • Strategic pricing in tourism: cost-based pricing, market-based pricing, competition-based pricing
    • Destination competitiveness: integrated models, travel and tourism competitiveness index, destination price competitiveness
    • Forecasting tourism demand: qualitative and quantitative forecasting methods
    • Economic impact of Tourism: direct, indirect and induced impact; tourism (super)multiplier; aggregate and disaggregate analysis
    • Tourism project appraisal: cost-benefit analysis and alternatives to cost-benefit analysis Tourism project valuation: travel cost method, contingent valuation, choice modelling

    Course material

    • Study material consists of PowerPoint presentations and course notes, complemented with scientific articles and other literature sources

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Economics and Development of Tourism Destinations (B-KUL-G2Z30a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    ECTS Policy, Planning and Management of Mobility and Tourism Destinations (B-KUL-G0Z31A)

    3 ECTS English 30 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Steenberghen Thérèse (coordinator) |  Steenberghen Thérèse |  van der Borg Jan

    Aims

    To apply knowledge and insights in (new and already known) problems: strategies for the development and accessibility of a destination, the policy context, planning, mobility.... 
    The emphasis is on policy support and policy formulation, and on planning and management issues based on integrated knowledge and understanding.
    In addition, correct formulation, presentation and communication for management, planning and policy are crucial.

    Identical courses

    G0S12A: Destination Development

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Policy, Planning and Management of Mobility and Tourism Destinations (B-KUL-G0S15a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 30 First termFirst term
    Steenberghen Thérèse |  van der Borg Jan

    Content

    • A systems approach to policy, planning and management of mobility and tourism destinations.
    • Current issues and approaches in transport and tourism.
    • Accessibility of tourism destinations.
    • The use of ICT for planning and management of mobility and tourism destinations.
    • Methods, techniques and approaches for tourism policy formulation, planning and management.
    • Principles of 'good governance' in tourism; good practise cases.
    • The structure and content of a typical policy framework for a tourism destination.
    • The elaboration of a strategic plan.
    • The elaboration of a mobility plan in a tourism destination.

    Course material

    • Syllabus
    • Articles
    • Case studies

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Policy, Planning and Management of Mobility and Tourism Destinations (B-KUL-G2Z31a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Report, Presentation, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    Oral exam: 50% of the mark

    Permanent evaluation (50% of the mark) consisting of: Heverleebos field assignment, Mobility plan assignment, Description and discussion of an attended event, Description and discussion of good practice examples

    Students have to succeed for all these components.

    Attending the educational activities is compulsory.

    Information about retaking exams

    For the permanent evaluation part: adapted tasks to improve or replace the failed components

    ECTS Microtectonics (B-KUL-G0Z32A)

    6 ECTS English 50 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Sintubin Manuel

    Aims

    "Mountains have to be studied on a microscope" (H.J. Zwart 1989) captures the essence of the scientific discipline of microtectonics. By studying microstructures and fabric elements of a rock, primarily in thin sections, we are able to better understand the mechanisms of its deformation and metamorphism, to reconstruct its tectonometamorphic history, eventually enabling to clarify the geodynamic evolution of a mountain belt or tectonometamorphic terrain.

    Understanding a rock’s microstructural evolution is moreover a prerequisite in other – more societal relevant – studies, such as the study of ore-forming processes or ‘tectonic’ geohazards (e.g. volcanoes, earthquakes).

    In this course we primarily learn to recognize microstructures as part of the fabric of a rock, understand the deformation mechanisms behind their formation and interpret each microstructure’s kinematic and tectonometamorphic significance. Thin section studies are therefore at the core of the course. The acquired theoretical and practical knowledge is applied to specific cases, in which all microstructural and petrographical observations primarily made in thin sections are integrated in a tectonometamorphic model reflecting a particular geodynamic evolution.

    Previous knowledge

    Undergraduate level knowledge in the fields of structural geology, tectonics, mineralogy and petrology. Basic practical skills regarding petrographic microscopy.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0U14A )


    G0U14AG0U14A : Ore-Forming Processes

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Microtectonics: Lecture (B-KUL-G0Z32a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Sintubin Manuel

    Content

    In the theoretical part of the course an overview is given of the variety of microstructures and fabric elements in rocks and minerals. The student is introduced to the microstructure’s diagnostic features, the deformation mechanisms that lie at the base of their (de)formation, and the way microstructures and fabric elements can be interpreted – both qualitatively and quantitatively – to deduce the tectonometamorphic history of a rock. These microstructures include, amongst others, foliations, inter- and intracrystalline microstructures, shear sense indicators, veins.
    The basic principles of a microstructural analysis in different tectonometamorphic contexts are introduced in preparation of the practical course.

    Course material

    • Presentations
    • Scientific papers
    • Online resources
    • Hand specimens and thin sections

    Adviced textbook:

    • Passchier, C.W. & Trouw, R.A.J. 2005. Microtectonics. Springer, Berlin, 366 p.

    Microtectonics: Practical Course (B-KUL-G0Z33a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 30 First termFirst term
    Sintubin Manuel

    Content

    The practical course is focused on thin section studies.

    In a first stage, in a series of thematic sessions, the recognition of diagnostic microstructures and fabric elements in rocks and minerals is trained.
    In a second stage, focus shifts to a more integrated, comprehensive microstructural analysis of thin sections, learning to develop a consistent interpretation of the tectonometamorhic evolution and geodynamic context of the rock studied.
    In a final stage, students will work individually on a microstructural assignment, which consists of a number of different thin sections, whether or not from the same tectonometamorphic context.

    During the practical course students record their observations, findings and interpretations in a notebook, serving as a portfolio reflecting the progress of their acquired theoretical and practical knowledge and skills.

    Course material

    • Hand specimens and thin sections
    • Different photographic atlases
    • Different textbooks
    • Collection of scientific papers
    • Online resources

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Microtectonics (B-KUL-G2Z32a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Report, Presentation, Portfolio, Process evaluation, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : None

    Explanation

    The final evaluation consists on the one hand of the practical assignment during the practical course, and on the other hand, a final examination. While the practical assignment focuses on performing a microstructural analysis, the final examination focuses on the acquired theoretical knowledge. The final examination is an oral examination.

    Students can not participate in the final examination if they have not submitted the final results, recorded in the notebook, of their practical assignment.

    Both the practical assignment and the final examination count for 10 points in the final score of 20 points. To succesfully acquire the credits for this course, the student needs to have obtained at least 4/10 on both the practical assignment and the final examination.

    Information about retaking exams

    Only the final examination can be retaken.

    There is no opportunity to retake the practical assignment.

    ECTS Astronomy Methods, Tools and Techniques (B-KUL-G0Z38A)

    6 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term
    Sana Hugues

    Aims

    • The students can model astrophysical data using a theoretical model and can derive the relevant parameters and their uncertainties.
    • The students are familiar with public data-bases to search and retrieve astrophysical observational data.
    • The students are familiar with first order calibration concepts and can perform a first-order reduction process from observational data to astrophysical quantities.
    • The student can use the available webtools to investigate the astronomical literature and use bibliographic tools like zotero or bibtex in written reports.
    • The student becomes familiar with version control system and other standard (software) management tools.

    Previous knowledge

    Introduction to Astronomy (G0U45A)

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0U45A ) OR SIMULTANEOUS( X0C95B )


    G0U45AG0U45A : Inleiding tot de sterrenkunde
    X0C95BX0C95B : Inleiding tot de sterrenkunde

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Astronomy Methods, Tools and Techniques (B-KUL-G0Z38a)

    6 ECTS : Assignment 26 First termFirst term
    Sana Hugues

    Content

    The course is in modular form during which the students will work-out a few standard methods in astrophysics as to obtain astrophysical data, calibrate the data to astrophysical quantities,  model the data with theoretical models and obtain quantified information on the different parameters of the model. The students will write out the result in a report per module.

     

    In the whole process, the students will become familiar with the publicly  available databases and the specific tools developed by the virtual observatory to query these databases as well as query the relevant literature.

     

    Example modules are:

    • fit a Keplerian orbit to time series of radial velocity data of a binary (or an exoplanet).
    • determine the Hubble constant from galaxy redshift and distance data. Some parts of the distance ladder will be introduced here as well.
    • fit a model or a black-body to the data representing the Spectral Energy Distribution of a celestial body. Correct the data for interstellar reddening.
    • deduce basic observables from photometric data of an exoplanetary transit.
    • solve a simple numerical problem to describe a shock tube with a own developed 1D PDE solver
    • study coronal waves via interpretation of a time-series of images

     

    During the semester, the students will work-out two of such modules in a team of 2-3 students.

    Course material

    Every module with start with 1 contact moment in which slides will be used to introduce the subject.

    Subsequent contact moments will take place bi-weekly to discuss students progress and difficulties.

    The final product is a written report which will be graded. After every report, a feedback moment is organised.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Astronomy Methods, Tools and Techniques (B-KUL-G2Z38a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Report
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator, Computer

    Information about retaking exams

    There is no exam in the exam period. In case of failure, the reports have to be submitted again, but then with a deadline in the second exam period.

    ECTS International Elective Courses (B-KUL-G0Z40A)

    18 ECTS English 120 Both termsBoth terms Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Harvey Jeremy

    Aims

    The aim of this course is to provide training on a number of advanced topics in theoretical chemistry.

    Previous knowledge

    This course is available only to students in the European Masters in Theoretical Chemistry and Computational Modelling, who have completed at least 48 ECTS of the M1 program.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    International Elective Courses (B-KUL-G0Z40a)

    18 ECTS : Lecture 120 Both termsBoth terms
    Harvey Jeremy

    Content

    The course involves following three optional modules, organised by the international committee of the European Masters in Theoretical Chemistry and Computational Modelling (TCCM). The student chooses three of the available modules, after consulting with the coordinator in Leuven. 

    Course material

    Material for each module will be provided to the students.

    Language of instruction: more information

    Each module is organised by one or more of the partner universities in the international masters, and all teaching is in English.

    Format: more information

    Each module will involve a number of classes and computer-based exercises.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: International Elective Courses (B-KUL-G2Z40a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The evaluation for each module is based mainly on reports, as well as on tests, run at the conclusion of each module.

    ECTS Advanced Topics in Survival Analysis (B-KUL-G0Z51A)

    4 ECTS English 15 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Keilegom Ingrid

    Aims

    The student knows some more advanced topics of survival analysis, and can apply them in practice.

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of survival analysis is required.

    Order of Enrolment



    (FLEXIBLE( G0B67A ) OR FLEXIBLE( G0B67B ))


    G0B67AG0B67A : Statistical Analysis of Reliability and Survival Data
    G0B67BG0B67B : Statistical Analysis of Reliability and Survival Data

    Identical courses

    G0Z79A: Geavanceerde topics in overlevingsanalyse

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Advanced Topics in Survival Analysis (B-KUL-G0Z51a)

    4 ECTS : Lecture 15 First termFirst term
    Van Keilegom Ingrid

    Content

    In this course, several advanced topics in the area of survival analysis will be studied.   These topics might change from one year to another, and will include among others the following ones:
    - cure models
    - competing risks
    - joint models
    - multistate models
    - dependent censoring
    - frailty models

    The topics will be studied from a methodological and a practical point of view.

     

    Course material

    Slides and some reference books.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Advanced Topics in Survival Analysis (B-KUL-G2Z51a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Paper/Project, Presentation
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The exam consists of two parts:

    • A project, in which the methods seen in this course are applied on some real data. 
    • An oral exam during which questions are asked about the course material.

    Projects that are not submitted on time or that are not submitted at all, will result in a NA score for the final grade.

    Information about retaking exams

    Same as for the first exam.

    ECTS Data Management (B-KUL-G0Z53A)

    5 ECTS English 40 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    De Spiegeleer Jan

    Aims

    The student can handle scientific quantitative research questions, independently, effectively, creatively, and correctly using state-of-the-art design and analysis methodology and software.      

    The student is able to efficiently acquire, store and process data.

    Previous knowledge

    Skills: the student should be able to analyse, synthesise and interpret.

    Knowledge:

    • Experience with at least one programming language
    • Fundamental concepts of statistics

    Identical courses

    G0Z53B: Data Management

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Data Management (B-KUL-G0Z53a)

    5 ECTS : Lecture 40 First termFirst term
    De Spiegeleer Jan

    Content

    In this course, students will be made familiar with relational as well as document- and graph-databases. They will learn how to model data in each, and how to load/process/extract data.

     

    RDBMS

    We will begin by showing how databases can be designed on the conceptual level, using the Entity-Relationship model. We will then see how a conceptual design can be automatically converted in a logical design, using the relational data model. We will look at Boyce-Codd Normal Form as a precise way to distinguish poorly designed relational database schemas from well-designed ones. Last but not least, we will learn how relational databases can be queried, using relational algebra and the standard query language SQL.

     

     

    Document databases

    Although relational databases have historically been the most used system, recent years have seen a surge in the adoption of so-called NoSQL databases. One prominent group of NoSQL databases are document stores. Whereas data in RDBMS is typically normalized across different tables, the information about a single object in a document database is stored together which has several advantages. For example, (a) properties of an object don't depend on columns that are defined at the level of the table but at the object-level itself, (b) as objects are self-contained we do not need expensive join-operations to combine relevant information, and (c) scalability of the database is easier.

     

    Graph DataBases

    For several decades, developers have tried to accommodate connected, semi-structured datasets inside relational databases. But whereas relational databases were initially designed to codify paper forms and tabular structures something they do exceedingly well they struggle when attempting to model the ad hoc, exceptional relationships that crop up in the real world. This is where graphs move in.

     

    The application of graph databases is wide spread: going from fraud-detection, to social network analysis, pandemic-modelling and even covid-19 contact-tracing

     

    The course will result in a hands-on experience where students will be introduced to the construction of graphs and the application of typical graph algorithms: centrality, in-betweenness, etc...

     

    Technologies used

    A large number of technologies exist for each of these database types. For the RDBMS part, we will use PostgreSQL. In order to avoid having to learn different languages for each of the database types, we will use ArangoDB as document-oriented and graph-database instead of mongodb and neo4j, respectively.

    Python will be used for data processing and plotting.

    Course material

    Slides will be provided on Toledo

    Is also included in other courses

    G0Z53B : Data Management

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Data Management (B-KUL-G2Z53a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written
    Learning material : Course material

    ECTS Ionizing Radiation Detection and Nuclear Instrumentation (B-KUL-G0Z55A)

    6 ECTS English 52 Both termsBoth terms
    Cortina Gil Eduardo (coordinator) |  Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Cortina Gil Eduardo |  Severijns Nathal

    Aims

    Get to know the origin of the different types of ionizing radiation and their interaction with matter.
    Understand the properties and different possible applications of detectors for ionizing radiations, and gain insight in the basic principles of the detection of ionizing radiations and in nuclear electronics.

    Get to know the basic properties of accelerators and the production of radioactive isotopes.

    Through practical laboratory projects the students should get practical knowledge on how to operate different types of detectors and the related nuclear instrumentation and measuring techniques. The student should be able to determine independently the research strategy for a posed problem and realize this in practice. 

     

    Previous knowledge

    Basic concepts of electromagnetism and of nuclear physics.

    Basics of statistics.

    Order of Enrolment



    SIMULTANEOUS( G0C98A )


    G0C98AG0C98A : Introductory Nuclear Physics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Ionizing Radiation Detection and Nuclear Instrumentation: Theory (B-KUL-G0Z55a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Cortina Gil Eduardo |  Severijns Nathal

    Content

    1. Introduction: (Special relativity, Atomic and Nuclear Physics, Statistics),

    2. Radiation sources (including basics on accelerators and production of radioisotopes),

    3. Radiation-matter interaction,

    4. General characteristics of detectors,

    5. Gas detectors,

    6. Scintillation detectors. Gamma spectroscopy,

    7. Semiconductor detectors,

    8. Neutron detectors,

    9. Personal dosimetry,

    10. Pulse processing and nuclear electronics

     

    Course material

    Radiation Detection and Measurement, G.F. Knoll (Wiley, 2010)

    Format: more information

    Theory lectures that are complemented with exercises and initial laboratory projects.

    Ionizing Radiation Detection and Nuclear Instrumentation: Laboratory work and Exercises (B-KUL-G0Z56a)

    3 ECTS : Practical 26 Second termSecond term
    Cocolios Thomas Elias |  Cortina Gil Eduardo |  Severijns Nathal

    Content

    Exercises on the radioactive decay, the properties of ionizing radiation detectors and the operation of nuclear electronics.

     

    Laboratories (a selection from the following list; not exhaustive):

    1. Geiger-Mueller: Counting statistics.

    2. Introduction to simulation codes SRIM and VGATE, (2 sessions).

    3. Cyclotron: Bragg peak measurement.

    4. NaI, HPGe, CdZnTe: Gamma spectrometry.

    5. Surface Barrier detector: Alpha spectroscopy.

    6. Neutron detection.

    7. Scintillation: SiPMs, PMTs, coincidence techniques.

    8. Proportional counter: X-ray fluorescence.

    9. Angular Correlations with HPGe detectors.

    10. Muon detection: muon lifetime and angular distribution.

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Ionizing Radiation Detection and Nuclear Instrumentation (B-KUL-G2Z55a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Report, Presentation, Participation during contact hours

    Explanation

    Apart from the exam the evaluation includes laboratory reports as well presentations and/or exercises assignments.

     

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Report(s) from the project work that would not meet the required standards may be resubmitted after having been upgraded for the second exam opportunity.

     

     

    ECTS Interactive Data Visualization (B-KUL-G0Z84A)

    6 ECTS English 33 First termFirst term
    Poorthuis Ate

    Aims

    This course teaches students the concepts, skills and techniques of online, interactive map design and data visualization. In doing so, it covers both the modern web development workflow and Javascript programming. These fundamental programming tools and techniques are mastered in an applied context of designing and building interactive maps and visualizations. Apart from a foundational understanding of the building blocks of the modern web (HTML, CSS, Javascript), students learn to build visualizations using industry-standard Javascript libraries through a series of lab-based assignments and projects. The course keeps a focus on the entire iterative design workflow throughout the semester and culminates in a project in which a sequence of prototypes leads to a final online, interactive data visualization. 

    Learning Objectives:     

    -            Identify and explain the different technologies that make online maps and data visualization possible

    -           Evaluate and use modern web standards in order to build online maps and visualizations

    -           Compare and apply advanced visualization techniques based on their appropriateness for specific data types and (geographic) research questions

    -           Design, assess and build an online, interactive visualization that allows the user to gain insight from a data set

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Interactive Data Visualization: Lectures and practicals (B-KUL-G0Z84a)

    6 ECTS : Practical 33 First termFirst term
    Poorthuis Ate

    Content

    This course teaches students the concepts, skills and techniques of online, interactive map design and data visualization. In doing so, it covers both the modern web development workflow and Javascript programming. These fundamental programming tools and techniques are mastered in an applied context of designing and building interactive maps and visualizations. Apart from a foundational understanding of the building blocks of the modern web (HTML, CSS, Javascript), students learn to build visualizations using industry-standard Javascript libraries through a series of lab-based assignments and projects. The course keeps a focus on the entire iterative design workflow throughout the semester and culminates in a project in which a sequence of prototypes leads to a final online, interactive data visualization. 

    Course material

    Course notes (website), including lab exercises; selection of journal articles and book chapters.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Interactive Data Visualization (B-KUL-G2Z84a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Project/Product, Report, Participation during contact hours, Portfolio

    Explanation

    This course is completely evaluated based on permanent evaluation. Students will create a series of smaller assignments (portfolio) that will iteratively build up to a final project in which they will design and build an interactive data visualisation, and discuss their analysis and design process in a short accompanying paper.

    Participation: 15%
    3 assignments throughout semester: 45%
    Final Project: 40%

     

    Information about retaking exams

    The format of the retake will be identical to the format of the permanent evaluation during the semester, with a resubmission of the 3 assignments and/or the final project in the third examination period. 

    ECTS Planetary Geology (B-KUL-G0Z94A)

    3 ECTS English 26 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N.

    Aims

    Understand the composition and formation of asteroids, planetesimals and terrestrial planets in the solar system; important space missions and state-of-the-art concerning exoplanets

    Previous knowledge

    Igneous petrology; Chemistry; Physics; Mathematics; Thermodynamics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Planetary Geology (B-KUL-G0Z94a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 26 First termFirst term
    N.

    Content

    Lectures on asteroids, terrestrial planets and exoplanets

    Course material

    Lecture notes, slides + book

    Format: more information

    Discussion - Laboratory visit - Presentation

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Planetary Geology (B-KUL-G2Z94a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Computer

    ECTS Condensed matter theory (B-KUL-G0Z97A)

    6 ECTS English 2 Second termSecond term
    De Roeck Wojciech

    Aims

    Knowledge of basic concepts and models in condensed matter

    Previous knowledge

    Quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Condensed Matter Theory (B-KUL-G0Z97a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 2 Second termSecond term
    De Roeck Wojciech

    Content

    Basic notions of condensed matter theory, including e.g. bosonic gases, Fermi liquid and its instabilities, topological insulators.

    Course material

    Lecture notes will be provided

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Condensed Matter Theory (B-KUL-G2Z97a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written, Participation during contact hours
    Type of questions : Multiple choice, Open questions, Closed questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

     

    During the academic year, students will be encouraged to participate actively in the course by solving exercises and answering conceptual questions. Based on this, a grade G will be given.  Let F be the grade obtained on the exam in the examination period, then the final grade is the maximum of  F and  0.4 G + 0.6 F.  

    Information about retaking exams

     

    There will be no extra opportunity for continuous assessment within the second exam opportunity. The grade G obtained during the academic year will be transferred and the final grade will be again the maximum of  F and  0.4 G + 0.6 F where F is now the grade scored at the second exam opportunity.

    ECTS Molecular Photonics (B-KUL-G9X25A)

    3 ECTS English 18 First termFirst term
    Clays Koen

    Aims


    at the level of the total chemistry program:To make sure that the student realizes how molecular materials with advanced optical properties can perform optical functions that are very similar to electronics or can be integrated with electronics and how current research contributes to photonics as an enabling technology in our aging, energy-greedy information society.
     
    at the level of this specific course
    The student can scale the concept of X-ray diffraction on semiconductor crystals with an electronic bandgap with or without impurity doping, to opalescence of photonic crystals with an optical stopband with or without defect mode passbands. The student can rationalize the effect of a photonic bandgap on the steady-state and time-resolved emission from a photonic crystal.
    The student understands the molecular and symmetry aspects needed to impart second- and third-order nonlinear optical properties to a molecular material, both at the single molecule and at the ensemble level, and is able to indicate all engineering steps from the molecule to a working electro-optic modulator device for converting electronic digital data to optical pulses for optical long-distance data transfer.
    The student can indicate in a charge-transfer molecule the electron donor and electron acceptor moiety, and relate these to electron transfer and proton transfer properties, and ultimately, to redox and acido-switching of the optical properties.
    The student realizes that the molecular requirements for organic photovoltaics and for organic light emitting diodes are very similar and that conjugated materials can contribute to energy saving.
    The student realizes that the symmetry requirements for second-harmonic generation and for two-photon fluorescence are different and that these complementary nonlinear optical techniques can be used in diagnostic imaging and photodynamic therapy.
     
    at the generic level:
    The student can find recent research articles on a given topic, study the specific topic in great depth for himself, and indicate the essentials and present these as course material for his fellow students.

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Photonics (B-KUL-G0I15a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    Clays Koen

    Content

    Chapter I
    Absorption of light by molecules. Detailed discussion of the factors determining the transition dipole
    Excited states in molecular systems: singlets and triplets, localized (Frenkel excitons) and charge transfer states
    Energy, bond lengths, acidity and dipole moments of excited states
    Excited states in semiconductors (Wannier excitons) (quantum-dots + particle in a box)
     
    Chapter II
    Fluorescence and phosphorescence
    Thermal decay processes of excited states , Fermi Golden Rule
    Major experimental techniques of stationary and fast spectroscopy for evaluation of kinetics and spectroscopy of excited states
    Generalization of  Woodward Hoffmann rules
     
    Chapter III
    Formal kinetics of quenching
    Quenching by excitation transfer (Förster and Dexter)
    Quenching by electron transfer
    Quenching by excited state complex formation
    Quenching by heavy atoms and paramagnetic effects
     
    Chapter IV
    Adiabatic electron transfer
    Non-adiabatic electron transfer
    Solvent reorganization
    Distance dependence of electron transfer (superexchange)
    Electron transfer to metals and semiconductors
     
    Chapter V
    Exciton Interaction in Dimers
    Exciton Interaction in Large 1- and 2-aggregates
    Mixed dimers
    Also cfr. content of specific educational activities.

    Chapter VI 
    Concerted reactions, correlation diagramma, conical intersections, pericyclic minima

    Chapter VII
    Application of the content of Chapter VI to selected elementary photochemical reactions and related concepts as  biradicals.
     
    Chapter VIII
    Excitations in semiconductors and metals

    *

    Photonic atoms, photonic crystals, colloidal photonic crystals, two-dimensional defects in three-dimensional artificial opals.
     
    Fluorescence in photonic crystals, bandgap engineering for modulation of the fluorescence and energy transfer.
     
    Molecular second- and third-order nonlinear optics, with applications in electro-optic modulation and nonlinear imaging and phototherapy.
     
    Principles of organic photovoltaics and organic light emitting diodes.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Molecular Photonics (B-KUL-G2X25a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral

    ECTS Data Mining and Neural Networks (B-KUL-G9X29A)

    4 ECTS English 22 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Suykens Johan

    Aims

    - The student must understand basic and more advanced techniques of neural networks for datamining, as well as related methods of nonlinear modeling.

    - The student must be able to apply the methods to real data sets and constructively work towards good solutions.

    Identical courses

    G9X29B: Data Mining and Neural Networks

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Data Mining and Neural Networks: Preparatory Reading (B-KUL-G0T65a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 0 First termFirst term
    Suykens Johan

    Content

    Preparatory reading to the exercise sessions

    Is also included in other courses

    G9X29B : Data Mining and Neural Networks

    Data Mining and Neural Networks: Lectures, Part 1 (B-KUL-H05R4a)

    2.5 ECTS : Lecture 16 First termFirst term
    Suykens Johan

    Content

    Lectures:

    1. Introduction
    2. Multilayer feedforward networks and backpropagation
    3. Nonlinear modelling and time-series prediction
    4. Classification and Bayesian decision theory
    5. Generalization, Bayesian learning of neural networks
    6. Vector quantization, self-organizing maps, regularization theory
    7. Basic principles of support vector machines and kernel-based models
    8. Nonlinear principal component analysis, autoencoders, deep learning with stacked autoencoders and convolutional neural networks
    9. Generative models: deep Boltzmann machines, generative adversarial networks, variational autoencoders, others
    10. Normalization, attention, transformers

    Course material

    - English course text in toledo

    - Slides of the lectures are available in toledo

    Format: more information

    - Lectures and computer exercise sessions

    - Report of the exercise sessions

    Is also included in other courses

    H03V7B : Data Mining and Neural Networks

    Data Mining and Neural Networks: Training Sessions, Part 1 (B-KUL-H05R6a)

    0.5 ECTS : Practical 6 First termFirst term
    Suykens Johan

    Content

    computer exercise sessions

    Format: more information

    Report of the exercise sessions

    Is also included in other courses

    H03V7B : Data Mining and Neural Networks

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Data Mining and Neural Networks (B-KUL-G2X29a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    Explanation

    The exam consists of an oral discussion of the report of the exercise sessions during the examination period.

    ECTS Environmental Change (B-KUL-G9X30A)

    6 ECTS English 55 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Verstraeten Gert (coordinator) |  Huybrechts Philippe |  Verstraeten Gert

    Aims

    This course aims:

    • to provide an overview of the various techniques that can be applied to analyse proxy records of environmental change, including their possibilities and limitations
    • to provide an overview of the environmental changes recorded during the last 25000 years, making a distinction between natural and human induced environmental change
    • to explain the current landscape as the result of specific process-interactions in the past in order to make predictions for the future
    • to analyse the climatic changes of the last 1000 years in detail
    • to discuss the various climate prediction scenario's
    • to provide students knowledge about the complex nature of past and future environmental change such that they can participate in the debate on global climate change and its impacts on society

    Previous knowledge

    Basic knowledge of physical geography, climatology and geomorphology

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Environmental Change: Lectures 2 (B-KUL-G0G67a)

    1.3 ECTS : Lecture 12 First termFirst term
    Huybrechts Philippe

    Content

    The last 25.000 years have witnessed major environmental changes. This period is characterized not only by the occurrence of major climatic changes and events but also by an ever increasing anthropogenic impact on the landscape.
    First of all, several methods that can be applied for reconstructing the palaeo-environment will be emphasized. Secondly, various case-studies of Late-Quaternary environmental change will be analysed to illustrate the complex interactions between men and environment. Furthermore, insight will be gained in the reconstruction and mechanisms of the climate changes of the last millenium and into the future based on proxy data, instrumental records, and climate models.
    The following topics will be analysed and discussed:

    • Climate changes of the last millennium
    • CO2 and the global carbon cycle
    • Greenhouse effect
    • Physical climate processes and feedbacks
    • Model projections of climate change
    • Impact of climate change, now and in the future
    • Adaptation and mitigation

    Course material

    • Handbook: Bell, M., Walker, M.J.C., 2005. Late Quaternary Environmental Change. Physical and Human Perspectives. 2nd ed. Pearson education, Harlow, England, 348 pp. ISBN 0-13-033344-1
    • scientific journal papers and reports (toledo)
    • slides projected during the lectures (toledo)

    Format: more information

    Part of the content of this course will be treated by means of traditional lectures. The major part, however, will be treated primarily by means of case studies, which will be presented during work sessions and during field work. The student will also carry out assignments with respect to the problems treated during the work sessions. During discussion sessions emphasis will be put on the feedback of the assignments and the results of the work sessions and the field work.

    Environmental Change: Field Course (B-KUL-G0G68a)

    1 ECTS : Field trip 16 First termFirst term
    Verstraeten Gert

    Content

    During two one-day field trips, several examples of Late Quaternary environmental changes in central and eastern Belgium will be discussed. The impact of natural environmental change as well as human activity on the physical landscape will be illustrated.

    Course material

    Excursion guide

    Is also included in other courses

    F0VU9B : Palaeoecology

    Environmental Change: Lectures 1 (B-KUL-G0J97a)

    3.7 ECTS : Lecture 27 First termFirst term
    Verstraeten Gert

    Content

    The last 25.000 years have witnessed major environmental changes. This period is characterized not only by the occurrence of major climatic changes and events but also by an ever increasing anthropogenic impact on the landscape.
    First of all, several methods that can be applied for reconstructing the palaeo-environment will be emphasized. Secondly, various case-studies of Late-Quaternary environmental change will be analysed to illustrate the complex interactions between men and environment. Furthermore, insight will be gained in the reconstruction and mechanisms of the climate changes of the last millenium and into the future based on proxy data, instrumental records, and climate models.
    The following topics will be analysed and discussed:

    • Environmental change and human activity
    • Evidence for environmental change
    • Dating late-quaternary environmental change
    • Natural environmental change
    • Consequences of climatic change
    • People in a world of constant change
    • People, climate and erosion

    Course material

    • Handbook: Bell, M., Walker, M.J.C., 2005. Late Quaternary Environmental Change. Physical and Human Perspectives. 2nd ed. Pearson education, Harlow, England, 348 pp. ISBN 0-13-033344-1
    • scientific journal papers and reports (toledo)
    • slides projected during the lectures (toledo)

    Format: more information

    Part of the content of this course will be treated by means of traditional lectures. The major part, however, will be treated primarily by means of case studies, which will be presented during work sessions and during field work. The student will also carry out assignments with respect to the problems treated during the work sessions. During discussion sessions emphasis will be put on the feedback of the assignments and the results of the work sessions and the field work.

    Is also included in other courses

    F0VU9B : Palaeoecology

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Environmental Change (B-KUL-G2X30a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project, Presentation, Participation during contact hours

    Explanation

    The evaluation consists of two parts:

    • the first part deals with past environmental change and is an open book examination. This part takes 70% of the final evaluation. It also includes an evaluation of the field trips and the interactive sessions which is evaluated permanently (active participation and written report).
       
    • the second part deals with subrecent and future climate change, is a closed book examination and takes 30% of the final evaluation

    This course includes two field trips, which are obligatory. Non-participation of the field trips will exclude the student from taking the oral examination (mark = NA or "niet afgelegd"). In case the absence during the field trips is legalized (eg medical proof), the lecturer need to be contacted as soon as possible.
    There are several interactive sessions during which a few papers will be discussed. Students will have to read these papers in detail before entering the interactive sessions. Active participation during these sessions will be permanently evaluated.

     

    Only for students of the "Master in de geografie" and "Master of Geography":
    For passing this course students have to upload an information skills certificate in Toledo. This certificate can be obtained in the Toledo community “Scientific integrity at the Faculty of Science”. Obtaining and submitting the information skills certificate is evaluated by ‘pass/fail’. A student with a ‘fail’ for the certificate, obtains a ‘fail’ for the course, that is converted to a non-tolerable fail. This means that students cannot pass the course and cannot use tolerance credits, if they have not obtained and submitted the certificate.

    ECTS Physical Chemistry of Polymers (B-KUL-G9X47A)

    3 ECTS English 19 First termFirst term
    N. |  Ianiro Alessandro (substitute)

    Aims

    (Activity Introduction and Physical chemistry of polymers)

    • The student has a detailed knowledge of and insight in the chemical, physicochemical and physical aspects that are dealt with in the course (more details in the respective OLA’s).
    • The student has knowledge of and insight in the importance of the “Chain of knowledge” (more details in the respective OLA’s).
    • The student can give the definitions and the descriptions as well as explain the meaning of physicochemical and physical theoretical concepts and results dealt with in the course and clarify their importance and their interplay in the “Chain of knowledge”;
    • The student can give correct derivations, point out the used approximations and discuss and analyse the consequences and limitations of the approximations for the theoretical concepts and results given in the list “Theoretical concepts and results” available on Toledo;
    • The student can clarify and show the importance of the “Chain of knowledge” and of the theoretical concepts and results for polymer materials which are dealt with in the course and for new examples of polymer materials provided by the lecturer;
    • The student can define and then find with the available information search methods relevant (scientific factual) information that is required to bring the exercises and assignments to a successful end;
    • The student can apply the theoretical concepts and results in simple exercises and come up with concrete results and answers and place them in the context of the theoretical concepts;
    • The student can apply the theoretical concepts in integrating assignments (3 or 4, depending on the extend of the assignments) and come to concrete results and answers and place them in the context of the theoretical concepts;
    • The student can present the results of the assignments in a written report in the English language according to the guidelines “Reporting assignments” available on Toledo;
    • The student can use present-day ICT tools in the making and the reporting of the assignments;
    • The student can make a detailed time planning for an assignment, communicate and justify the time planning to the lecturer and, if needed,  adapt and evaluate the time planning.

    Previous knowledge

    • The student has at least knowledge of the following mathematical and physical concepts and notions: vectors, functions, integrals, differentials, Fourier transfoms, complex numbers, series, energy, forces, viscosity, elasticity, electromagnetic radiation (visible light, IR, X-ray), index of refraction;
    • The bachelor has basic knowledge of atoms, molecules, bonds, molecular interactions, thermodynamic state functions (internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs energy, Helmholtz energy) and derived properties (volume, pressure and temperature) or can acquire this basic knowledge autonomously.
    • (Nanoscience: Necessary basis to disciplines as offered in the introductory courses H06F6A Structure synthesis and cellular function of macromolecules; H06O1A Atoomtheorie, chemische periodiciteit en chemische binding )

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Polymer Sciences: Physical Chemistry of Polymers (B-KUL-G0T88a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 19 First termFirst term
    N. |  Ianiro Alessandro (substitute)

    Content

    Module Introduction:

    • Positioning of the course
    • Polymers and the chain of knowledge in polymer science

    Module Physical Chemistry of Polymers

    • Single-chain description of polymers, ideal and real chains
    • The glassy state and the glass transition
    • Polymers solutions and blends
    • Rubber elasticity, polymer networks and polymer gels
    • Block copolymers in the bulk and solution, aspects of demixing

    Course material

    Course materials (lecture notes and powerpoint presentations ) are available on Toledo

    Format: more information

    Module Polymer Science: Introduction and Physical chemistry of polymers

    • Interactive lectures with demonstrations

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Physical Chemistry of Polymers (B-KUL-G2X47a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Calculator

    Explanation

    Details on the exam are available on Toledo.

    ECTS Computational Methods in Solid State Physics (B-KUL-H06A8A)

    3 ECTS English 28 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Houssa Michel

    Aims

    To become acquainted with the modern computational approaches to solid-state physics, based on the many-body Schrödinger equation (so-called ab-initio or first-principles methods). To understand the concepts underlying the principal methods, based on density functional theory (DFT), and grasp their limitations and applicability. To be able to compute the stuctural and electronic properties of solids, using DFT software packages.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has a knowledge of quantum mechanical concepts (wave mechanics), such as wavefunction, angular momentum, spin and the Schrödinger equation. He or she can solve this equation for the case of simple systems (square well, harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom), and can interpret the solutions. In addition the student has basic knowledge of solid state physics (band structures, reciprocal space, Brillouin zone, density of states,...).
    Necessary basis to disciplines as offered in the introductory courses H06E2A Quantum physics; H06F2A Semiconductor physics; H06O1A Atoomtheorie, chemische periodiciteit en chemische binding

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Computational Methods in Solid State Physics (B-KUL-H06A8a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    Houssa Michel

    Content

    Introduction to ab-initio materials modelling

    Many body Schrödinger equation and approximations

    Density functional theory and its application to solids

    Computation of equilibrium structures

    Computation of the vibrational properties of solids 

    Computation of band structures

    Spin-polarized DFT and magnetic properties of solids

    DFT beyond LDA and GGA: hybrid functionals, LDA+U, van der Waals functionals,...

    First-principles molecular dynamics

    Course material

    Main book:

    F. Giustino, Materials modelling using density functional theory (Oxford University Press, 2014)

    Complementary books:

    R.M. Martin, Electronic structure - Basic theory and practical methods (Cambridge University Press, 2004)

    D. Sholl and J. Steckel, Density functional theory - A practical introduction (Wiley, 2009) 

    Computational Methods in Solid State Physics: Exercises and Labs (B-KUL-H06A9a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 10 First termFirst term
    Houssa Michel

    Content

    Computer exercise sessions, using a DFT software package. The structural and electronic properties of different materials are computed.

    Format: more information

    The students perform calculations with a DFT simulation package, and prepare a detailed report on their calculations. 

     

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Computational Methods in Solid State Physics (B-KUL-H26A8a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions

    Explanation

    Part of the evaluation is based on the report from the computer exercice sessions.

    ECTS Electronic Structure of Molecular Materials (B-KUL-H06B8A)

    3 ECTS English 18 Second termSecond term
    Loreau Jérôme

    Aims

    The lectures offer an introduction to the quantum-mechanical description of nanoscale materials, providing a bridge between molecules and solids. At the end of the lectures, the student will be able to:

    - Explain the basic electronic properties of nanomaterials using simple mathematical models based on quantum mechanics

    - Read and critically analyse the literature in the scientific field

    - Select the relevant information from the literature in order to prepare a presentation on a selected topic (see rubric evaluation)

    - Make connections between the lectures and their presentation topic.

     

    Previous knowledge

    Elementary knowledge of the quantum-mechanical description of molecules and solids.
    (Nanoscience: Necessary basis to disciplines as offered in the introductory courses H06E2A Quantum physics; H09M2A Atom Theory, Chemical Periodicity and Chemical Bond)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Electronic Structure of Molecular Materials (B-KUL-H06B8a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 12 Second termSecond term
    Loreau Jérôme

    Content

    • Introduction to nanomaterials: nanoparticles, clusters, quantum dots, wires and wells, carbon-based nanomaterials.
    • Atomic and molecular clusters: general properties, theoretical description, jellium model.
    • Electronic structure of semiconductor nanomaterials : quantum dots, quantum wires, quantum wells, superlattices.
    • Optical and conduction properties of nanomaterials.
    • Magnetism in nanomaterials.

    Course material

    - Lecture slides
    - Reference books, ex:
    Quantum mechanics for nanostructures (Mitin, Sementsov and Vagidov; Cambridge University Press)
    Nanomaterials and nanochemistry (Bréchignac, Houdy, Lahmani; Springer)

    Electronic Structure of Molecular Materials: Exercises and Labs (B-KUL-H06B9a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 6 Second termSecond term
    Loreau Jérôme

    Content

    You will select a topic and prepare an oral presentation for the examination. The topic and content of the presentation will be discussed in class, with the presentation prepared as homework. You will give the presentation in front of the class.

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Electronic Structure of Molecular Materials (B-KUL-H26B8a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Presentation

    Explanation

    Oral presentation in front of the class on the chosen topic, followed by a discussion.

    ECTS Photophysics and Photochemistry of Molecular Materials (B-KUL-H06D5A)

    3 ECTS English 28 First termFirst term
    Escudero Masa Daniel

    Aims

    At the level of the program Master Nanoscience and Nanotechnology:
    The students realize how molecular materials with advanced optical properties can perform optical functions that are very similar to electronics or can be integrated with electronics. The students understand the molecular aspects of the interaction between electromagnetic radiation and matter in order to translate a specific application of light to a molecular design

    At the level of this specific course
    The students can explain the processes occurring at the interaction of UV-, visible and near-IR electromagnetic radiation with molecules. They can discriminate the different types of excited states and recognize their properties. They can relate excited state properties and decay channels to molecular structure. They can derive the expression governing excited state kinetics and evaluate their validity. They can discriminate the different types of electron and excitation transfer and relate them to spectroscopic properties. They can analyze experimental data of stationary and fast spectroscopy and relate them to excited state properties, excitation and electron transfer and excited state complex formation. They can evaluate most current techniques of stationary and fast spectroscopy. They can recognize exciton formation and predict the spectroscopic properties of molecular aggregates. They understand the difference between Frenkel and Wannier excitons.
    For these activities they can use a handbook and course text.
    They can apply the insight gained in the theoretical part of the course to understand synthetic and/or biological systems where light is converted into chemical or electrical energy or vice versa (OLED's, solar cells, molecular beacons, systems for information recording, xerographic applications). For these systems they can relate photophysical and photochemical properties to their supra- and nanomolecular structure. They can summarize and explain a recent research paper on these systems and answer critical questions regarding this paper.

    Previous knowledge

    Thorough knowledge of the theoretical fundamental theoretical concepts of chemistry, including the quantum structure of matter (as offered in the introductory course H06O1A Atoomtheorie, chemische periodiciteit en chemische binding). Knowledge of the fundamentals of chemical thermodynamics, physics (electrostatics, physical base of electromagnetic radiation), chemistry at a nanometre scale, organic and inorganic chemistry. 

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Photophysics and Photochemistry of Molecular Materials (B-KUL-H06D5a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 18 First termFirst term
    Escudero Masa Daniel

    Content

     

    Chapter I
    Absorption of light by molecules. Detailed discussion of the factors determining the transition dipole
    Excited states in molecular systems: singlets and triplets, localized (Frenkel excitons) and charge transfer states
    Energy, bond lengths, acidity and dipole moments of excited states

    Chapter II
    Fluorescence and phosphorescence
    Thermal decay processes of excited states , Fermi Golden Rule
    Formal kinetics of monomolecular decay processes and exciton annihilation.
    Delayed fluorescence
    Major experimental techniques of stationary and fast spectroscopy for evaluation of kinetics and spectroscopy of excited states

    Chapter III
    Formal kinetics of quenching
    Quenching by excitation transfer (Förster and Dexter)
    Quenching by electron transfer
    Quenching by excited state complex formation
    Quenching by heavy atoms and paramagnetic effects

    Chapter IV
    Adiabatic electron transfer
    Non-adiabatic electron transfer
    Solvent reorganization
    Distance dependence of electron transfer (superexchange)
    Electron transfer to metals and semiconductors

    Chapter V
    Exciton Interaction in Dimers
    Exciton Interaction in large 1- and 2-dimensional aggregates

    Course material

     

    Copies of the relevant chapters of the manual: “Excited States in Organic Chemistry” (Boltrop and Coyle) are distributed by the docent on Toledo. A course text for chapter III to V is available on Toledo or through Scientia (black and white). Slides of chapter I to V are available on Toledo.
    Further study material
    “Excited states and Photochemistry of Organic Molecules” by M. Klessinger and J. Michl (VCH)
    “Modern molecular Photochemistry of Organic Molecules” by N.J. Turro, J.C. Scaiano en V. Ramamurthy University Science Books 2010)  ISBN 978-1-891389-25-

     

    Language of instruction: more information

    The lectures are English unless all students are  Dutch speaking. The course material is always English

    Format: more information

    Lectures with overhead projection. In case this not possible  due to Corona, recorded lectures will be posted on Toledo as voice over for the slides. There will also be a disussion forum on Toledo
     

    Photophysics and Photochemistry of Molecular Materials: Exercises (B-KUL-H06D6a)

    1 ECTS : Assignment 10 First termFirst term
    Escudero Masa Daniel

    Content

    Reading and presentation of a recent paper related to biochemical and diagnostic applications of FRET, "Molecular Beacons", photosynthetic or antenna systems, photo-induced charge generation (xerography, solar energy conversion using organic systems), biomimetic systems for photo induced charge separation (micelles or self-assembled structures), photochemical reactions relevant for lithography and data storage, OLEDS

    Course material

     A list of papers (on line available in Arenberg library) is given  on Toledo by the docent

    Language of instruction: more information

    English unless all students are  Dutch speaking.

    Format: more information

    Presentation (with critical questioning) of a paper from recent literature related to the course (see content). The docent gives the students a list of at least 20 papers from which they can choose one in mutual agreement. They can also propose a paper out of the list in agreement with the docent. Presentation is during the two last lectures of the semester. Due to COVID it is possibly online (Skype).

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Photophysics and Photochemistry of Molecular Materials (B-KUL-H26D5a)

    Type : Continuous assessment without exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Presentation, Take-Home
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, List of formulas, Calculator, Computer, Reference work

    Explanation

     

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment without  exam during the examination period. The assessment consists of

    Solving 3 to 5 take home problems by January 6. (2/3 of the marks). -10 % of the obtained marks for delayed delivery

    Presentation of a paper + questions on the presentation (1/3 of the marks) last two lectures of the semester

     

    De take home assignments are focused on the solving of problems (numerical or theoretical). De students are advised to solve them step by step and to give (for the numerical problems) the intermediate numerical results for each step. The take home assignments will be put on Toledo when the relevant topics have been discussed in the lectures. As sometimes information of different chapters has to be combined most will be put on Toledo towards the end of the semester

    It will also be possible to solve a series of assignments as trial (i.e. without consequences) and with feed back form the staff.

    The marks will be given for each assignment and added for each part (assignments and presentation). A weighted average of both parts (assignments and presentation) will be calculated. The cut-of is 10/20 of the total marks

     

    Information about retaking exams

    Only the take home asignments can be repeated in the September session . The assigments will be made available on Toledo at the start of the session and should submitted by September 1st. The marks for the presentation will be those of the january session.

    ECTS Scanning Probe Microscopy (B-KUL-H06E8A)

    3 ECTS English 28 Second termSecond term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    N. |  Van de Vondel Joris (substitute)

    Aims

    Starting from practical applications and demo’s the students will acquire a deeper knowledge on the physical principles that underly the various forms of scanning probe microscopy. Moreover, the students will get insights into the possibilities as well as the limitations to scan surfaces with nanometer resolution, and to transform the obtained physical information into digital pictures. Finally, the students acquire the needed background to critically assess novel scanning probe methods used in contemporary nanoscience research.

    Previous knowledge

    The student has sufficient general knowledge of physics and quantum physics. In addition the student has a basic knowledge of chemistry and the chemical bond.
    (Ma Nanoscience: Necessary basis to disciplines as offered in the introductory courses H06E2A Quantum physics; H06O1A Atoomtheorie, chemische periodiciteit en chemische binding)

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Scanning Probe Microscopy (B-KUL-H06E8a)

    2 ECTS : Lecture 18 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Van de Vondel Joris (substitute)

    Content

    -Historical introduction to scanning probe microscopy.

    -Introduction to the basic principles of scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) and tunneling spectroscopy.
     
    -Study of various physical properties using STM.
     
    ·        Surface reconstruction and growth of thin films
    ·        Individual doping centers in semiconductors
    ·        Electronic, magnetic and superconducting properties of different materials
     
    -Introduction to the basic principles of atomic force microscopy (AFM), and of local force spectroscopy.
     
    -Study of physical properties with force microscopy.
     
    ·        -Sensing atoms, detection of individual chemical bonds
    ·        -Determination of local mechanical properties 
    ·        -Thermal microscopy
    ·        -Electric Force Microscopy (EFM)
     
    -Introduction to scanning probe microscopy based on magnetic interactions.

    ·        -Magnetic force microscopy (MFM)
    ·        -Force microscopy using local magnetic resonance (MRFM)
    ·        -Scanning Hall probe microscopy (SHPM)

    -Introduction, by the students, of a particular set of novel scanning probe technique and or methods.

    Course material

    Copies of PowerPoint presentations (available via Toledo)

    Copies of relevant articles (available via Toledo)

     

    Scanning Probe Microscopy: Exercises and Labs (B-KUL-H06E9a)

    1 ECTS : Practical 10 Second termSecond term
    N. |  Van de Vondel Joris (substitute)

    Content

    -Practical demonstration of scanning tunneling microscopy and atomic force microscopy.

    -Lab visit to show real examples of the techniques discussed during the classes.

    -Students will get a final assignment, in a team, in which they perform an in-depth investigation of a recent scanning probe technique and present it in class.

    Course material

    Copies of PowerPoint presentations (available via Toledo)

    Copies of relevant articles (available via Toledo)

     

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Scanning Probe Microscopy (B-KUL-H26E8a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral, Written
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material

    ECTS Optical Properties of Solids (B-KUL-H0G02A)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    Van Dorpe Pol

    Aims

    After the course, the students should be able 

    - To get an understanding of the optical properties of a variety of classical materials based on the microscopic mechanisms

    - To explain and calculate the optical properties in terms of Lorentz/Drude oscillators

    - To get an insight in the optical properties of recently developed nanomaterials, based on their classical and quantum-mechanical properties

    - To be aware of the recent developments in the materials used and the applications emerging in nanophotonics

    Previous knowledge

    Basics of solid state physics and quantum physics

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Optical Properties of Solids (B-KUL-H0G02a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Van Dorpe Pol

    Content

    1)       Introduction
     

    2)       Maxwell equations

    3)       Wave propagation in dispersive media

    4)      The Lorentz and Drude model

    5)      Optical properties of bulk semiconductors   

    6)      Optical properties of nanostructured semiconductors

    7)      Optical gain and (semiconductor) lasers

    8)      Optical properties of nanostructured metals

    9)      Molecular spectroscopy: fluorescence, Raman and surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy

    10)    Integrated optics: waveguides and resonators

    11)   Non-linear optics

    Course material

    Slides and the book  "Optical Properties of Solids" (Mark Fox)

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Optical Properties of Solids (B-KUL-H2G02a)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Presentation, Oral
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : List of formulas, Calculator

    ECTS Electronic Transport in Solids and Nanostructures (B-KUL-H0G03A)

    3 ECTS English 20 First termFirst term
    Houssa Michel

    Aims

    The aim of the course is to provide a general survey of the electronic transport properties of bulk solids and nanostructures. The students will learn the methods and models used to describe the electronic transport properties of metals, semiconductors, and their heterostructures. The students will also become familiar with the transport processes occuring in materials and devices with reduced dimensions: tunneling and resonant-tunneling effect, ballistic transport, quantum Hall effect, Aharonov-Bohm effect.

    Is included in these courses of study

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Electronic Transport in Solids and Nanostructures (B-KUL-H0G03a)

    3 ECTS : Lecture 20 First termFirst term
    Houssa Michel

    Content

    • Part I: Transport in (bulk) solids
      1. Introduction – classical theory of transport in solids
      2. The Boltzmann transport equation
      3. The relaxation time approximation
      4. Electronic transport in metals and semiconductors
      5. Effect of an external magnetic field – Hall effect and magnetoresistance
      6. Localization and metal-insulator transition in disordered solids
    • Part II: Transport in nanostructures
      7. Ballistic regime - transport in 2DEG
      8. Landauer approach
      9. The NEGF method – application to ballistic and quasi-ballistic transport
      10. Tunneling and resonant tunneling effect in heterostructures
      11. Aharonov-Bohm effect in mesoscopic rings
      12. Quantum Hall effect in 2DEG
      13. Electronic properties of graphene – half-integer quantum Hall effect

    Course material

    Mark Lundstrom, "Fundamentals of Carrier Transport" (Cambridge University Press)

    David Ferry, "Transport in Semiconductor Mesoscopic Devices" (IOP Publishing)

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Electronic Transport in Solids and Nanostructures (B-KUL-H2G03a)

    Type : Exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Oral
    Type of questions : Closed questions
    Learning material : List of formulas

    ECTS Physics of Beam-Solid Interactions (B-KUL-H0G10C)

    6 ECTS English 52 First termFirst term Cannot be taken as part of an examination contract
    da Costa Pereira Lino

    Aims

    This course deals with the fundamental physics underlying the interaction between solid matter and particle beams (of ions, electrons and photons) and its application to surface analysis techniques.

    Surfaces and thin films play an important role in the evolution of modern technologies (such as post-Silicon electronics) and of their application in research (such as particle detectors in high energy-physics). Analytical techniques are continuously developed to meet the requirements of new technologies and fundamental research, and all are based on a few processes that govern the interactions of particles and radiation with matter. Thin films are deposited from a variety of sources. Ion implantation and pulsed electron beams and lasers are used to modify composition and structure. Oxidation and catalytic reactions are studied under controlled conditions. The key to these methods has been the widespread availability of analytical techniques that are sensitive to the composition and structure of solids at the nanometer scale. 

    This course deals with the physics underlying the techniques used to analyze the surface region of materials (from few Angstrom to micron), by addressing the fundamentals of these processes. From an understanding of processes that determine the energies and intensities of the emitted energetic particles, the application to materials analysis follows directly.

    Previous knowledge

    - Elementary quantum mechanics

    - Elementary condensed matter physics

    Identical courses

    H0G10A: Physics of Beam-Solid Interactions

    Onderwijsleeractiviteiten

    Physics of Beam-Solid Interactions (B-KUL-H0G10a)

    6 ECTS : Lecture 52 First termFirst term
    da Costa Pereira Lino

    Content

    1) Ion-solid interactions: 

    Kinematics and cross-section of elastic scattering, inelastic scattering, nuclear and electronic stopping power, straggling, Rutherford backscattering spectrometry, channeling. 

    2) Electron-solid interactions: 

    Electron-electron interactions, impact ionization, Auger processes, electron induced atomic transitions, radiative and non-radiative processes. 

    3) Photon-solid interactions: 

    Interaction between high- and low-energy photon beams and solids; photoelectrons, X-rays, synchroton radiation; photoelectron spectroscopy, extended X-ray absorption fine structure.

    Course material

    Alford, Terry L, Leonard C Feldman, and James W Mayer. Fundamentals Of Nanoscale Film Analysis. (New York, Springer, 2007)

    (e-book available for download via the Springer website for KU Leuven students)

    Evaluatieactiviteiten

    Evaluation: Physics of Beam-Solid Interactions (B-KUL-H2G10c)

    Type : Partial or continuous assessment with (final) exam during the examination period
    Description of evaluation : Written, Paper/Project
    Type of questions : Open questions
    Learning material : Course material, Calculator

    Information about retaking exams

    Each student can choose to carry the score of the assignment to the second evaluation period (September) or to submit a new assignment for evaluation.